Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutBUILDING PLANS 6.07.2021 Rev. (1) - 21-00187 - Rexburg Rowhouses - Bldg 1 Units 101-1253 6 0 w e s t a s p e n a v e n u e s a l t l a k e c i t y , u t a h 8 4 1 0 1 8 0 1 5 3 2 4 4 2 2 sheet: title: revisions : p r o j e c t # : d a t e : UNLESS A PROFESSIONAL SEAL WITH SIGNATURE AND DATE IS AFFIXED, THIS DOCUMENT IS PRELIMINARY AND IS NOT INTENDED FOR CONSTRUCTION, RECORDING PURPOSES, OR IMPLEMENTATION THE DESIGNS SHOWN AND DESCRIBED HEREIN INCLUDING ALL TECHNICAL DRAWINGS, GRAPHIC REPRESENTATIONS & MODELS THEREOF, ARE PROPRIETARY & CAN NOT BE COPIED, DUPLICATED, OR COMMERCIALLY EXPLOITED IN WHOLE OR IN PART WITHOUT THE SOLE AND EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM METHOD STUDIO INC. project: E D C B A E D C B A 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 3 / 29 / 2021 GI001 Cover Sheet 20.0550 - june 4, 2021 Rexburg Rowhouses conformed set Rexburg Rowhouses conformed set - june 4, 2021 structural engineer Frost Engineering 1020 lincoln road idaho falls, idaho 83401 (208) 227-8404 contact: markell bateman owner clearstone, llc 2141 parleys terrace salt lake city, utah 84109 (801) 809-9965 contact: mike wade architect method studio 160 west 2nd south, ste. 201 rexburg, idaho 83440 (208) 701-0068 contact: kyler hokanson civil engineer connect engineering 1150 hollipark dr. idaho falls, idaho 83405 (208) 681-8590 contact: steve heath mechanical engineer engineered systems associates (esa) 1355 east center street pocatello, idaho 83201 (208) 223-0501 contact: dwayne sudweeks electrical engineer payne engineering 1823 east center pocatello, idaho 83201 (208) 232-4439 contact: shawn meador ALLOWANCES NEEDED FOR: 1. SIGNAGE 2. LANDSCAPE FINISH NOTES: 1. EXTERIOR FINISHES, (SAMPLES, COLORS, ETC..)INCLUDING BREAK METAL, FLASHING, FIBER CEMENT BOARD, ALUMINUM "FAUX WOOD" SIDING, SHINGLES, ETC... ARE TO BE SUBMITTED TO THE ARCHITECT FOR SUBMITTAL REVIEW REVIEW. 2. INTERIOR FINISHES, ACCESSORIES AND APPLIANCES ARE TO BE SUMBITTED TO THE OWNER FOR REVIEW. 3. ALL FINISHE SAMPLES AND SUBMITTALS ARE TO BE APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT OR OWNER PRIOR TO PURCHASE AND INSTALLATION. The Conformed Set and project manual is intended to include changes made to the construction documents via addendum #1 and ASI#001 & ASI#002. While we have made every attempt to include all of this information, it is the Contractor's responsibility to construct the project based on the contract documents already received. This document represents the design teams effort to consolidate those documents for the owner and the convenience of the Contractor. ARCHITECTURAL SYMBOLS REVISION CLOUD CLOUDED AREA DELTA MARKER AE101.a A1 WINDOW/CURTAIN WALL TAG DOOR TAG S3x NORTH ARROW ROOM TAG ROOM NAME ROOM NUMBER DETAIL CALLOUT VIEW ON SHEET SHEET NUMBER VIEW TITLE VIEW NAME DRAWING SCALE VIEW ON SHEET SHEET NUMBER INTERIOR/EXTERIOR ELEVATION VIEW ON SHEET SHEET NUMBER A1 AE101 SIM BUILDING SECTION VIEW ON SHEET SHEET NUMBER A1 AE101 SIM AE101.a A1 DETAIL VIEW ON SHEET SHEET NUMBER WALL TAG Name Elevation LEVEL DATUM LEVEL NAME LEVEL ELEVATION KEYNOTE TAG A B 1 2 GRID REFERENCE MARK A1 STARTS AT LOWER LEFT CORNER (NATIONAL CAD STANDARD); NUMBERS ARE VERTICAL GRIDS (READ LEFT TO RIGHT) LETTERS ARE HORIZONTAL GRIDS (BOTTOM TO TOP) LETTERS "I" AND "O" ARE EXCLUDED FROM GRID NAMING CONVENTION AE101a SHEET NUMBERING SYSTEM DISCIPLINE SHEET TYPE SHEET NUMBER SEQUENCE (CONSULTING ENGINEERS TO FOLLOW SAME) (SEE RESPECTIVE DISCIPLINES FOR SYMBOLS NOT DEFINED HERE) A1 AE101 SIM C1 10' - 0"CEILING TAG CEILING TYPE CEILING HEIGHT VIEW NUMBER A1 AE101 SIM WALL SECTION VIEW ON SHEET SHEET NUMBER BUILDING SECTION -PARTIAL 000x A1 View Name 1/8" = 1'-0" CW1 CURTAIN PANEL TAGA AE101 1 Ref 1 Re f 1 Ref 1 Re f SHEET NUMBER (AREA PLANS) R1 F1 FLOOR TAG ROOF TAG DEPTH HEIGHT WIDTH AWS STANDARD CASEWORK TYPE w/ MODIFICATION DENOTED BY "M"REFER TO CASEWORK DESIGN SERIES (CDS) OF THE ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK STANDARDS (AWS) FOR A FULL DESCRIPTION OF CASEWORK TYPES. SEE SHEET SERIES AE900 FOR CASEWORK DETAILS.MODIFIER CASEWORK TAG XX FINISH SYMBOL MATERIAL TYPE MATERIAL TRANSITION 01.01 STRUCTURE TYPE SIZE OF STRUCTURAL LAYER (INCHES) CONFIGURATION SEE WALL TYPE SHEET (AE500 SERIES) FOR A COMPLETE LIST OF WALL TYPES CSI DIVISION (00-49) [DOT SEPARATOR) KEYNOTE # 101M 30 36 24 Extra Shelf SPOT ELEVATION 1 BEDROOM A101 EARTH (existing) 02 SITE CONSTRUCTION EARTH (backfill) DRAINAGE FILL CONCRETE - CAST-IN-PLACE 03 CONCRETE CONCRETE - PRECAST BRICK 04 MASONRY CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS STEEL 05 METALS ALUMINUM 06 WOODS AND PLASTICS CONTINUOUS WOOD INTERMITTENT WOOD/BLOCKING SHEATHING FINISH WOOD HARDBOARD PARTICLE BOARD 07 THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION BATT INSULATION LOOSE FILL INSULATION RIGID INSULATION 09 FINISHES GYPSUM BOARD MATERIAL LEGEND COMPACTED FILL FIRE SPRAY GROUT MISCELLANEOUS GENERAL NOTES 1. THE PROJECT MANUAL, SHEET SPECIFICATIONS WITHIN THIS SET, ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS. 2. PLANS, SECTIONS, ELEVATIONS, DETAILS AND DIMENSIONS LABELED "TYPICAL" SHALL APPLY TO ALL SITUATION OCCURRING THAT ARE THE SAME OR SIMILAR TO THOSE SPECIFICALLY KEYED ON THE DRAWINGS. 3. ALL WORK, MATERIALS, AND METHODS SHALL BE IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE CODES, ORDINANCES AND REGULATIONS OF ALL GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES HAVING JURISDICTION AT THE PROJECT LOCATION. 4. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED IN THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS AS BEING NOT IN CONTRACT (N.I.C.) OR EXISTING, ALL ITEMS, MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION OF SAME ARE PART OF THE CONTRACT AS DEFINED BY THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL ALL ACCESSORIES, COMPONENTS AND ASSEMBLIES REQUIRED FOR THE WORK DEPICTED OR SPECIFIED. 5. CONTRACTORS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL WORK REGARDLESS OF THE LOCATION OF THE INFORMATION ON THE DOCUMENTS. 6. KEEP SITE CLEAN AND CLEAR OF DEBRIS AND IN ORDERLY CONDITION THAT DOES NOT DETRACT FROM THE SURROUNDING SITE AND REPAIR ANY DAMAGE CAUSED BY WORK OF THE CONTRACT. 7. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO THE FACE OF METAL OR WOOD STUD FRAMED WALLS AND TO THE FACE OF CONCRETE AND MASONRY WALLS AS SHOWN, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 8. INSTALL SEALANT AT EXTERIOR SIDE OF ALL JOINTS, SEAMS, CONNECTIONS OR OPENINGS WHICH WOULD ALLOW WATER OR AIR INFILTRATION EXCEPT AS NOTED OTHERWISE. SEALANT COLOR TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACE. COLOR REQUIRES ARCHITECTS APPROVAL. 9. DOOR OPENINGS IN FRAME CONSTRUCTION WHICH ARE NOT DIMENSIONED ARE EITHER CENTERED IN THE WALL, FACE OF JAMB OR LOCATED 4" FROM THE FACE OF STUD TO THE FINISHED JAMB. 10. ALL SPECIAL ACCESSIBLE FACILITIES SHALL BE IDENTIFIED WITH APPROVED SIGNAGE. 11. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PRODUCING A WEATHER TIGHT BUILDING, DETAILS AND OMISSIONS TO DRAWINGS NOTWITHSTANDING. ALL DRAWING CONFLICTS WHICH MAY NOT ALLOW A WEATHERTIGHT CONDITION SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT. 12. DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN ACTUAL CONDITIONS AND PLANS SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SPECIFIC DISCREPANCIES FOR ARCHITECT REVIEW. 13. PROVIDE FULL METAL BACKING PLATE (16 GAUGE X 6" HIGH SECURED TO 3 STUDS MIN.) OR WOOD BLOCKING AS REQUIRED TO SECURELY ANCHOR ALL WALL MOUNTED EQUIPMENT (CABINETS, TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES, HARDWARE, ETC.). BLOCKING SHALL PROVIDE A RIGID CONNECTION CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING DESIGN LOADS. PROVIDE A 16 GAUGE X 6" STL. STUD/TRACK SECURED TO 2 STUDS TO SECURELY SUPPORT ALL WALL STOPS (DOOR BUMPER). 14. COORDINATE WITH ALL TRADES, SIZES AND LOCATIONS OF ALL OPENINGS FOR MECHANICAL, PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, EQUIPMENT PADS OR BASES, AS WELL AS ELECTRIC POWER, WATER, AND DRAIN INSTALLATIONS, BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH WORK. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE COORDINATION DRAWINGS FOR PROPER PLACEMENT OF ALL TRADES' WORK. ANY CONCERNS, SPACE LIMITATIONS OR STRUCTURAL CONFLICTS, SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT. A REASONABLE RESPONSE TIME SHALL BE ALLOWED AS NOTED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS. 15. ALL FLOOR OR WALL OPENINGS REQUIRED FOR PIPES, DUCTS, CONDUITS,ETC. SHALL BE SEALED IN AN APPROVED MANNER. 16. FIRE SPRINKLER DESIGN TO BE DONE BY A CERTIFIED SUB-CONTRACTOR AND WILL REQUIRE APPROVALS BY THE CITY AND STATE FIRE MARSHAL. APPROVALS BY THE FIRE MARSHAL ARE TO BE OBTAINED BY THE CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO SUBMITTAL TO ARCHITECT. SUBMITTAL TO THE ARCHITECT ALSO INDICATES THAT THE CONTRACTOR HAS REVIEWED AND COORDINATED FIRE-SPRINKLER PIPING LOCATIONS WITH ALL TRADES. 17. ROOMS ENCLOSED WITH RATED WALLS REQUIRE RATED DOORS. ANY DUCTS PASSING THROUGH WALLS REQUIRE FIRE DAMPERS AND OR FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS. ANY CONDUIT OR PIPING REQUIRES RATED SEALANT AT JOINTS. 18. GENERAL STRUCTURAL NOTES GOVERN TYPICAL CONDITIONS WHETHER OR NOT SPECIFICALLY DETAILED OR NOTED. 19. IT IS THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO COORDINATE AND LOCATE ELECTRICAL, DATA AND PHONE RECEPTACLES, SWITCHES, ETC. TO AVOID CASEWORK, DOORS, ETC. 20. THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS INDICATE THE GENERAL SCOPE OF THE PROJECT IN TERMS OF THE ARCHITECTURAL AND STRUCTURAL DESIGN CONCEPT. THE DIMENSIONS OF THE BUILDING, THE TYPE OF STRUCTURAL, MECHANICAL, ELECTICAL AND UTILITY SYSTEMS AND MAJOR ARCHITECTURAL ELEMENTS OF CONSTRUCTION AS "SCOPE" DOCUMENTS. 21. THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS DO NOT NECESSARILY INDICATE OR DESCRIBE ALL WORK REQUIRED FOR THE FULL PERFORMANCE AND COMPLETION OF THE WORK. CONTRACTS SHALL BE LET ON THE BASIS OF SUCH DOCUMENTS, WITH THE UNDERSTANDING THAT THE CONTRACTOR IS TO FURNISH ALL ITEMS REQUIRED FOR PROPER COMPLETION OF THE WORK WITH OUT ADJUSTMENT TO CONTRACT PRICE. IT IS INTENDED THAT THE WORK TO BE OF SOUND AND QUALITY CONSTRUCTION AND THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR THE INCLUSION OF ADEQUATE AMOUNTS TO COVER INSTALLATION OF ALL ITEMS INDICATED, DESCRIBED OR REASONABLY IMPLIED. 3 6 0 w e s t a s p e n a v e n u e s a l t l a k e c i t y , u t a h 8 4 1 0 1 8 0 1 5 3 2 4 4 2 2 sheet: title: revisions : p r o j e c t # : d a t e : UNLESS A PROFESSIONAL SEAL WITH SIGNATURE AND DATE IS AFFIXED, THIS DOCUMENT IS PRELIMINARY AND IS NOT INTENDED FOR CONSTRUCTION, RECORDING PURPOSES, OR IMPLEMENTATION THE DESIGNS SHOWN AND DESCRIBED HEREIN INCLUDING ALL TECHNICAL DRAWINGS, GRAPHIC REPRESENTATIONS & MODELS THEREOF, ARE PROPRIETARY & CAN NOT BE COPIED, DUPLICATED, OR COMMERCIALLY EXPLOITED IN WHOLE OR IN PART WITHOUT THE SOLE AND EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM METHOD STUDIO INC. project: E D C B A E D C B A 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 3 / 29 / 2021 GI002 General Information 20.0550 - june 4, 2021 Rexburg Rowhouses conformed set ABBREVIATION SCHEDULE Abbrev. Description ID INSIDE DIAMETER IE INVERT ELEVATION INSUL INSULATION INT INTERIOR INTX INTERSECTION INV INVERT J JB JUNCTION BOX JCT JUNCTION JST JOIST JT JOINT L L ANGLE L LENGTH LC LENGTH OF CURVE LDC LEAD COVERED LL LIVE LOAD LLH LONG LEG HORIZONTAL LLV LONG LEG VERTICAL LT LIGHT M MAS MASONRY MATL MATERIAL MAX MAXIMUM MECH MECHANICAL MET METAL MFR MANUFACTURER MH MANHOLE MIN MINIMUM MISC MISCELLANEOUS MO MASONRY OPENING MTD MOUNTED MTG MOUNTING MULL MULLION MWP MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING N N NORTH NA NOT APPLICABLE NE NORTHEAST NEC NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE NEUT NEUTRAL NIC NOT IN CONTRACT NO NUMBER NOM NOMINAL NTS NOT TO SCALE NW NIORTHWEST O OA OUTSIDE AIR OA OUTSIDE AIR OC ON CENTER OFCI OWNER FURNISHED, CONTRACTOR INSTALLED OFOI OWNER FURNISHED, OWNER INSTALLED OPP OPPOSITE OVHD OVERHEAD P PI POINT IF INTERSECTION PL PLATE PLAS PLASTER PLYWD PLYWOOD PNL PANEL PNT PAINT PRELIM PRELIMINARY PRESS PRESSURE PRIM PRIMARY PRTN PARTITION PT POINT, POINT OF TANGENT Q QT QUARRY TILE R R RADIUS RA RETURN AIR RB RESILIENT VINYL BASE RCP REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE RD ROOF DRAIN RECP RECEPTACLE REINF REINFORCEMENT REQD REQUIRED REV REVISION RF ROOF RFLCP REFLECTIVE CEILING PLAN RM ROOM RVT RESILIENT VINYL TILE S S SOUTH SCH SCHEDULE SD STORM DRAIN SE SOUTHEAST SECT SECTION SHT SHEET SIM SIMILIAR SL SLOPE SPEC SPECIFICATION SQ SQUARE STL STEEL SUSP SUSPENDED T T TOP T&B TOP AND BOTTOM TEL TELEPHONE TEMP TEMPORARY TERM TERMINAL THK THICK/THICKNESS THRSLD THRESHOLD TO TOP OF TOS TOP OF STEEL, TOP OF SLAB TOW TOP OF WALL TYP TYPICAL U UNO UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE V VCT VINYL COMPOSITION TILE VENT VENTILIATING VERT VERTICAL VEST VESTIBULE VWC VINYL WALL COVERING W W WIDTH, WEST W/ WITH W/O WITHOUT WC WATER CLOSET WD WIDTH WT WEIGHT WWF WELDED WIRE FABRIC X X TRANSFORMER ABBREVIATION SCHEDULE Abbrev. Description 0 # NUMBER OR POUND & AND 2:1 SL 2 HORIZONTAL TO 1 VERTICAL SLOPE @ AT [ CHANNEL ± PLUS MINUS ≤ LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO ≥ GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO A AB ANCHOR BOLT AC APSHALTIC CONCRETE ACST ACOUSTIC AD AREA DRAIN ADJ ADJUSTABLE AFF ABOVE FINISH FLOOR AL ALUMINUM ALT ALTERNATE ARCH ARCHITECTURAL, ARCHITECT, ARCHITECTURE ASPH ASPHALT B B BASELINE B BOTTOM BEJ BRICK EXPANSION JOINT BLDG BUILDING BLK BLOCK BM BEAM BO BOARD BRG BEARING BSMT BASEMENT C C&G CURB & GUTTER CAP CAPACITY CEM CEMENT CG CORNER GUARD CIP CAST IN PLACE, CAST IRON PIPE CIR CIRCULATING CJ CONTROL JOINT CL CENTERLINE CL CENTERLINE CLG CEILING CLR CLEAR CMU CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS COL COLUMN CONC CONCRETE CONN CONNECTION CONST CONSTRUCTION CONT CONTINUOUS CPT CARPET CSK COUNTERSUNK CT CERAMIC TILE CTR CENTER D D DEPTH DET DETAIL DF DRINKING FOUNTAIN DIA DIAMETER DIM DIMENSION DN DOWN DS DOWNSPOUT DWG DRAWING E E EAST E/P EDGE OF PAVEMENT EA EACH EL ELEVATION ELECT ELECTRICAL ELEV ELEVATOR EMER EMERGENCY EQ EQUAL EQUIP EQUIPMENT EW EACH WAY EWC ELECTRIC WATER COOLER EXIST EXISTING EXP EXPANSION EXP JT EXPANSION JOINT EXT EXTERIOR F F.V. FIELD VERIFY FD FLOOR DRAIN FDN FOUNDATION FE FIRE EXTINGUISHER FFE FINISHED FLOOR ELEVATION FH FIRE HYDRANT FHC FIRE HOSE CABINET FIN FINISH FLR FLOOR FR FRAME FTG FOOTING FXTR FIXTURE G G GROUND GA GA GALV GALVANIZED GL GLASS GR GRADE GRD GROUND GWB GYPSUM WALL BOARD H HB HOSE BIBB HC HANDICAPPED HDW HARDWARE HGT HEIGHT HORZ HORIZONTAL HR HOUR HW HOT WATER I DRAWING INDEX GENERAL GI001 Cover Sheet GI002 General Information GI003 ADA Building Blocks and Blocking Details GI101 Code Analysis & Code Plans GI201 Sheet Specs GI202 Sheet Specs GI203 Sheet Specs GI204 Sheet Specs GI205 Sheet Specs GI206 Sheet Specs GI207 Sheet Specs GI208 Sheet Specs GI209 Sheet Specs CIVIL C-1 COVER C-2 NOTES C-3 REFERENCE SHEET C-4 SITE PLAN C-5 MAIN ACCES PLAN & PROFILE C-6 BUILDING 1 PLAN & PROFILE C-7 BUILDING 2 PLAN & PROFILE C-8 IRRIGATION DITCH PLAN & PROFILE C-9 DETAILS SHEET STRUCTURAL S1.0 GENERAL STRUCTURAL NOTES S1.1 TYPICAL DETAILS S1.2 TYPICAL DETAILS S2.0 FOUNDATION PLAN S2.1 ROOF FRAMING PLAN S3.0 FOUNDATION & ROOF FRAMING DETAILS ARCHITECTURAL SITE AS101 Architectural Site Plan & Unit Concept ARCHITECTURAL AE101 Overall Dimension & Wall Type Plan AE101.1 Mirrored Overall Dimension & Wall Type Plan AE102 Overall Annotation Plan AE102.1 Mirrored Overall Annotation Plan AE111 Overall Slab Edge Plan AE111.1 Mirrored Overal Slab Edge Plan AE131 Overall Reflected Ceiling Plan AE141 Overall Roof Plan AE141.1 Mirrored Overall Roof Plan AE142 Enlarged Roof Plans AE201 Overall Exterior Elevations AE202 Enlarged Exterior Elevations AE301 Building Sections AE401 Enlarged Type B Unit Plans / Elevations AE402 Enlarged Type A Unit Plans / Elevations AE501 Vertical & Horizontal Assemblies AE541 Door & Window Details AE601 Door Schedule & Window Types AE901 Accessible Cabinets & Casework Details MECHANICAL M101 Mechanical Floor Plan PLUMBING P101 Plumbing Floor Plan P201 Plumbing Details and Schedules ELECTRICAL E0.0 ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS & DETAILS E2.0 ELECTRICAL BUILDING PLANS E3.0 POWER RISER, DETAILS AND SCHEDULES 60" MIN Circular T-Shaped 60" MIN 36" MIN 60" MIN 12" MIN 36" MIN 12" MIN 24" MIN Size of Clear Floor Space 30" MIN 48" MIN Forward 30" MIN 48" MIN 30" MIN 48" MIN Parallel Forward Approach 36" MIN x > 24" x > 15" 60" MIN Parallel Approach POSITION OF CLEAR FLOOR SPACE MANEUVERING CLEARANCE IN AN ALCOVE UNOBSTRUCTED FORWARD REACH OBSTRUCTED FORWARD REACH UNOBSTRUCTED SIDE REACH OBSTRUCTED HIGH SIDE REACH 15 M I N 38 0 48 M A X 12 2 0 48 M A X 12 2 0 44 M A X 11 2 0 >20-25 MAX 510-635 20 MAX 510 (a)(b) 10 MAX 255 12 2 0 48 M A X 15 M I N 38 0 10 MAX 255 12 2 0 48 M A X 34 M A X 86 5 34 M A X 86 5 46 M A X 11 7 0 > 10-24 MAX 255-610 (a)(b) 16"- 18" 56" MIN 60" MIN 30" MIN 48" MIN SIZE OF CLEARANCE FOR WATER CLOSET NOTE: FLUSH CONTROLS SHALL BE LOCATED ON OPEN SIDE OF WATER CLOSET 12" MAX 42" 39" -41" 54" MIN 18" MIN 39" -41" 33"- 36" 36" 33"- 36" 24" MIN 12" MIN 17" -19" 604.10.4 11" - 17" @ children's facilities NOTE: FLUSH CONTRILS SHALL BE LOCATED ON OPEN SIDE OF WATER CLOSET DRINKING FOUNTAIN SPOUT LOCATION 3 1/2" MAX Forward Approach Parallel Approach 5" MAX 15" MIN Below Grab Bar 18" MIN 1 1/2" MIN CL 7" -9" 12" MIN CL 7" -9" Above Grab Bar 48" MAX604.10.7 14"-19" Children's 4' - 0 " M A X . 3' - 4 " M A X . 3' - 2 " MIRROR SOAP DISPENSER PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER 15 " M I N . 2' - 0 " 4' - 0 " M A X 2' - 6 " TOILET PAPER HOLDER SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL SANITARY NAPKIN DISPENSER 2' - 3 " BABY CHANGING STATION 4' - 0 " M A X . SANITARY SEAT NAPKIN DISPENSER WASTE RECEPTACLE TO P O F O P E N I N G 4' - 0 " M A X . T O 30" MIN 30" MIN CL SIDE WALL CL BACK WALL 60" MIN CLSIDE WALL 60" MIN 15"- 16" 3" MAX 2 1/2" MAX 1 1/2" MAX RECTANGULAR SHOWER COMPARTMENT SEATSTANDARD ROLL-IN SHOWER COMPARTMENT SIZE AND CLEARANCE GRAB BAR IN STANDARD ROLL-IN SHOWERS 6" MAX 48" MAX 6" MAX END WALL END WALL ROLL-IN SHOWER CONTROLS AND HANDSHOWER LOCATION (SHADED AREA) CONTROLS 38" MIN TO B.O. CONTROLS 48" MAX TO T.O. 27" MAX BACK WALL 19" GRAB BAR SHALL NOT EXTEND OVER SEAT FOLD DOWN OR REMOVABLE SEAT FOLD DOWN OR REMOVABLE SHOWER SEAT 16" MIN NO GRAB BARS ABOVE SHOWER SEAT WALL CONSTRUCTION ACCESSORY MOUNTED OVER FINISHED WALL GYPSUM BOARD NOTE: 1. TYPICAL BLOCKING REQUIRED BEHIND WALL MOUNTED ACCESSORIES AND EQUIPMENT (OPTION 1) 20 GA x 6" FLAT STEEL BLOCKING. ATTACH W SELF TAPPING PAN HEAD SCREWS (OPTION 3) SISTER 16 GA. STL. STUD ATTACH FIXTURE TO SISTER STUD W/ SELF TAPPING SCREWS OR ANCHORS (OPTION 2) INLAID FIRE RETARDANT WOOD BLOCKING (COMPLY WITH IBC 2006 2303.2) STUDS SHOWN @ 16" O.C. SEE WALL TYPES FOUNTAIN 20 GA x 6" FLAT STEEL BLOCKING 20 GA x 6" FLAT STEEL BLOCKING 16 GA SUPPORT STUD FOR STL. ANGLE BRACING WATER COOLER/ FOUNTAIN PROVIDE FULL VERTICAL BLOCKING AT CENTERLINE OF URINAL NAPKIN TAMPON HAND DRYER 20 GA x 6" FLAT STEEL BLOCKING TYPICAL BLOCKING DETAILS 46" MAX REACH >10"- 24" MAX TYPICAL ACCESSIBLE UNIT MILLWORK PROFILE TYPICAL ACCESSIBLE UNIT MILLWORK PROFILE W/ UPPER CABINET / FAN TYPICAL ACCESSIBLE UNIT FAN SWITCH LOCATION TYPICAL TYPE B MILLWORK PROFILE TYPICAL TYPE B MILLWORK PROFILE W/ MICROWAVE / FAN TYPICAL TYPE B MILLWORK PROFILE W/ UPPER CABINET NOTE: ALL ADA UNITS TO WIRE THE KITCHEN HOOD AND LIGHTS A TO (HORIZONTAL) WALL SWITCH THAT MEETS ANSI HEIGHT AND REACH RANGE REQUIREMENTS. SECTION 308.2.1 AND 305.5 EL E V A T I O N S SE E IN T E R I O R TY P4" EL E V A T I O N S SE E I N T E R I O R 1' - 6 " 3' - 0 " 4" T Y P 3" T Y P SE E I N T E R I O R E L E V A T I O N S 3' - 0 " 1 ' - 6 " SE E I N T E R I O R E L E V A T I O N S MICROWAVE EL E V A T I O N SE E IN T E R I O R 3' - 0 " 2 ' - 6 " SE E I N T E R I O R E L E V A T I O N S 3" T Y P 2' - 1 0 " 1 ' - 2 " EL E V A T I O N SE E IN T E R I O R OD B O T T O M S H E L F 4' - 0 " T O P S I D E SE E I N T E R I O R E L E V A T I O N S 2' - 1 0 " 1 ' - 2 " SE E I N T E R I O R E L E V A T I O N S 2' - 1 0 " 8 1 / 2 " HORIZONTAL SWITCH 3 6 0 w e s t a s p e n a v e n u e s a l t l a k e c i t y , u t a h 8 4 1 0 1 8 0 1 5 3 2 4 4 2 2 sheet: title: revisions : p r o j e c t # : d a t e : UNLESS A PROFESSIONAL SEAL WITH SIGNATURE AND DATE IS AFFIXED, THIS DOCUMENT IS PRELIMINARY AND IS NOT INTENDED FOR CONSTRUCTION, RECORDING PURPOSES, OR IMPLEMENTATION THE DESIGNS SHOWN AND DESCRIBED HEREIN INCLUDING ALL TECHNICAL DRAWINGS, GRAPHIC REPRESENTATIONS & MODELS THEREOF, ARE PROPRIETARY & CAN NOT BE COPIED, DUPLICATED, OR COMMERCIALLY EXPLOITED IN WHOLE OR IN PART WITHOUT THE SOLE AND EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM METHOD STUDIO INC. project: E D C B A E D C B A 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 3 / 29 / 2021 GI003 ADA Building Blocks and Blocking Details 20.0550 - june 4, 2021 Rexburg Rowhouses conformed set 3/8" = 1'-0"D3 Turning Space (ANSI 304) 3/8" = 1'-0"B1 Clear Floor Space (ANSI 305) 3/8" = 1'-0"B2 Reach Ranges (ANSI 308) 3/8" = 1'-0"A6 Restroom Stall Layout (ANSI 604) 3/8" = 1'-0"A5 Grab Bar Placement (ANSI 604) 3/8" = 1'-0"A4 Drinking Fountain (ANSI 602) 3/8" = 1'-0"D2 Dispenser Location (ANSI 604) 3/8" = 1'-0"A1 Typical Toilet Accessories Mounting Height 3/8" = 1'-0"C2 ADA Roll-In Shower (ANSI 608) 1/2" = 1'-0"B5 Millwork Profiles DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DWDW DWR R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R RR R DW R DWR DW R DWR DWR DW R CODE ANALYSIS APPLICABLE CODES International Residential Code: International Mechanical Code: International Plumbing Code: International Fire Code: International Energy: Conservation Code National Electrical Code: ADA Accessibility Guidelines: A.Occupancy and Group: Single family housing townhomes (IRC) B.Type of Construction (circle one): FOOTNOTES: 1)In case of conflict with the U.S. Department of Justice Federal Registers Parts I through V -ADA Guidelines and specific reference to the International Residential Code Accessibility Chapters, the more restrictive requirement shall govern. 2)Additional Code Information shall be provided at the discretion of the Building Official for Complex Buildings, including, but not limited to - a.High Rise Requirements b.Atriums c.Performance Base Criteria d.Means or Egress Criteria e.Fire Assembly Locator Sheet f.Exterior and Interior Accessibility Route g.Fire Stopping, including tested design number h.Fire Penetration Details I A I B II A II B III A III B IV A IV B V A V B 2018 2017 2018 2018 2018 IRC 2017 2018 IBC 2018 IRC Notes: 1. This buidling will not be sprinkled and the exterior walls are per table R302.1 (see code plan on this sheet). 2. Double walls will be provided between the units (see code plan on this sheet and wall type assembly FW4b on sheet AE501. 3. Accessible units are per the IBC 2018 code. There are 25 units total. 24 units areType B units and one unit is Type A. A. See enlarged plans on sheet AE401 and AE402 for acessibility clearances. 4. Each unit is aproximatley 530sf to 540sf in area. 5. Approximate overall area is 13,460 square feet. 6. See the site plan on sheet AS101 for public way access, parking and the fire lane. 7. Res check is provided for a middle unit typical and an end unit typical (see information on this sheet). AE401 B4 FOR ADA REQUIREMENTS AE402 B4 FOR ADA REQUIREMENTS MECH A127 ELEC A126 1 BEDROOM A101 1 BEDROOM A102 1 BEDROOM A103 1 BEDROOM A104 1 BEDROOM A105 1 BEDROOM A106 1 BEDROOM A107 1 BEDROOM A108 1 BEDROOM A109 1 BEDROOM A110 1 BEDROOM A111 1 BEDROOM A112 1 BEDROOM A113 1 BEDROOM A114 1 BEDROOM A115 1 BEDROOM A116 1 BEDROOM A117 1 BEDROOM A118 1 BEDROOM A119 1 BEDROOM A120 1 BEDROOM A121 1 BEDROOM A122 1 BEDROOM A123 1 BEDROOM A124 1 BEDROOM A125 (12) @ 539 sf (13) @ 531 sf GRAPHIC LEGEND FIRE BARRIER RATING 2 HOUR RATED WALL FIRE BARRIER, SEE VERTICAL ASSEMBLIES PATH OF EGRESS COMMON PATH OF EGRESS (CPE) TRAVEL DISTANCE (TD) POINT AT WHICH A CHOICE OF 2 EXITS BECOMES AVAILABLE ALLOWABLE DISTANCE = 100'-0" ALLOWABLE EXIT DISTANCE = 250'-0" 1 1 A A 2 2 B B OCC. Req. Prov. 2" DOOR 36" 10 A A 2 2 3 3 B B OCC. Req. Prov. 2" DOOR 36" 10 3 6 0 w e s t a s p e n a v e n u e s a l t l a k e c i t y , u t a h 8 4 1 0 1 8 0 1 5 3 2 4 4 2 2 sheet: title: revisions : p r o j e c t # : d a t e : UNLESS A PROFESSIONAL SEAL WITH SIGNATURE AND DATE IS AFFIXED, THIS DOCUMENT IS PRELIMINARY AND IS NOT INTENDED FOR CONSTRUCTION, RECORDING PURPOSES, OR IMPLEMENTATION THE DESIGNS SHOWN AND DESCRIBED HEREIN INCLUDING ALL TECHNICAL DRAWINGS, GRAPHIC REPRESENTATIONS & MODELS THEREOF, ARE PROPRIETARY & CAN NOT BE COPIED, DUPLICATED, OR COMMERCIALLY EXPLOITED IN WHOLE OR IN PART WITHOUT THE SOLE AND EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM METHOD STUDIO INC. project: E D C B A E D C B A 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 3 / 29 / 2021 GI101 Code Analysis & Code Plans 20.0550 - june 4, 2021 Rexburg Rowhouses conformed set 3/32" = 1'-0"A1 Overall Code Plan 1/8" = 1'-0"D5 Enlarged Code Plan (TYP) - Type B Unit 1/8" = 1'-0"B5 Enlarged Code Plan (TYP)- Type A Unit 3 6 0 w e s t a s p e n a v e n u e s a l t l a k e c i t y , u t a h 8 4 1 0 1 8 0 1 5 3 2 4 4 2 2 sheet: title: revisions : p r o j e c t # : d a t e : UNLESS A PROFESSIONAL SEAL WITH SIGNATURE AND DATE IS AFFIXED, THIS DOCUMENT IS PRELIMINARY AND IS NOT INTENDED FOR CONSTRUCTION, RECORDING PURPOSES, OR IMPLEMENTATION THE DESIGNS SHOWN AND DESCRIBED HEREIN INCLUDING ALL TECHNICAL DRAWINGS, GRAPHIC REPRESENTATIONS & MODELS THEREOF, ARE PROPRIETARY & CAN NOT BE COPIED, DUPLICATED, OR COMMERCIALLY EXPLOITED IN WHOLE OR IN PART WITHOUT THE SOLE AND EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM METHOD STUDIO INC. project: E D C B A E D C B A 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 3 / 29 / 2021 GI201 Sheet Specs 20.0550 - april 7, 2021 Rexburg Rowhouses bid set DIVISION 01-GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 0000 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND OTHER DIVISION 1 SPECIFICATION SECTIONS, APPLY TO THIS SECTION. 1.2 SUMMARY A. THIS SECTION INCLUDES GENERAL REQUIREMENTS THAT ARE TO APPLY TO ALL WORK THROUGHOUT THE PROJECT. REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED IN THIS SECTION ARE TO APPLY TO ALL OTHER SPECIFICATION SECTIONS. B. CERTIFICATES OF OCCUPANCY ARE TO BE OBTAINED AT THE END OF CONSTRUCTION TO ALLOW THE OWNER TO OCCUPY EACH SINGLE FAMILY ONE BEDROOM HOME. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. GENERAL: BASIC CONTRACT DEFINITIONS ARE INCLUDED IN THE CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT. B. “CENTER OF...”: INDICATES A SPECIFIC SINGLE POINT AT THE EXACT CENTER OF THE TILE, PANEL, OR OTHER SURFACE INDICATED. C. CONFORMS”: WHEN USED TO CONVEY ARCHITECT’S ACTION ON CONTRACTOR’S SUBMITTALS, APPLICATIONS, AND REQUESTS, “CONFORMS” IS LIMITED TO ARCHITECT’S DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES AS STATED IN THE CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT. D. “CONTRACTOR”: THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED. E. “DIRECTED”: A COMMAND OR INSTRUCTION BY ARCHITECT, UNLESS INDICATED AS BY OWNER OR TENANT. OTHER TERMS INCLUDING “REQUESTED,” “AUTHORIZED,” “SELECTED,” “APPROVED,” “REQUIRED,” AND “PERMITTED” HAVE THE SAME MEANING AS “DIRECTED.” F. “FURNISH”: SUPPLY AND DELIVER TO PROJECT SITE, READY FOR UNLOADING, UNPACKING, ASSEMBLY, INSTALLATION, AND SIMILAR OPERATIONS. G. “INDICATED”: REQUIREMENTS EXPRESSED BY GRAPHIC REPRESENTATIONS OR IN WRITTEN FORM ON DRAWINGS, IN SPECIFICATIONS, AND IN OTHER CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. OTHER TERMS INCLUDING “SHOWN,” “NOTED,” “SCHEDULED,” AND “SPECIFIED” HAVE THE SAME MEANING AS “INDICATED.” H. “INSTALL”: OPERATIONS AT PROJECT SITE INCLUDING UNLOADING, TEMPORARILY STORING, UNPACKING, ASSEMBLING, ERECTING, PLACING, ANCHORING, APPLYING, WORKING TO DIMENSION, FINISHING, CURING, PROTECTING, CLEANING, AND SIMILAR OPERATIONS. I. “PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE”: THE OWNER’S OR TENANT’S PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE(S). J. “PROJECT SITE”: SPACE AVAILABLE FOR PERFORMING CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES. THE EXTENT OF PROJECT SITE IS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS AND MAY OR MAY NOT BE IDENTICAL WITH THE DESCRIPTION OF THE LAND ON WHICH PROJECT IS TO BE BUILT. K. “PROVIDE”: FURNISH AND INSTALL, COMPLETE AND READY FOR THE INTENDED USE. L. “REGULATIONS”: LAWS, ORDINANCES, STATUTES, AND LAWFUL ORDERS ISSUED BY AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION, AND RULES, CONVENTIONS, AND AGREEMENTS WITHIN THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY THAT CONTROL PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK. M. “RELATED SECTIONS”: RELATED SECTIONS ARTICLES ARE INCLUDED HEREIN AS A COURTESY TO ASSIST IN THE LOCATING OF ITEMS IN THE SPECIFICATIONS THAT THE READER MIGHT EXPECT TO FIND IN THE SECTION BUT THAT ARE SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE. THE LIST OF SECTIONS MAY OR MAY NOT BE COMPLETE. ‘RELATED SECTIONS’ ARTICLES DO NOT RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR OF THE CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATION TO PERFORM TO ALL THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS OR TO COORDINATE WHO DOES WHAT AMONGST THE TEAM OF SUBCONTRACTORS. 1.4 SITE INSPECTION A. EXAMINE THE PREMISES AND SITE AND COMPARE THEM WITH THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. B. BECOME FAMILIAR WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS SUCH AS OBSTRUCTIVE AREAS AND ANY PROBLEMS RELATED TO CONSTRUCTION. NO ALLOWANCES WILL SUBSEQUENTLY BE MADE BY REASON OF FAILURE TO EXAMINE THE SITE. 1.5 SCOPE OF THE WORK A. AS A SUMMARY OF THE WORK, THIS WILL BE 25 SINGLE LEVEL SINLGLE FAMILY ONE BEDROOM HOMES IN THE FORM OF ROW HOUSES. THEY WILL BE RENTED OUT AND NOT USED AS CONDOS. B. UNLESS OTHERWISE PROVIDED, ALL MATERIALS, LABOR, EQUIPMENT, TOOLS, TRANSPORTATION, AND UTILITIES NECESSARY FOR THE SUCCESSFUL COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT SHALL BE PROVIDED AT THE EXPENSE OF THE CONTRACTOR. C. REQUIREMENTS OF THE WORK ARE CONTAINED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, AND INCLUDE CROSS-REFERENCES HEREIN TO PUBLISHED INFORMATION, WHICH IS NOT NECESSARILY BOUND THEREWITH. D. PROVIDE, AS PART OF THE BID AND WITHOUT ADDITIONAL CHARGE, ALL INCIDENTAL ITEMS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETION OF THE WORK, EVEN IF NOT SPECIFICALLY INDICATED. 1. INSTALL ALL WORK SO THAT ITS SEVERAL COMPONENT PARTS FUNCTION TOGETHER AS A COMPLETE AND WORKABLE SYSTEM, AND WITH ALL EQUIPMENT PROPERLY ADJUSTED AND IN WORKING ORDER. E. CONFORM TO HIGHEST QUALITY STANDARDS FOR MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP TO EXECUTE WORK THAT IS INDICATED OR SPECIFIED AND THAT IS NECESSARY TO FULLY SATISFY THE CONTRACT DOCUMENT REQUIREMENTS FOR A COMPLETE, FINISHED, ACCEPTABLE INSTALLATION REGARDLESS OF WHETHER INDICATED OR SPECIFIED OR NOT. F. RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR INCLUDES THE RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY ALL FIELD MEASUREMENTS OF ACTUAL BUILDING CONDITIONS SO THAT ALL WORK FITS PROPERLY IN THE LOCATIONS INDICATED AND SPECIFIED. PROTECT EXISTING STRUCTURES, IMPROVEMENTS, TREES, AND OTHER ITEMS FROM PHYSICAL DAMAGE, UNLESS IDENTIFIED TO BE REMOVED. G. ANY EXISTING SURFACES, FINISHES, FURNITURE OR EQUIPMENT THAT ARE DAMAGED BY THE CONTRACTOR ARE TO BE RESTORED TO THEIR ORIGINAL CONDITION, OR BETTER, TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE OWNER. H. RESTORE ROADS, UTILITIES, WALKS, CURBS, GUTTERS OR OTHER IMPROVEMENTS BELONGING TO THE OWNER, TO THE SAME CONDITION AS THEY EXISTED PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF CONSTRUCTION. WHERE SAID IMPROVEMENTS ARE DAMAGED, THEY SHALL BE REPLACED BY NEW WORK TO MATCH EXISTING ADJACENT WORK, OR REPAIRED IF ACCEPTABLE TO PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE, AT NO COST TO OWNER. 1.6 WORKERS A. ENFORCE STRICT DISCIPLINE AND GOOD ORDER AMONG HIS/HER EMPLOYEES AT ALL TIMES AND SHALL NOT EMPLOY ON THE PROJECT ANY UNFIT PERSON OR ANYONE NOT SKILLED IN THE WORK ASSIGNED TO HIM/HER. B. CONSUMPTION OF ALCOHOL, OR ANY OTHER CONTROLLED, NON-MEDICALLY PRESCRIBED SUBSTANCE WILL NOT BE ALLOWED ON THE PROJECT. C. E-CIGARETTES, SMOKING AND THE USE OF ALL OTHER TOBACCO PRODUCTS IS NOT ALLOWED WITHIN BUILDING ENVELOPE AND IS ONLY PERMITTED IN DESIGNATED AREAS ON CONSTRUCTION SITE. D. RECTIFY BEHAVIOR UNACCEPTABLE TO THE OWNER OR OWNER’S PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE BY STRICT ENFORCEMENT OF DISCIPLINE. OWNER RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REQUEST DISMISSAL OF INDIVIDUAL WORKERS FOR FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH STANDARDS OF BEHAVIOR COMMUNICATED TO THE CONTRACTOR. 1.7 TAXES A. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PAY SALES, USE, PAYROLL, UNEMPLOYMENT, OLD AGE PENSION, OR SURTAX APPLICABLE TO THIS PROJECT. B. THE OWNER SHALL PAY TAXES AND ASSESSMENTS ON REAL PROPERTY COMPRISING THE SITE OF THIS PROJECT. 1.8 MANUFACTURER’S DIRECTIONS A. MANUFACTURED ARTICLES, MATERIALS, OR EQUIPMENT SHALL BE APPLIED, INSTALLED, CONNECTED, ERECTED, USED, CLEANED, AND CONDITIONED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER’S PRINTED DIRECTIONS UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 1.9 FASTENERS A. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, THE TRADE REQUIRING THE FASTENING OF ITS WORK TO ANY SUBSTRATE OR SUPPORT IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVISION AND INSTALLATION OF REQUISITE FASTENERS. END OF SECTION 01 0000. SECTION 01 2500 - SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND OTHER DIVISION 01 SPECIFICATION SECTIONS, APPLY TO THIS SECTION. 1.2 SUMMARY A. SECTION INCLUDES ADMINISTRATIVE AND PROCEDURAL REQUIREMENTS FOR SUBSTITUTIONS. B. RELATED REQUIREMENTS: 1. DIVISION 01 SECTION “PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS” FOR REQUIREMENTS FOR SUBMITTING COMPARABLE PRODUCT SUBMITTALS FOR PRODUCTS BY LISTED MANUFACTURERS. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. SUBSTITUTIONS: CHANGES IN PRODUCTS, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, AND METHODS OF CONSTRUCTION FROM THOSE REQUIRED BY THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND PROPOSED BY CONTRACTOR. 1. SUBSTITUTIONS FOR CAUSE: CHANGES PROPOSED BY CONTRACTOR THAT ARE REQUIRED DUE TO CHANGED PROJECT CONDITIONS, SUCH AS UNAVAILABILITY OF PRODUCT, REGULATORY CHANGES, OR UNAVAILABILITY OF REQUIRED WARRANTY TERMS. 2. SUBSTITUTIONS FOR CONVENIENCE: CHANGES PROPOSED BY CONTRACTOR OR OWNER THAT ARE NOT REQUIRED IN ORDER TO MEET OTHER PROJECT REQUIREMENTS BUT MAY OFFER ADVANTAGE TO CONTRACTOR OR OWNER. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. SUBSTITUTION REQUESTS: SUBMIT ONE DIGITAL COPY OR TWO HARD COPIES OF EACH REQUEST FOR CONSIDERATION. IDENTIFY PRODUCT OR FABRICATION OR INSTALLATION METHOD TO BE REPLACED. INCLUDE SPECIFICATION SECTION NUMBER AND TITLE AND DRAWING NUMBERS AND TITLES. ALL SUBSTITUTION REQUESTS TO OCCUR IN FIRST 30 DAYS OF CONTRACT. 1. SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM: USE CSI FORM 13.1A, OR OTHER FORM APPROVED BY ARCHITECT. 2. DOCUMENTATION: SHOW COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR SUBSTITUTIONS AND THE FOLLOWING, AS APPLICABLE: a. STATEMENT INDICATING WHY SPECIFIED PRODUCT OR FABRICATION OR INSTALLATION CANNOT BE PROVIDED, IF APPLICABLE. b. COORDINATION INFORMATION, INCLUDING A LIST OF CHANGES OR REVISIONS NEEDED TO OTHER PARTS OF THE WORK AND TO CONSTRUCTION PERFORMED BY OWNER AND SEPARATE CONTRACTORS, THAT WILL BE NECESSARY TO ACCOMMODATE PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION. c. DETAILED COMPARISON OF SIGNIFICANT QUALITIES OF PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION WITH THOSE OF THE WORK SPECIFIED. INCLUDE ANNOTATED COPY OF APPLICABLE SPECIFICATION SECTION. SIGNIFICANT QUALITIES MAY INCLUDE ATTRIBUTES SUCH AS PERFORMANCE, WEIGHT, SIZE,DURABILITY, VISUAL EFFECT, SUSTAINABLE DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS, WARRANTIES, AND SPECIFIC FEATURES AND REQUIREMENTS INDICATED. INDICATED DEVIATIONS, IF ANY, FROM THE WORK SPECIFIED. d. PRODUCT DATA, INCLUDING DRAWINGS AND DESCRIPTIONS OF PRODUCTS AND FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION PROCEDURES. e. SAMPLES, WHERE APPLICABLE OR REQUESTED. f. CERTIFICATES AND QUALIFICATION DATA, WHERE APPLICABLE OR REQUESTED. g. LIST OF SIMILAR INSTALLATIONS FOR COMPLETED PROJECTS WITH PROJECT NAMES AND ADDRESSES AND NAMES AND ADDRESSES OF ARCHITECTS AND OWNERS. h. MATERIAL TEST REPORTS FROM A QUALIFIED TESTING AGENCY INDICATING AND INTERPRETING TEST RESULTS FOR COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS INDICATED. i. RESEARCH REPORTS EVIDENCING COMPLIANCE WITH BUILDING CODE IN EFFECT FOR PROJECT, FROM ICC-ES. j. DETAILED COMPARISON OF CONTRACTOR’S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE USING PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION WITH PRODUCTS SPECIFIED FOR THE WORK, INCLUDING EFFECT ON THE OVERALL CONTRACT TIME. IF SPECIFIED PRODUCT OR METHOD OF CONSTRUCTION CANNOT BE PROVIDED WITHIN THE CONTRACT TIME, INCLUDE LETTER FROM MANUFACTURER, ON MANUFACTURER’S LETTERHEAD, STATING DATE OF RECEIPT OF PURCHASE ORDER, LACK OF AVAILABILITY, OR DELAYS IN DELIVERY. k. COST INFORMATION, INCLUDING A PROPOSAL OF CHANGE, IF ANY, IN THE CONTRACT SUM. l. CONTRACTOR’S CERTIFICATION THAT PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION COMPLIES WITH REQUIREMENTS IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS EXCEPT AS INDICATED IN SUBSTITUTION REQUEST, IS COMPATIBLE WITH RELATED MATERIALS, AND IS APPROPRIATE FOR APPLICATIONS INDICATED. m. CONTRACTOR’S WAIVER OF RIGHTS TO ADDITIONAL PAYMENT OR TIME THAT MAY SUBSEQUENTLY BECOME NECESSARY BECAUSE OF FAILURE OF PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION TO PRODUCE INDICATED RESULTS. 3. ARCHITECT’S ACTION: IF NECESSARY, ARCHITECT WILL REQUEST ADDITIONAL INFORMATION OR DOCUMENTATION FOR EVALUATION WITHIN SEVEN DAYS OF RECEIPT OF A REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION. ARCHITECT WILL NOTIFY CONTRACTOR OF ACCEPTANCE OR REJECTION OF PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION WITHIN 15 DAYS OF RECEIPT OF REQUEST, OR SEVEN DAYS OF RECEIPT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION OR DOCUMENTATION, WHICHEVER IS LATER. a. FORMS OF ACCEPTANCE: CHANGE ORDER, CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE, OR ARCHITECT’S SUPPLEMENTAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK. b. USE PRODUCT SPECIFIED IF ARCHITECT DOES NOT ISSUE A DECISION ON USE OF A PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION WITHIN TIME ALLOCATED. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. COMPATIBILITY OF SUBSTITUTIONS: INVESTIGATE AND DOCUMENT COMPATIBILITY OF PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION WITH RELATED PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS. ENGAGE A QUALIFIED TESTING AGENCY TO PERFORM COMPATIBILITY TESTS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURERS. 1.6 PROCEDURES A. COORDINATION: REVISE OR ADJUST AFFECTED WORK AS NECESSARY TO INTEGRATE WORK OF THE APPROVED SUBSTITUTIONS. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SUBSTITUTIONS A. SUBSTITUTIONS FOR CAUSE: SUBMIT REQUESTS FOR SUBSTITUTION IMMEDIATELY ON DISCOVERY OF NEED FOR CHANGE, BUT NOT LATER THAN 15 DAYS PRIOR TO TIME REQUIRED FOR PREPARATION AND REVIEW OF RELATED SUBMITTALS. ALL SUBSTITUTION REQUEST SHALL BE ACCOMPANIED BY A STATEMENT FROM THE CONTRACTOR STATING THAT THE SUBSTITUTION MEETS OR EXCEEDS REQUIREMENTS OF THE PRODUCT BEING SUBSTITUTED 1. CONDITIONS: ARCHITECT WILL CONSIDER CONTRACTOR’S REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION WHEN THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS ARE SATISFIED. IF THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS ARE NOT SATISFIED, ARCHITECT WILL RETURN REQUESTS WITHOUT ACTION, EXCEPT TO RECORD NONCOMPLIANCE WITH THESE REQUIREMENTS: a. REQUESTED SUBSTITUTION IS CONSISTENT WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND WILL PRODUCE INDICATED RESULTS. b. REQUESTED SUBSTITUTION PROVIDES SUSTAINABLE DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS THAT SPECIFIED PRODUCT PROVIDED. c. SUBSTITUTION REQUEST IS FULLY DOCUMENTED AND PROPERLY SUBMITTED. d. REQUESTED SUBSTITUTION WILL NOT ADVERSELY AFFECT CONTRACTOR’S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. e. REQUESTED SUBSTITUTION HAS RECEIVED NECESSARY APPROVALS OF AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. f. REQUESTED SUBSTITUTION IS COMPATIBLE WITH OTHER PORTIONS OF THE WORK. g. REQUESTED SUBSTITUTION HAS BEEN COORDINATED WITH OTHER PORTIONS OF THE WORK. h. REQUESTED SUBSTITUTION PROVIDES SPECIFIED WARRANTY. i. IF REQUESTED SUBSTITUTION INVOLVES MORE THAN ONE CONTRACTOR, REQUESTED SUBSTITUTION HAS BEEN COORDINATED WITH OTHER PORTIONS OF THE WORK, IS UNIFORM AND CONSISTENT, IS COMPATIBLE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS, AND IS ACCEPTABLE TO ALL CONTRACTORS INVOLVED. B. SUBSTITUTIONS FOR CONVENIENCE: NOT ALLOWED. END OF SECTION 01 2500 SECTION 01 2600 - CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND OTHER DIVISION 01 SPECIFICATION SECTIONS, APPLY TO THIS SECTION. 1.2 SUMMARY A. SECTION INCLUDES ADMINISTRATIVE AND PROCEDURAL REQUIREMENTS FOR HANDLING AND PROCESSING CONTRACT MODIFICATIONS. B. RELATED REQUIREMENTS: 1. DIVISION 01 SECTION “SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES” FOR ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING REQUESTS FOR SUBSTITUTIONS MADE AFTER THE CONTRACT AWARD. 1.3 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK A. ARCHITECT WILL ISSUE SUPPLEMENTAL INSTRUCTIONS AUTHORIZING MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK, NOT INVOLVING ADJUSTMENT TO THE CONTRACT SUM OR THE CONTRACT TIME, ON AIA DOCUMENT G710, “ARCHITECT’S SUPPLEMENTAL INSTRUCTIONS.” 1.4 PROPOSAL REQUESTS A. OWNER-INITIATED PROPOSAL REQUESTS: ARCHITECT WILL ISSUE A DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF PROPOSED CHANGES IN THE WORK THAT MAY REQUIRE ADJUSTMENT TO THE CONTRACT SUM OR THE CONTRACT TIME. IF NECESSARY, THE DESCRIPTION WILL INCLUDE SUPPLEMENTAL OR REVISED DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 1. WORK CHANGE PROPOSAL REQUESTS ISSUED BY ARCHITECT ARE NOT INSTRUCTIONS EITHER TO STOP WORK IN PROGRESS OR TO EXECUTE THE PROPOSED CHANGE. 2. WITHIN TIME SPECIFIED IN PROPOSAL REQUEST OR 20 DAYS, WHEN NOT OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, AFTER RECEIPT OF PROPOSAL REQUEST, SUBMIT A QUOTATION ESTIMATING COST ADJUSTMENTS TO THE CONTRACT SUM AND THE CONTRACT TIME NECESSARY TO EXECUTE THE CHANGE. a. INCLUDE A LIST OF QUANTITIES OF PRODUCTS REQUIRED OR ELIMINATED AND UNIT COSTS, WITH TOTAL AMOUNT OF PURCHASES AND CREDITS TO BE MADE. IF REQUESTED, FURNISH SURVEY DATA TO SUBSTANTIATE QUANTITIES. b. INDICATE APPLICABLE TAXES, DELIVERY CHARGES, EQUIPMENT RENTAL, AND AMOUNTS OF TRADE DISCOUNTS. c. INCLUDE COSTS OF LABOR AND SUPERVISION DIRECTLY ATTRIBUTABLE TO THE CHANGE. d. INCLUDE AN UPDATED CONTRACTOR’S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE THAT INDICATES THE EFFECT OF THE CHANGE, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, CHANGES IN ACTIVITY DURATION, START AND FINISH TIMES, AND ACTIVITY RELATIONSHIP. USE AVAILABLE TOTAL FLOAT BEFORE REQUESTING AN EXTENSION OF THE CONTRACT TIME. e. QUOTATION FORM: USE FORMS ACCEPTABLE TO ARCHITECT. B. CONTRACTOR-INITIATED PROPOSALS: IF LATENT OR CHANGED CONDITIONS REQUIRE MODIFICATIONS TO THE CONTRACT, CONTRACTOR MAY INITIATE A CLAIM BY SUBMITTING A REQUEST FOR A CHANGE TO ARCHITECT/OWNER. 1. INCLUDE A STATEMENT OUTLINING REASONS FOR THE CHANGE AND THE EFFECT OF THE CHANGE ON THE WORK. PROVIDE A COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF THE PROPOSED CHANGE. INDICATE THE EFFECT OF THE PROPOSED CHANGE ON THE CONTRACT SUM AND THE CONTRACT TIME. 2. INCLUDE A LIST OF QUANTITIES OF PRODUCTS REQUIRED OR ELIMINATED AND UNIT COSTS, WITH TOTAL AMOUNT OF PURCHASES AND CREDITS TO BE MADE. IF REQUESTED, FURNISH SURVEY DATA TO SUBSTANTIATE QUANTITIES. INDICATE APPLICABLE TAXES, DELIVERY CHARGES, EQUIPMENT RENTAL, AND AMOUNTS OF TRADE DISCOUNTS. 3. INCLUDE COSTS OF LABOR AND SUPERVISION DIRECTLY ATTRIBUTABLE TO THE CHANGE. 4. INCLUDE AN UPDATED CONTRACTOR’S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE THAT INDICATES THE EFFECT OF THE CHANGE, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, CHANGES IN ACTIVITY DURATION, START AND FINISH TIMES, AND ACTIVITY RELATIONSHIP. USE AVAILABLE TOTAL FLOAT BEFORE REQUESTING AN EXTENSION OF THE CONTRACT TIME. 5. COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS IN DIVISION 01 SECTION “SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES” IF THE PROPOSED CHANGE REQUIRES SUBSTITUTION OF ONE PRODUCT OR SYSTEM FOR PRODUCT OR SYSTEM SPECIFIED. 6. PROPOSAL REQUEST FORM: USE FORM ACCEPTABLE TO ARCHITECT. 1.5 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES A. ON OWNER’S APPROVAL OF A WORK CHANGES PROPOSAL REQUEST, ARCHITECT WILL ISSUE A CHANGE ORDER FOR SIGNATURES OF OWNER AND CONTRACTOR ON AIA DOCUMENT G701. 1.6 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE A. CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE: ARCHITECT MAY ISSUE A CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE ON AIA DOCUMENT G714. CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE INSTRUCTS CONTRACTOR TO PROCEED WITH A CHANGE IN THE WORK, FOR SUBSEQUENT INCLUSION IN A CHANGE ORDER. 1. CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE CONTAINS A COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE IN THE WORK. IT ALSO DESIGNATES METHOD TO BE FOLLOWED TO DETERMINE CHANGE IN THE CONTRACT SUM OR THE CONTRACT TIME. B. DOCUMENTATION: MAINTAIN DETAILED RECORDS ON A TIME AND MATERIAL BASIS OF WORK REQUIRED BY THE CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE. 1. AFTER COMPLETION OF CHANGE, SUBMIT AN ITEMIZED ACCOUNT AND SUPPORTING DATA NECESSARY TO SUBSTANTIATE COST AND TIME ADJUSTMENTS TO THE CONTRACT. END OF SECTION 01 2600 SECTION 01 2900 - PAYMENT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND OTHER DIVISION 01 SPECIFICATION SECTIONS, APPLY TO THIS SECTION. 1.2 SUMMARY A. SECTION INCLUDES ADMINISTRATIVE AND PROCEDURAL REQUIREMENTS NECESSARY TO PREPARE AND PROCESS APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT. B. RELATED REQUIREMENTS: 1. DIVISION 01 SECTION “CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES” FOR ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING CHANGES TO THE CONTRACT. 2. DIVISION 01 SECTION “CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION” FOR ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS GOVERNING THE PREPARATION AND SUBMITTAL OF THE CONTRACTOR’S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. SCHEDULE OF VALUES: A STATEMENT FURNISHED BY CONTRACTOR ALLOCATING PORTIONS OF THE CONTRACT SUM TO VARIOUS PORTIONS OF THE WORK AND USED AS THE BASIS FOR REVIEWING CONTRACTOR’S APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT. 1.4 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. COORDINATION: COORDINATE PREPARATION OF THE SCHEDULE OF VALUES WITH PREPARATION OF CONTRACTOR’S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. 1. COORDINATE LINE ITEMS IN THE SCHEDULE OF VALUES WITH OTHER REQUIRED ADMINISTRATIVE FORMS AND SCHEDULES, INCLUDING THE FOLLOWING: a. APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT FORMS WITH CONTINUATION SHEETS. b. SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE. c. ITEMS REQUIRED TO BE INDICATED AS SEPARATE ACTIVITIES IN CONTRACTOR’S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. B. SUBMIT THE SCHEDULE OF VALUES TO ARCHITECT AT EARLIEST POSSIBLE DATE, BUT NO LATER THAN SEVEN DAYS BEFORE THE DATE SCHEDULED FOR SUBMITTAL OF INITIAL APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT. 1. SUBSCHEDULES FOR SEPARATE ELEMENTS OF WORK: WHERE THE CONTRACTOR’S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE DEFINES SEPARATE ELEMENTS OF THE WORK, PROVIDE SUBSCHEDULES SHOWING VALUES COORDINATED WITH EACH ELEMENT. C. FORMAT AND CONTENT: USE PROJECT MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS AS A GUIDE TO ESTABLISH LINE ITEMS FOR THE SCHEDULE OF VALUES. PROVIDE AT LEAST ONE LINE ITEM FOR EACH SPECIFICATION SECTION. 1. IDENTIFICATION: INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING PROJECT IDENTIFICATION ON THE SCHEDULE OF VALUES: a. PROJECT NAME AND LOCATION. b. NAME OF ARCHITECT. c. ARCHITECT’S PROJECT NUMBER. d. CONTRACTOR’S NAME AND ADDRESS. e. DATE OF SUBMITTAL. 2. ARRANGE SCHEDULE OF VALUES CONSISTENT WITH FORMAT OF AIA DOCUMENT G703. 3. ARRANGE THE SCHEDULE OF VALUES IN TABULAR FORM WITH SEPARATE COLUMNS TO INDICATE THE FOLLOWING FOR EACH ITEM LISTED: a. RELATED SPECIFICATION SECTION OR DIVISION. b. DESCRIPTION OF THE WORK. c. NAME OF SUBCONTRACTOR. d. NAME OF MANUFACTURER OR FABRICATOR. e. NAME OF SUPPLIER. f. CHANGE ORDERS (NUMBERS) THAT AFFECT VALUE. g. DOLLAR VALUE OF THE FOLLOWING, AS A PERCENTAGE OF THE CONTRACT SUM TO NEAREST ONE-HUNDREDTH PERCENT, ADJUSTED TO TOTAL 100 PERCENT. 1) LABOR. 2) MATERIALS. 3) EQUIPMENT. 4) PROVIDE A BREAKDOWN OF THE CONTRACT SUM IN ENOUGH DETAIL TO FACILITATE CONTINUED EVALUATION OF APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT AND PROGRESS REPORTS. COORDINATE WITH PROJECT MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS. PROVIDE MULTIPLE LINE ITEMS FOR PRINCIPAL SUBCONTRACT AMOUNTS IN EXCESS OF FIVE PERCENT OF THE CONTRACT SUM. h. INCLUDE SEPARATE LINE ITEMS UNDER CONTRACTOR AND PRINCIPAL SUBCONTRACTS FOR PROJECT CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS IN AN AMOUNT TOTALING FIVE PERCENT OF THE CONTRACT SUM AND SUBCONTRACT AMOUNT. 4. ROUND AMOUNTS TO NEAREST WHOLE DOLLAR; TOTAL SHALL EQUAL THE CONTRACT SUM. 5. PROVIDE A SEPARATE LINE ITEM IN THE SCHEDULE OF VALUES FOR EACH PART OF THE WORK WHERE APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT MAY INCLUDE MATERIALS OR EQUIPMENT PURCHASED OR FABRICATED AND STORED, BUT NOT YET INSTALLED. a. DIFFERENTIATE BETWEEN ITEMS STORED ON-SITE AND ITEMS STORED OFF-SITE. IF REQUIRED, INCLUDE EVIDENCE OF INSURANCE. 7. PROVIDE SEPARATE LINE ITEMS IN THE SCHEDULE OF VALUES FOR INITIAL COST OF MATERIALS, FOR EACH SUBSEQUENT STAGE OF COMPLETION, AND FOR TOTAL INSTALLED VALUE OF THAT PART OF THE WORK. 8. EACH ITEM IN THE SCHEDULE OF VALUES AND APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT SHALL BE COMPLETE. INCLUDE TOTAL COST AND PROPORTIONATE SHARE OF GENERAL OVERHEAD AND PROFIT FOR EACH ITEM. a. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND OTHER MAJOR COST ITEMS THAT ARE NOT DIRECT COST OF ACTUAL WORK- IN-PLACE MAY BE SHOWN EITHER AS SEPARATE LINE ITEMS IN THE SCHEDULE OF VALUES OR DISTRIBUTED AS GENERAL OVERHEAD EXPENSE, AT CONTRACTOR’S OPTION. 9. SCHEDULE UPDATING: UPDATE AND RESUBMIT THE SCHEDULE OF VALUES BEFORE THE NEXT APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT WHEN CHANGE ORDERS OR CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVES RESULT IN A CHANGE IN THE CONTRACT SUM. 1.5 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT A. EACH APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT FOLLOWING THE INITIAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT SHALL BE CONSISTENT WITH PREVIOUS APPLICATIONS AND PAYMENTS AS CERTIFIED BY ARCHITECT AND PAID FOR BY OWNER . 1. INITIAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT, APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT AT TIME OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, AND FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT INVOLVE ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. B. PAYMENT APPLICATION TIMES: THE DATE FOR EACH PROGRESS PAYMENT IS INDICATED IN THE AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR. THE PERIOD OF CONSTRUCTION WORK COVERED BY EACH APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT IS THE PERIOD INDICATED IN THE AGREEMENT. C. APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT FORMS: AIA G-701-702 D. APPLICATION PREPARATION: COMPLETE EVERY ENTRY ON FORM. NOTARIZE AND EXECUTE BY A PERSON AUTHORIZED TO SIGN LEGAL DOCUMENTS ON BEHALF OF CONTRACTOR. ARCHITECT WILL RETURN INCOMPLETE APPLICATIONS WITHOUT ACTION. 1. ENTRIES SHALL MATCH DATA ON THE SCHEDULE OF VALUES AND CONTRACTOR’S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. USE UPDATED SCHEDULES IF REVISIONS WERE MADE. 2. INCLUDE AMOUNTS FOR WORK COMPLETED FOLLOWING PREVIOUS APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT, WHETHER OR NOT PAYMENT HAS BEEN RECEIVED. INCLUDE ONLY AMOUNTS FOR WORK COMPLETED AT TIME OF APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT. 3. INCLUDE AMOUNTS OF CHANGE ORDERS AND CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVES ISSUED BEFORE LAST DAY OF CONSTRUCTION PERIOD COVERED BY APPLICATION. 4. INDICATE SEPARATE AMOUNTS FOR WORK BEING CARRIED OUT UNDER OWNER-REQUESTED PROJECT ACCELERATION. E. STORED MATERIALS: INCLUDE IN APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT AMOUNTS APPLIED FOR MATERIALS OR EQUIPMENT PURCHASED OR FABRICATED AND STORED, BUT NOT YET INSTALLED. DIFFERENTIATE BETWEEN ITEMS STORED ON-SITE AND ITEMS STORED OFF-SITE. 1. PROVIDE CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE, EVIDENCE OF TRANSFER OF TITLE TO OWNER, AND CONSENT OF SURETY TO PAYMENT, FOR STORED MATERIALS. 2. PROVIDE SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION THAT VERIFIES AMOUNT REQUESTED, SUCH AS PAID INVOICES. MATCH AMOUNT REQUESTED WITH AMOUNTS INDICATED ON DOCUMENTATION; DO NOT INCLUDE OVERHEAD AND PROFIT ON STORED MATERIALS. 3. PROVIDE SUMMARY DOCUMENTATION FOR STORED MATERIALS INDICATING THE FOLLOWING: a. VALUE OF MATERIALS PREVIOUSLY STORED AND REMAINING STORED AS OF DATE OF PREVIOUS APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT. b. VALUE OF PREVIOUSLY STORED MATERIALS PUT IN PLACE AFTER DATE OF PREVIOUS APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT AND ON OR BEFORE DATE OF CURRENT APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT. c. VALUE OF MATERIALS STORED SINCE DATE OF PREVIOUS APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT AND REMAINING STORED AS OF DATE OF CURRENT APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT. F. TRANSMITTAL: SUBMIT THREE SIGNED AND NOTARIZED ORIGINAL COPIES OF EACH APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT TO ARCHITECT BY A METHOD ENSURING RECEIPT WITHIN 24 HOURS. ONE COPY SHALL INCLUDE WAIVERS OF LIEN AND SIMILAR ATTACHMENTS IF REQUIRED. 1. TRANSMIT EACH COPY WITH A TRANSMITTAL FORM LISTING ATTACHMENTS AND RECORDING APPROPRIATE INFORMATION ABOUT APPLICATION. G. WAIVERS OF MECHANIC’S LIEN: WITH EACH APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT, SUBMIT WAIVERS OF MECHANIC’S LIEN FROM ENTITIES LAWFULLY ENTITLED TO FILE A MECHANIC’S LIEN ARISING OUT OF THE CONTRACT AND RELATED TO THE WORK COVERED BY THE PAYMENT. 1. SUBMIT PARTIAL WAIVERS ON EACH ITEM FOR AMOUNT REQUESTED IN PREVIOUS APPLICATION, AFTER DEDUCTION FOR RETAINAGE, ON EACH ITEM. 2. WHEN AN APPLICATION SHOWS COMPLETION OF AN ITEM, SUBMIT CONDITIONAL FINAL OR FULL WAIVERS. 3. OWNER RESERVES THE RIGHT TO DESIGNATE WHICH ENTITIES INVOLVED IN THE WORK MUST SUBMIT WAIVERS. 4. WAIVER FORMS: SUBMIT EXECUTED WAIVERS OF LIEN ON FORMS ACCEPTABLE TO OWNER. H. INITIAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT: ADMINISTRATIVE ACTIONS AND SUBMITTALS THAT MUST PRECEDE OR COINCIDE WITH SUBMITTAL OF FIRST APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: 1. LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS. 2. SCHEDULE OF VALUES. 3. CONTRACTOR’S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE (PRELIMINARY IF NOT FINAL). 4. PRODUCTS LIST (PRELIMINARY IF NOT FINAL). 5. SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES. 6. SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE (PRELIMINARY IF NOT FINAL). 7. LIST OF CONTRACTOR’S STAFF ASSIGNMENTS. 8. LIST OF CONTRACTOR’S PRINCIPAL CONSULTANTS. 9. COPIES OF BUILDING PERMITS. 10. COPIES OF AUTHORIZATIONS AND LICENSES FROM AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION FOR PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK. 11. INITIAL PROGRESS REPORT. 12. REPORT OF PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE. 13. CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE AND INSURANCE POLICIES. 14. PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS. 15. DATA NEEDED TO ACQUIRE OWNER’S INSURANCE. I. APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT AT SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION: AFTER ARCHITECT ISSUES THE CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, SUBMIT AN APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT SHOWING 100 PERCENT COMPLETION FOR PORTION OF THE WORK CLAIMED AS SUBSTANTIALLY COMPLETE. 1. INCLUDE DOCUMENTATION SUPPORTING CLAIM THAT THE WORK IS SUBSTANTIALLY COMPLETE AND A STATEMENT SHOWING AN ACCOUNTING OF CHANGES TO THE CONTRACT SUM. THIS APPLICATION SHALL REFLECT CERTIFICATE(S) OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION ISSUED PREVIOUSLY FOR OWNER OCCUPANCY OF DESIGNATED PORTIONS OF THE WORK. J. FINAL PAYMENT APPLICATION: AFTER COMPLETING PROJECT CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS, SUBMIT FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT WITH RELEASES AND SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION NOT PREVIOUSLY SUBMITTED AND ACCEPTED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED, TO THE FOLLOWING: 1. EVIDENCE OF COMPLETION OF PROJECT CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS. 2. INSURANCE CERTIFICATES FOR PRODUCTS AND COMPLETED OPERATIONS WHERE REQUIRED AND 2. PROOF THAT TAXES, FEES, AND SIMILAR OBLIGATIONS WERE PAID. 3. UPDATED FINAL STATEMENT, ACCOUNTING FOR FINAL CHANGES TO THE CONTRACT SUM. 4. AIA DOCUMENT G706, “CONTRACTOR’S AFFIDAVIT OF PAYMENT OF DEBTS AND CLAIMS.” 5. AIA DOCUMENT G706A, “CONTRACTOR’S AFFIDAVIT OF RELEASE OF LIENS.” 6. AIA DOCUMENT G707, “CONSENT OF SURETY TO FINAL PAYMENT.” 7. EVIDENCE THAT CLAIMS HAVE BEEN SETTLED. 8. FINAL METER READINGS FOR UTILITIES, A MEASURED RECORD OF STORED FUEL, AND SIMILAR DATA AS OF DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OR WHEN OWNER TOOK POSSESSION OF AND ASSUMED RESPONSIBILITY FOR CORRESPONDING ELEMENTS OF THE WORK. 9. FINAL LIQUIDATED DAMAGES SETTLEMENT STATEMENT. END OF SECTION 01 2900 SECTION 01 3100 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND OTHER DIVISION 01 SPECIFICATION SECTIONS, APPLY TO THIS SECTION. 1.2 SUMMARY A. SECTION INCLUDES ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS FOR COORDINATING CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS ON PROJECT INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING: 1. GENERAL COORDINATION PROCEDURES. 2. COORDINATION DRAWINGS. 3. REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION (RFIS). 4. PROJECT MEETINGS. B. EACH CONTRACTOR SHALL PARTICIPATE IN COORDINATION REQUIREMENTS. CERTAIN AREAS OF RESPONSIBILITY ARE ASSIGNED TO A SPECIFIC CONTRACTOR. C. RELATED REQUIREMENTS: 1. DIVISION 01 SECTION “CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS GI101 conformed set revisions : p r o j e c t # : d a t e : 20.0550 - june 4, 2021 3 6 0 w e s t a s p e n a v e n u e s a l t l a k e c i t y , u t a h 8 4 1 0 1 8 0 1 5 3 2 4 4 2 2 sheet: title: revisions : p r o j e c t # : d a t e : UNLESS A PROFESSIONAL SEAL WITH SIGNATURE AND DATE IS AFFIXED, THIS DOCUMENT IS PRELIMINARY AND IS NOT INTENDED FOR CONSTRUCTION, RECORDING PURPOSES, OR IMPLEMENTATION THE DESIGNS SHOWN AND DESCRIBED HEREIN INCLUDING ALL TECHNICAL DRAWINGS, GRAPHIC REPRESENTATIONS & MODELS THEREOF, ARE PROPRIETARY & CAN NOT BE COPIED, DUPLICATED, OR COMMERCIALLY EXPLOITED IN WHOLE OR IN PART WITHOUT THE SOLE AND EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM METHOD STUDIO INC. project: E D C B A E D C B A 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 3 / 29 / 2021 GI202 Sheet Specs 20.0550 - april 7, 2021 Rexburg Rowhouses bid set DOCUMENTATION” FOR PREPARING AND SUBMITTING CONTRACTOR’S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. 2. DIVISION 01 SECTION “EXECUTION” FOR PROCEDURES FOR COORDINATING GENERAL INSTALLATION AND FIELD- ENGINEERING SERVICES, INCLUDING ESTABLISHMENT OF BENCHMARKS AND CONTROL POINTS. 3. DIVISION 01 SECTION “CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES” FOR COORDINATING CLOSEOUT OF THE CONTRACT. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. RFI: REQUEST FROM OWNER, TENANT, ARCHITECT, OR CONTRACTOR SEEKING INFORMATION REQUIRED BY OR CLARIFICATIONS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. SUBCONTRACT LIST: PREPARE A WRITTEN SUMMARY IDENTIFYING INDIVIDUALS OR FIRMS PROPOSED FOR EACH PORTION OF THE WORK, INCLUDING THOSE WHO ARE TO FURNISH PRODUCTS OR EQUIPMENT FABRICATED TO A SPECIAL DESIGN. INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION IN TABULAR FORM: 1. NAME, ADDRESS, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER OF ENTITY PERFORMING SUBCONTRACT OR SUPPLYING PRODUCTS. 2. NUMBER AND TITLE OF RELATED SPECIFICATION SECTION(S) COVERED BY SUBCONTRACT. 3. DRAWING NUMBER AND DETAIL REFERENCES, AS APPROPRIATE, COVERED BY SUBCONTRACT. B. KEY PERSONNEL NAMES: WITHIN 15 DAYS OF STARTING CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS, SUBMIT A LIST OF KEY PERSONNEL ASSIGNMENTS, INCLUDING SUPERINTENDENT AND OTHER PERSONNEL IN ATTENDANCE AT PROJECT SITE. IDENTIFY INDIVIDUALS AND THEIR DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES; LIST ADDRESSES AND TELEPHONE NUMBERS, INCLUDING HOME, OFFICE, AND CELLULAR TELEPHONE NUMBERS AND E-MAIL ADDRESSES. PROVIDE NAMES, ADDRESSES, AND TELEPHONE NUMBERS OF INDIVIDUALS ASSIGNED AS ALTERNATES IN THE ABSENCE OF INDIVIDUALS ASSIGNED TO PROJECT. 1. POST COPIES OF LIST IN PROJECT MEETING ROOM, IN TEMPORARY FIELD OFFICE, AND BY EACH TEMPORARY TELEPHONE. KEEP LIST CURRENT AT ALL TIMES. 1.5 GENERAL COORDINATION PROCEDURES A. COORDINATION: COORDINATE CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS INCLUDED IN DIFFERENT SECTIONS OF THE SPECIFICATIONS TO ENSURE EFFICIENT AND ORDERLY INSTALLATION OF EACH PART OF THE WORK. COORDINATE CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS, INCLUDED IN DIFFERENT SECTIONS, THAT DEPEND ON EACH OTHER FOR PROPER INSTALLATION, CONNECTION, AND OPERATION. 1. SCHEDULE CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS IN SEQUENCE REQUIRED TO OBTAIN THE BEST RESULTS WHERE INSTALLATION OF ONE PART OF THE WORK DEPENDS ON INSTALLATION OF OTHER COMPONENTS, BEFORE OR AFTER ITS OWN INSTALLATION. 2. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF DIFFERENT COMPONENTS TO ENSURE MAXIMUM PERFORMANCE AND ACCESSIBILITY FOR REQUIRED MAINTENANCE, SERVICE, AND REPAIR. 3. MAKE ADEQUATE PROVISIONS TO ACCOMMODATE ITEMS SCHEDULED FOR LATER INSTALLATION. 4. TAKE INTO CONSIDERATION THE REQUIRED PHASING OF THE PROJECT (ONE FLOOR AT A TIME). B. PREPARE MEMORANDA FOR DISTRIBUTION TO EACH PARTY INVOLVED, OUTLINING SPECIAL PROCEDURES REQUIRED FOR COORDINATION. INCLUDE SUCH ITEMS AS REQUIRED NOTICES, REPORTS, AND LIST OF ATTENDEES AT MEETINGS. 1. PREPARE SIMILAR MEMORANDA FOR OWNER AND SEPARATE CONTRACTORS IF COORDINATION OF THEIR WORK IS REQUIRED. C. ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES: COORDINATE SCHEDULING AND TIMING OF REQUIRED ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES WITH OTHER CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES TO AVOID CONFLICTS AND TO ENSURE ORDERLY PROGRESS OF THE WORK. SUCH ADMINISTRATIVE ACTIVITIES INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING: 1. PREPARATION OF CONTRACTOR’S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. 2. PREPARATION OF THE SCHEDULE OF VALUES. 3. INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS. 4. DELIVERY AND PROCESSING OF SUBMITTALS. 5. PROGRESS MEETINGS. 6. PREINSTALLATION CONFERENCES. 7. PROJECT CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES. 8. STARTUP AND ADJUSTMENT OF SYSTEMS. D. CONSERVATION: COORDINATE CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES TO ENSURE THAT OPERATIONS ARE CARRIED OUT WITH CONSIDERATION GIVEN TO CONSERVATION OF ENERGY, WATER, AND MATERIALS. COORDINATE USE OF TEMPORARY UTILITIES TO MINIMIZE WASTE. 1. SALVAGE MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT INVOLVED IN PERFORMANCE OF, BUT NOT ACTUALLY INCORPORATED INTO, THE WORK. SEE OTHER SECTIONS FOR DISPOSITION OF SALVAGED MATERIALS THAT ARE DESIGNATED AS OWNER’S PROPERTY. 1.6 COORDINATION DRAWINGS A. COORDINATION DRAWINGS, GENERAL: PREPARE COORDINATION DRAWINGS ACCORDING TO REQUIREMENTS IN INDIVIDUAL SECTIONS, AND ADDITIONALLY WHERE INSTALLATION IS NOT COMPLETELY SHOWN ON SHOP DRAWINGS, WHERE LIMITED SPACE AVAILABILITY NECESSITATES COORDINATION, OR IF COORDINATION IS REQUIRED TO FACILITATE INTEGRATION OF PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS FABRICATED OR INSTALLED BY MORE THAN ONE ENTITY. 1. CONTENT: PROJECT-SPECIFIC INFORMATION, DRAWN ACCURATELY TO A SCALE LARGE ENOUGH TO INDICATE AND RESOLVE CONFLICTS. DO NOT BASE COORDINATION DRAWINGS ON STANDARD PRINTED DATA. INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION, AS APPLICABLE: a. USE APPLICABLE DRAWINGS AS A BASIS FOR PREPARATION OF COORDINATION DRAWINGS. PREPARE SECTIONS, ELEVATIONS, AND DETAILS AS NEEDED TO DESCRIBE RELATIONSHIP OF VARIOUS SYSTEMS AND COMPONENTS. b. COORDINATE THE ADDITION OF TRADE-SPECIFIC INFORMATION TO THE COORDINATION DRAWINGS BY MULTIPLE CONTRACTORS IN A SEQUENCE THAT BEST PROVIDES FOR COORDINATION OF THE INFORMATION AND RESOLUTION OF CONFLICTS BETWEEN INSTALLED COMPONENTS BEFORE SUBMITTING FOR REVIEW. c. INDICATE FUNCTIONAL AND SPATIAL RELATIONSHIPS OF COMPONENTS OF ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL, CIVIL, MECHANICAL, AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS. d. INDICATE SPACE REQUIREMENTS FOR ROUTINE MAINTENANCE AND FOR ANTICIPATED REPLACEMENT OF COMPONENTS DURING THE LIFE OF THE INSTALLATION. e. SHOW LOCATION AND SIZE OF ACCESS DOORS REQUIRED FOR ACCESS TO CONCEALED DAMPERS, VALVES, AND OTHER CONTROLS. f. INDICATE REQUIRED INSTALLATION SEQUENCES. g. INDICATE DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. SPECIFICALLY NOTE DIMENSIONS THAT APPEAR TO BE IN CONFLICT WITH SUBMITTED EQUIPMENT AND MINIMUM CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE ALTERNATE SKETCHES TO ARCHITECT INDICATING PROPOSED RESOLUTION OF SUCH CONFLICTS. MINOR DIMENSION CHANGES AND DIFFICULT INSTALLATIONS WILL NOT BE CONSIDERED CHANGES TO THE CONTRACT. B. COORDINATION DRAWING ORGANIZATION: ORGANIZE COORDINATION DRAWINGS AS FOLLOWS: 1. FLOOR PLANS AND REFLECTED CEILING PLANS: SHOW ARCHITECTURAL AND STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS, AND MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, FIRE-PROTECTION, FIRE-ALARM, AND ELECTRICAL WORK. SHOW LOCATIONS OF VISIBLE CEILING-MOUNTED DEVICES RELATIVE TO ACOUSTICAL CEILING GRID. SUPPLEMENT PLAN DRAWINGS WITH SECTION DRAWINGS WHERE REQUIRED TO ADEQUATELY REPRESENT THE WORK. 2. MECHANICAL ROOMS: PROVIDE COORDINATION DRAWINGS FOR MECHANICAL ROOMS SHOWING PLANS AND ELEVATIONS OF MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, FIRE-PROTECTION, FIRE-ALARM, AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. 3. SLAB EDGE AND EMBEDDED ITEMS: INDICATE SLAB EDGE LOCATIONS AND SIZES AND LOCATIONS OF EMBEDDED ITEMS FOR METAL FABRICATIONS, SLEEVES, ANCHOR BOLTS, BEARING PLATES, ANGLES, DOOR FLOOR CLOSERS, SLAB DEPRESSIONS FOR FLOOR FINISHES, CURBS AND HOUSEKEEPING PADS, AND SIMILAR ITEMS. 4. MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING WORK: SHOW THE FOLLOWING: a. SIZES AND BOTTOM ELEVATIONS OF DUCTWORK, PIPING, AND CONDUIT RUNS, INCLUDING INSULATION, BRACING, FLANGES, AND SUPPORT SYSTEMS. b. DIMENSIONS OF MAJOR COMPONENTS, SUCH AS DAMPERS, VALVES, DIFFUSERS, ACCESS DOORS, CLEANOUTS AND ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT. c. FIRE-RATED ENCLOSURES AROUND DUCTWORK. 5. ELECTRICAL WORK: SHOW THE FOLLOWING: a. RUNS OF VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL CONDUIT 1-1/4 INCHES IN DIAMETER AND LARGER. b. LIGHT FIXTURE, EXIT LIGHT, EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK, SMOKE DETECTOR, AND OTHER FIRE ALARM LOCATIONS. c. PANEL BOARD, SWITCH BOARD, SWITCHGEAR, TRANSFORMER, BUSWAY, GENERATOR, AND MOTOR CONTROL CENTER LOCATIONS. d. LOCATION OF PULL BOXES AND JUNCTION BOXES, DIMENSIONED FROM COLUMN CENTER LINES. 6. REVIEW: ARCHITECT WILL REVIEW COORDINATION DRAWINGS TO CONFIRM THAT THE WORK IS BEING COORDINATED, BUT NOT FOR THE DETAILS OF THE COORDINATION, WHICH ARE CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITY. IF ARCHITECT DETERMINES THAT COORDINATION DRAWINGS ARE NOT BEING PREPARED IN SUFFICIENT SCOPE OR DETAIL, OR ARE OTHERWISE DEFICIENT, ARCHITECT WILL SO INFORM CONTRACTOR, WHO SHALL MAKE CHANGES AS DIRECTED AND RESUBMIT. 7. COORDINATION DRAWING PRINTS: PREPARE COORDINATION DRAWING PRINTS ACCORDING TO REQUIREMENTS IN DIVISION 01 SECTION “SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES.” 1.7 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION (RFIS) A. GENERAL: IMMEDIATELY ON DISCOVERY OF THE NEED FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION OR INTERPRETATION OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, CONTRACTOR SHALL PREPARE AND SUBMIT AN RFI IN THE FORM SPECIFIED. 1. ARCHITECT WILL RETURN RFIS SUBMITTED TO ARCHITECT BY OTHER ENTITIES CONTROLLED BY CONTRACTOR WITH NO RESPONSE. 2. COORDINATE AND SUBMIT RFIS IN A PROMPT MANNER SO AS TO AVOID DELAYS IN CONTRACTOR’S WORK OR WORK OF SUBCONTRACTORS. B. CONTENT OF THE RFI: INCLUDE A DETAILED, LEGIBLE DESCRIPTION OF ITEM NEEDING INFORMATION OR INTERPRETATION AND THE FOLLOWING: 1. PROJECT NAME. 2. PROJECT NUMBER. 3. DATE. 4. NAME OF CONTRACTOR. 5. NAME OF ARCHITECT. 6. RFI NUMBER, NUMBERED SEQUENTIALLY. 7. RFI SUBJECT. 8. SPECIFICATION SECTION NUMBER AND TITLE AND RELATED PARAGRAPHS, AS APPROPRIATE. 9. DRAWING NUMBER AND DETAIL REFERENCES, AS APPROPRIATE. 10. FIELD DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONS, AS APPROPRIATE. 11. CONTRACTOR’S SUGGESTED RESOLUTION. IF CONTRACTOR’S SUGGESTED RESOLUTION IMPACTS THE CONTRACT TIME OR THE CONTRACT SUM, CONTRACTOR SHALL STATE IMPACT IN THE RFI. 12. CONTRACTOR’S SIGNATURE. 13. ATTACHMENTS: INCLUDE SKETCHES, DESCRIPTIONS, MEASUREMENTS, PHOTOS, PRODUCT DATA, SHOP DRAWINGS, COORDINATION DRAWINGS, AND OTHER INFORMATION NECESSARY TO FULLY DESCRIBE ITEMS NEEDING INTERPRETATION. a. INCLUDE DIMENSIONS, THICKNESSES, STRUCTURAL GRID REFERENCES, AND DETAILS OF AFFECTED MATERIALS, ASSEMBLIES, AND ATTACHMENTS ON ATTACHED SKETCHES. 14. STATEMENT AS TO COST OR NO COST IF COST. COST DIFFERENCE TO BE SUBMITTED NO MORE THAN 7 DAYS AFTER ANSWER IS PROVIDED C. RFI FORMS: AIA DOCUMENT G716. D. ARCHITECT’S ACTION: ARCHITECT WILL REVIEW EACH RFI, DETERMINE ACTION REQUIRED, AND RESPOND. ALLOW SEVEN WORKING DAYS FOR ARCHITECT’S RESPONSE FOR EACH RFI. RFIS RECEIVED BY ARCHITECT AFTER 1:00 P.M. WILL BE CONSIDERED AS RECEIVED THE FOLLOWING WORKING DAY. 1. THE FOLLOWING CONTRACTOR-GENERATED RFIS WILL BE RETURNED WITHOUT ACTION: a. REQUESTS FOR APPROVAL OF SUBMITTALS. b. REQUESTS FOR APPROVAL OF SUBSTITUTIONS. c. REQUESTS FOR APPROVAL OF CONTRACTOR’S MEANS AND METHODS. d. REQUESTS FOR COORDINATION INFORMATION ALREADY INDICATED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. e. REQUESTS FOR ADJUSTMENTS IN THE CONTRACT TIME OR THE CONTRACT SUM. f. REQUESTS FOR INTERPRETATION OF ARCHITECT’S ACTIONS ON SUBMITTALS. g. INCOMPLETE RFIS OR INACCURATELY PREPARED RFIS. 2. ARCHITECT’S ACTION MAY INCLUDE A REQUEST FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, IN WHICH CASE ARCHITECT’S TIME FOR RESPONSE WILL DATE FROM TIME OF RECEIPT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 3. ARCHITECT’S ACTION ON RFIS THAT MAY RESULT IN A CHANGE TO THE CONTRACT TIME OR THE CONTRACT SUM MAY BE ELIGIBLE FOR CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT CHANGE PROPOSAL ACCORDING TO DIVISION 01 SECTION “CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES.” a. IF CONTRACTOR BELIEVES THE RFI RESPONSE WARRANTS CHANGE IN THE CONTRACT TIME OR THE CONTRACT SUM, NOTIFY ARCHITECT IN WRITING WITHIN 10 DAYS OF RECEIPT OF THE RFI RESPONSE. E. RFI LOG: PREPARE, MAINTAIN, AND SUBMIT A TABULAR LOG OF RFIS ORGANIZED BY THE RFI NUMBER. SUBMIT LOG WEEKLY. INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: 1. PROJECT NAME. 2. NAME AND ADDRESS OF CONTRACTOR. 3. NAME AND ADDRESS OF ARCHITECT. 4. RFI NUMBER INCLUDING RFIS THAT WERE RETURNED WITHOUT ACTION OR WITHDRAWN. 5. RFI DESCRIPTION. 6. DATE THE RFI WAS SUBMITTED. 7. DATE ARCHITECT’S RESPONSE WAS RECEIVED. F. ON RECEIPT OF ARCHITECT’S ACTION, UPDATE THE RFI LOG AND IMMEDIATELY DISTRIBUTE THE RFI RESPONSE TO AFFECTED PARTIES. REVIEW RESPONSE AND NOTIFY ARCHITECT WITHIN SEVEN DAYS IF CONTRACTOR DISAGREES WITH RESPONSE. 1. IDENTIFICATION OF RELATED MINOR CHANGE IN THE WORK, CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE, AND PROPOSAL REQUEST, AS APPROPRIATE. 2. IDENTIFICATION OF RELATED FIELD ORDER, WORK CHANGE DIRECTIVE, AND PROPOSAL REQUEST, AS APPROPRIATE. 1.8 PROJECT MEETINGS THERE IS A POSSIBILITY THAT THE TI CONTRACTOR WILL BE ONSITE WORKING IN A BUILDING BEING CONSTRUCTED BY ANOTHER CONTRACTOR. TI CONTRACTOR WILL BE REQUIRED TO ATTEND WEEKLY OWNER COORDINATION MEETINGS WITH THE CORE/SHELL CONTRACTOR. A. GENERAL: SCHEDULE AND CONDUCT MEETINGS AND CONFERENCES AT PROJECT SITE UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 1. ATTENDEES: INFORM PARTICIPANTS AND OTHERS INVOLVED, AND INDIVIDUALS WHOSE PRESENCE IS REQUIRED, OF DATE AND TIME OF EACH MEETING. NOTIFY OWNER AND ARCHITECT OF SCHEDULED MEETING DATES AND TIMES. 2. AGENDA: PREPARE THE MEETING AGENDA. DISTRIBUTE THE AGENDA TO ALL INVITED ATTENDEES. 3. MINUTES: ENTITY RESPONSIBLE FOR CONDUCTING MEETING WILL RECORD SIGNIFICANT DISCUSSIONS AND AGREEMENTS ACHIEVED. DISTRIBUTE THE MEETING MINUTES TO EVERYONE CONCERNED, INCLUDING OWNER AND ARCHITECT, WITHIN THREE DAYS OF THE MEETING. B. PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE: SCHEDULE AND CONDUCT A PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION, AT A TIME CONVENIENT TO OWNER AND ARCHITECT, BUT NO LATER THAN 15 DAYS AFTER EXECUTION OF THE AGREEMENT. 1. CONDUCT THE CONFERENCE TO REVIEW RESPONSIBILITIES AND PERSONNEL ASSIGNMENTS. 2. ATTENDEES: AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVES OF OWNER ARCHITECT, AND THEIR CONSULTANTS; CONTRACTOR AND ITS SUPERINTENDENT; MAJOR SUBCONTRACTORS; SUPPLIERS; AND OTHER CONCERNED PARTIES SHALL ATTEND THE CONFERENCE. PARTICIPANTS AT THE CONFERENCE SHALL BE FAMILIAR WITH PROJECT AND AUTHORIZED TO CONCLUDE MATTERS RELATING TO THE WORK. 3. AGENDA: DISCUSS ITEMS OF SIGNIFICANCE THAT COULD AFFECT PROGRESS, INCLUDING THE FOLLOWING: a. TENTATIVE CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. b. CRITICAL WORK SEQUENCING AND LONG-LEAD ITEMS. c. DESIGNATION OF KEY PERSONNEL AND THEIR DUTIES. d. LINES OF COMMUNICATIONS. e. PROCEDURES FOR PROCESSING FIELD DECISIONS AND CHANGE ORDERS. f. PROCEDURES FOR RFIS. g. PROCEDURES FOR TESTING AND INSPECTING. h. PROCEDURES FOR PROCESSING APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT. i. DISTRIBUTION OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. j. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES. k. PREPARATION OF RECORD DOCUMENTS. l. USE OF THE PREMISES AND EXISTING BUILDING. m. WORKING HOURS. n. RESPONSIBILITY FOR TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS. o. PROCEDURES FOR DISRUPTIONS AND SHUTDOWNS. p. PARKING AVAILABILITY. q. OFFICE, WORK, AND STORAGE AREAS. r. EQUIPMENT DELIVERIES AND PRIORITIES. s. FIRST AID. t. SECURITY. u. PROGRESS CLEANING. 4. MINUTES: ENTITY RESPONSIBLE FOR CONDUCTING MEETING WILL RECORD AND DISTRIBUTE MEETING MINUTES. C. PREINSTALLATION CONFERENCES: CONDUCT A PREINSTALLATION CONFERENCE AT PROJECT SITE BEFORE EACH CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY THAT REQUIRES COORDINATION WITH OTHER CONSTRUCTION. 1. ATTENDEES: INSTALLER AND REPRESENTATIVES OF MANUFACTURERS AND FABRICATORS INVOLVED IN OR AFFECTED BY THE INSTALLATION AND ITS COORDINATION OR INTEGRATION WITH OTHER MATERIALS AND INSTALLATIONS THAT HAVE PRECEDED OR WILL FOLLOW, SHALL ATTEND THE MEETING. ADVISE ARCHITECT OF SCHEDULED MEETING DATES. 2. AGENDA: REVIEW PROGRESS OF OTHER CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES AND PREPARATIONS FOR THE PARTICULAR ACTIVITY UNDER CONSIDERATION, INCLUDING REQUIREMENTS FOR THE FOLLOWING: a. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. b. OPTIONS. c. RELATED RFIS. d. RELATED CHANGE ORDERS. e. PURCHASES. f. DELIVERIES. g. SUBMITTALS. h. REVIEW OF MOCKUPS. i. POSSIBLE CONFLICTS. j. COMPATIBILITY REQUIREMENTS. k. TIME SCHEDULES. l. WEATHER LIMITATIONS. m. MANUFACTURER’S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. n. WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS. o. COMPATIBILITY OF MATERIALS. p. ACCEPTABILITY OF SUBSTRATES. q. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS. r. SPACE AND ACCESS LIMITATIONS. s. REGULATIONS OF AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. t. TESTING AND INSPECTING REQUIREMENTS. u. INSTALLATION PROCEDURES. v. COORDINATION WITH OTHER WORK. w. REQUIRED PERFORMANCE RESULTS. x. PROTECTION OF ADJACENT WORK. y. PROTECTION OF CONSTRUCTION AND PERSONNEL. 3. RECORD SIGNIFICANT CONFERENCE DISCUSSIONS, AGREEMENTS, AND DISAGREEMENTS, INCLUDING REQUIRED CORRECTIVE MEASURES AND ACTIONS. 4. REPORTING: DISTRIBUTE MINUTES OF THE MEETING TO EACH PARTY PRESENT AND TO OTHER PARTIES REQUIRING INFORMATION. 5. DO NOT PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION IF THE CONFERENCE CANNOT BE SUCCESSFULLY CONCLUDED. INITIATE WHATEVER ACTIONS ARE NECESSARY TO RESOLVE IMPEDIMENTS TO PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK AND RECONVENE THE CONFERENCE AT EARLIEST FEASIBLE DATE. D. PROJECT CLOSEOUT CONFERENCE: SCHEDULE AND CONDUCT A PROJECT CLOSEOUT CONFERENCE, AT A TIME CONVENIENT TO OWNER AND ARCHITECT, BUT NO LATER THAN 10 DAYS PRIOR TO THE SCHEDULED DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. 1. CONDUCT THE CONFERENCE TO REVIEW REQUIREMENTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES RELATED TO PROJECT CLOSEOUT. 2. ATTENDEES: AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVES OF OWNER, ARCHITECT, AND THEIR CONSULTANTS; CONTRACTOR AND ITS SUPERINTENDENT; MAJOR SUBCONTRACTORS; SUPPLIERS; AND OTHER CONCERNED PARTIES SHALL ATTEND THE MEETING. PARTICIPANTS AT THE MEETING SHALL BE FAMILIAR WITH PROJECT AND AUTHORIZED TO CONCLUDE MATTERS RELATING TO THE WORK. 3. AGENDA: DISCUSS ITEMS OF SIGNIFICANCE THAT COULD AFFECT OR DELAY PROJECT CLOSEOUT, INCLUDING THE FOLLOWING: a. PREPARATION OF RECORD DOCUMENTS. b. PROCEDURES REQUIRED PRIOR TO INSPECTION FOR SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION AND FOR FINAL INSPECTION FOR ACCEPTANCE. c. SUBMITTAL OF WRITTEN WARRANTIES. d. REQUIREMENTS FOR PREPARING OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE DATA. e. REQUIREMENTS FOR DELIVERY OF MATERIAL SAMPLES, ATTIC STOCK, AND SPARE PARTS. f. REQUIREMENTS FOR DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING. g. PREPARATION OF CONTRACTOR’S PUNCH LIST. h. PROCEDURES FOR PROCESSING APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT AT SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION AND FOR FINAL PAYMENT. i. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES. j. INSTALLATION OF OWNER’S FURNITURE, FIXTURES, AND EQUIPMENT. k. RESPONSIBILITY FOR REMOVING TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS. 4. MINUTES: ENTITY CONDUCTING MEETING WILL RECORD AND DISTRIBUTE MEETING MINUTES. E. PROGRESS MEETINGS: CONDUCT PROGRESS MEETINGS AT WEEKLY INTERVALS. 1. COORDINATE DATES OF MEETINGS WITH PREPARATION OF PAYMENT REQUESTS. 2. ATTENDEES: IN ADDITION TO REPRESENTATIVES OF OWNER AND ARCHITECT, EACH CONTRACTOR, SUBCONTRACTOR, SUPPLIER, AND OTHER ENTITY CONCERNED WITH CURRENT PROGRESS OR INVOLVED IN PLANNING, COORDINATION, OR PERFORMANCE OF FUTURE ACTIVITIES SHALL BE REPRESENTED AT THESE MEETINGS AS NEEDED. ALL PARTICIPANTS AT THE MEETING SHALL BE FAMILIAR WITH PROJECT AND AUTHORIZED TO CONCLUDE MATTERS RELATING TO THE WORK. 3. AGENDA: REVIEW AND CORRECT OR APPROVE MINUTES OF PREVIOUS PROGRESS MEETING. REVIEW OTHER ITEMS OF SIGNIFICANCE THAT COULD AFFECT PROGRESS. INCLUDE TOPICS FOR DISCUSSION AS APPROPRIATE TO STATUS OF PROJECT. a. CONTRACTOR’S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE: REVIEW PROGRESS SINCE THE LAST MEETING. DETERMINE WHETHER EACH ACTIVITY IS ON TIME, AHEAD OF SCHEDULE, OR BEHIND SCHEDULE, IN RELATION TO CONTRACTOR’S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. DETERMINE HOW CONSTRUCTION BEHIND SCHEDULE WILL BE EXPEDITED; SECURE COMMITMENTS FROM PARTIES INVOLVED TO DO SO. DISCUSS WHETHER SCHEDULE REVISIONS ARE REQUIRED TO ENSURE THAT CURRENT AND SUBSEQUENT ACTIVITIES WILL BE COMPLETED WITHIN THE CONTRACT TIME. 1) REVIEW SCHEDULE FOR NEXT PERIOD. b. REVIEW PRESENT AND FUTURE NEEDS OF EACH ENTITY PRESENT, INCLUDING THE FOLLOWING: 1) INTERFACE REQUIREMENTS. 2) SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS. 3) STATUS OF SUBMITTALS. 4) DELIVERIES. 5) OFF-SITE FABRICATION. 6) ACCESS. 7) SITE UTILIZATION. 8) TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS. 9) PROGRESS CLEANING. 10) QUALITY AND WORK STANDARDS. 11) STATUS OF CORRECTION OF DEFICIENT ITEMS. 12) FIELD OBSERVATIONS. 13) STATUS OF RFIS. 14) STATUS OF PROPOSAL REQUESTS. 15) PENDING CHANGES. 16) STATUS OF CHANGE ORDERS. 17) PENDING CLAIMS AND DISPUTES. 18) DOCUMENTATION OF INFORMATION FOR PAYMENT REQUESTS. 4. MINUTES: ENTITY RESPONSIBLE FOR CONDUCTING THE MEETING WILL RECORD AND DISTRIBUTE THE MEETING MINUTES TO EACH PARTY PRESENT AND TO PARTIES REQUIRING INFORMATION. a. SCHEDULE UPDATING: REVISE CONTRACTOR’S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AFTER EACH PROGRESS MEETING WHERE REVISIONS TO THE SCHEDULE HAVE BEEN MADE OR RECOGNIZED. ISSUE REVISED SCHEDULE CONCURRENTLY WITH THE REPORT OF EACH MEETING. F. COORDINATION MEETINGS: CONDUCT PROJECT COORDINATION MEETINGS AT WEEKLY INTERVALS. PROJECT COORDINATION MEETINGS ARE IN ADDITION TO SPECIFIC MEETINGS HELD FOR OTHER PURPOSES, SUCH AS PROGRESS MEETINGS AND PREINSTALLATION CONFERENCES. 1. ATTENDEES: IN ADDITION TO REPRESENTATIVES OF OWNER AND ARCHITECT AS NEEDED, EACH CONTRACTOR, SUBCONTRACTOR, SUPPLIER, AND OTHER ENTITY CONCERNED WITH CURRENT PROGRESS OR INVOLVED IN PLANNING, COORDINATION, OR PERFORMANCE OF FUTURE ACTIVITIES SHALL BE REPRESENTED AT THESE MEETINGS. ALL PARTICIPANTS AT THE MEETINGS SHALL BE FAMILIAR WITH PROJECT AND AUTHORIZED TO CONCLUDE MATTERS RELATING TO THE WORK. 2. AGENDA: REVIEW AND CORRECT OR APPROVE MINUTES OF THE PREVIOUS COORDINATION MEETING. REVIEW OTHER ITEMS OF SIGNIFICANCE THAT COULD AFFECT PROGRESS. INCLUDE TOPICS FOR DISCUSSION AS APPROPRIATE TO STATUS OF PROJECT. a. COMBINED CONTRACTOR’S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE: REVIEW PROGRESS SINCE THE LAST COORDINATION MEETING. DETERMINE WHETHER EACH CONTRACT IS ON TIME, AHEAD OF SCHEDULE, OR BEHIND SCHEDULE, IN RELATION TO COMBINED CONTRACTOR’S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. DETERMINE HOW CONSTRUCTION BEHIND SCHEDULE WILL BE EXPEDITED; SECURE COMMITMENTS FROM PARTIES INVOLVED TO DO SO. DISCUSS WHETHER SCHEDULE REVISIONS ARE REQUIRED TO ENSURE THAT CURRENT AND SUBSEQUENT ACTIVITIES WILL BE COMPLETED WITHIN THE CONTRACT TIME. b. SCHEDULE UPDATING: REVISE COMBINED CONTRACTOR’S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AFTER EACH COORDINATION MEETING WHERE REVISIONS TO THE SCHEDULE HAVE BEEN MADE OR RECOGNIZED. ISSUE REVISED SCHEDULE CONCURRENTLY WITH REPORT OF EACH MEETING. c. REVIEW PRESENT AND FUTURE NEEDS OF EACH CONTRACTOR PRESENT, INCLUDING THE FOLLOWING: 1) INTERFACE REQUIREMENTS. 2) SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS. 3) STATUS OF SUBMITTALS. 4) DELIVERIES. 5) OFF-SITE FABRICATION. 6) ACCESS. 7) SITE UTILIZATION. 8) TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS. 9) WORK HOURS. 10) HAZARDS AND RISKS. 11) PROGRESS CLEANING. 12) QUALITY AND WORK STANDARDS. 13) CHANGE ORDERS. 3. REPORTING: RECORD MEETING RESULTS AND DISTRIBUTE COPIES TO EVERYONE IN ATTENDANCE AND TO OTHERS AFFECTED BY DECISIONS OR ACTIONS RESULTING FROM EACH MEETING. END OF SECTION 01 3100 SECTION 01 3200 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND OTHER DIVISION 01 SPECIFICATION SECTIONS, APPLY TO THIS SECTION. 1.2 SUMMARY A. SECTION INCLUDES ADMINISTRATIVE AND PROCEDURAL REQUIREMENTS FOR DOCUMENTING THE PROGRESS OF CONSTRUCTION DURING PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK, INCLUDING THE FOLLOWING: 1. STARTUP CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. 2. CONTRACTOR’S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. 3. CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE UPDATING REPORTS. 4. DAILY CONSTRUCTION REPORTS. 5. SPECIAL REPORTS. B. RELATED REQUIREMENTS: 1. DIVISION 01 SECTION “SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES” FOR SUBMITTING SCHEDULES AND REPORTS. 2. DIVISION 01 SECTION “QUALITY REQUIREMENTS” FOR SUBMITTING A SCHEDULE OF TESTS AND INSPECTIONS. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. ACTIVITY: A DISCRETE PART OF A PROJECT THAT CAN BE IDENTIFIED FOR PLANNING, SCHEDULING, MONITORING, AND CONTROLLING THE CONSTRUCTION PROJECT. ACTIVITIES INCLUDED IN A CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE CONSUME TIME AND RESOURCES. 1. CRITICAL ACTIVITY: AN ACTIVITY ON THE CRITICAL PATH THAT MUST START AND FINISH ON THE PLANNED EARLY START AND FINISH TIMES. 2. PREDECESSOR ACTIVITY: AN ACTIVITY THAT PRECEDES ANOTHER ACTIVITY IN THE NETWORK. 3. SUCCESSOR ACTIVITY: AN ACTIVITY THAT FOLLOWS ANOTHER ACTIVITY IN THE NETWORK. B. CPM: CRITICAL PATH METHOD, WHICH IS A METHOD OF PLANNING AND SCHEDULING A CONSTRUCTION PROJECT WHERE ACTIVITIES ARE ARRANGED BASED ON ACTIVITY RELATIONSHIPS. NETWORK CALCULATIONS DETERMINE WHEN ACTIVITIES CAN BE PERFORMED AND THE CRITICAL PATH OF PROJECT. C. CRITICAL PATH: THE LONGEST CONNECTED CHAIN OF INTERDEPENDENT ACTIVITIES THROUGH THE NETWORK SCHEDULE THAT ESTABLISHES THE MINIMUM OVERALL PROJECT DURATION AND CONTAINS NO FLOAT. D. EVENT: THE STARTING OR ENDING POINT OF AN ACTIVITY. E. FLOAT: THE MEASURE OF LEEWAY IN STARTING AND COMPLETING AN ACTIVITY. 1. FLOAT TIME IS NOT FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE OR BENEFIT OF EITHER OWNER OR CONTRACTOR, BUT IS A JOINTLY OWNED, EXPIRING PROJECT RESOURCE AVAILABLE TO BOTH PARTIES AS NEEDED TO MEET SCHEDULE MILESTONES AND CONTRACT COMPLETION DATE. 2. FREE FLOAT IS THE AMOUNT OF TIME AN ACTIVITY CAN BE DELAYED WITHOUT ADVERSELY AFFECTING THE EARLY START OF THE SUCCESSOR ACTIVITY. 3. TOTAL FLOAT IS THE MEASURE OF LEEWAY IN STARTING OR COMPLETING AN ACTIVITY WITHOUT ADVERSELY AFFECTING THE PLANNED PROJECT COMPLETION DATE. F. RESOURCE LOADING: THE ALLOCATION OF MANPOWER AND EQUIPMENT NECESSARY FOR THE COMPLETION OF AN ACTIVITY AS SCHEDULED. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. FORMAT FOR SUBMITTALS: SUBMIT REQUIRED SUBMITTALS IN THE FOLLOWING FORMAT: 1. PDF ELECTRONIC FILE. B. STARTUP CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. 1. APPROVAL OF COST-LOADED, STARTUP CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE WILL NOT CONSTITUTE APPROVAL OF SCHEDULE OF VALUES FOR COST-LOADED ACTIVITIES. C. STARTUP NETWORK DIAGRAM: OF SIZE REQUIRED TO DISPLAY ENTIRE NETWORK FOR ENTIRE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD. SHOW LOGIC TIES FOR ACTIVITIES. D. CONTRACTOR’S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE: INITIAL SCHEDULE, OF SIZE REQUIRED TO DISPLAY ENTIRE SCHEDULE FOR ENTIRE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD. E. CPM REPORTS: CONCURRENT WITH CPM SCHEDULE, SUBMIT EACH OF THE FOLLOWING REPORTS. FORMAT FOR EACH ACTIVITY IN REPORTS SHALL CONTAIN ACTIVITY NUMBER, ACTIVITY DESCRIPTION, COST AND RESOURCE LOADING, ORIGINAL DURATION, REMAINING DURATION, EARLY START DATE, EARLY FINISH DATE, LATE START DATE, LATE FINISH DATE, AND TOTAL FLOAT IN CALENDAR DAYS. 1. ACTIVITY REPORT: LIST OF ALL ACTIVITIES SORTED BY ACTIVITY NUMBER AND THEN EARLY START DATE, OR ACTUAL START DATE IF KNOWN. 2. TOTAL FLOAT REPORT: LIST OF ALL ACTIVITIES SORTED IN ASCENDING ORDER OF TOTAL FLOAT. 3. EARNINGS REPORT: COMPILATION OF CONTRACTOR’S TOTAL EARNINGS FROM COMMENCEMENT OF THE WORK UNTIL MOST RECENT APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT. F. CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE UPDATING REPORTS: SUBMIT WITH APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT. G. DAILY CONSTRUCTION REPORTS: SUBMIT AT WEEKLY INTERVALS. H. SPECIAL REPORTS: SUBMIT AT TIME OF UNUSUAL EVENT. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. SCHEDULING CONSULTANT QUALIFICATIONS: AN EXPERIENCED SPECIALIST IN CPM SCHEDULING AND REPORTING, WITH CAPABILITY OF PRODUCING CPM REPORTS AND DIAGRAMS WITHIN 24 HOURS OF ARCHITECT’S REQUEST. B. PRESCHEDULING CONFERENCE: CONDUCT CONFERENCE AT PROJECT SITE TO COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS IN DIVISION 01 SECTION “PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION.” REVIEW METHODS AND PROCEDURES RELATED TO THE PRELIMINARY CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND CONTRACTOR’S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING: 1. REVIEW SOFTWARE LIMITATIONS AND CONTENT AND FORMAT FOR REPORTS. 2. VERIFY AVAILABILITY OF QUALIFIED PERSONNEL NEEDED TO DEVELOP AND UPDATE SCHEDULE. 3. REVIEW SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS AND PROCEDURES. 4. REVIEW TIME REQUIRED FOR REVIEW OF SUBMITTALS AND RESUBMITTALS. 5. REVIEW REQUIREMENTS FOR TESTS AND INSPECTIONS BY INDEPENDENT TESTING AND INSPECTING AGENCIES. REVIEW TIME REQUIRED FOR PROJECT CLOSEOUT AND OWNER STARTUP PROCEDURES. 7. REVIEW AND FINALIZE LIST OF CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES TO BE INCLUDED IN SCHEDULE. 8. REVIEW PROCEDURES FOR UPDATING SCHEDULE. 1.6 COORDINATION A. COORDINATE PREPARATION AND PROCESSING OF SCHEDULES AND REPORTS WITH PERFORMANCE OF CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES. B. COORDINATE CONTRACTOR’S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE WITH THE SCHEDULE OF VALUES, SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE, PROGRESS REPORTS, PAYMENT REQUESTS, AND OTHER REQUIRED SCHEDULES AND REPORTS. 1. SECURE TIME COMMITMENTS FOR PERFORMING CRITICAL ELEMENTS OF THE WORK FROM ENTITIES INVOLVED. 2. COORDINATE EACH CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY IN THE NETWORK WITH OTHER ACTIVITIES AND SCHEDULE THEM IN PROPER SEQUENCE. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CONTRACTOR’S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, GENERAL A. TIME FRAME: EXTEND SCHEDULE FROM DATE ESTABLISHED FOR COMMENCEMENT OF THE WORK TO DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. 1. CONTRACT COMPLETION DATE SHALL NOT BE CHANGED BY SUBMISSION OF A SCHEDULE THAT SHOWS AN EARLY COMPLETION DATE, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED BY CHANGE ORDER. B. ACTIVITIES: TREAT EACH STORY OR SEPARATE AREA AS A SEPARATE NUMBERED ACTIVITY FOR EACH MAIN ELEMENT OF THE WORK. COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1. ACTIVITY DURATION: DEFINE ACTIVITIES SO NO ACTIVITY IS LONGER THAN 20 DAYS, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY ALLOWED BY ARCHITECT. 2. SUBMITTAL REVIEW TIME: INCLUDE REVIEW AND RESUBMITTAL TIMES INDICATED IN DIVISION 01 SECTION “SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES” IN SCHEDULE. COORDINATE SUBMITTAL REVIEW TIMES IN CONTRACTOR’S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE WITH SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE. 3. STARTUP AND TESTING TIME: INCLUDE NO FEWER THAN 15 DAYS FOR STARTUP AND TESTING. 4. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION: INDICATE COMPLETION IN ADVANCE OF DATE ESTABLISHED FOR SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, AND ALLOW TIME FOR ARCHITECT’S ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES NECESSARY FOR CERTIFICATION OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. 5. PUNCH LIST AND FINAL COMPLETION: INCLUDE NOT MORE THAN 30 DAYS FOR COMPLETION OF PUNCH LIST ITEMS AND FINAL COMPLETION. C. CONSTRAINTS: INCLUDE CONSTRAINTS AND WORK RESTRICTIONS INDICATED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND AS FOLLOWS IN SCHEDULE, AND SHOW HOW THE SEQUENCE OF THE WORK IS AFFECTED. 1. WORK RESTRICTIONS: SHOW THE EFFECT OF THE FOLLOWING ITEMS ON THE SCHEDULE: a. LIMITATIONS OF CONTINUED OCCUPANCIES. b. UNINTERRUPTIBLE SERVICES. c. USE OF PREMISES RESTRICTIONS. GI101 conformed set revisions : p r o j e c t # : d a t e : 20.0550 - june 4, 2021 3 6 0 w e s t a s p e n a v e n u e s a l t l a k e c i t y , u t a h 8 4 1 0 1 8 0 1 5 3 2 4 4 2 2 sheet: title: revisions : p r o j e c t # : d a t e : UNLESS A PROFESSIONAL SEAL WITH SIGNATURE AND DATE IS AFFIXED, THIS DOCUMENT IS PRELIMINARY AND IS NOT INTENDED FOR CONSTRUCTION, RECORDING PURPOSES, OR IMPLEMENTATION THE DESIGNS SHOWN AND DESCRIBED HEREIN INCLUDING ALL TECHNICAL DRAWINGS, GRAPHIC REPRESENTATIONS & MODELS THEREOF, ARE PROPRIETARY & CAN NOT BE COPIED, DUPLICATED, OR COMMERCIALLY EXPLOITED IN WHOLE OR IN PART WITHOUT THE SOLE AND EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM METHOD STUDIO INC. project: E D C B A E D C B A 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 3 / 29 / 2021 GI203 Sheet Specs 20.0550 - april 7, 2021 Rexburg Rowhouses bid set d. SEASONAL VARIATIONS. 2. WORK STAGES: INDICATE IMPORTANT STAGES OF CONSTRUCTION FOR EACH MAJOR PORTION OF THE WORK, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING: a. SUBCONTRACT AWARDS. b. SUBMITTALS. c. PURCHASES. d. MOCKUPS. e. FABRICATION. f. SAMPLE TESTING. g. DELIVERIES. h. INSTALLATION. i. TESTS AND INSPECTIONS. j. ADJUSTING. k. BUILDING FLUSH-OUT. l. STARTUP AND PLACEMENT INTO FINAL USE AND OPERATION. 3. CONSTRUCTION AREAS: IDENTIFY EACH MAJOR AREA OF CONSTRUCTION FOR EACH MAJOR PORTION OF THE WORK. INDICATE WHERE EACH CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY WITHIN A MAJOR AREA MUST BE SEQUENCED OR INTEGRATED WITH OTHER CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES TO PROVIDE FOR THE FOLLOWING: a. COMPLETION OF MECHANICAL INSTALLATION. b. COMPLETION OF ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION. c. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. D. MILESTONES: INCLUDE MILESTONES INDICATED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS IN SCHEDULE, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE NOTICE TO PROCEED, SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, AND FINAL COMPILATION. E. COST CORRELATION: SUPERIMPOSE A COST CORRELATION TIMELINE, INDICATING PLANNED AND ACTUAL COSTS. ON THE LINE, SHOW PLANNED AND ACTUAL DOLLAR VOLUME OF THE WORK PERFORMED AS OF PLANNED AND ACTUAL DATES USED FOR PREPARATION OF PAYMENT REQUESTS. 1. SEE DIVISION 01 SECTION “PAYMENT PROCEDURES” FOR COST REPORTING AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES. F. UPCOMING WORK SUMMARY: PREPARE SUMMARY REPORT INDICATING ACTIVITIES SCHEDULED TO OCCUR OR COMMENCE PRIOR TO SUBMITTAL OF NEXT SCHEDULE UPDATE. SUMMARIZE THE FOLLOWING ISSUES: 1. UNRESOLVED ISSUES. 2. UNANSWERED REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION. 3. REJECTED OR UNRETURNED SUBMITTALS. 4. NOTATIONS ON RETURNED SUBMITTALS. 5. PENDING MODIFICATIONS AFFECTING THE WORK AND CONTRACT TIME. G. RECOVERY SCHEDULE: WHEN PERIODIC UPDATE INDICATES THE WORK IS 14 OR MORE CALENDAR DAYS BEHIND THE CURRENT APPROVED SCHEDULE, SUBMIT A SEPARATE RECOVERY SCHEDULE INDICATING MEANS BY WHICH CONTRACTOR INTENDS TO REGAIN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SCHEDULE. INDICATE CHANGES TO WORKING HOURS, WORKING DAYS, CREW SIZES, AND EQUIPMENT REQUIRED TO ACHIEVE COMPLIANCE, AND DATE BY WHICH RECOVERY WILL BE ACCOMPLISHED. H. COMPUTER SCHEDULING SOFTWARE: PREPARE SCHEDULES USING CURRENT VERSION OF A PROGRAM THAT HAS BEEN DEVELOPED SPECIFICALLY TO MANAGE CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES. 2.2 STARTUP CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. BAR-CHART SCHEDULE: SUBMIT STARTUP, HORIZONTAL, BAR- CHART-TYPE CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE WITHIN SEVEN DAYS OF DATE ESTABLISHED FOR COMMENCEMENT OF THE WORK. B. PREPARATION: INDICATE EACH SIGNIFICANT CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY SEPARATELY. IDENTIFY FIRST WORKDAY OF EACH WEEK WITH A CONTINUOUS VERTICAL LINE. OUTLINE SIGNIFICANT CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES FOR FIRST 90 DAYS OF CONSTRUCTION. INCLUDE SKELETON DIAGRAM FOR THE REMAINDER OF THE WORK AND A CASH REQUIREMENT PREDICTION BASED ON INDICATED ACTIVITIES. REMAINDER OF THE WORK AND A CASH REQUIREMENT PREDICTION BASED ON INDICATED ACTIVITIES. 2.3 CONTRACTOR’S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE (CPM SCHEDULE) A. GENERAL: PREPARE NETWORK DIAGRAMS USING AON (ACTIVITY-ON-NODE) FORMAT. B. STARTUP NETWORK DIAGRAM: SUBMIT DIAGRAM WITHIN 14 DAYS OF DATE ESTABLISHED FOR COMMENCEMENT OF THE WORK. OUTLINE SIGNIFICANT CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES FOR THE FIRST 90 DAYS OF CONSTRUCTION. INCLUDE SKELETON DIAGRAM FOR THE REMAINDER OF THE WORK AND A CASH REQUIREMENT PREDICTION BASED ON INDICATED ACTIVITIES. C. CPM SCHEDULE: PREPARE CONTRACTOR’S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE USING A TIME-SCALED CPM NETWORK ANALYSIS DIAGRAM FOR THE WORK. 1. DEVELOP NETWORK DIAGRAM IN SUFFICIENT TIME TO SUBMIT CPM SCHEDULE SO IT CAN BE ACCEPTED FOR USE NO LATER THAN 60 DAYS AFTER DATE ESTABLISHED FOR COMMENCEMENT OF THE WORK. g. FAILURE TO INCLUDE ANY WORK ITEM REQUIRED FOR PERFORMANCE OF THIS CONTRACT SHALL NOT EXCUSE CONTRACTOR FROM COMPLETING ALL WORK WITHIN APPLICABLE COMPLETION DATES, REGARDLESS OF ARCHITECT’S APPROVAL OF THE SCHEDULE. 2. CONDUCT EDUCATIONAL WORKSHOPS TO TRAIN AND INFORM KEY PROJECT PERSONNEL, INCLUDING SUBCONTRACTORS’ PERSONNEL, IN PROPER METHODS OF PROVIDING DATA AND USING CPM SCHEDULE INFORMATION. 3. ESTABLISH PROCEDURES FOR MONITORING AND UPDATING CPM SCHEDULE AND FOR REPORTING PROGRESS. COORDINATE PROCEDURES WITH PROGRESS MEETING AND PAYMENT REQUEST DATES. 4. USE “ONE WORKDAY” AS THE UNIT OF TIME FOR INDIVIDUAL ACTIVITIES. INDICATE NONWORKING DAYS AND HOLIDAYS INCORPORATED INTO THE SCHEDULE IN ORDER TO COORDINATE WITH THE CONTRACT TIME. D. CPM SCHEDULE PREPARATION: PREPARE A LIST OF ALL ACTIVITIES REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE WORK. USING THE STARTUP NETWORK DIAGRAM, PREPARE A SKELETON NETWORK TO IDENTIFY PROBABLE CRITICAL PATHS. 1. ACTIVITIES: INDICATE THE ESTIMATED TIME DURATION, SEQUENCE REQUIREMENTS, AND RELATIONSHIP OF EACH ACTIVITY IN RELATION TO OTHER ACTIVITIES. INCLUDE ESTIMATED TIME FRAMES FOR THE FOLLOWING ACTIVITIES: a. PREPARATION AND PROCESSING OF SUBMITTALS. b. MOBILIZATION AND DEMOBILIZATION. c. PURCHASE OF MATERIALS. d. DELIVERY. e. FABRICATION. f. UTILITY INTERRUPTIONS. g. INSTALLATION. h. WORK BY OWNER THAT MAY AFFECT OR BE AFFECTED BY CONTRACTOR’S ACTIVITIES. i. TESTING. j. PUNCH LIST AND FINAL COMPLETION. k. ACTIVITIES OCCURRING FOLLOWING FINAL COMPLETION. 2. CRITICAL PATH ACTIVITIES: IDENTIFY CRITICAL PATH ACTIVITIES, INCLUDING THOSE FOR INTERIM COMPLETION DATES. SCHEDULED START AND COMPLETION DATES SHALL BE CONSISTENT WITH CONTRACT MILESTONE DATES. 3. PROCESSING: PROCESS DATA TO PRODUCE OUTPUT DATA ON A COMPUTER-DRAWN, TIME-SCALED NETWORK. REVISE DATA, REORGANIZE ACTIVITY SEQUENCES, AND REPRODUCE AS OFTEN AS NECESSARY TO PRODUCE THE CPM SCHEDULE WITHIN THE LIMITATIONS OF THE CONTRACT TIME. 4. FORMAT: MARK THE CRITICAL PATH. LOCATE THE CRITICAL PATH NEAR CENTER OF NETWORK; LOCATE PATHS WITH MOST FLOAT NEAR THE EDGES. a. SUBNETWORKS ON SEPARATE SHEETS ARE PERMISSIBLE FOR ACTIVITIES CLEARLY OFF THE CRITICAL PATH. b. SHOW PHASING SUCH THAT EACH FLLOR CAN BE OCCUPIED UPON COMPLETION AND BEFORE THE NEXT FLOOR STARTS DEMOLITION. E. CONTRACT MODIFICATIONS: FOR EACH PROPOSED CONTRACT MODIFICATION AND CONCURRENT WITH ITS SUBMISSION, PREPARE A TIME-IMPACT ANALYSIS USING A NETWORK FRAGMENT TO DEMONSTRATE THE EFFECT OF THE PROPOSED CHANGE ON THE OVERALL PROJECT SCHEDULE. F. INITIAL ISSUE OF SCHEDULE: PREPARE INITIAL NETWORK DIAGRAM FROM A SORTED ACTIVITY LIST INDICATING STRAIGHT “EARLY START-TOTAL FLOAT.” IDENTIFY CRITICAL ACTIVITIES. PREPARE TABULATED REPORTS SHOWING THE FOLLOWING: 1. CONTRACTOR OR SUBCONTRACTOR AND THE WORK OR ACTIVITY. 2. DESCRIPTION OF ACTIVITY. 3. MAIN EVENTS OF ACTIVITY. 4. IMMEDIATE PRECEDING AND SUCCEEDING ACTIVITIES. 5. EARLY AND LATE START DATES. 6. EARLY AND LATE FINISH DATES. 7. ACTIVITY DURATION IN WORKDAYS. 8. TOTAL FLOAT OR SLACK TIME. 9. AVERAGE SIZE OF WORKFORCE. 10. DOLLAR VALUE OF ACTIVITY (COORDINATED WITH THE SCHEDULE OF VALUES). G. SCHEDULE UPDATING: CONCURRENT WITH MAKING REVISIONS TO SCHEDULE, PREPARE TABULATED REPORTS SHOWING THE FOLLOWING: 1. IDENTIFICATION OF ACTIVITIES THAT HAVE CHANGED. 2. CHANGES IN EARLY AND LATE START DATES. 3. CHANGES IN EARLY AND LATE FINISH DATES. 4. CHANGES IN ACTIVITY DURATIONS IN WORKDAYS. 5. CHANGES IN THE CRITICAL PATH. 6. CHANGES IN TOTAL FLOAT OR SLACK TIME. 7. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME. H. VALUE SUMMARIES: PREPARE TWO CUMULATIVE VALUE LISTS, SORTED BY FINISH DATES. 1. IN FIRST LIST, TABULATE ACTIVITY NUMBER, EARLY FINISH DATE, DOLLAR VALUE, AND CUMULATIVE DOLLAR VALUE. 2. IN SECOND LIST, TABULATE ACTIVITY NUMBER, LATE FINISH DATE, DOLLAR VALUE, AND CUMULATIVE DOLLAR VALUE. 3. IN SUBSEQUENT ISSUES OF BOTH LISTS, SUBSTITUTE ACTUAL FINISH DATES FOR ACTIVITIES COMPLETED AS OF LIST DATE. 4. PREPARE LIST FOR EASE OF COMPARISON WITH PAYMENT REQUESTS; COORDINATE TIMING WITH PROGRESS MEETINGS. a. IN BOTH VALUE SUMMARY LISTS, TABULATE “ACTUAL PERCENT COMPLETE” AND “CUMULATIVE VALUE COMPLETED” WITH TOTAL AT BOTTOM. 2.4 REPORTS A. DAILY CONSTRUCTION REPORTS: PREPARE A DAILY CONSTRUCTION REPORT RECORDING THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION CONCERNING EVENTS AT PROJECT SITE: 1. LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS AT PROJECT SITE. 2. LIST OF SEPARATE CONTRACTORS AT PROJECT SITE. 3. APPROXIMATE COUNT OF PERSONNEL AT PROJECT SITE. 4. EQUIPMENT AT PROJECT SITE. 5. MATERIAL DELIVERIES. 6. HIGH AND LOW TEMPERATURES AND GENERAL WEATHER CONDITIONS, INCLUDING PRESENCE OF RAIN OR SNOW. 7. ACCIDENTS. 8. MEETINGS AND SIGNIFICANT DECISIONS. 9. UNUSUAL EVENTS (SEE SPECIAL REPORTS). 10. STOPPAGES, DELAYS, SHORTAGES, AND LOSSES. 11. METER READINGS AND SIMILAR RECORDINGS. 12. EMERGENCY PROCEDURES. 13. ORDERS AND REQUESTS OF AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. 14. CHANGE ORDERS RECEIVED AND IMPLEMENTED. 15. CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVES RECEIVED AND IMPLEMENTED. 16. SERVICES CONNECTED AND DISCONNECTED. 17. EQUIPMENT OR SYSTEM TESTS AND STARTUPS. 18. PARTIAL COMPLETIONS AND OCCUPANCIES. 19. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETIONS AUTHORIZED. B. MATERIAL LOCATION REPORTS: AT WEEKLY INTERVALS, PREPARE AND SUBMIT A COMPREHENSIVE LIST OF MATERIALS DELIVERED TO AND STORED AT PROJECT SITE. LIST SHALL BE CUMULATIVE, SHOWING MATERIALS PREVIOUSLY REPORTED PLUS ITEMS RECENTLY DELIVERED. INCLUDE WITH LIST A STATEMENT OF PROGRESS ON AND DELIVERY DATES FOR MATERIALS OR ITEMS OF EQUIPMENT FABRICATED OR STORED AWAY FROM PROJECT SITE. INDICATE THE FOLLOWING CATEGORIES FOR STORED MATERIALS: 1. MATERIAL STORED PRIOR TO PREVIOUS REPORT AND REMAINING IN STORAGE. 2. MATERIAL STORED PRIOR TO PREVIOUS REPORT AND SINCE REMOVED FROM STORAGE AND INSTALLED. 3. MATERIAL STORED FOLLOWING PREVIOUS REPORT AND REMAINING IN STORAGE. C. SITE CONDITION REPORTS: IMMEDIATELY ON DISCOVERY OF A DIFFERENCE BETWEEN SITE CONDITIONS AND THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, PREPARE AND SUBMIT A DETAILED REPORT. SUBMIT WITH A REQUEST FOR INFORMATION. INCLUDE A DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE DIFFERING CONDITIONS, TOGETHER WITH RECOMMENDATIONS FOR CHANGING THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 2.5 SPECIAL REPORTS A. GENERAL: SUBMIT SPECIAL REPORTS DIRECTLY TO OWNER WITHIN ONE DAY OF AN OCCURRENCE. DISTRIBUTE COPIES OF REPORT TO PARTIES AFFECTED BY THE OCCURRENCE. B. REPORTING UNUSUAL EVENTS: WHEN AN EVENT OF AN UNUSUAL AND SIGNIFICANT NATURE OCCURS AT PROJECT SITE, WHETHER OR NOT RELATED DIRECTLY TO THE WORK, PREPARE AND SUBMIT A SPECIAL REPORT. LIST CHAIN OF EVENTS, PERSONS PARTICIPATING, RESPONSE BY CONTRACTOR’S PERSONNEL, EVALUATION OF RESULTS OR EFFECTS, AND SIMILAR PERTINENT INFORMATION. ADVISE OWNER IN ADVANCE WHEN THESE EVENTS ARE KNOWN OR PREDICTABLE. PART 2 - EXECUTION 2.1 CONTRACTOR’S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. CONTRACTOR’S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE UPDATING: AT MONTHLY INTERVALS, UPDATE SCHEDULE TO REFLECT ACTUAL CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS AND ACTIVITIES. ISSUE SCHEDULE ONE WEEK BEFORE EACH REGULARLY SCHEDULED PROGRESS MEETING. 1. REVISE SCHEDULE IMMEDIATELY AFTER EACH MEETING OR OTHER ACTIVITY WHERE REVISIONS HAVE BEEN RECOGNIZED OR MADE. ISSUE UPDATED SCHEDULE CONCURRENTLY WITH THE REPORT OF EACH SUCH MEETING. 2. INCLUDE A REPORT WITH UPDATED SCHEDULE THAT INDICATES EVERY CHANGE, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, CHANGES IN LOGIC, DURATIONS, ACTUAL STARTS AND FINISHES, AND ACTIVITY DURATIONS. 3. AS THE WORK PROGRESSES, INDICATE FINAL COMPLETION PERCENTAGE FOR EACH ACTIVITY. B. DISTRIBUTION: DISTRIBUTE COPIES OF APPROVED SCHEDULE TO ARCHITECT, OWNER, SEPARATE CONTRACTORS, TESTING AND INSPECTING AGENCIES, AND OTHER PARTIES IDENTIFIED BY CONTRACTOR WITH A NEED-TO-KNOW SCHEDULE RESPONSIBILITY. 1. POST COPIES IN PROJECT MEETING ROOMS AND TEMPORARY FIELD OFFICES. 2. WHEN REVISIONS ARE MADE, DISTRIBUTE UPDATED SCHEDULES TO THE SAME PARTIES AND POST IN THE SAME LOCATIONS. DELETE PARTIES FROM DISTRIBUTION WHEN THEY HAVE COMPLETED THEIR ASSIGNED PORTION OF THE WORK AND ARE NO LONGER INVOLVED IN PERFORMANCE OF CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES. END OF SECTION 01 3200 SECTION 01 3300 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND OTHER DIVISION 01 SPECIFICATION SECTIONS, APPLY TO THIS SECTION. 1.2 SUMMARY A. SECTION INCLUDES REQUIREMENTS FOR THE SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE AND ADMINISTRATIVE AND PROCEDURAL REQUIREMENTS FOR SUBMITTING SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, SAMPLES, AND OTHER SUBMITTALS. B. RELATED REQUIREMENTS: 1. DIVISION 01 SECTION “PAYMENT PROCEDURES” FOR SUBMITTING APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT AND THE SCHEDULE OF VALUES. 2. DIVISION 01 SECTION “CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION” FOR SUBMITTING SCHEDULES AND REPORTS, INCLUDING CONTRACTOR’S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. 3. DIVISION 01 SECTION “OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA” FOR SUBMITTING OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS. 4. DIVISION 01 SECTION “PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS” FOR SUBMITTING RECORD DRAWINGS, RECORD SPECIFICATIONS, AND RECORD PRODUCT DATA. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. ACTION SUBMITTALS: WRITTEN AND GRAPHIC INFORMATION AND PHYSICAL SAMPLES THAT REQUIRE ARCHITECT’S RESPONSIVE ACTION. ACTION SUBMITTALS ARE THOSE SUBMITTALS INDICATED IN INDIVIDUAL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS AS “ACTION SUBMITTALS.” B. INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS: WRITTEN AND GRAPHIC INFORMATION AND PHYSICAL SAMPLES THAT DO NOT REQUIRE ARCHITECT’S RESPONSIVE ACTION. SUBMITTALS MAY BE REJECTED FOR NOT COMPLYING WITH REQUIREMENTS. INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS ARE THOSE SUBMITTALS INDICATED IN INDIVIDUAL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS AS “INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS.” C. PORTABLE DOCUMENT FORMAT (PDF): AN OPEN STANDARD FILE FORMAT LICENSED BY ADOBE SYSTEMS USED FOR REPRESENTING DOCUMENTS IN A DEVICE-INDEPENDENT AND DISPLAY RESOLUTION- INDEPENDENT FIXED-LAYOUT DOCUMENT FORMAT. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE: SUBMIT A SCHEDULE OF SUBMITTALS, ARRANGED IN CHRONOLOGICAL ORDER BY DATES REQUIRED BY CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. INCLUDE TIME REQUIRED FOR REVIEW, ORDERING, MANUFACTURING, FABRICATION, AND DELIVERY WHEN ESTABLISHING DATES. INCLUDE ADDITIONAL TIME REQUIRED FOR MAKING CORRECTIONS OR REVISIONS TO SUBMITTALS NOTED BY ARCHITECT AND ADDITIONAL TIME FOR HANDLING AND REVIEWING SUBMITTALS REQUIRED BY THOSE CORRECTIONS. 1. COORDINATE SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE WITH LIST OF SUBCONTRACTS, THE SCHEDULE OF VALUES, AND CONTRACTOR’S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. 2. INITIAL SUBMITTAL: SUBMIT CONCURRENTLY WITH STARTUP CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. INCLUDE SUBMITTALS REQUIRED DURING THE FIRST 60 DAYS OF CONSTRUCTION. LIST THOSE SUBMITTALS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN ORDERLY PROGRESS OF THE WORK AND THOSE REQUIRED EARLY BECAUSE OF LONG LEAD TIME FOR MANUFACTURE OR FABRICATION. 3. FINAL SUBMITTAL: SUBMIT CONCURRENTLY WITH THE FIRST COMPLETE SUBMITTAL OF CONTRACTOR’S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. a. SUBMIT REVISED SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE TO REFLECT CHANGES IN CURRENT STATUS AND TIMING FOR SUBMITTALS. 4. FORMAT: ARRANGE THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION IN A TABULAR FORMAT: a. SCHEDULED DATE FOR FIRST SUBMITTAL. b. SPECIFICATION SECTION NUMBER AND TITLE. c. SUBMITTAL CATEGORY: ACTION; INFORMATIONAL. d. NAME OF SUBCONTRACTOR. e. DESCRIPTION OF THE WORK COVERED. f. SCHEDULED DATE FOR ARCHITECT’S FINAL RELEASE OR APPROVAL. g. SCHEDULED DATE OF FABRICATION. h. SCHEDULED DATES FOR PURCHASING. i. SCHEDULED DATES FOR INSTALLATION. j. ACTIVITY OR EVENT NUMBER. 1.5 SUBMITTAL ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. COORDINATION: COORDINATE PREPARATION AND PROCESSING OF SUBMITTALS WITH PERFORMANCE OF CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES. 1. COORDINATE EACH SUBMITTAL WITH FABRICATION, PURCHASING, TESTING, DELIVERY, OTHER SUBMITTALS, AND RELATED ACTIVITIES THAT REQUIRE SEQUENTIAL ACTIVITY. 2. SUBMIT ALL SUBMITTAL ITEMS REQUIRED FOR EACH SPECIFICATION SECTION CONCURRENTLY UNLESS PARTIAL SUBMITTALS FOR PORTIONS OF THE WORK ARE INDICATED ON APPROVED SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE. 3. SUBMIT ACTION SUBMITTALS AND INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS REQUIRED BY THE SAME SPECIFICATION SECTION AS SEPARATE PACKAGES UNDER SEPARATE TRANSMITTALS. 4. COORDINATE TRANSMITTAL OF DIFFERENT TYPES OF SUBMITTALS FOR RELATED PARTS OF THE WORK SO PROCESSING WILL NOT BE DELAYED BECAUSE OF NEED TO REVIEW SUBMITTALS CONCURRENTLY FOR COORDINATION. a. ARCHITECT RESERVES THE RIGHT TO WITHHOLD ACTION ON A SUBMITTAL REQUIRING COORDINATION WITH OTHER SUBMITTALS UNTIL RELATED SUBMITTALS ARE RECEIVED. B. PROCESSING TIME: ALLOW TIME FOR SUBMITTAL REVIEW, INCLUDING TIME FOR RESUBMITTALS, AS FOLLOWS. TIME FOR REVIEW SHALL COMMENCE ON ARCHITECT’S RECEIPT OF SUBMITTAL. NO EXTENSION OF THE CONTRACT TIME WILL BE AUTHORIZED BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO TRANSMIT SUBMITTALS ENOUGH IN ADVANCE OF THE WORK TO PERMIT PROCESSING, INCLUDING RESUBMITTALS. 1. INITIAL REVIEW: ALLOW 15 DAYS FOR INITIAL REVIEW OF EACH SUBMITTAL. ALLOW ADDITIONAL TIME IF COORDINATION WITH SUBSEQUENT SUBMITTALS IS REQUIRED. ARCHITECT WILL ADVISE CONTRACTOR WHEN A SUBMITTAL BEING PROCESSED MUST BE DELAYED FOR COORDINATION. 2. INTERMEDIATE REVIEW: IF INTERMEDIATE SUBMITTAL IS NECESSARY, PROCESS IT IN SAME MANNER AS INITIAL SUBMITTAL. 3. RESUBMITTAL REVIEW: ALLOW 15 DAYS FOR REVIEW OF EACH RESUBMITTAL. C. ELECTRONIC SUBMITTALS: IDENTIFY AND INCORPORATE INFORMATION IN EACH ELECTRONIC SUBMITTAL FILE AS FOLLOWS: 1. ASSEMBLE COMPLETE SUBMITTAL PACKAGE INTO A SINGLE INDEXED FILE INCORPORATING SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS OF A SINGLE SPECIFICATION SECTION AND TRANSMITTAL FORM WITH LINKS ENABLING NAVIGATION TO EACH ITEM. 2. NAME FILE WITH SUBMITTAL NUMBER OR OTHER UNIQUE IDENTIFIER, INCLUDING REVISION IDENTIFIER. a. FILE NAME SHALL USE PROJECT IDENTIFIER AND SPECIFICATION SECTION NUMBER FOLLOWED BY A DECIMAL POINT AND THEN A SEQUENTIAL NUMBER (E.G., LNHS-061000.01). RESUBMITTALS SHALL INCLUDE AN ALPHABETIC SUFFIX AFTER ANOTHER DECIMAL POINT (E.G., LNHS-061000.01.A). 3. PROVIDE MEANS FOR INSERTION TO PERMANENTLY RECORD CONTRACTOR’S REVIEW AND APPROVAL MARKINGS AND ACTION TAKEN BY ARCHITECT. 4. TRANSMITTAL FORM FOR ELECTRONIC SUBMITTALS: USE ELECTRONIC FORM ACCEPTABLE TO OWNER, CONTAINING THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION: a. PROJECT NAME. b. DATE. c. NAME AND ADDRESS OF ARCHITECT. d. NAME OF CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. e. NAME OF CONTRACTOR. f. NAME OF FIRM OR ENTITY THAT PREPARED SUBMITTAL. g. NAMES OF SUBCONTRACTOR, MANUFACTURER, AND SUPPLIER. h. CATEGORY AND TYPE OF SUBMITTAL. i. SUBMITTAL PURPOSE AND DESCRIPTION. j. SPECIFICATION SECTION NUMBER AND TITLE. k. SPECIFICATION PARAGRAPH NUMBER OR DRAWING DESIGNATION AND GENERIC NAME FOR EACH OF MULTIPLE ITEMS. l. DRAWING NUMBER AND DETAIL REFERENCES, AS APPROPRIATE. m. LOCATION(S) WHERE PRODUCT IS TO BE INSTALLED, AS APPROPRIATE. n. RELATED PHYSICAL SAMPLES SUBMITTED DIRECTLY. o. INDICATION OF FULL OR PARTIAL SUBMITTAL. p. TRANSMITTAL NUMBER. q. SUBMITTAL AND TRANSMITTAL DISTRIBUTION RECORD. r. OTHER NECESSARY IDENTIFICATION. s. REMARKS. 5. METADATA: INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION AS KEYWORDS IN THE ELECTRONIC SUBMITTAL FILE METADATA: a. PROJECT NAME. b. NUMBER AND TITLE OF APPROPRIATE SPECIFICATION SECTION. c. MANUFACTURER NAME. d. PRODUCT NAME. D. OPTIONS: IDENTIFY OPTIONS REQUIRING SELECTION BY ARCHITECT. E. DEVIATIONS AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION: ON AN ATTACHED SEPARATE SHEET, PREPARED ON CONTRACTOR’S LETTERHEAD, RECORD RELEVANT INFORMATION, REQUESTS FOR DATA, REVISIONS OTHER THAN THOSE REQUESTED BY ARCHITECT ON PREVIOUS SUBMITTALS, AND DEVIATIONS FROM REQUIREMENTS IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INCLUDING MINOR VARIATIONS AND LIMITATIONS. INCLUDE SAME IDENTIFICATION INFORMATION AS RELATED SUBMITTAL. F. RESUBMITTALS: MAKE RESUBMITTALS IN SAME FORM AND NUMBER OF COPIES AS INITIAL SUBMITTAL. 1. NOTE DATE AND CONTENT OF PREVIOUS SUBMITTAL. 2. NOTE DATE AND CONTENT OF REVISION IN LABEL OR TITLE BLOCK AND CLEARLY INDICATE EXTENT OF REVISION. 3. RESUBMIT SUBMITTALS UNTIL THEY ARE MARKED WITH APPROVAL NOTATION FROM ARCHITECT’S ACTION STAMP. G. DISTRIBUTION: FURNISH COPIES OF FINAL SUBMITTALS TO MANUFACTURERS, SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS, FABRICATORS, INSTALLERS, AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION, AND OTHERS AS NECESSARY FOR PERFORMANCE OF CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES. SHOW DISTRIBUTION ON TRANSMITTAL FORMS. H. USE FOR CONSTRUCTION: RETAIN COMPLETE COPIES OF SUBMITTALS ON PROJECT SITE. USE ONLY FINAL ACTION SUBMITTALS THAT ARE MARKED WITH APPROVAL NOTATION FROM ARCHITECT’S ACTION STAMP. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. GENERAL SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS: PREPARE AND SUBMIT SUBMITTALS REQUIRED BY INDIVIDUAL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS. TYPES OF SUBMITTALS ARE INDICATED IN INDIVIDUAL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS. 1. SUBMIT ELECTRONIC SUBMITTALS VIA EMAIL AS PDF ELECTRONIC FILES. a. ARCHITECT WILL RETURN ANNOTATED FILE. ANNOTATE AND RETAIN ONE COPY OF FILE AS AN ELECTRONIC PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENT FILE. 2. ACTION SUBMITTALS: SUBMIT ELECTRONIC FILES OF EACH SUBMITTAL UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. ARCHITECT WILL RETURN A COPY. 3. INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS: ELECTRONIC FILES OF EACH SUBMITTAL UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. ARCHITECT WILL NOT RETURN COPIES. 4. CERTIFICATES AND CERTIFICATIONS SUBMITTALS: PROVIDE A STATEMENT THAT INCLUDES SIGNATURE OF ENTITY RESPONSIBLE FOR PREPARING CERTIFICATION. CERTIFICATES AND CERTIFICATIONS SHALL BE SIGNED BY AN OFFICER OR OTHER INDIVIDUAL AUTHORIZED TO SIGN DOCUMENTS ON BEHALF OF THAT ENTITY. a. PROVIDE A DIGITAL SIGNATURE WITH DIGITAL CERTIFICATE ON ELECTRONICALLY SUBMITTED CERTIFICATES AND CERTIFICATIONS WHERE INDICATED. b. PROVIDE A NOTARIZED STATEMENT ON ORIGINAL PAPER COPY CERTIFICATES AND CERTIFICATIONS WHERE INDICATED. B. PRODUCT DATA: COLLECT INFORMATION INTO A SINGLE SUBMITTAL FOR EACH ELEMENT OF CONSTRUCTION AND TYPE OF PRODUCT OR EQUIPMENT. 1. IF INFORMATION MUST BE SPECIALLY PREPARED FOR SUBMITTAL BECAUSE STANDARD PUBLISHED DATA ARE NOT SUITABLE FOR USE, SUBMIT AS SHOP DRAWINGS, NOT AS PRODUCT DATA. 2. MARK EACH COPY OF EACH SUBMITTAL TO SHOW WHICH PRODUCTS AND OPTIONS ARE APPLICABLE. 3. INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION, AS APPLICABLE: a. MANUFACTURER’S CATALOG CUTS. b. MANUFACTURER’S PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS. c. STANDARD COLOR CHARTS. d. STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE WITH SPECIFIED REFERENCED STANDARDS. e.TESTING BY RECOGNIZED TESTING AGENCY. f. APPLICATION OF TESTING AGENCY LABELS AND SEALS. g. NOTATION OF COORDINATION REQUIREMENTS. h. AVAILABILITY AND DELIVERY TIME INFORMATION. 4. FOR EQUIPMENT, INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING IN ADDITION TO THE ABOVE, AS APPLICABLE: a. WIRING DIAGRAMS SHOWING FACTORY-INSTALLED WIRING. b. PRINTED PERFORMANCE CURVES. c. OPERATIONAL RANGE DIAGRAMS. d. CLEARANCES REQUIRED TO OTHER CONSTRUCTION, IF NOT INDICATED ON ACCOMPANYING SHOP DRAWINGS. 5. SUBMIT PRODUCT DATA BEFORE OR CONCURRENT WITH SAMPLES. 6. SUBMIT PRODUCT DATA IN THE FOLLOWING FORMAT: a. PDF ELECTRONIC FILE. C. SHOP DRAWINGS: PREPARE PROJECT-SPECIFIC INFORMATION, DRAWN ACCURATELY TO SCALE. DO NOT BASE SHOP DRAWINGS ON REPRODUCTIONS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS OR STANDARD PRINTED DATA. 1. PREPARATION: FULLY ILLUSTRATE REQUIREMENTS IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION, AS APPLICABLE: a. IDENTIFICATION OF PRODUCTS. b. SCHEDULES. c. COMPLIANCE WITH SPECIFIED STANDARDS. d. NOTATION OF COORDINATION REQUIREMENTS. e. NOTATION OF DIMENSIONS ESTABLISHED BY FIELD MEASUREMENT. f. RELATIONSHIP AND ATTACHMENT TO ADJOINING CONSTRUCTION CLEARLY INDICATED. g. SEAL AND SIGNATURE OF PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER IF SPECIFIED. 2. SHEET SIZE: EXCEPT FOR TEMPLATES, PATTERNS, AND SIMILAR FULL-SIZE DRAWINGS, SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS ON SHEETS AT LEAST 8-1/2 BY 11 INCHES, BUT NO LARGER THAN 30 BY 42 INCHES. 3. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS IN THE FOLLOWING FORMAT: a. PDF ELECTRONIC FILE. D. SAMPLES: SUBMIT SAMPLES FOR REVIEW OF KIND, COLOR, PATTERN, AND TEXTURE FOR A CHECK OF THESE CHARACTERISTICS WITH OTHER ELEMENTS AND FOR A COMPARISON OF THESE CHARACTERISTICS BETWEEN SUBMITTAL AND ACTUAL COMPONENT AS DELIVERED AND INSTALLED. 1. TRANSMIT SAMPLES THAT CONTAIN MULTIPLE, RELATED COMPONENTS SUCH AS ACCESSORIES TOGETHER IN ONE SUBMITTAL PACKAGE. 2. IDENTIFICATION: ATTACH LABEL ON UNEXPOSED SIDE OF SAMPLES THAT INCLUDES THE FOLLOWING: a. GENERIC DESCRIPTION OF SAMPLE. b. PRODUCT NAME AND NAME OF MANUFACTURER. c. SAMPLE SOURCE. d. NUMBER AND TITLE OF APPLICABLE SPECIFICATION SECTION. e. SPECIFICATION PARAGRAPH NUMBER AND GENERIC NAME OF EACH ITEM. 3. FOR PROJECTS WHERE ELECTRONIC SUBMITTALS ARE REQUIRED, PROVIDE CORRESPONDING ELECTRONIC SUBMITTAL OF SAMPLE TRANSMITTAL, DIGITAL IMAGE FILE ILLUSTRATING SAMPLE CHARACTERISTICS, AND IDENTIFICATION INFORMATION FOR RECORD. 4. DISPOSITION: MAINTAIN SETS OF APPROVED SAMPLES AT PROJECT SITE, AVAILABLE FOR QUALITY- CONTROL COMPARISONS THROUGHOUT THE COURSE OF CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY. SAMPLE SETS MAY BE USED TO DETERMINE FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF CONSTRUCTION ASSOCIATED WITH EACH SET. a. SAMPLES THAT MAY BE INCORPORATED INTO THE WORK ARE INDICATED IN INDIVIDUAL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS. SUCH SAMPLES MUST BE IN AN UNDAMAGED CONDITION AT TIME OF USE. b. SAMPLES NOT INCORPORATED INTO THE WORK, OR OTHERWISE DESIGNATED AS OWNER’S PROPERTY, ARE THE PROPERTY OF CONTRACTOR. 5. SAMPLES FOR INITIAL SELECTION: SUBMIT MANUFACTURER’S COLOR CHARTS CONSISTING OF UNITS OR SECTIONS OF UNITS SHOWING THE FULL RANGE OF COLORS, TEXTURES, AND PATTERNS AVAILABLE. a. NUMBER OF SAMPLES: SUBMIT ONE FULL SET(S) OF AVAILABLE CHOICES WHERE COLOR, PATTERN, TEXTURE, OR SIMILAR CHARACTERISTICS ARE REQUIRED TO BE SELECTED FROM MANUFACTURER’S PRODUCT LINE. ARCHITECT WILL RETURN SUBMITTAL WITH OPTIONS SELECTED. 6. SAMPLES FOR VERIFICATION: SUBMIT FULL-SIZE UNITS OR SAMPLES OF SIZE INDICATED, PREPARED FROM SAME MATERIAL TO BE USED FOR THE WORK, CURED AND FINISHED IN MANNER SPECIFIED, AND PHYSICALLY IDENTICAL WITH MATERIAL OR PRODUCT PROPOSED FOR USE, AND THAT SHOW FULL RANGE OF COLOR AND TEXTURE VARIATIONS EXPECTED. SAMPLES INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING: PARTIAL SECTIONS OF MANUFACTURED OR FABRICATED COMPONENTS; SMALL CUTS OR CONTAINERS OF MATERIALS; COMPLETE UNITS OF REPETITIVELY USED MATERIALS; SWATCHES SHOWING COLOR, TEXTURE, AND PATTERN; COLOR RANGE SETS; AND COMPONENTS USED FOR INDEPENDENT TESTING AND INSPECTION. a. NUMBER OF SAMPLES: SUBMIT THREE SETS OF SAMPLES. ARCHITECT WILL RETAIN TWO SAMPLE SETS; REMAINDER WILL BE RETURNED. MARK UP AND RETAIN ONE RETURNED SAMPLE SET AS A PROJECT RECORD SAMPLE. 1) SUBMIT A SINGLE SAMPLE WHERE ASSEMBLY DETAILS, WORKMANSHIP, FABRICATION TECHNIQUES, CONNECTIONS, OPERATION, AND OTHER SIMILAR CHARACTERISTICS ARE TO BE DEMONSTRATED. 2) IF VARIATION IN COLOR, PATTERN, TEXTURE, OR OTHER CHARACTERISTIC IS INHERENT IN MATERIAL OR PRODUCT REPRESENTED BY A SAMPLE, SUBMIT AT LEAST THREE SETS OF PAIRED UNITS THAT SHOW APPROXIMATE LIMITS OF VARIATIONS. E. PRODUCT SCHEDULE: AS REQUIRED IN INDIVIDUAL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS, PREPARE A WRITTEN SUMMARY INDICATING TYPES OF PRODUCTS REQUIRED FOR THE WORK AND THEIR INTENDED LOCATION. INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION IN TABULAR FORM: 4. TYPE OF PRODUCT. INCLUDE UNIQUE IDENTIFIER FOR EACH PRODUCT INDICATED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS OR ASSIGNED BY CONTRACTOR IF NONE IS INDICATED. 5. MANUFACTURER AND PRODUCT NAME, AND MODEL NUMBER IF APPLICABLE. 6. NUMBER AND NAME OF ROOM OR SPACE. 7. LOCATION WITHIN ROOM OR SPACE. 8. SUBMIT PRODUCT SCHEDULE IN THE FOLLOWING FORMAT: a. PDF ELECTRONIC FILE. F. COORDINATION DRAWING SUBMITTALS: COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 01 SECTION “PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION.” G. CONTRACTOR’S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE: COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 01 SECTION “CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION.” H. APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT AND SCHEDULE OF VALUES: COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 01 SECTION “PAYMENT PROCEDURES.” I. TEST AND INSPECTION REPORTS AND SCHEDULE OF TESTS AND INSPECTIONS SUBMITTALS: COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 01 SECTION “QUALITY REQUIREMENTS.” J. CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS AND MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS: COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 01 SECTION “CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES.” K. MAINTENANCE DATA: COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 01 SECTION “OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA.” L. QUALIFICATION DATA: PREPARE WRITTEN INFORMATION THAT DEMONSTRATES CAPABILITIES AND EXPERIENCE OF FIRM OR PERSON. INCLUDE LISTS OF COMPLETED PROJECTS WITH PROJECT NAMES AND ADDRESSES, CONTACT INFORMATION OF ARCHITECTS AND OWNERS, AND OTHER INFORMATION SPECIFIED. M. WELDING CERTIFICATES: PREPARE WRITTEN CERTIFICATION THAT WELDING PROCEDURES AND PERSONNEL COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. SUBMIT RECORD OF WELDING PROCEDURE SPECIFICATION AND PROCEDURE QUALIFICATION RECORD ON AWS FORMS. INCLUDE NAMES OF FIRMS AND PERSONNEL CERTIFIED. N. INSTALLER CERTIFICATES: SUBMIT WRITTEN STATEMENTS ON MANUFACTURER’S LETTERHEAD CERTIFYING THAT INSTALLER COMPLIES WITH REQUIREMENTS IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND, WHERE REQUIRED, IS AUTHORIZED BY MANUFACTURER FOR THIS SPECIFIC PROJECT. O. MANUFACTURER CERTIFICATES: SUBMIT WRITTEN STATEMENTS ON MANUFACTURER’S LETTERHEAD CERTIFYING THAT MANUFACTURER COMPLIES WITH REQUIREMENTS IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. INCLUDE EVIDENCE OF MANUFACTURING EXPERIENCE WHERE REQUIRED. P. PRODUCT CERTIFICATES: SUBMIT WRITTEN STATEMENTS ON MANUFACTURER’S LETTERHEAD CERTIFYING THAT PRODUCT COMPLIES WITH REQUIREMENTS IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. Q. MATERIAL CERTIFICATES: SUBMIT WRITTEN STATEMENTS ON MANUFACTURER’S LETTERHEAD CERTIFYING THAT MATERIAL COMPLIES WITH REQUIREMENTS IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. R. MATERIAL TEST REPORTS: SUBMIT REPORTS WRITTEN BY A QUALIFIED TESTING AGENCY, ON TESTING AGENCY’S STANDARD FORM, INDICATING AND INTERPRETING TEST RESULTS OF MATERIAL FOR COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 6. PRODUCT TEST REPORTS: SUBMIT WRITTEN REPORTS INDICATING THAT CURRENT PRODUCT PRODUCED BY MANUFACTURER COMPLIES WITH REQUIREMENTS IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. BASE REPORTS ON EVALUATION OF TESTS PERFORMED BY MANUFACTURER AND WITNESSED BY A QUALIFIED TESTING AGENCY, OR ON COMPREHENSIVE TESTS PERFORMED BY A QUALIFIED TESTING AGENCY. A. RESEARCH REPORTS: SUBMIT WRITTEN EVIDENCE, FROM A MODEL CODE ORGANIZATION ACCEPTABLE TO AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION, THAT PRODUCT COMPLIES WITH BUILDING CODE IN EFFECT FOR PROJECT. INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION: 1. NAME OF EVALUATION ORGANIZATION. 2. DATE OF EVALUATION. 3. TIME PERIOD WHEN REPORT IS IN EFFECT. 4. PRODUCT AND MANUFACTURERS’ NAMES. 5. DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT. 6. TEST PROCEDURES AND RESULTS. 7. LIMITATIONS OF USE. U. PRECONSTRUCTION TEST REPORTS: SUBMIT REPORTS WRITTEN BY A QUALIFIED TESTING AGENCY, ON TESTING AGENCY’S STANDARD FORM, INDICATING AND INTERPRETING RESULTS OF TESTS PERFORMED BEFORE INSTALLATION OF PRODUCT, FOR COMPLIANCE WITH PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. V. COMPATIBILITY TEST REPORTS: SUBMIT REPORTS WRITTEN GI101 conformed set revisions : p r o j e c t # : d a t e : 20.0550 - june 4, 2021 3 6 0 w e s t a s p e n a v e n u e s a l t l a k e c i t y , u t a h 8 4 1 0 1 8 0 1 5 3 2 4 4 2 2 sheet: title: revisions : p r o j e c t # : d a t e : UNLESS A PROFESSIONAL SEAL WITH SIGNATURE AND DATE IS AFFIXED, THIS DOCUMENT IS PRELIMINARY AND IS NOT INTENDED FOR CONSTRUCTION, RECORDING PURPOSES, OR IMPLEMENTATION THE DESIGNS SHOWN AND DESCRIBED HEREIN INCLUDING ALL TECHNICAL DRAWINGS, GRAPHIC REPRESENTATIONS & MODELS THEREOF, ARE PROPRIETARY & CAN NOT BE COPIED, DUPLICATED, OR COMMERCIALLY EXPLOITED IN WHOLE OR IN PART WITHOUT THE SOLE AND EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM METHOD STUDIO INC. project: E D C B A E D C B A 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 3 / 29 / 2021 GI204 Sheet Specs 20.0550 - april 7, 2021 Rexburg Rowhouses bid set BY A QUALIFIED TESTING AGENCY, ON TESTING AGENCY’S STANDARD FORM, INDICATING AND INTERPRETING RESULTS OF COMPATIBILITY TESTS PERFORMED BEFORE INSTALLATION OF PRODUCT. INCLUDE WRITTEN RECOMMENDATIONS FOR PRIMERS AND SUBSTRATE PREPARATION NEEDED FOR ADHESION. W. FIELD TEST REPORTS: SUBMIT WRITTEN REPORTS INDICATING AND INTERPRETING RESULTS OF FIELD TESTS PERFORMED EITHER DURING INSTALLATION OF PRODUCT OR AFTER PRODUCT IS INSTALLED IN ITS FINAL LOCATION, FOR COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONTRACTOR’S REVIEW A. ACTION AND INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS: REVIEW EACH SUBMITTAL AND CHECK FOR COORDINATION WITH OTHER WORK OF THE CONTRACT AND FOR COMPLIANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. NOTE CORRECTIONS AND FIELD DIMENSIONS. MARK WITH APPROVAL STAMP BEFORE SUBMITTING TO ARCHITECT. B. PROJECT CLOSEOUT AND MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS: SEE REQUIREMENTS IN DIVISION 01 SECTION “CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES.” C. APPROVAL STAMP: STAMP EACH SUBMITTAL WITH A UNIFORM, APPROVAL STAMP. INCLUDE PROJECT NAME AND LOCATION, SUBMITTAL NUMBER, SPECIFICATION SECTION TITLE AND NUMBER, NAME OF REVIEWER, DATE OF CONTRACTOR’S APPROVAL, AND STATEMENT CERTIFYING THAT SUBMITTAL HAS BEEN REVIEWED, CHECKED, AND APPROVED FOR COMPLIANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 3.2 ARCHITECT’S ACTION A. ACTION SUBMITTALS: ARCHITECT WILL REVIEW EACH SUBMITTAL, MAKE MARKS TO INDICATE CORRECTIONS OR REVISIONS REQUIRED, AND RETURN IT. ARCHITECT WILL STAMP EACH SUBMITTAL WITH AN ACTION STAMP AND WILL MARK STAMP APPROPRIATELY TO INDICATE 1. “REVIEWED”: SUBMITTAL APPEARS TO CONFORM TO THE INTENT OF THE CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS; OR WITH MINOR CHANGES AS NOTED (NOTES) WILL MEET THE INTENT OF THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. THE SUBMITTAL MAY BE USED FOR WORK ON THE PROJECT AS NOTED. 2. “FURNISH AS CORRECTED”: THE SUBMITTAL INCLUDES INFORMATION THAT MUST BE ADDED TO THE SUBMITTAL FOR IT TO CONFORM TO THE INTENT OF THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. 3. “REVISE AND RESUBMIT”: THE SUBMITTAL MUST BE REVISED IN ACCORDANCE WITH COMMENTS NOTED AND RESUBMITTED FOR REVIEW. THE SUBMITTAL MAY NOT BE USED FOR WORK ON THE PROJECT. 4. “REJECTED”: THE SUBMITTAL MAY NOT BE USED FOR WORK ON THE PROJECT. B. INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS: ARCHITECT WILL REVIEW EACH SUBMITTAL AND WILL NOT RETURN IT, OR WILL RETURN IT IF IT DOES NOT COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS. ARCHITECT WILL FORWARD EACH SUBMITTAL TO APPROPRIATE PARTY. C. PARTIAL SUBMITTALS PREPARED FOR A PORTION OF THE WORK WILL BE REVIEWED WHEN USE OF PARTIAL SUBMITTALS HAS RECEIVED PRIOR APPROVAL FROM ARCHITECT. D. INCOMPLETE SUBMITTALS ARE UNACCEPTABLE, WILL BE CONSIDERED NONRESPONSIVE, AND WILL BE RETURNED FOR RESUBMITTAL WITHOUT REVIEW. E. SUBMITTALS NOT REQUIRED BY THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS MAY BE RETURNED BY THE ARCHITECT WITHOUT ACTION. END OF SECTION 01 3300 SECTION 01 4000 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND OTHER DIVISION 01 SPECIFICATION SECTIONS, APPLY TO THIS SECTION. 1.2 SUMMARY A. SECTION INCLUDES ADMINISTRATIVE AND PROCEDURAL REQUIREMENTS FOR QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL. B. TESTING AND INSPECTING SERVICES ARE REQUIRED TO VERIFY COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED OR INDICATED. THESE SERVICES DO NOT RELIEVE CONTRACTOR OF RESPONSIBILITY FOR COMPLIANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENT REQUIREMENTS. 1. SPECIFIC QUALITY-ASSURANCE AND -CONTROL REQUIREMENTS FOR INDIVIDUAL CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES ARE SPECIFIED IN THE SECTIONS THAT SPECIFY THOSE ACTIVITIES. REQUIREMENTS IN THOSE SECTIONS MAY ALSO COVER PRODUCTION OF STANDARD PRODUCTS. 2. SPECIFIED TESTS, INSPECTIONS, AND RELATED ACTIONS DO NOT LIMIT CONTRACTOR’S OTHER QUALITY- ASSURANCE AND -CONTROL PROCEDURES THAT FACILITATE COMPLIANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENT REQUIREMENTS. 3. REQUIREMENTS FOR CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE QUALITY-ASSURANCE AND -CONTROL SERVICES REQUIRED BY ARCHITECT, OWNER, OR AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION ARE NOT LIMITED BY PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. QUALITY-ASSURANCE SERVICES: ACTIVITIES, ACTIONS, AND PROCEDURES PERFORMED BEFORE AND DURING EXECUTION OF THE WORK TO GUARD AGAINST DEFECTS AND DEFICIENCIES AND SUBSTANTIATE THAT PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION WILL COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS. B. QUALITY-CONTROL SERVICES: TESTS, INSPECTIONS, PROCEDURES, AND RELATED ACTIONS DURING AND AFTER EXECUTION OF THE WORK TO EVALUATE THAT ACTUAL PRODUCTS INCORPORATED INTO THE WORK AND COMPLETED CONSTRUCTION COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS. SERVICES DO NOT INCLUDE CONTRACT ENFORCEMENT ACTIVITIES PERFORMED BY ARCHITECT. C. MOCKUPS: FULL-SIZE PHYSICAL ASSEMBLIES THAT ARE CONSTRUCTED ON-SITE. MOCKUPS ARE CONSTRUCTED TO VERIFY SELECTIONS MADE UNDER SAMPLE SUBMITTALS; TO DEMONSTRATE AESTHETIC EFFECTS AND, WHERE INDICATED, QUALITIES OF MATERIALS AND EXECUTION; TO REVIEW COORDINATION, TESTING, OR OPERATION; TO SHOW INTERFACE BETWEEN DISSIMILAR MATERIALS; AND TO DEMONSTRATE COMPLIANCE WITH SPECIFIED INSTALLATION TOLERANCES. MOCKUPS ARE NOT SAMPLES. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, APPROVED MOCKUPS ESTABLISH THE STANDARD BY WHICH THE WORK WILL BE JUDGED. 1. LABORATORY MOCKUPS: FULL-SIZE PHYSICAL ASSEMBLIES CONSTRUCTED AT TESTING FACILITY TO VERIFY PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS. D. PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING: TESTS AND INSPECTIONS PERFORMED SPECIFICALLY FOR PROJECT BEFORE PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS ARE INCORPORATED INTO THE WORK, TO VERIFY PERFORMANCE OR COMPLIANCE WITH SPECIFIED CRITERIA. E. PRODUCT TESTING: TESTS AND INSPECTIONS THAT ARE PERFORMED BY AN NRTL, AN NVLAP, OR A TESTING AGENCY QUALIFIED TO CONDUCT PRODUCT TESTING AND ACCEPTABLE TO AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION, TO ESTABLISH PRODUCT PERFORMANCE AND COMPLIANCE WITH SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS. F. SOURCE QUALITY-CONTROL TESTING: TESTS AND INSPECTIONS THAT ARE PERFORMED AT THE SOURCE, E.G., PLANT, MILL, FACTORY, OR SHOP. G. FIELD QUALITY-CONTROL TESTING: TESTS AND INSPECTIONS THAT ARE PERFORMED ON-SITE FOR INSTALLATION OF THE WORK AND FOR COMPLETED WORK. H. TESTING AGENCY: AN ENTITY ENGAGED TO PERFORM SPECIFIC TESTS, INSPECTIONS, OR BOTH. TESTING LABORATORY SHALL MEAN THE SAME AS TESTING AGENCY. I. INSTALLER/APPLICATOR/ERECTOR: CONTRACTOR OR ANOTHER ENTITY ENGAGED BY CONTRACTOR AS AN EMPLOYEE, SUBCONTRACTOR, OR SUB-SUBCONTRACTOR, TO PERFORM A PARTICULAR CONSTRUCTION OPERATION, INCLUDING INSTALLATION, ERECTION, APPLICATION, AND SIMILAR OPERATIONS. 1. USE OF TRADE-SPECIFIC TERMINOLOGY IN REFERRING TO A TRADE OR ENTITY DOES NOT REQUIRE THAT CERTAIN CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES BE PERFORMED BY ACCREDITED OR UNIONIZED INDIVIDUALS, OR THAT REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED APPLY EXCLUSIVELY TO SPECIFIC TRADE(S). J. EXPERIENCED: WHEN USED WITH AN ENTITY OR INDIVIDUAL, “EXPERIENCED” MEANS HAVING SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETED A MINIMUM OF FIVE PREVIOUS PROJECTS SIMILAR IN NATURE, SIZE, AND EXTENT TO THIS PROJECT; BEING FAMILIAR WITH SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS INDICATED; AND HAVING COMPLIED WITH REQUIREMENTS OF AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. 1.4 CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS A. REFERENCED STANDARDS: IF COMPLIANCE WITH TWO OR MORE STANDARDS IS SPECIFIED AND THE STANDARDS ESTABLISH DIFFERENT OR CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS FOR MINIMUM QUANTITIES OR QUALITY LEVELS, COMPLY WITH THE MOST STRINGENT REQUIREMENT. REFER CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS THAT ARE DIFFERENT, BUT APPARENTLY EQUAL, TO ARCHITECT FOR A DECISION BEFORE PROCEEDING. B. MINIMUM QUANTITY OR QUALITY LEVELS: THE QUANTITY OR QUALITY LEVEL SHOWN OR SPECIFIED SHALL BE THE MINIMUM PROVIDED OR PERFORMED. THE ACTUAL INSTALLATION MAY COMPLY EXACTLY WITH THE MINIMUM QUANTITY OR QUALITY SPECIFIED, OR IT MAY EXCEED THE MINIMUM WITHIN REASONABLE LIMITS. TO COMPLY WITH THESE REQUIREMENTS, INDICATED NUMERIC VALUES ARE MINIMUM OR MAXIMUM, AS APPROPRIATE, FOR THE CONTEXT OF REQUIREMENTS. REFER UNCERTAINTIES TO ARCHITECT FOR A DECISION BEFORE PROCEEDING. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. SHOP DRAWINGS: FOR INTEGRATED EXTERIOR MOCKUPS, PROVIDE PLANS, SECTIONS, AND ELEVATIONS, INDICATING MATERIALS AND SIZE OF MOCKUP CONSTRUCTION. 1. INDICATE MANUFACTURER AND MODEL NUMBER OF INDIVIDUAL COMPONENTS. 2. PROVIDE AXONOMETRIC DRAWINGS FOR CONDITIONS DIFFICULT TO ILLUSTRATE IN TWO DIMENSIONS. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. CONTRACTOR’S QUALITY-CONTROL PLAN: FOR QUALITY-ASSURANCE AND QUALITY-CONTROL ACTIVITIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES. B. QUALIFICATION DATA: FOR CONTRACTOR’S QUALITY- CONTROL PERSONNEL. C. CONTRACTOR’S STATEMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY: WHEN REQUIRED BY AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION, SUBMIT COPY OF WRITTEN STATEMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY SENT TO AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION BEFORE STARTING WORK ON THE FOLLOWING SYSTEMS: 1. SEISMIC-FORCE-RESISTING SYSTEM, DESIGNATED SEISMIC SYSTEM, OR COMPONENT LISTED IN THE DESIGNATED SEISMIC SYSTEM QUALITY-ASSURANCE PLAN PREPARED BY ARCHITECT. 2. MAIN WIND-FORCE-RESISTING SYSTEM OR A WIND- RESISTING COMPONENT LISTED IN THE WIND-FORCE- RESISTING SYSTEM QUALITY-ASSURANCE PLAN PREPARED BY ARCHITECT. D. TESTING AGENCY QUALIFICATIONS: FOR TESTING AGENCIES SPECIFIED IN “QUALITY ASSURANCE” ARTICLE TO DEMONSTRATE THEIR CAPABILITIES AND EXPERIENCE. INCLUDE PROOF OF QUALIFICATIONS IN THE FORM OF A RECENT REPORT ON THE INSPECTION OF THE TESTING AGENCY BY A RECOGNIZED AUTHORITY. E. SCHEDULE OF TESTS AND INSPECTIONS: PREPARE IN TABULAR FORM AND INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: 1. SPECIFICATION SECTION NUMBER AND TITLE. 2. ENTITY RESPONSIBLE FOR PERFORMING TESTS AND INSPECTIONS. 3. DESCRIPTION OF TEST AND INSPECTION. 4. IDENTIFICATION OF APPLICABLE STANDARDS. 5. IDENTIFICATION OF TEST AND INSPECTION METHODS. 6. NUMBER OF TESTS AND INSPECTIONS REQUIRED. 7. TIME SCHEDULE OR TIME SPAN FOR TESTS AND INSPECTIONS. 8. REQUIREMENTS FOR OBTAINING SAMPLES. 9. UNIQUE CHARACTERISTICS OF EACH QUALITY- CONTROL SERVICE. 1.7 REPORTS AND DOCUMENTS A. TEST AND INSPECTION REPORTS: PREPARE AND SUBMIT CERTIFIED WRITTEN REPORTS SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS. INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: 1. DATE OF ISSUE. 2. PROJECT TITLE AND NUMBER. 3. NAME, ADDRESS, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER OF TESTING AGENCY. 4. DATES AND LOCATIONS OF SAMPLES AND TESTS OR INSPECTIONS. 5. NAMES OF INDIVIDUALS MAKING TESTS AND INSPECTIONS. 6. DESCRIPTION OF THE WORK AND TEST AND INSPECTION METHOD. 7. IDENTIFICATION OF PRODUCT AND SPECIFICATION SECTION. 8. COMPLETE TEST OR INSPECTION DATA. 9. T EST AND INSPECTION RESULTS AND AN INTERPRETATION OF TEST RESULTS. 10. RECORD OF TEMPERATURE AND WEATHER CONDITIONS AT TIME OF SAMPLE TAKING AND TESTING AND INSPECTING. 11. COMMENTS OR PROFESSIONAL OPINION ON WHETHER TESTED OR INSPECTED WORK COMPLIES WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENT REQUIREMENTS. 12. NAME AND SIGNATURE OF LABORATORY INSPECTOR. 13. RECOMMENDATIONS ON RETESTING AND REINSPECTING. B. MANUFACTURER’S TECHNICAL REPRESENTATIVE’S FIELD REPORTS: PREPARE WRITTEN INFORMATION DOCUMENTING MANUFACTURER’S TECHNICAL REPRESENTATIVE’S TESTS AND INSPECTIONS SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS. INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: 1. NAME, ADDRESS, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER OF TECHNICAL REPRESENTATIVE MAKING REPORT. 2. STATEMENT ON CONDITION OF SUBSTRATES AND THEIR ACCEPTABILITY FOR INSTALLATION OF PRODUCT. 3. STATEMENT THAT PRODUCTS AT PROJECT SITE COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS. 4. SUMMARY OF INSTALLATION PROCEDURES BEING FOLLOWED, WHETHER THEY COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS AND, IF NOT, WHAT CORRECTIVE ACTION WAS TAKEN. 5. RESULTS OF OPERATIONAL AND OTHER TESTS AND A STATEMENT OF WHETHER OBSERVED PERFORMANCE COMPLIES WITH REQUIREMENTS. 6. STATEMENT WHETHER CONDITIONS, PRODUCTS, AND INSTALLATION WILL AFFECT WARRANTY. 7. OTHER REQUIRED ITEMS INDICATED IN INDIVIDUAL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS. C. PERMITS, LICENSES, AND CERTIFICATES: FOR OWNER’S RECORDS, SUBMIT COPIES OF PERMITS, LICENSES, CERTIFICATIONS, INSPECTION REPORTS, RELEASES, JURISDICTIONAL SETTLEMENTS, NOTICES, RECEIPTS FOR FEE PAYMENTS, JUDGMENTS, CORRESPONDENCE, RECORDS, AND SIMILAR DOCUMENTS, ESTABLISHED FOR COMPLIANCE WITH STANDARDS AND REGULATIONS BEARING ON PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. GENERAL: QUALIFICATIONS PARAGRAPHS IN THIS ARTICLE ESTABLISH THE MINIMUM QUALIFICATION LEVELS REQUIRED; INDIVIDUAL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS SPECIFY ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. B. MANUFACTURER QUALIFICATIONS: A FIRM EXPERIENCED IN MANUFACTURING PRODUCTS OR SYSTEMS SIMILAR TO THOSE INDICATED FOR THIS PROJECT AND WITH A RECORD OF SUCCESSFUL IN-SERVICE PERFORMANCE, AS WELL AS SUFFICIENT PRODUCTION CAPACITY TO PRODUCE REQUIRED UNITS. C. FABRICATOR QUALIFICATIONS: A FIRM EXPERIENCED IN PRODUCING PRODUCTS SIMILAR TO THOSE INDICATED FOR THIS PROJECT AND WITH A RECORD OF SUCCESSFUL IN-SERVICE PERFORMANCE, AS WELL AS SUFFICIENT PRODUCTION CAPACITY TO PRODUCE REQUIRED UNITS. D. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: A FIRM OR INDIVIDUAL EXPERIENCED IN INSTALLING, ERECTING, OR ASSEMBLING WORK SIMILAR IN MATERIAL, DESIGN, AND EXTENT TO THAT INDICATED FOR THIS PROJECT, WHOSE WORK HAS RESULTED IN CONSTRUCTION WITH A RECORD OF SUCCESSFUL IN-SERVICE PERFORMANCE. E. PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER QUALIFICATIONS: A PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER WHO IS LEGALLY QUALIFIED TO PRACTICE IN JURISDICTION WHERE PROJECT IS LOCATED AND WHO IS EXPERIENCED IN PROVIDING ENGINEERING SERVICES OF THE KIND INDICATED. ENGINEERING SERVICES ARE DEFINED AS THOSE PERFORMED FOR INSTALLATIONS OF THE SYSTEM, ASSEMBLY, OR PRODUCT THAT ARE SIMILAR IN MATERIAL, DESIGN, AND EXTENT TO THOSE INDICATED FOR THIS PROJECT. F. TESTING AGENCY QUALIFICATIONS: AN NRTL, AN NVLAP, OR AN INDEPENDENT AGENCY WITH THE EXPERIENCE AND CAPABILITY TO CONDUCT TESTING AND INSPECTING INDICATED, AS DOCUMENTED ACCORDING TO ASTM E 329; AND WITH ADDITIONAL QUALIFICATIONS SPECIFIED IN INDIVIDUAL SECTIONS; AND, WHERE REQUIRED BY AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION, THAT IS ACCEPTABLE TO AUTHORITIES. 1. NRTL: A NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED TESTING LABORATORY ACCORDING TO 29 CFR 1910.7. 2. NVLAP: A TESTING AGENCY ACCREDITED ACCORDING TO NIST’S NATIONAL VOLUNTARY LABORATORY ACCREDITATION PROGRAM. G. MANUFACTURER’S TECHNICAL REPRESENTATIVE QUALIFICATIONS: AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF MANUFACTURER WHO IS TRAINED AND APPROVED BY MANUFACTURER TO OBSERVE AND INSPECT INSTALLATION OF MANUFACTURER’S PRODUCTS THAT ARE SIMILAR IN MATERIAL, DESIGN, AND EXTENT TO THOSE INDICATED FOR THIS PROJECT. H. FACTORY-AUTHORIZED SERVICE REPRESENTATIVE QUALIFICATIONS: AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF MANUFACTURER WHO IS TRAINED AND APPROVED BY MANUFACTURER TO INSPECT INSTALLATION OF MANUFACTURER’S PRODUCTS THAT ARE SIMILAR IN MATERIAL, DESIGN, AND EXTENT TO THOSE INDICATED FOR THIS PROJECT. I. PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING: WHERE TESTING AGENCY IS INDICATED TO PERFORM METHODS, COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: a. PROVIDE TEST SPECIMENS REPRESENTATIVE OF PROPOSED PRODUCTS AND CONSTRUCTION. b. SUBMIT SPECIMENS IN A TIMELY MANNER WITH SUFFICIENT TIME FOR TESTING AND ANALYZING RESULTS TO PREVENT DELAYING THE WORK. c. PROVIDE SIZES AND CONFIGURATIONS OF TEST ASSEMBLIES, MOCKUPS, AND LABORATORY MOCKUPS TO ADEQUATELY DEMONSTRATE CAPABILITY OF PRODUCTS TO COMPLY WITH PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS. d. BUILD LABORATORY MOCKUPS AT TESTING FACILITY USING PERSONNEL, PRODUCTS, AND METHODS OF CONSTRUCTION INDICATED FOR THE COMPLETED WORK. e. WHEN TESTING IS COMPLETE, REMOVE TEST SPECIMENS, ASSEMBLIES, AND MOCKUPS, AND LABORATORY MOCKUPS; DO NOT REUSE PRODUCTS ON PROJECT. 2. TESTING AGENCY RESPONSIBILITIES: SUBMIT A CERTIFIED WRITTEN REPORT OF EACH TEST, INSPECTION, AND SIMILAR QUALITY-ASSURANCE SERVICE TO ARCHITECT, WITH COPY TO CONTRACTOR. INTERPRET TESTS AND INSPECTIONS AND STATE IN EACH REPORT WHETHER TESTED AND INSPECTED WORK COMPLIES WITH OR DEVIATES FROM THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. J. MOCKUPS: BEFORE INSTALLING PORTIONS OF THE WORK REQUIRING MOCKUPS, BUILD MOCKUPS FOR EACH FORM OF CONSTRUCTION AND FINISH REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS, USING MATERIALS INDICATED FOR THE COMPLETED WORK: 1. BUILD MOCKUPS IN LOCATION AND OF SIZE INDICATED OR, IF NOT INDICATED, AS DIRECTED BY ARCHITECT. 2. NOTIFY ARCHITECT SEVEN DAYS IN ADVANCE OF DATES AND TIMES WHEN MOCKUPS WILL BE CONSTRUCTED. 3. EMPLOY SUPERVISORY PERSONNEL WHO WILL OVERSEE MOCKUP CONSTRUCTION. EMPLOY WORKERS THAT WILL BE EMPLOYED DURING THE CONSTRUCTION AT PROJECT. 4. DEMONSTRATE THE PROPOSED RANGE OF AESTHETIC EFFECTS AND WORKMANSHIP. 5. OBTAIN ARCHITECT’S APPROVAL OF MOCKUPS BEFORE STARTING WORK, FABRICATION, OR CONSTRUCTION. a. ALLOW SEVEN DAYS FOR INITIAL REVIEW AND EACH RE- REVIEW OF EACH MOCKUP. 6. MAINTAIN MOCKUPS DURING CONSTRUCTION IN AN UNDISTURBED CONDITION AS A STANDARD FOR JUDGING THE COMPLETED WORK. 7. DEMOLISH AND REMOVE MOCKUPS WHEN DIRECTED UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. K. LABORATORY MOCKUPS: COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING AND THOSE SPECIFIED IN INDIVIDUAL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS IN DIVISIONS 02 THROUGH 33. 1.9 QUALITY CONTROL A. OWNER RESPONSIBILITIES: WHERE QUALITY-CONTROL SERVICES ARE INDICATED AS OWNER’S RESPONSIBILITY, OWNER WILL ENGAGE A QUALIFIED TESTING AGENCY TO PERFORM THESE SERVICES. 1. OWNER WILL FURNISH CONTRACTOR WITH NAMES, ADDRESSES, AND TELEPHONE NUMBERS OF TESTING AGENCIES ENGAGED AND A DESCRIPTION OF TYPES OF TESTING AND INSPECTING THEY ARE ENGAGED TO PERFORM. 2. PAYMENT FOR THESE SERVICES WILL BE MADE FROM TESTING AND INSPECTING ALLOWANCES, AS AUTHORIZED BY CHANGE ORDERS. 3. COSTS FOR RETESTING AND RE-INSPECTING CONSTRUCTION THAT REPLACES OR IS NECESSITATED BY WORK THAT FAILED TO COMPLY WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS WILL BE CHARGED TO CONTRACTOR. B. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES: TESTS AND INSPECTIONS NOT EXPLICITLY ASSIGNED TO OWNER ARE CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITY. PERFORM ADDITIONAL QUALITY-CONTROL ACTIVITIES REQUIRED TO VERIFY THAT THE WORK COMPLIES WITH REQUIREMENTS, WHETHER SPECIFIED OR NOT. 1. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, PROVIDE QUALITY- CONTROL SERVICES SPECIFIED AND THOSE REQUIRED BY AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. PERFORM QUALITY- CONTROL SERVICES REQUIRED OF CONTRACTOR BY AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION, WHETHER SPECIFIED OR NOT. 2. WHERE SERVICES ARE INDICATED AS CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITY, ENGAGE A QUALIFIED TESTING AGENCY TO PERFORM THESE QUALITY-CONTROL SERVICES. 3. NOTIFY TESTING AGENCIES AT LEAST 24 HOURS IN ADVANCE OF TIME WHEN WORK THAT REQUIRES TESTING OR INSPECTING WILL BE PERFORMED. 4. WHERE QUALITY-CONTROL SERVICES ARE INDICATED AS CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITY, SUBMIT A CERTIFIED WRITTEN REPORT, IN DUPLICATE, OF EACH QUALITY-CONTROL SERVICE. 5. TESTING AND INSPECTING REQUESTED BY CONTRACTOR AND NOT REQUIRED BY THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITY. 6. SUBMIT ADDITIONAL COPIES OF EACH WRITTEN REPORT DIRECTLY TO AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION, WHEN THEY SO DIRECT. C. MANUFACTURER’S FIELD SERVICES: WHERE INDICATED, ENGAGE A FACTORY-AUTHORIZED SERVICE REPRESENTATIVE TO INSPECT FIELD-ASSEMBLED COMPONENTS AND EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION, INCLUDING SERVICE CONNECTIONS. REPORT RESULTS IN WRITING AS SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 01 SECTION “SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES.” D. MANUFACTURER’S TECHNICAL SERVICES: WHERE INDICATED, ENGAGE A MANUFACTURER’S TECHNICAL REPRESENTATIVE TO OBSERVE AND INSPECT THE WORK. MANUFACTURER’S TECHNICAL REPRESENTATIVE’S SERVICES INCLUDE PARTICIPATION IN PREINSTALLATION CONFERENCES, EXAMINATION OF SUBSTRATES AND CONDITIONS, VERIFICATION OF MATERIALS, OBSERVATION OF INSTALLER ACTIVITIES, INSPECTION OF COMPLETED PORTIONS OF THE WORK, AND SUBMITTAL OF WRITTEN REPORTS. E. RETESTING/REINSPECTING: REGARDLESS OF WHETHER ORIGINAL TESTS OR INSPECTIONS WERE CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITY, PROVIDE QUALITY-CONTROL SERVICES, INCLUDING RETESTING AND REINSPECTING, FOR CONSTRUCTION THAT REPLACED WORK THAT FAILED TO COMPLY WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. F. TESTING AGENCY RESPONSIBILITIES: COOPERATE WITH ARCHITECT AND CONTRACTOR IN PERFORMANCE OF DUTIES. PROVIDE QUALIFIED PERSONNEL TO PERFORM REQUIRED TESTS AND INSPECTIONS. 1. NOTIFY ARCHITECT AND CONTRACTOR PROMPTLY OF IRREGULARITIES OR DEFICIENCIES OBSERVED IN THE WORK DURING PERFORMANCE OF ITS SERVICES. 2. DETERMINE THE LOCATION FROM WHICH TEST SAMPLES WILL BE TAKEN AND IN WHICH IN-SITU TESTS ARE CONDUCTED. 3. CONDUCT AND INTERPRET TESTS AND INSPECTIONS AND STATE IN EACH REPORT WHETHER TESTED AND INSPECTED WORK COMPLIES WITH OR DEVIATES FROM REQUIREMENTS. 4. SUBMIT A CERTIFIED WRITTEN REPORT, IN DUPLICATE, OF EACH TEST, INSPECTION, AND SIMILAR QUALITY-CONTROL SERVICE THROUGH CONTRACTOR. 5. DO NOT RELEASE, REVOKE, ALTER, OR INCREASE THE CONTRACT DOCUMENT REQUIREMENTS OR APPROVE OR ACCEPT ANY PORTION OF THE WORK. 6. DO NOT PERFORM ANY DUTIES OF CONTRACTOR. G. ASSOCIATED SERVICES: COOPERATE WITH AGENCIES PERFORMING REQUIRED TESTS, INSPECTIONS, AND SIMILAR QUALITY-CONTROL SERVICES, AND PROVIDE REASONABLE AUXILIARY SERVICES AS REQUESTED. NOTIFY AGENCY SUFFICIENTLY IN ADVANCE OF OPERATIONS TO PERMIT ASSIGNMENT OF PERSONNEL. PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING: 1. ACCESS TO THE WORK. 2. INCIDENTAL LABOR AND FACILITIES NECESSARY TO FACILITATE TESTS AND INSPECTIONS. 3. ADEQUATE QUANTITIES OF EPRESENTATIVE SAMPLES OF MATERIALS THAT REQUIRE TESTING AND INSPECTING. ASSIST AGENCY IN OBTAINING SAMPLES. 4. FACILITIES FOR STORAGE AND FIELD CURING OF TEST SAMPLES. 5. DELIVERY OF SAMPLES TO TESTING AGENCIES. 6. PRELIMINARY DESIGN MIX PROPOSED FOR USE FOR MATERIAL MIXES THAT REQUIRE CONTROL BY TESTING AGENCY. 7. SECURITY AND PROTECTION FOR SAMPLES AND FOR TESTING AND INSPECTING EQUIPMENT AT PROJECT SITE. H. COORDINATION: COORDINATE SEQUENCE OF ACTIVITIES TO ACCOMMODATE REQUIRED QUALITY-ASSURANCE AND -CONTROL SERVICES WITH A MINIMUM OF DELAY AND TO AVOID NECESSITY OF REMOVING AND REPLACING CONSTRUCTION TO ACCOMMODATE TESTING AND INSPECTING. 1. SCHEDULE TIMES FOR TESTS, INSPECTIONS, OBTAINING SAMPLES, AND SIMILAR ACTIVITIES. I. SCHEDULE OF TESTS AND INSPECTIONS: PREPARE A SCHEDULE OF TESTS, INSPECTIONS, AND SIMILAR QUALITY-CONTROL SERVICES REQUIRED BY THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. COORDINATE AND SUBMIT CONCURRENTLY WITH CONTRACTOR’S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. UPDATE AS THE WORK PROGRESSES. 1. DISTRIBUTION: DISTRIBUTE SCHEDULE TO OWNER, ARCHITECT, TESTING AGENCIES, AND EACH PARTY INVOLVED IN PERFORMANCE OF PORTIONS OF THE WORK WHERE TESTS AND INSPECTIONS ARE REQUIRED. 1.10 SPECIAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS A. SPECIAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS: ENGAGE A QUALIFIED TESTING AGENCY TO CONDUCT SPECIAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS REQUIRED BY AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION AS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF OWNER, AS INDICATED IN STATEMENT OF SPECIAL INSPECTIONS ATTACHED TO THIS SECTION, AND AS FOLLOWS: 1. VERIFYING THAT MANUFACTURER MAINTAINS DETAILED FABRICATION AND QUALITY-CONTROL PROCEDURES AND REVIEWS THE COMPLETENESS AND ADEQUACY OF THOSE PROCEDURES TO PERFORM THE WORK. 2. NOTIFYING ARCHITECT AND CONTRACTOR PROMPTLY OF IRREGULARITIES AND DEFICIENCIES OBSERVED IN THE WORK DURING PERFORMANCE OF ITS SERVICES. 3. SUBMITTING A CERTIFIED WRITTEN REPORT OF EACH TEST, INSPECTION, AND SIMILAR QUALITY-CONTROL SERVICE TO ARCHITECT WITH COPY TO CONTRACTOR AND TO AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. 4. SUBMITTING A FINAL REPORT OF SPECIAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS AT SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, WHICH INCLUDES A LIST OF UNRESOLVED DEFICIENCIES. 5. INTERPRETING TESTS AND INSPECTIONS AND STATING IN EACH REPORT WHETHER TESTED AND INSPECTED WORK COMPLIES WITH OR DEVIATES FROM THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 6. RETESTING AND REINSPECTING CORRECTED WORK. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 TEST AND INSPECTION LOG A. TEST AND INSPECTION LOG: PREPARE A RECORD OF TESTS AND INSPECTIONS. INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: 1. DATE TEST OR INSPECTION WAS CONDUCTED. 2. DESCRIPTION OF THE WORK TESTED OR INSPECTED. 3. DATE TEST OR INSPECTION RESULTS WERE TRANSMITTED TO ARCHITECT. 4. IDENTIFICATION OF TESTING AGENCY OR SPECIAL INSPECTOR CONDUCTING TEST OR INSPECTION. B. MAINTAIN LOG AT PROJECT SITE. POST CHANGES AND REVISIONS AS THEY OCCUR. PROVIDE ACCESS TO TEST AND INSPECTION LOG FOR ARCHITECT’S REFERENCE DURING NORMAL WORKING HOURS. 3.2 REPAIR AND PROTECTION A. GENERAL: ON COMPLETION OF TESTING, INSPECTING, SAMPLE TAKING, AND SIMILAR SERVICES, REPAIR DAMAGED CONSTRUCTION AND RESTORE SUBSTRATES AND FINISHES. 1. PROVIDE MATERIALS AND COMPLY WITH INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN OTHER SPECIFICATION SECTIONS OR MATCHING EXISTING SUBSTRATES AND FINISHES. RESTORE PATCHED AREAS AND EXTEND RESTORATION INTO ADJOINING AREAS WITH DURABLE SEAMS THAT ARE AS INVISIBLE AS POSSIBLE. COMPLY WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENT REQUIREMENTS FOR C CUTTING AND PATCHING IN DIVISION 01 SECTION “EXECUTION.” B. PROTECT CONSTRUCTION EXPOSED BY OR FOR QUALITY- CONTROL SERVICE ACTIVITIES. C. REPAIR AND PROTECTION ARE CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITY, REGARDLESS OF THE ASSIGNMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY FOR QUALITY-CONTROL SERVICES. END OF SECTION 01 4000 SECTION 01 5000 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND OTHER DIVISION 01 SPECIFICATION SECTIONS, APPLY TO THIS SECTION. 1.2 SUMMARY A. SECTION INCLUDES REQUIREMENTS FOR TEMPORARY UTILITIES, SUPPORT FACILITIES, AND SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES. B. RELATED REQUIREMENTS: 1. DIVISION 01 SECTION “SUMMARY” FOR WORK RESTRICTIONS AND LIMITATIONS ON UTILITY INTERRUPTIONS. 1.3 USE CHARGES A. GENERAL: INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL OF AND USE CHARGES FOR TEMPORARY FACILITIES SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE CONTRACT SUM UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. ALLOW OTHER ENTITIES TO USE TEMPORARY SERVICES AND FACILITIES WITHOUT COST, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ARCHITECT, TESTING AGENCIES, AND AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION.. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. DUST- AND HVAC-CONTROL PLAN: SUBMIT COORDINATION DRAWING AND NARRATIVE THAT INDICATES THE DUST- AND HVAC-CONTROL MEASURES PROPOSED FOR USE, PROPOSED LOCATIONS, AND PROPOSED TIME FRAME FOR THEIR OPERATION. IDENTIFY FURTHER OPTIONS IF PROPOSED MEASURES ARE LATER DETERMINED TO BE INADEQUATE. INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: 1. LOCATIONS OF DUST-CONTROL PARTITIONS AT EACH PHASE OF WORK. 2. HVAC SYSTEM ISOLATION SCHEMATIC DRAWING. 3. LOCATION OF PROPOSED AIR-FILTRATION SYSTEM DISCHARGE. 4. WASTE HANDLING PROCEDURES. 5. OTHER DUST-CONTROL MEASURES. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. TESTS AND INSPECTIONS: ARRANGE FOR AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION TO TEST AND INSPECT EACH TEMPORARY UTILITY BEFORE USE. OBTAIN REQUIRED CERTIFICATIONS AND PERMITS. B. ACCESSIBLE TEMPORARY EGRESS: COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE PROVISIONS IN THE U.S. ARCHITECTURAL & TRANSPORTATION BARRIERS COMPLIANCE BOARD’S ADA-ABA ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES AND ICC/ANSI A117.1. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. TEMPORARY USE OF PERMANENT FACILITIES: ENGAGE INSTALLER OF EACH PERMANENT SERVICE TO ASSUME RESPONSIBILITY FOR OPERATION, MAINTENANCE, AND PROTECTION OF EACH PERMANENT SERVICE DURING ITS USE AS A CONSTRUCTION FACILITY BEFORE OWNER’S ACCEPTANCE, REGARDLESS OF PREVIOUSLY ASSIGNED RESPONSIBILITIES. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. DUST-CONTROL ADHESIVE-SURFACE WALK-OFF MATS: PROVIDE MATS MINIMUM 36 BY 60 INCHES. 2.2 TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. FIELD OFFICES, GENERAL: PREFABRICATED OR MOBILE UNITS WITH SERVICEABLE FINISHES, TEMPERATURE CONTROLS, AND FOUNDATIONS ADEQUATE FOR NORMAL LOADING. B. COMMON-USE FIELD OFFICE: OF SUFFICIENT SIZE TO ACCOMMODATE NEEDS OF OWNER, ARCHITECT, AND CONSTRUCTION PERSONNEL OFFICE ACTIVITIES AND TO ACCOMMODATE PROJECT MEETINGS SPECIFIED IN OTHER DIVISION 01 SECTIONS. KEEP OFFICE CLEAN AND ORDERLY. FURNISH AND EQUIP OFFICES AS FOLLOWS: 1. FURNITURE REQUIRED FOR PROJECT-SITE DOCUMENTS INCLUDING FILE CABINETS, PLAN TABLES, PLAN RACKS, AND BOOKCASES. 2. CONFERENCE ROOM OF SUFFICIENT SIZE TO ACCOMMODATE MEETINGS OF 10 INDIVIDUALS. PROVIDE ELECTRICAL POWER SERVICE AND 120-V AC DUPLEX RECEPTACLES, WITH NO FEWER THAN ONE RECEPTACLE ON EACH WALL. FURNISH ROOM WITH CONFERENCE TABLE, CHAIRS, AND 4-FOOT- SQUARE TACK AND MARKER BOARDS. 3. DRINKING WATER AND PRIVATE TOILET. 4. COFFEE MACHINE AND SUPPLIES. 5. HEATING AND COOLING EQUIPMENT NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN A UNIFORM INDOOR TEMP. OF 68 TO 72 DEG F. 6. LIGHTING FIXTURES CAPABLE OF MAINTAINING AVERAGE ILLUMINATION OF 20 FC AT DESK HEIGHT. 2.3 EQUIPMENT A. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS: PORTABLE, UL RATED; WITH CLASS AND EXTINGUISHING AGENT AS REQUIRED BY LOCATIONS AND CLASSES OF FIRE EXPOSURES. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. LOCATE FACILITIES WHERE THEY WILL SERVE PROJECT ADEQUATELY AND RESULT IN MINIMUM INTERFERENCE WITH PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK. RELOCATE AND MODIFY FACILITIES AS REQUIRED BY PROGRESS OF THE WORK. B. PROVIDE EACH FACILITY READY FOR USE WHEN NEEDED TO AVOID DELAY. DO NOT REMOVE UNTIL FACILITIES ARE NO LONGER NEEDED OR ARE REPLACED BY AUTHORIZED USE OF COMPLETED PERMANENT FACILITIES. 3.2 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. GENERAL: COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1. PROVIDE CONSTRUCTION FOR TEMPORARY OFFICES, SHOPS, AND SHEDS LOCATED WITHIN CONSTRUCTION AREA OR WITHIN 30 FEET OF BUILDING LINES THAT IS NONCOMBUSTIBLE ACCORDING TO ASTM E 136. COMPLY WITH NFPA 241. 2. MAINTAIN SUPPORT FACILITIES UNTIL ARCHITECT SCHEDULES SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION INSPECTION. REMOVE BEFORE SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. PERSONNEL REMAINING AFTER SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION WILL BE PERMITTED TO USE PERMANENT FACILITIES, UNDER CONDITIONS ACCEPTABLE TO OWNER. B. PARKING: USE DESIGNATED AREAS OF OWNER’S EXISTING PARKING AREAS FOR CONSTRUCTION PERSONNEL. C. EXISTING ELEVATOR USE: USE OF OWNER’S EXISTING ELEVATORS WILL BE PERMITTED, PROVIDED ELEVATORS ARE CLEANED AND MAINTAINED IN A CONDITION ACCEPTABLE TO OWNER. AT SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, RESTORE ELEVATORS TO CONDITION EXISTING BEFORE INITIAL USE, INCLUDING REPLACING WORN CABLES, GUIDE SHOES, AND SIMILAR ITEMS OF LIMITED LIFE. 1. DO NOT LOAD ELEVATORS BEYOND THEIR RATED WEIGHT CAPACITY. 2. PROVIDE PROTECTIVE COVERINGS, BARRIERS, DEVICES, SIGNS, OR OTHER PROCEDURES TO PROTECT ELEVATOR CAR AND ENTRANCE DOORS AND FRAME. IF, DESPITE SUCH PROTECTION, ELEVATORS BECOME DAMAGED, ENGAGE ELEVATOR INSTALLER TO RESTORE DAMAGED WORK SO NO EVIDENCE REMAINS OF CORRECTION WORK. RETURN ITEMS THAT CANNOT BE REFINISHED IN FIELD TO THE SHOP, MAKE REQUIRED REPAIRS AND REFINISH ENTIRE UNIT, OR PROVIDE NEW UNITS AS REQUIRED. D. EXISTING STAIR USAGE: USE OF OWNER’S EXISTING STAIRS WILL BE PERMITTED, PROVIDED STAIRS ARE CLEANED AND MAINTAINED IN A CONDITION ACCEPTABLE TO OWNER. AT SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, RESTORE STAIRS TO CONDITION EXISTING BEFORE INITIAL USE. 1. PROVIDE PROTECTIVE COVERINGS, BARRIERS, DEVICES, SIGNS, OR OTHER PROCEDURES TO PROTECT STAIRS AND TO MAINTAIN MEANS OF EGRESS. IF STAIRS BECOME DAMAGED, RESTORE DAMAGED AREAS SO NO EVIDENCE REMAINS OF CORRECTION WORK. 3.3 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. PROTECTION OF EXISTING FACILITIES: PROTECT EXISTING VEGETATION, EQUIPMENT, STRUCTURES, UTILITIES, AND OTHER IMPROVEMENTS AT PROJECT SITE AND ON ADJACENT PROPERTIES, EXCEPT THOSE INDICATED TO BE REMOVED OR ALTERED. REPAIR DAMAGE TO EXISTING FACILITIES. B. TEMPORARY PARTITIONS: IF NECESSARY, PROVIDE FLOOR- TO-CEILING DUSTPROOF PARTITIONS TO LIMIT DUST AND DIRT MIGRATION AND TO SEPARATE AREAS OCCUPIED BY TENANTS FROM FUMES AND NOISE. 1. CONSTRUCT DUSTPROOF PARTITIONS WITH GYPSUM WALLBOARD WITH JOINTS TAPED ON OCCUPIED SIDE, AND FIRE-RETARDANT-TREATED PLYWOOD ON CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS SIDE. 2. INSULATE PARTITIONS TO CONTROL NOISE TRANSMISSION TO OCCUPIED AREAS. 3. SEAL JOINTS AND PERIMETER. EQUIP PARTITIONS WITH GASKETED DUSTPROOF DOORS AND SECURITY LOCKS WHERE OPENINGS ARE REQUIRED. 4. PROTECT AIR-HANDLING EQUIPMENT. 5. PROVIDE WALK-OFF MATS AT EACH ENTRANCE THROUGH TEMPORARY PARTITION. 3.4 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL A. SUPERVISION: ENFORCE STRICT DISCIPLINE IN USE OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES. TO MINIMIZE WASTE AND ABUSE, LIMIT AVAILABILITY OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES TO ESSENTIAL AND INTENDED USES. B. MAINTENANCE: MAINTAIN FACILITIES IN GOOD OPERATING CONDITION UNTIL REMOVAL. 1. MAINTAIN OPERATION OF TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES, HEATING, COOLING, HUMIDITY CONTROL, VENTILATION, AND SIMILAR FACILITIES ON A 24-HOUR BASIS WHERE REQUIRED TO GI101 conformed set revisions : p r o j e c t # : d a t e : 20.0550 - june 4, 2021 3 6 0 w e s t a s p e n a v e n u e s a l t l a k e c i t y , u t a h 8 4 1 0 1 8 0 1 5 3 2 4 4 2 2 sheet: title: revisions : p r o j e c t # : d a t e : UNLESS A PROFESSIONAL SEAL WITH SIGNATURE AND DATE IS AFFIXED, THIS DOCUMENT IS PRELIMINARY AND IS NOT INTENDED FOR CONSTRUCTION, RECORDING PURPOSES, OR IMPLEMENTATION THE DESIGNS SHOWN AND DESCRIBED HEREIN INCLUDING ALL TECHNICAL DRAWINGS, GRAPHIC REPRESENTATIONS & MODELS THEREOF, ARE PROPRIETARY & CAN NOT BE COPIED, DUPLICATED, OR COMMERCIALLY EXPLOITED IN WHOLE OR IN PART WITHOUT THE SOLE AND EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM METHOD STUDIO INC. project: E D C B A E D C B A 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 3 / 29 / 2021 GI205 Sheet Specs 20.0550 - april 7, 2021 Rexburg Rowhouses bid set ACHIEVE INDICATED RESULTS AND TO AVOID POSSIBILITY OF DAMAGE. C. TERMINATION AND REMOVAL: REMOVE EACH TEMPORARY FACILITY WHEN NEED FOR ITS SERVICE HAS ENDED, WHEN IT HAS BEEN REPLACED BY AUTHORIZED USE OF A PERMANENT FACILITY, OR NO LATER THAN SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. COMPLETE OR, IF NECESSARY, RESTORE PERMANENT CONSTRUCTION THAT MAY HAVE BEEN DELAYED BECAUSE OF INTERFERENCE WITH TEMPORARY FACILITY. REPAIR DAMAGED WORK, CLEAN EXPOSED SURFACES, AND REPLACE CONSTRUCTION THAT CANNOT BE SATISFACTORILY REPAIRED. 1. MATERIALS AND FACILITIES THAT CONSTITUTE TEMPORARY FACILITIES ARE PROPERTY OF CONTRACTOR. OWNER RESERVES RIGHT TO TAKE POSSESSION OF PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS. 2. AT SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, REPAIR, RENOVATE, AND CLEAN PERMANENT FACILITIES USED DURING CONSTRUCTION PERIOD. COMPLY WITH FINAL CLEANING REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 01 SECTION “CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES.” END OF SECTION 01 5000 SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND OTHER DIVISION 01 SPECIFICATION SECTIONS, APPLY TO THIS SECTION. 1.2 SUMMARY A. SECTION INCLUDES ADMINISTRATIVE AND PROCEDURAL REQUIREMENTS FOR SELECTION OF PRODUCTS FOR USE IN PROJECT; PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING; MANUFACTURERS’ STANDARD WARRANTIES ON PRODUCTS; SPECIAL WARRANTIES; AND COMPARABLE PRODUCTS. B. RELATED REQUIREMENTS: 1. DIVISION 01 SECTION “SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES” FOR REQUESTS FOR SUBSTITUTIONS. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. PRODUCTS: ITEMS OBTAINED FOR INCORPORATING INTO THE WORK, WHETHER PURCHASED FOR PROJECT OR TAKEN FROM PREVIOUSLY PURCHASED STOCK. THE TERM “PRODUCT” INCLUDES THE TERMS “MATERIAL,” “EQUIPMENT,” “SYSTEM,” AND TERMS OF SIMILAR INTENT. 1. NAMED PRODUCTS: ITEMS IDENTIFIED BY MANUFACTURER’S PRODUCT NAME, INCLUDING MAKE OR MODEL NUMBER OR OTHER DESIGNATION SHOWN OR LISTED IN MANUFACTURER’S PUBLISHED PRODUCT LITERATURE, THAT IS CURRENT AS OF DATE OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 2. NEW PRODUCTS: ITEMS THAT HAVE NOT PREVIOUSLY BEEN INCORPORATED INTO ANOTHER PROJECT OR FACILITY. PRODUCTS SALVAGED OR RECYCLED FROM OTHER PROJECTS ARE NOT CONSIDERED NEW PRODUCTS. 3. COMPARABLE PRODUCT: PRODUCT THAT IS DEMONSTRATED AND APPROVED THROUGH SUBMITTAL PROCESS TO HAVE THE INDICATED QUALITIES RELATED TO TYPE, FUNCTION, DIMENSION, IN-SERVICE PERFORMANCE, PHYSICAL PROPERTIES, APPEARANCE, AND OTHER CHARACTERISTICS THAT EQUAL OR EXCEED THOSE OF SPECIFIED PRODUCT. B. BASIS-OF-DESIGN PRODUCT SPECIFICATION: A SPECIFICATION IN WHICH A SPECIFIC MANUFACTURER’S PRODUCT IS NAMED AND ACCOMPANIED BY THE WORDS “BASIS-OF-DESIGN PRODUCT,” INCLUDING MAKE OR MODEL NUMBER OR OTHER DESIGNATION, TO ESTABLISH THE SIGNIFICANT QUALITIES RELATED TO TYPE, FUNCTION, DIMENSION, IN-SERVICE PERFORMANCE, PHYSICAL PROPERTIES, APPEARANCE, AND OTHER CHARACTERISTICS FOR PURPOSES OF EVALUATING COMPARABLE PRODUCTS OF ADDITIONAL MANUFACTURERS NAMED IN THE SPECIFICATION. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. COMPARABLE PRODUCT REQUESTS: SUBMIT REQUEST FOR CONSIDERATION OF EACH COMPARABLE PRODUCT. IDENTIFY PRODUCT OR FABRICATION OR INSTALLATION METHOD TO BE REPLACED. INCLUDE SPECIFICATION SECTION NUMBER AND TITLE AND DRAWING NUMBERS AND TITLES. 1. INCLUDE DATA TO INDICATE COMPLIANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN “COMPARABLE PRODUCTS” ARTICLE. 2. ARCHITECT’S ACTION: IF NECESSARY, ARCHITECT WILL REQUEST ADDITIONAL INFORMATION OR DOCUMENTATION FOR EVALUATION WITHIN ONE WEEK OF RECEIPT OF A COMPARABLE PRODUCT REQUEST. ARCHITECT WILL NOTIFY CONTRACTOR OF APPROVAL OR REJECTION OF PROPOSED COMPARABLE PRODUCT REQUEST WITHIN 15 DAYS OF RECEIPT OF REQUEST, OR SEVEN DAYS OF RECEIPT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION OR DOCUMENTATION, WHICHEVER IS LATER. a. FORM OF APPROVAL: AS SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 01 SECTION “SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES.” b. USE PRODUCT SPECIFIED IF ARCHITECT DOES NOT ISSUE A DECISION ON USE OF A COMPARABLE PRODUCT REQUEST WITHIN TIME ALLOCATED. B. BASIS-OF-DESIGN PRODUCT SPECIFICATION SUBMITTAL: COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS IN DIVISION 01 SECTION “SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES.” SHOW COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. COMPATIBILITY OF OPTIONS: IF CONTRACTOR IS GIVEN OPTION OF SELECTING BETWEEN TWO OR MORE PRODUCTS FOR USE ON PROJECT, SELECT PRODUCT COMPATIBLE WITH PRODUCTS PREVIOUSLY SELECTED, EVEN IF PREVIOUSLY SELECTED PRODUCTS WERE ALSO OPTIONS. 1. EACH CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING PRODUCTS AND CONSTRUCTION METHODS COMPATIBLE WITH PRODUCTS AND CONSTRUCTION METHODS OF OTHER CONTRACTORS. 2. IF A DISPUTE ARISES BETWEEN CONTRACTORS OVER CONCURRENTLY SELECTABLE BUT INCOMPATIBLE PRODUCTS, ARCHITECT WILL DETERMINE WHICH PRODUCTS SHALL BE USED. 1.6 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. DELIVER, STORE, AND HANDLE PRODUCTS USING MEANS AND METHODS THAT WILL PREVENT DAMAGE, DETERIORATION, AND LOSS, INCLUDING THEFT AND VANDALISM. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER’S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. B. DELIVERY AND HANDLING: 1. SCHEDULE DELIVERY TO MINIMIZE LONG-TERM STORAGE AT PROJECT SITE AND TO PREVENT OVERCROWDING OF CONSTRUCTION SPACES. 2. COORDINATE DELIVERY WITH INSTALLATION TIME TO ENSURE MINIMUM HOLDING TIME FOR ITEMS THAT ARE FLAMMABLE, HAZARDOUS, EASILY DAMAGED, OR SENSITIVE TO DETERIORATION, THEFT, AND OTHER LOSSES. 3. DELIVER PRODUCTS TO PROJECT SITE IN AN UNDAMAGED CONDITION IN MANUFACTURER’S ORIGINAL SEALED CONTAINER OR OTHER PACKAGING SYSTEM, COMPLETE WITH LABELS AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR HANDLING, STORING, UNPACKING, PROTECTING, AND INSTALLING. 4. INSPECT PRODUCTS ON DELIVERY TO DETERMINE COMPLIANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND TO DETERMINE THAT PRODUCTS ARE UNDAMAGED AND PROPERLY PROTECTED. C. STORAGE: 1. STORE PRODUCTS TO ALLOW FOR INSPECTION AND MEASUREMENT OF QUANTITY OR COUNTING OF UNITS. 2. STORE MATERIALS IN A MANNER THAT WILL NOT ENDANGER PROJECT STRUCTURE. 3. STORE PRODUCTS THAT ARE SUBJECT TO DAMAGE BY THE ELEMENTS, UNDER COVER IN A WEATHERTIGHT ENCLOSURE ABOVE GROUND, WITH VENTILATION ADEQUATE TO PREVENT CONDENSATION. 4. PROTECT FOAM PLASTIC FROM EXPOSURE TO SUNLIGHT, EXCEPT TO EXTENT NECESSARY FOR PERIOD OF INSTALLATION AND CONCEALMENT. 5. COMPLY WITH PRODUCT MANUFACTURER’S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS FOR TEMPERATURE, HUMIDITY, VENTILATION, AND WEATHER-PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS FOR STORAGE. 6. PROTECT STORED PRODUCTS FROM DAMAGE AND LIQUIDS FROM FREEZING. 7. PROVIDE A SECURE LOCATION AND ENCLOSURE AT PROJECT SITE FOR STORAGE OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT BY OWNER’S CONSTRUCTION FORCES. COORDINATE LOCATION WITH OWNER. 1.7 PRODUCT WARRANTIES A. WARRANTIES SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS SHALL BE IN ADDITION TO, AND RUN CONCURRENT WITH, OTHER WARRANTIES REQUIRED BY THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. MANUFACTURER’S DISCLAIMERS AND LIMITATIONS ON PRODUCT WARRANTIES DO NOT RELIEVE CONTRACTOR OF OBLIGATIONS UNDER REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 1. MANUFACTURER’S WARRANTY: WRITTEN WARRANTY FURNISHED BY INDIVIDUAL MANUFACTURER FOR A PARTICULAR PRODUCT AND SPECIFICALLY ENDORSED BY MANUFACTURER TO OWNER. 2. SPECIAL WARRANTY: WRITTEN WARRANTY REQUIRED BY THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TO PROVIDE SPECIFIC RIGHTS FOR OWNER. B. SPECIAL WARRANTIES: PREPARE A WRITTEN DOCUMENT THAT CONTAINS APPROPRIATE TERMS AND IDENTIFICATION, READY FOR EXECUTION. 1. MANUFACTURER’S STANDARD FORM: MODIFIED TO INCLUDE PROJECT-SPECIFIC INFORMATION AND PROPERLY EXECUTED. 2. SPECIFIED FORM: WHEN SPECIFIED FORMS ARE INCLUDED WITH THE SPECIFICATIONS, PREPARE A WRITTEN DOCUMENT USING INDICATED FORM PROPERLY EXECUTED. 3. SEE DIVISIONS 02 THROUGH 33 SECTIONS FOR SPECIFIC CONTENT REQUIREMENTS AND PARTICULAR REQUIREMENTS FOR SUBMITTING SPECIAL WARRANTIES. C. SUBMITTAL TIME: COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS IN DIVISION 01 SECTION “CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES.” PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCT SELECTION PROCEDURES A. GENERAL PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS: PROVIDE PRODUCTS THAT COMPLY WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, ARE UNDAMAGED AND, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, ARE NEW AT TIME OF INSTALLATION. 1. PROVIDE PRODUCTS COMPLETE WITH ACCESSORIES, TRIM, FINISH, FASTENERS, AND OTHER ITEMS NEEDED FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION AND INDICATED USE AND EFFECT. 2. STANDARD PRODUCTS: IF AVAILABLE, AND UNLESS CUSTOM PRODUCTS OR NONSTANDARD OPTIONS ARE SPECIFIED, PROVIDE STANDARD PRODUCTS OF TYPES THAT HAVE BEEN PRODUCED AND USED SUCCESSFULLY IN SIMILAR SITUATIONS ON OTHER PROJECTS. 3. OWNER RESERVES THE RIGHT TO LIMIT SELECTION TO PRODUCTS WITH WARRANTIES NOT IN CONFLICT WITH REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 4. WHERE PRODUCTS ARE ACCOMPANIED BY THE TERM “AS SELECTED,” ARCHITECT WILL MAKE SELECTION. 5. DESCRIPTIVE, PERFORMANCE, AND REFERENCE STANDARD REQUIREMENTS IN THE SPECIFICATIONS ESTABLISH SALIENT CHARACTERISTICS OF PRODUCTS. 6. OR EQUIVALENT: FOR PRODUCTS SPECIFIED BY NAME AND ACCOMPANIED BY THE TERM “OR EQUIVALENT,” OR “OR APPROVED EQUAL,” OR “OR APPROVED,” COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS IN “COMPARABLE PRODUCTS” ARTICLE TO OBTAIN APPROVAL FOR USE OF AN UNNAMED PRODUCT. B. PRODUCT SELECTION PROCEDURES: 1. PRODUCT: WHERE SPECIFICATIONS NAME A SINGLE MANUFACTURER AND PRODUCT, PROVIDE THE NAMED PRODUCT THAT COMPLIES WITH REQUIREMENTS. COMPARABLE PRODUCTS OR SUBSTITUTIONS FOR CONTRACTOR’S CONVENIENCE WILL NOT BE CONSIDERED. 2. MANUFACTURER/SOURCE: WHERE SPECIFICATIONS NAME A SINGLE MANUFACTURER OR SOURCE, PROVIDE A PRODUCT BY THE NAMED MANUFACTURER OR SOURCE THAT COMPLIES WITH REQUIREMENTS. COMPARABLE PRODUCTS OR SUBSTITUTIONS FOR CONTRACTOR’S CONVENIENCE WILL NOT BE CONSIDERED. 3. PRODUCTS: a. RESTRICTED LIST: WHERE SPECIFICATIONS INCLUDE A LIST OF NAMES OF BOTH MANUFACTURERS AND PRODUCTS, PROVIDE ONE OF THE PRODUCTS LISTED THAT COMPLIES WITH REQUIREMENTS. COMPARABLE PRODUCTS OR SUBSTITUTIONS FOR CONTRACTOR’S CONVENIENCE WILL NOT BE CONSIDERED UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. b. NONRESTRICTED LIST: WHERE SPECIFICATIONS INCLUDE A LIST OF NAMES OF BOTH AVAILABLE MANUFACTURERS AND PRODUCTS, PROVIDE ONE OF THE PRODUCTS LISTED, OR AN UNNAMED PRODUCT, THAT COMPLIES WITH REQUIREMENTS. COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS IN “COMPARABLE PRODUCTS” ARTICLE FOR CONSIDERATION OF AN UNNAMED PRODUCT. 4. MANUFACTURERS: a. RESTRICTED LIST: WHERE SPECIFICATIONS INCLUDE A LIST OF MANUFACTURERS’ NAMES, PROVIDE A PRODUCT BY ONE OF THE MANUFACTURERS LISTED THAT COMPLIES WITH REQUIREMENTS. COMPARABLE PRODUCTS OR SUBSTITUTIONS FOR CONTRACTOR’S CONVENIENCE WILL NOT BE CONSIDERED UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. b. NONRESTRICTED LIST: WHERE SPECIFICATIONS INCLUDE A LIST OF AVAILABLE MANUFACTURERS, PROVIDE A PRODUCT BY ONE OF THE MANUFACTURERS LISTED, OR A PRODUCT BY AN UNNAMED MANUFACTURER, THAT COMPLIES WITH REQUIREMENTS. COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS IN “COMPARABLE PRODUCTS” ARTICLE FOR CONSIDERATION OF AN UNNAMED MANUFACTURER’S PRODUCT. 5. BASIS-OF-DESIGN PRODUCT: WHERE SPECIFICATIONS NAME A PRODUCT, OR REFER TO A PRODUCT INDICATED ON DRAWINGS, AND INCLUDE A LIST OF MANUFACTURERS, PROVIDE THE SPECIFIED OR INDICATED PRODUCT OR AN EQUIVALENT PRODUCT BY ONE OF THE OTHER NAMED MANUFACTURERS. DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS INDICATE SIZES, PROFILES, DIMENSIONS, AND OTHER CHARACTERISTICS THAT ARE BASED ON THE PRODUCT NAMED. COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS IN “COMPARABLE PRODUCTS” ARTICLE FOR CONSIDERATION OF AN UNNAMED PRODUCT BY ONE OF THE OTHER NAMED MANUFACTURERS. C. VISUAL MATCHING SPECIFICATION: WHERE SPECIFICATIONS REQUIRE “MATCH ARCHITECT’S SAMPLE”, PROVIDE A PRODUCT THAT COMPLIES WITH REQUIREMENTS AND MATCHES ARCHITECT’S SAMPLE. ARCHITECT’S DECISION WILL BE FINAL ON WHETHER A PROPOSED PRODUCT MATCHES. 1. IF NO PRODUCT AVAILABLE WITHIN SPECIFIED CATEGORY MATCHES AND COMPLIES WITH OTHER SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS, COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS IN DIVISION 01 SECTION “SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES” FOR PROPOSAL OF PRODUCT. D. VISUAL SELECTION SPECIFICATION: WHERE SPECIFICATIONS INCLUDE THE PHRASE “AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT FROM MANUFACTURER’S FULL RANGE” OR SIMILAR PHRASE, SELECT A PRODUCT THAT COMPLIES WITH REQUIREMENTS. ARCHITECT WILL SELECT COLOR, GLOSS, PATTERN, DENSITY, OR TEXTURE FROM MANUFACTURER’S PRODUCT LINE THAT INCLUDES BOTH STANDARD AND PREMIUM ITEMS. 2.2 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS A. CONDITIONS FOR CONSIDERATION: ARCHITECT WILL CONSIDER CONTRACTOR’S REQUEST FOR COMPARABLE OR EQUIVALENT PRODUCT WHEN THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS ARE SATISFIED. IF THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS ARE NOT SATISFIED, ARCHITECT MAY RETURN REQUESTS WITHOUT ACTION, EXCEPT TO RECORD NONCOMPLIANCE WITH THESE REQUIREMENTS: 1. EVIDENCE THAT THE PROPOSED PRODUCT DOES NOT REQUIRE REVISIONS TO THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, THAT IT IS CONSISTENT WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND WILL PRODUCE THE INDICATED RESULTS, AND THAT IT IS COMPATIBLE WITH OTHER PORTIONS OF THE WORK. 2. DETAILED COMPARISON OF SIGNIFICANT QUALITIES OF PROPOSED PRODUCT WITH THOSE NAMED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS. SIGNIFICANT QUALITIES INCLUDE ATTRIBUTES SUCH AS PERFORMANCE, WEIGHT, SIZE, DURABILITY, VISUAL EFFECT, AND SPECIFIC FEATURES AND REQUIREMENTS INDICATED. 3. EVIDENCE THAT PROPOSED PRODUCT PROVIDES SPECIFIED WARRANTY. 4. LIST OF SIMILAR INSTALLATIONS FOR COMPLETED PROJECTS WITH PROJECT NAMES AND ADDRESSES AND NAMES AND ADDRESSES OF ARCHITECTS AND OWNERS, IF REQUESTED. 5. SAMPLES, IF REQUESTED. END OF SECTION 01 6000 SECTION 017020 - AIRTIGHT CONSTRUCTION FOR SOUND ISOLATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND DIVISION 1 SPECIFICATION SECTIONS, APPLY TO THIS SECTION. 1.2 DESIGNATED CONSTRUCTION A. CERTAIN WALLS OF THE BUILDING CONSTRUCTION ON THE PROJECT ARE DESIGNATED AIRTIGHT (LEAK-PROOF) FOR THE PURPOSES OF SOUND ISOLATION, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WALLS FOR THE FOLLOWING ROOMS: B. ALL EXTERIOR WALLS, APARTMENT RESIDENTIAL UNITS AT ALL DEMISING WALLS AND WALLS BETWEEN THE UNIT AND THE CORRIDOR. REGARDLESS OF GRAPHICAL REPRESENTATION. 1.3 DESCRIPTION A. DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND DIVISION 1 SPECIFICATION SECTIONS, APPLY TO THIS SECTION. B. WHERE CONSTRUCTION IS DESIGNATED AIRTIGHT, ALL DETAILS FOR AIRTIGHTNESS THAT ARE APPROPRIATE SHALL BE EMPLOYED. THE RESPONSIBILITY FOR AIRTIGHT CONSTRUCTION SHALL FALL ON THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND ALL SUBCONTRACTORS. ALL WORK BETWEEN TRADES MUST BE COORDINATED IN THE FIELD TO INSURE THAT AIRTIGHTNESS IS ACHIEVED WHERE SCHEDULED OR REQUIRED. THEY MUST MEET ENERGY STAR V3 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS, AND BE PASSED OFF BY THE GREEN RATER BEFORE PROCEEDING. C. EVERY PRECAUTION SHALL BE TAKEN TO MAINTAIN CONSTRUCTION COMPLETELY AIRTIGHT AROUND CONSTRUCTION THAT IS DESIGNATED AIRTIGHT. CONSTRUCTION JOINTS, STRUCTURAL PENETRATIONS, MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL DUCT PENETRATIONS, PIPE AND CONDUIT PENETRATIONS, ELECTRICAL BOXES AND FIXTURES, CABINETS, DOORS, ACCESS PANELS, WINDOWS, FRAMES, SUPPORTS, ETC. ALL SHALL BE BUILT AND INSTALLED IN SUCH MANNER AS TO PREVENT SOUND TRANSMISSION. PROVIDE LINTELS, EXTRA FRAMES, BLOCKING, ESCUTCHEONS, GROUTING, GASKETS, PACKING, CAULKING, DENSE PUTTIES, TAPING, FILLING, ETC. AS REQUIRED TO STOP SOUND TRANSMISSION. 1.4 APPLICABLE STANDARDS, REQUIREMENTS, DETAILS, AND PRODUCTS A. ASTM E497 (STANDARD PRACTICE FOR INSTALLING SOUND- ISOLATING LIGHTWEIGHT PARTITIONS). B. ASTM C919 (PRACTICE FOR USE OF SEALANTS IN ACOUSTICAL APPLICATIONS). C. SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS LISTED BELOW. D. DETAILS AND PRODUCTS IN THE PROJECT DOCUMENTS. E. FIRE RATED ASSEMBLY REQUIREMENTS, SEALANTS, FIRE RATE BOXES. 1.5 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS AIRTIGHT CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROJECT INCLUDED (BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO) THE FOLLOWING: A. PARTITION BASES: PROVIDE 1/4” (HIGH) CONTINUOUS BEAD OF ACOUSTICAL SEALANT AT ALL LOCATIONS WHERE GYPSUM BOARD MEETS STRUCTURAL FLOORING. THE DEPTH OF THE SEALANT SHALL EQUAL THE THICKNESS OF THE GYPSUM LAYER OR LAYERS. B. PARTITION HEADS: PROVIDE THE SAME DETAIL AS FOR BASES AT FLAT STRUCTURE. PROVIDE DETAILS IN THE PROJECT DRAWINGS FOR OTHER CONDITIONS. C. PARTITION OR CEILING JOINTS AT DISSIMILAR MATERIALS: PROVIDE 1/4” CONTINUOUS BEAD OF ACOUSTICAL SEALANT AT ALL LOCATIONS WHERE GYPSUM BOARD MEETS DISSIMILAR MATERIAL. THE DEPTH OF THE SEALANT SHALL EQUAL THE THICKNESS OF THE GYPSUM LAYER OR LAYERS. D. PARTITION/PARTITION OR PARTITION/CEILING JOINTS: PROVIDE STANDARD CORNER TAPING DETAIL. E. PIPE, DUCT, CONDUIT, OR STRUCTURAL PENETRATIONS: PROVIDE 1/4” WIDE BEAD OF ACOUSTICAL SEALANT AROUND PERIMETER OF SMALL PENETRATING ELEMENTS WITH CONTROLLED OPENINGS. PROVIDE DETAILS IN THE PROJECT DRAWINGS FOR OTHER CONDITIONS. THE DEPTH OF THE SEALANT SHALL EQUAL THE THICKNESS OF THE GYPSUM LAYER OR LAYERS. F. ELECTRICAL BOXES 4”X 4” OR UNDER: PROVIDE 1/4” WIDE BEAD OF ACOUSTICAL SEALANT AROUND PERIMETERS OF ELECTRICAL BOXES. THE DEPTH OF THE SEALANT SHALL EQUAL THE THICKNESS OF THE GYPSUM LAYER OR LAYERS. PROVIDE SHEET CAULKING CONTINUOUSLY AROUND THE BACK SIDE OF BOXES. G. ELECTRICAL, LIGHTING, OR OTHER RECESSED BOXES OVER 4”X 4”: PROVIDE ONE LAYER OF 5/8” GYPSUM BOARD CONTINUOUS AROUND THE BACK OF SUCH BOXES. CAULK OR TAPE ALL JOINTS AND CAULK ALL CONDUIT PENETRATIONS WITH ACOUSTICAL SEALANT. FIRE PROOF ALL PENETRATIONS OR J-BOXES THAT ARE LOCATED IN A FIRE RATED ASSEMBLY. 1.6 DETAILS AND PRODUCTS THE PRODUCT SPECIFICATION BELOW DESIGNATES SPECIFIC MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS TO BE USED TO ACCOMPLISH AIRTIGHT DETAILING. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE ALERT FOR CONDITIONS THAT MAY REQUIRE SPECIAL DETAILS OR MATERIALS IN ORDER TO ACHIEVE AIRTIGHTNESS AND SHALL BRING THESE TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 LOW-DENSITY GLASS FIBER INSULATION LONG-STRAND GLASS FIBER INSULATION OF 1- TO 2-PCF DENSITY, WITHOUT COVERING, THICKNESS AS REQUIRED FOR PACKING AND FILLING SMALL JOINTS AND OPENINGS BEHIND SEALANTS. ACCEPTABLE PRODUCTS ARE AS FOLLOWS: A. AEROCOR BY OWENS-CORNING FIBERGLAS. B. MICROLITE BY JOHNS MANVILLE. C. ULTRALITE BY CERTAINTEED. 2.2 HIGH-DENSITY CERAMIC OR MINERAL FIBER SAFING LONG-STRAND CERAMIC OR MINERAL FIBER INSULATION OF MINIMUM 6-PCF DENSITY, WITHOUT COVERING, THICKNESS AS REQUIRED FOR PACKING AND FILLING LARGE AND/OR CRITICAL OPENINGS, USUALLY BEHIND A SEALANT OR PUTTY. ACCEPTABLE PRODUCTS ARE AS FOLLOWS: A. FIBERFRAX BY STANDARD OIL ENGINEERED MATERIALS, FIBERS DIVISION. B. THERMAFIBER BY U.S. GYPSUM. 2.3 GENERAL PURPOSE ACOUSTICAL SEALANT LONG-LASTING, PERMANENTLY-FLEXIBLE SEALANT WITH EXCELLENT ADHESION FOR CLOSING SMALL OPENINGS AND JOINTS UP TO A MAXIMUM OF 1” WIDE. SEALANT BACKED WITH GLASS FIBER PACKING, COMPRESSIBLE JOINT FILLER OR RESILIENT BACKER ROD. ACCEPTABLE PRODUCTS ARE AS FOLLOWS: A. ACOUSTICAL SEALANT BY TREMCO. A BLACK SYNTHETIC RUBBER MATERIAL SUITABLE FOR CONCEALED LOCATIONS ONLY. B. ACOUSTICAL SEALANT BY U.S. GYPSUM. A WHITE WATER BASE MATERIAL SUITABLE FOR EXPOSED OR CONCEALED LOCATIONS, BUT NOT WATERPROOF. C. SOUND SEALANT BY OHIO SEALANTS. A WHITE WATER BASE OR RUBBER BASE SEALANT SUITABLE FOR CONCEALED LOCATIONS. 2.4 FIRE-BARRIER PUTTY NON-SHRINKING, HIGHLY-ADHESIVE, MINIMUM 40-PCF DENSITY FIRE- BARRIER PUTTY FOR CLOSING LARGE OPENINGS AND JOINTS TYPICALLY OVER 1” WIDE. APPLIED FULL DEPTH OR BACKED WITH A DENSE SAFING, AS DETAILED. ACCEPTABLE PRODUCTS ARE AS FOLLOWS: A. CP 25N/S NO SAG OR CP25S/L SELF LEVELING FIRE BARRIER CAULK BY 3M ELECTRICAL PRODUCTS DIVISION. B. TYPE FSP FIRESTOP PUTTY BY NELSON ELECTRIC DIVISION OF GENERAL SIGNAL. C. FYRE PUTTY BY STANDARD OIL ENGINEERING MATERIALS COMPANY, FIBERS DIVISION. 2.5 FOAMED-IN-PLACE SILICONE SEALANT FIRE-RESISTANT, MINIMUM 17-PCF DENSITY, FOAMED-IN-PLACE SILICONE SEALANT FOR CLOSING ELECTRICAL DUCTS AND CABLE TRAYS WHERE THEY PENETRATE CONSTRUCTIONS. WILL EXPAND AND FILL AROUND AND BETWEEN SEPARATED CABLES. USUALLY APPLIED FULL DEPTH OF CONSTRUCTION BETWEEN PERMANENT OR TEMPORARY DAMS. ACCEPTABLE PRODUCT IS 3-6548 SILICONE RTV FOAM BY DOW CORNING. 2.6 SHEET CAULKING (ELECTRICAL OUTLET BOX PADS) POLYBUTENE-BUTYL OR EQUAL FIRE-RESISTANT PADS WITH INERT FILLERS, 1/4” X 4” X 8” OR 1/8” X 6” X 8” IN SIZE FOR SEALING THE BACKS AND SIDES OF STANDARD ELECTRICAL BACK BOXES. AVAILABLE IN SHEETS OR PADS OF STANDARD SIZES. A. OUTLET BOX PADS BY HARRY A. LOWRY & ASSOCIATES. B. TYPE FSP FIRESTOP PUTTY PADS BY NELSON ELECTRIC. 2.7 FELT-LINED METAL SLEEVES SHEET METAL SLEEVE WITH FELT LINING FOR IMPLEMENTING A SEAL AROUND A PIPE, HANGER ROD OR OTHER ROUND ELEMENT PENETRATING A CONSTRUCTION. INSIDE SLEEVE DIAMETER TO EQUAL OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF PENETRATING ELEMENT. EXPOSED END OF SLEEVE CLOSED WITH ACOUSTICAL SEALANT. ACCEPTABLE PRODUCTS ARE AS FOLLOWS: A. PIPE ISOLATOR BY ELEEN. B. P-R ISOLATOR BY POTTER-ROEMER. C. TRISOLATOR BY STONEMAN ENGINEERING. 2.8 SELF-ADHESIVE BUBBLE GASKETS NOMINAL 1/4” X 1/2” COMPRESSIBLE BULB OF SILICONE RUBBER OR POLYPROPYLENE WITH SELF-ADHESIVE ON ONE SIDE FOR PROVIDING AN ACOUSTICAL SEAL AROUND THE EDGE OF AN OPERATING ACCESS PANELS. TYPICALLY SET ON JAMB OR HEAD FRAME OR STOP TO ACT AS A COMPRESSION SEAL. ACCEPTABLE PRODUCTS ARE AS FOLLOWS: A. PF 181 BY NATIONAL GUARD PRODUCTS. B. S88D OR S88W SILICONSEAL BY PEMKO. C. 797 OR 797W BY REESE ENTERPRISES. D. 10-5050 DOUBLEGUARD BY STANLEY HARDWARE. E. WS176 BY ULTRA INDUSTRIES. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PRE-INSTALLATION CONFERENCE PRIOR TO THE START OF INSTALLATION OF THE WORK OF THIS SECTION, CONVENE A PRE-INSTALLATION CONFERENCE UNDER PROVISIONS SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE. THE CONTRACTOR AND ALL SUBCONTRACTORS AND TRADES RESPONSIBLE FOR WORK IN THIS SECTION SHALL BE PRESENT TO REVIEW AREAS OF POTENTIAL INTERFERENCE AND CONFLICT AND TO REVIEW THE REQUIREMENTS FOR AIRTIGHT CONSTRUCTION TO SEE THAT AIRTIGHTNESS IS ACHIEVED WHERE SCHEDULED OR REQUIRED. 3.2 INSTALLATION THE FOLLOWING IS REQUIRED FOR ALL CONSTRUCTION WHICH IS DESIGNATED AIRTIGHT. A. EXTEND CONSTRUCTION TO A MINIMUM OF 1/8” AND A MAXIMUM OF 1/2” OF ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION OR PENETRATIONS TO PROVIDE A SUITABLE SPACE FOR PACKING AND CAULKING. B. CUT OPENINGS IN CONSTRUCTION ACCURATELY FOR ELECTRICAL BOXES, PIPING, DUCTWORK AND OTHER PENETRATING ELEMENTS. LEAVE ENOUGH SPACE AROUND SUCH ELEMENTS SO THEY REMAIN FREE OF RIGID CONNECTION WITH THE SURROUNDING CONSTRUCTION. C. PRIOR TO PACKING AND CAULKING PENETRATIONS AS DETAILED HEREIN, VERIFY THAT ALL PENETRATING ELEMENTS SUCH AS PIPING AND DUCTWORK ARE FREE AND CLEAR OF THE OPENING TO BE PACKED AND CAULKED. D. WHERE MULTIPLE LAYERS OF GYPSUM BOARD ARE USED, STAGGER ALL JOINTS IN ADJACENT LAYERS A MINIMUM OF 24”. E. APPLY ALL ACOUSTICAL SEALANTS AND CAULKS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS. END OF SECTION 01702 SECTION 01 7300 - EXECUTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND OTHER DIVISION 01 SPECIFICATION SECTIONS, APPLY TO THIS SECTION. 1.2 SUMMARY A. SECTION INCLUDES GENERAL ADMINISTRATIVE AND PROCEDURAL REQUIREMENTS GOVERNING EXECUTION OF THE WORK INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING: 1. CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT. 2. INSTALLATION OF THE WORK. 3. CUTTING AND PATCHING. 4. PROGRESS CLEANING. 5. STARTING AND ADJUSTING. 6. PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION. 7. CORRECTION OF THE WORK. B. RELATED REQUIREMENTS: 1. DIVISION 01 SECTION “SUMMARY” FOR LIMITS ON USE OF PROJECT SITE. 2. DIVISION 01 SECTION “CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES” FOR SUBMITTING FINAL PROPERTY SURVEY WITH PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS, RECORDING OF OWNER-ACCEPTED DEVIATIONS FROM INDICATED LINES AND LEVELS, AND FINAL CLEANING. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. CUTTING: REMOVAL OF IN-PLACE CONSTRUCTION NECESSARY TO PERMIT INSTALLATION OR PERFORMANCE OF OTHER WORK. B. PATCHING: FITTING AND REPAIR WORK REQUIRED TO RESTORE CONSTRUCTION TO ORIGINAL CONDITIONS AFTER INSTALLATION OF OTHER WORK. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. CUTTING AND PATCHING PLAN: SUBMIT PLAN DESCRIBING PROCEDURES AT LEAST 10 DAYS PRIOR TO THE TIME CUTTING AND PATCHING WILL BE PERFORMED. INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION: 1. EXTENT: DESCRIBE REASON FOR AND EXTENT OF EACH OCCURRENCE OF CUTTING AND PATCHING. 2. CHANGES TO IN-PLACE CONSTRUCTION: DESCRIBE ANTICIPATED RESULTS. INCLUDE CHANGES TO STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS AND OPERATING COMPONENTS AS WELL AS CHANGES IN BUILDING APPEARANCE AND OTHER SIGNIFICANT VISUAL ELEMENTS. 3. PRODUCTS: LIST PRODUCTS TO BE USED FOR PATCHING AND FIRMS OR ENTITIES THAT WILL PERFORM PATCHING WORK. 4. DATES: INDICATE WHEN CUTTING AND PATCHING WILL BE PERFORMED. 5. UTILITIES AND MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS: LIST SERVICES AND SYSTEMS THAT CUTTING AND PATCHING PROCEDURES WILL DISTURB OR AFFECT. LIST SERVICES AND SYSTEMS THAT WILL BE RELOCATED AND THOSE THAT WILL BE TEMPORARILY OUT OF SERVICE. INDICATE LENGTH OF TIME PERMANENT SERVICES AND SYSTEMS WILL BE DISRUPTED. a. INCLUDE DESCRIPTION OF PROVISIONS FOR TEMPORARY SERVICES AND SYSTEMS DURING INTERRUPTION OF PERMANENT SERVICES AND SYSTEMS. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. CUTTING AND PATCHING: COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR AND LIMITATIONS ON CUTTING AND PATCHING OF CONSTRUCTION ELEMENTS. 1. STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS: WHEN CUTTING AND PATCHING STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS, NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF LOCATIONS AND DETAILS OF CUTTING AND AWAIT DIRECTIONS FROM ARCHITECT BEFORE PROCEEDING. SHORE, BRACE, AND SUPPORT STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS DURING CUTTING AND PATCHING. DO NOT CUT AND PATCH STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS IN A MANNER THAT COULD CHANGE THEIR LOAD-CARRYING CAPACITY OR INCREASE DEFLECTION 2. OPERATIONAL ELEMENTS: DO NOT CUT AND PATCH OPERATING ELEMENTS AND RELATED COMPONENTS IN A MANNER THAT RESULTS IN REDUCING THEIR CAPACITY TO PERFORM AS INTENDED OR THAT RESULTS IN INCREASED MAINTENANCE OR DECREASED OPERATIONAL LIFE OR SAFETY. 3. OTHER CONSTRUCTION ELEMENTS: DO NOT CUT AND PATCH OTHER CONSTRUCTION ELEMENTS OR COMPONENTS IN A MANNER THAT COULD CHANGE THEIR LOAD-CARRYING CAPACITY, THAT RESULTS IN REDUCING THEIR CAPACITY TO PERFORM AS INTENDED, OR THAT RESULTS IN INCREASED MAINTENANCE OR DECREASED OPERATIONAL LIFE OR SAFETY. 4. VISUAL ELEMENTS: DO NOT CUT AND PATCH CONSTRUCTION IN A MANNER THAT RESULTS IN VISUAL EVIDENCE OF CUTTING AND PATCHING. DO NOT CUT AND PATCH EXPOSED CONSTRUCTION IN A MANNER THAT WOULD, IN ARCHITECT’S OPINION, REDUCE THE BUILDING’S AESTHETIC QUALITIES. REMOVE AND REPLACE CONSTRUCTION THAT HAS BEEN CUT AND PATCHED IN A VISUALLY UNSATISFACTORY MANNER. B. CUTTING AND PATCHING CONFERENCE: BEFORE PROCEEDING, MEET AT PROJECT SITE WITH PARTIES INVOLVED IN CUTTING AND PATCHING, INCLUDING MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL TRADES. REVIEW AREAS OF POTENTIAL INTERFERENCE AND CONFLICT. COORDINATE PROCEDURES AND RESOLVE POTENTIAL CONFLICTS BEFORE PROCEEDING. C. MANUFACTURER’S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS: OBTAIN AND MAINTAIN ON-SITE MANUFACTURER’S WRITTEN RECOMMENDATIONS AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLATION OF PRODUCTS AND EQUIPMENT. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. GENERAL: COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS. B. IN-PLACE MATERIALS: USE MATERIALS FOR PATCHING IDENTICAL TO IN-PLACE MATERIALS. FOR EXPOSED SURFACES, USE MATERIALS THAT VISUALLY MATCH IN-PLACE ADJACENT SURFACES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT POSSIBLE. 1. IF IDENTICAL MATERIALS ARE UNAVAILABLE OR CANNOT BE USED, USE MATERIALS THAT, WHEN INSTALLED, WILL PROVIDE A MATCH ACCEPTABLE TO ARCHITECT FOR THE VISUAL AND FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE OF IN-PLACE MATERIALS. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. EXAMINATION AND ACCEPTANCE OF CONDITIONS: BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH EACH COMPONENT OF THE WORK, EXAMINE SUBSTRATES, AREAS, AND CONDITIONS, WITH INSTALLER OR APPLICATOR PRESENT WHERE INDICATED, FOR COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR INSTALLATION TOLERANCES AND OTHER CONDITIONS AFFECTING PERFORMANCE. RECORD OBSERVATIONS. 1. EXAMINE ROUGHING-IN FOR MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS TO VERIFY ACTUAL LOCATIONS OF CONNECTIONS BEFORE EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURE INSTALLATION. 2. EXAMINE WALLS AND FLOORS FOR SUITABLE CONDITIONS WHERE PRODUCTS AND SYSTEMS ARE TO BE INSTALLED. 3. VERIFY COMPATIBILITY WITH AND SUITABILITY OF SUBSTRATES, INCLUDING COMPATIBILITY WITH EXISTING FINISHES OR PRIMERS. B. PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION ONLY AFTER UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN CORRECTED. PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK INDICATES ACCEPTANCE OF SURFACES AND CONDITIONS. 3.2 PREPARATION A. FIELD MEASUREMENTS: TAKE FIELD MEASUREMENTS AS REQUIRED TO FIT THE WORK PROPERLY. RECHECK MEASUREMENTS BEFORE INSTALLING EACH PRODUCT. WHERE PORTIONS OF THE WORK ARE INDICATED TO FIT TO OTHER CONSTRUCTION, VERIFY DIMENSIONS OF OTHER CONSTRUCTION BY FIELD MEASUREMENTS BEFORE FABRICATION. COORDINATE FABRICATION SCHEDULE WITH CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS TO AVOID DELAYING THE WORK. B. SPACE REQUIREMENTS: VERIFY SPACE REQUIREMENTS AND DIMENSIONS OF ITEMS SHOWN DIAGRAMMATICALLY ON DRAWINGS. C. REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND FIELD CONDITIONS: IMMEDIATELY ON DISCOVERY OF THE NEED FOR CLARIFICATION OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS CAUSED BY DIFFERING FIELD CONDITIONS OUTSIDE THE CONTROL OF CONTRACTOR, SUBMIT A REQUEST FOR INFORMATION TO ARCHITECT ACCORDING TO REQUIREMENTS IN DIVISION 01 SECTION “PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION.” 3.3 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT (NOT USED) 3.4 FIELD ENGINEERING A. IDENTIFICATION: OWNER WILL IDENTIFY EXISTING BENCHMARKS, CONTROL POINTS, AND PROPERTY CORNERS. B. REFERENCE POINTS: LOCATE EXISTING PERMANENT BENCHMARKS, CONTROL POINTS, AND SIMILAR REFERENCE POINTS BEFORE BEGINNING THE WORK. PRESERVE AND PROTECT PERMANENT BENCHMARKS AND CONTROL POINTS DURING CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS. 1. DO NOT CHANGE OR RELOCATE EXISTING BENCHMARKS OR CONTROL POINTS WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL OF ARCHITECT. REPORT LOST OR DESTROYED PERMANENT BENCHMARKS OR CONTROL POINTS PROMPTLY. REPORT THE NEED TO RELOCATE PERMANENT BENCHMARKS OR CONTROL POINTS TO ARCHITECT BEFORE PROCEEDING. 2. REPLACE LOST OR DESTROYED PERMANENT BENCHMARKS AND CONTROL POINTS PROMPTLY. BASE REPLACEMENTS ON THE ORIGINAL SURVEY CONTROL POINTS. 3.5 INSTALLATION A. GENERAL: LOCATE THE WORK AND COMPONENTS OF THE WORK ACCURATELY, IN CORRECT ALIGNMENT AND ELEVATION, AS INDICATED. 1. MAKE VERTICAL WORK PLUMB AND MAKE HORIZONTAL WORK LEVEL. 2. WHERE SPACE IS LIMITED, INSTALL COMPONENTS TO MAXIMIZE SPACE AVAILABLE FOR MAINTENANCE AND EASE OF REMOVAL FOR REPLACEMENT. 3. CONCEAL PIPES, DUCTS, AND WIRING IN FINISHED AREAS UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 4. MAINTAIN MINIMUM HEADROOM CLEARANCE OF 96 INCHES IN OCCUPIED SPACES AND 90 INCHES IN UNOCCUPIED SPACES. B. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER’S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS FOR INSTALLING PRODUCTS IN APPLICATIONS INDICATED. C. INSTALL PRODUCTS AT THE TIME AND UNDER CONDITIONS THAT WILL ENSURE THE BEST POSSIBLE RESULTS. MAINTAIN CONDITIONS REQUIRED FOR PRODUCT PERFORMANCE UNTIL SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. D. CONDUCT CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS SO NO PART OF THE WORK IS SUBJECTED TO DAMAGING OPERATIONS OR LOADING IN EXCESS OF THAT EXPECTED DURING NORMAL CONDITIONS OF OCCUPANCY. E. SEQUENCE THE WORK AND ALLOW ADEQUATE CLEARANCES TO ACCOMMODATE MOVEMENT OF CONSTRUCTION ITEMS ON SITE AND PLACEMENT IN PERMANENT LOCATIONS. F. TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT: DO NOT USE TOOLS OR EQUIPMENT THAT PRODUCE HARMFUL NOISE LEVELS. G. TEMPLATES: OBTAIN AND DISTRIBUTE TO THE PARTIES INVOLVED TEMPLATES FOR WORK SPECIFIED TO BE FACTORY PREPARED AND FIELD INSTALLED. CHECK SHOP DRAWINGS OF OTHER WORK TO CONFIRM THAT ADEQUATE PROVISIONS ARE MADE FOR LOCATING AND INSTALLING PRODUCTS TO COMPLY WITH INDICATED REQUIREMENTS. H. ATTACHMENT: PROVIDE BLOCKING AND ATTACHMENT PLATES AND ANCHORS AND FASTENERS OF ADEQUATE SIZE AND NUMBER TO SECURELY ANCHOR EACH COMPONENT IN PLACE, ACCURATELY LOCATED AND ALIGNED WITH OTHER PORTIONS OF THE WORK. WHERE SIZE AND TYPE OF ATTACHMENTS ARE NOT INDICATED, VERIFY SIZE AND TYPE REQUIRED FOR LOAD CONDITIONS. 1. MOUNTING HEIGHTS: WHERE MOUNTING HEIGHTS ARE NOT INDICATED, MOUNT COMPONENTS AT HEIGHTS DIRECTED BY ARCHITECT. 2. ALLOW FOR BUILDING MOVEMENT, INCLUDING THERMAL EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION. 3. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF ANCHORAGES. FURNISH SETTING DRAWINGS, TEMPLATES, AND DIRECTIONS FOR INSTALLING ANCHORAGES, INCLUDING SLEEVES, CONCRETE INSERTS, ANCHOR BOLTS, AND ITEMS WITH INTEGRAL ANCHORS, THAT ARE TO BE EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE OR MASONRY. DELIVER SUCH ITEMS TO PROJECT SITE IN TIME FOR INSTALLATION. I. JOINTS: MAKE JOINTS OF UNIFORM WIDTH. WHERE JOINT LOCATIONS IN EXPOSED WORK ARE NOT INDICATED, ARRANGE GI101 conformed set revisions : p r o j e c t # : d a t e : 20.0550 - june 4, 2021 3 6 0 w e s t a s p e n a v e n u e s a l t l a k e c i t y , u t a h 8 4 1 0 1 8 0 1 5 3 2 4 4 2 2 sheet: title: revisions : p r o j e c t # : d a t e : UNLESS A PROFESSIONAL SEAL WITH SIGNATURE AND DATE IS AFFIXED, THIS DOCUMENT IS PRELIMINARY AND IS NOT INTENDED FOR CONSTRUCTION, RECORDING PURPOSES, OR IMPLEMENTATION THE DESIGNS SHOWN AND DESCRIBED HEREIN INCLUDING ALL TECHNICAL DRAWINGS, GRAPHIC REPRESENTATIONS & MODELS THEREOF, ARE PROPRIETARY & CAN NOT BE COPIED, DUPLICATED, OR COMMERCIALLY EXPLOITED IN WHOLE OR IN PART WITHOUT THE SOLE AND EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM METHOD STUDIO INC. project: E D C B A E D C B A 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 3 / 29 / 2021 GI206 Sheet Specs 20.0550 - april 7, 2021 Rexburg Rowhouses bid set JOINTS FOR THE BEST VISUAL EFFECT. FIT EXPOSED CONNECTIONS TOGETHER TO FORM HAIRLINE JOINTS. J. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: USE PRODUCTS, CLEANERS, AND INSTALLATION MATERIALS THAT ARE NOT CONSIDERED HAZARDOUS. 3.6 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. CUTTING AND PATCHING, GENERAL: EMPLOY SKILLED WORKERS TO PERFORM CUTTING AND PATCHING. PROCEED WITH CUTTING AND PATCHING AT THE EARLIEST FEASIBLE TIME, AND COMPLETE WITHOUT DELAY. 1. CUT IN-PLACE CONSTRUCTION TO PROVIDE FOR INSTALLATION OF OTHER COMPONENTS OR PERFORMANCE OF OTHER CONSTRUCTION, AND SUBSEQUENTLY PATCH AS REQUIRED TO RESTORE SURFACES TO THEIR ORIGINAL CONDITION. B. EXISTING WARRANTIES: REMOVE, REPLACE, PATCH, AND REPAIR MATERIALS AND SURFACES CUT OR DAMAGED DURING INSTALLATION OR CUTTING AND PATCHING OPERATIONS, BY METHODS AND WITH MATERIALS SO AS NOT TO VOID EXISTING WARRANTIES. C. TEMPORARY SUPPORT: PROVIDE TEMPORARY SUPPORT OF WORK TO BE CUT. D. PROTECTION: PROTECT IN-PLACE CONSTRUCTION DURING CUTTING AND PATCHING TO PREVENT DAMAGE. PROVIDE PROTECTION FROM ADVERSE WEATHER CONDITIONS FOR PORTIONS OF PROJECT THAT MIGHT BE EXPOSED DURING CUTTING AND PATCHING OPERATIONS. E. ADJACENT OCCUPIED AREAS: WHERE INTERFERENCE WITH USE OF ADJOINING AREAS OR INTERRUPTION OF FREE PASSAGE TO ADJOINING AREAS IS UNAVOIDABLE, COORDINATE CUTTING AND PATCHING ACCORDING TO REQUIREMENTS IN DIVISION 01 SECTION “SUMMARY.” F. EXISTING MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS: WHERE EXISTING SERVICES/SYSTEMS ARE REQUIRED TO BE REMOVED, RELOCATED, OR ABANDONED, BYPASS SUCH SERVICES/SYSTEMS BEFORE CUTTING TO PREVENT INTERRUPTION TO OCCUPIED AREAS. G. CUTTING: CUT IN-PLACE CONSTRUCTION BY SAWING, DRILLING, BREAKING, CHIPPING, GRINDING, AND SIMILAR OPERATIONS, INCLUDING EXCAVATION, USING METHODS LEAST LIKELY TO DAMAGE ELEMENTS RETAINED OR ADJOINING CONSTRUCTION. IF POSSIBLE, REVIEW PROPOSED PROCEDURES WITH ORIGINAL INSTALLER; COMPLY WITH ORIGINAL INSTALLER’S WRITTEN RECOMMENDATIONS. 1. IN GENERAL, USE HAND OR SMALL POWER TOOLS DESIGNED FOR SAWING AND GRINDING, NOT HAMMERING AND CHOPPING. CUT HOLES AND SLOTS NEATLY TO MINIMUM SIZE REQUIRED, AND WITH MINIMUM DISTURBANCE OF ADJACENT SURFACES. TEMPORARILY COVER OPENINGS WHEN NOT IN USE. 2. FINISHED SURFACES: CUT OR DRILL FROM THE EXPOSED OR FINISHED SIDE INTO CONCEALED SURFACES. 3. MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SERVICES: CUT OFF PIPE OR CONDUIT IN WALLS OR PARTITIONS TO BE REMOVED. CAP, VALVE, OR PLUG AND SEAL REMAINING PORTION OF PIPE OR CONDUIT TO PREVENT ENTRANCE OF MOISTURE OR OTHER FOREIGN MATTER AFTER CUTTING. 4. PROCEED WITH PATCHING AFTER CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS REQUIRING CUTTING ARE COMPLETE. H. PATCHING: PATCH CONSTRUCTION BY FILLING, REPAIRING, REFINISHING, CLOSING UP, AND SIMILAR OPERATIONS FOLLOWING PERFORMANCE OF OTHER WORK. PATCH WITH DURABLE SEAMS THAT ARE AS INVISIBLE AS PRACTICABLE. PROVIDE MATERIALS AND COMPLY WITH INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS, WHERE APPLICABLE. 1. INSPECTION: WHERE FEASIBLE, TEST AND INSPECT PATCHED AREAS AFTER COMPLETION TO DEMONSTRATE PHYSICAL INTEGRITY OF INSTALLATION. 2. EXPOSED FINISHES: RESTORE EXPOSED FINISHES OF PATCHED AREAS AND EXTEND FINISH RESTORATION INTO RETAINED ADJOINING CONSTRUCTION IN A MANNER THAT WILL MINIMIZE EVIDENCE OF PATCHING AND REFINISHING. a. CLEAN PIPING, CONDUIT, AND SIMILAR FEATURES BEFORE APPLYING PAINT OR OTHER FINISHING MATERIALS. b. RESTORE DAMAGED PIPE COVERING TO ITS ORIGINAL CONDITION. 3. FLOORS AND WALLS: WHERE WALLS OR PARTITIONS THAT ARE REMOVED EXTEND ONE FINISHED AREA INTO ANOTHER, PATCH AND REPAIR FLOOR AND WALL SURFACES IN THE NEW SPACE. PROVIDE AN EVEN SURFACE OF UNIFORM FINISH, COLOR, TEXTURE, AND APPEARANCE. REMOVE IN- PLACE FLOOR AND WALL COVERINGS AND REPLACE WITH NEW MATERIALS, IF NECESSARY, TO ACHIEVE UNIFORM COLOR AND APPEARANCE. a. WHERE PATCHING OCCURS IN A PAINTED SURFACE, PREPARE SUBSTRATE AND APPLY PRIMER AND INTERMEDIATE PAINT COATS APPROPRIATE FOR SUBSTRATE OVER THE PATCH, AND APPLY FINAL PAINT COAT OVER ENTIRE UNBROKEN SURFACE CONTAINING THE PATCH. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL COATS UNTIL PATCH BLENDS WITH ADJACENT SURFACES. 4. CEILINGS: PATCH, REPAIR, OR REHANG IN-PLACE CEILINGS AS NECESSARY TO PROVIDE AN EVEN-PLANE SURFACE OF UNIFORM APPEARANCE. I. CLEANING: CLEAN AREAS AND SPACES WHERE CUTTING AND PATCHING ARE PERFORMED. REMOVE PAINT, MORTAR, OILS, PUTTY, AND SIMILAR MATERIALS FROM ADJACENT FINISHED SURFACES. 3.7 PROGRESS CLEANING A. GENERAL: CLEAN PROJECT SITE AND WORK AREAS DAILY, INCLUDING COMMON AREAS. ENFORCE REQUIREMENTS STRICTLY. DISPOSE OF MATERIALS LAWFULLY. 1. COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS IN NFPA 241 FOR REMOVAL OF COMBUSTIBLE WASTE MATERIALS AND DEBRIS. 2. DO NOT HOLD WASTE MATERIALS MORE THAN SEVEN DAYS DURING NORMAL WEATHER OR THREE DAYS IF THE TEMPERATURE IS EXPECTED TO RISE ABOVE 80 DEG F. 3. CONTAINERIZE HAZARDOUS AND UNSANITARY WASTE MATERIALS SEPARATELY FROM OTHER WASTE. MARK CONTAINERS APPROPRIATELY AND DISPOSE OF LEGALLY, ACCORDING TO REGULATIONS. a. USE CONTAINERS INTENDED FOR HOLDING WASTE MATERIALS OF TYPE TO BE STORED. B. SITE: MAINTAIN PROJECT SITE FREE OF WASTE MATERIALS AND DEBRIS. C. WORK AREAS: CLEAN AREAS WHERE WORK IS IN PROGRESS TO THE LEVEL OF CLEANLINESS NECESSARY FOR PROPER EXECUTION OF THE WORK. 1. REMOVE LIQUID SPILLS PROMPTLY. 2. WHERE DUST WOULD IMPAIR PROPER EXECUTION OF THE WORK, BROOM-CLEAN OR VACUUM THE ENTIRE WORK AREA, AS APPROPRIATE. D. INSTALLED WORK: KEEP INSTALLED WORK CLEAN. CLEAN INSTALLED SURFACES ACCORDING TO WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS OF MANUFACTURER OR FABRICATOR OF PRODUCT INSTALLED, USING ONLY CLEANING MATERIALS SPECIFICALLY RECOMMENDED. IF SPECIFIC CLEANING MATERIALS ARE NOT RECOMMENDED, USE CLEANING MATERIALS THAT ARE NOT HAZARDOUS TO HEALTH OR PROPERTY AND THAT WILL NOT DAMAGE EXPOSED SURFACES. E. CONCEALED SPACES: REMOVE DEBRIS FROM CONCEALED SPACES BEFORE ENCLOSING THE SPACE. F. EXPOSED SURFACES IN FINISHED AREAS: CLEAN EXPOSED SURFACES AND PROTECT AS NECESSARY TO ENSURE FREEDOM FROM DAMAGE AND DETERIORATION AT TIME OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. G. WASTE DISPOSAL: DO NOT BURY OR BURN WASTE MATERIALS ON-SITE. DO NOT WASH WASTE MATERIALS DOWN SEWERS OR INTO WATERWAYS. COMPLY WITH WASTE DISPOSAL REQUIREMENTS IN DIVISION 01 SECTION “TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS.” H. DURING HANDLING AND INSTALLATION, CLEAN AND PROTECT CONSTRUCTION IN PROGRESS AND ADJOINING MATERIALS ALREADY IN PLACE. APPLY PROTECTIVE COVERING WHERE REQUIRED TO ENSURE PROTECTION FROM DAMAGE OR DETERIORATION AT SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. I. CLEAN AND PROVIDE MAINTENANCE ON COMPLETED CONSTRUCTION AS FREQUENTLY AS NECESSARY THROUGH THE REMAINDER OF THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD. ADJUST AND LUBRICATE OPERABLE COMPONENTS TO ENSURE OPERABILITY WITHOUT DAMAGING EFFECTS. J. LIMITING EXPOSURES: SUPERVISE CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS TO ASSURE THAT NO PART OF THE CONSTRUCTION, COMPLETED OR IN PROGRESS, IS SUBJECT TO HARMFUL, DANGEROUS, DAMAGING, OR OTHERWISE DELETERIOUS EXPOSURE DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD. 3.8 STARTING AND ADJUSTING A. START EQUIPMENT AND OPERATING COMPONENTS TO CONFIRM PROPER OPERATION. REMOVE MALFUNCTIONING UNITS, REPLACE WITH NEW UNITS, AND RETEST. B. ADJUST EQUIPMENT FOR PROPER OPERATION. ADJUST OPERATING COMPONENTS FOR PROPER OPERATION WITHOUT BINDING. C. TEST EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT TO VERIFY PROPER OPERATION. TEST AND ADJUST CONTROLS AND SAFETIES. REPLACE DAMAGED AND MALFUNCTIONING CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT. D. MANUFACTURER’S FIELD SERVICE: COMPLY WITH QUALIFICATION REQUIREMENTS IN DIVISION 01 SECTION “QUALITY REQUIREMENTS.” 3.9 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION A. PROVIDE FINAL PROTECTION AND MAINTAIN CONDITIONS THAT ENSURE INSTALLED WORK IS WITHOUT DAMAGE OR DETERIORATION AT TIME OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. B. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER’S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS FOR TEMPERATURE AND RELATIVE HUMIDITY. END OF SECTION 01 7300 SECTION 01 7700 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND OTHER DIVISION 01 SPECIFICATION SECTIONS, APPLY TO THIS SECTION. 1.2 SUMMARY SECTION INCLUDES ADMINISTRATIVE AND PROCEDURAL REQUIREMENTS FOR CONTRACT CLOSEOUT, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING: 1. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES. 2. FINAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES. 3. WARRANTIES. 4. FINAL CLEANING. 5. REPAIR OF THE WORK. B. RELATED REQUIREMENTS: 1. DIVISION 01 SECTION “EXECUTION” FOR PROGRESS CLEANING OF PROJECT SITE. 2. DIVISION 01 SECTION “OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA” FOR OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL REQUIREMENTS. 3. DIVISION 01 SECTION “PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS” FOR SUBMITTING RECORD DRAWINGS, RECORD SPECIFICATIONS, AND RECORD PRODUCT DATA. 4. DIVISIONS 02 THROUGH 33 SECTIONS FOR SPECIFIC CLOSEOUT AND SPECIAL CLEANING REQUIREMENTS FOR THE WORK IN THOSE SECTIONS. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. PRODUCT DATA: FOR CLEANING AGENTS. B. CONTRACTOR’S LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS: INITIAL SUBMITTAL AT SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. C. CERTIFIED LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS: FINAL SUBMITTAL AT FINAL COMPLETION. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. CERTIFICATES OF RELEASE: FROM AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. B. CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE: FOR CONTINUING COVERAGE. C. FIELD REPORT: FOR PEST CONTROL INSPECTION. 1.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. SCHEDULE OF MAINTENANCE MATERIAL ITEMS: FOR MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTAL ITEMS SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS. 1.6 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES A. CONTRACTOR’S LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS: PREPARE AND SUBMIT A LIST OF ITEMS TO BE COMPLETED AND CORRECTED (CONTRACTOR’S PUNCH LIST), INDICATING THE VALUE OF EACH ITEM ON THE LIST AND REASONS WHY THE WORK IS INCOMPLETE. B. SUBMITTALS PRIOR TO SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION: COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING A MINIMUM OF 10 DAYS PRIOR TO REQUESTING INSPECTION FOR DETERMINING DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. LIST ITEMS BELOW THAT ARE INCOMPLETE AT TIME OF REQUEST. 1. CERTIFICATES OF RELEASE: OBTAIN AND SUBMIT RELEASES FROM AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION PERMITTING OWNER UNRESTRICTED USE OF THE WORK AND ACCESS TO SERVICES AND UTILITIES. INCLUDE OCCUPANCY PERMITS, OPERATING CERTIFICATES, AND SIMILAR RELEASES. 2. SUBMIT CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS SPECIFIED IN OTHER DIVISION 01 SECTIONS, INCLUDING PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS, FINAL COMPLETION CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION, DAMAGE OR SETTLEMENT SURVEYS, PROPERTY SURVEYS, AND SIMILAR FINAL RECORD INFORMATION. 3. SUBMIT CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS SPECIFIED IN INDIVIDUAL DIVISIONS 02 THROUGH 33 SECTIONS, INCLUDING SPECIFIC WARRANTIES, WORKMANSHIP BONDS, MAINTENANCE SERVICE AGREEMENTS, FINAL CERTIFICATIONS, AND SIMILAR DOCUMENTS. 4. SUBMIT MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS SPECIFIED IN INDIVIDUAL DIVISIONS 02 THROUGH 33 SECTIONS, INCLUDING TOOLS, SPARE PARTS, EXTRA MATERIALS, AND SIMILAR ITEMS, AND DELIVER TO LOCATION DESIGNATED BY ARCHITECT. LABEL WITH MANUFACTURER’S NAME AND MODEL NUMBER WHERE APPLICABLE. a. SCHEDULE OF MAINTENANCE MATERIAL ITEMS: PREPARE AND SUBMIT SCHEDULE OF MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTAL ITEMS, INCLUDING NAME AND QUANTITY OF EACH ITEM AND NAME AND NUMBER OF RELATED SPECIFICATION SECTION. OBTAIN ARCHITECT’S SIGNATURE FOR RECEIPT OF SUBMITTALS. 5. SUBMIT TEST/ADJUST/BALANCE RECORDS. 6. SUBMIT SUSTAINABLE DESIGN SUBMITTALS REQUIRED IN DIVISION 01 SUSTAINABLE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS SECTION AND IN INDIVIDUAL DIVISION 02 THROUGH 33 SECTIONS. 7. SUBMIT CHANGEOVER INFORMATION RELATED TO OWNER’S OCCUPANCY, USE, OPERATION, AND MAINTENANCE. C. PROCEDURES PRIOR TO SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION: COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING A MINIMUM OF 10 DAYS PRIOR TO REQUESTING INSPECTION FOR DETERMINING DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. LIST ITEMS BELOW THAT ARE INCOMPLETE AT TIME OF REQUEST. 1. ADVISE OWNER OF PENDING INSURANCE CHANGEOVER REQUIREMENTS. 2. MAKE FINAL CHANGEOVER OF PERMANENT LOCKS AND DELIVER KEYS TO OWNER. ADVISE OWNER’S PERSONNEL OF CHANGEOVER IN SECURITY PROVISIONS. 3. COMPLETE STARTUP AND TESTING OF SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT. 4. PERFORM PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE ON EQUIPMENT USED PRIOR TO SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. 5. INSTRUCT OWNER’S PERSONNEL IN OPERATION, ADJUSTMENT, AND MAINTENANCE OF PRODUCTS, EQUIPMENT, AND SYSTEMS. SUBMIT DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING VIDEO RECORDINGS SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 01 SECTION “DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING.” 6. ADVISE OWNER OF CHANGEOVER IN HEAT AND OTHER UTILITIES. 7. PARTICIPATE WITH OWNER IN CONDUCTING INSPECTION AND WALKTHROUGH WITH LOCAL EMERGENCY RESPONDERS. 8. TERMINATE AND REMOVE TEMPORARY FACILITIES FROM PROJECT SITE, ALONG WITH MOCKUPS, CONSTRUCTION TOOLS, AND SIMILAR ELEMENTS. 9. COMPLETE FINAL CLEANING REQUIREMENTS, INCLUDING TOUCHUP PAINTING. 10. TOUCH UP AND OTHERWISE REPAIR AND RESTORE MARRED EXPOSED FINISHES TO ELIMINATE VISUAL DEFECTS. D. INSPECTION: SUBMIT A WRITTEN REQUEST FOR INSPECTION TO DETERMINE SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A MINIMUM OF 10 DAYS PRIOR TO DATE THE WORK WILL BE COMPLETED AND READY FOR FINAL INSPECTION AND TESTS. ON RECEIPT OF REQUEST, ARCHITECT WILL EITHER PROCEED WITH INSPECTION OR NOTIFY CONTRACTOR OF UNFULFILLED REQUIREMENTS. ARCHITECT WILL PREPARE THE CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION AFTER INSPECTION OR WILL NOTIFY CONTRACTOR OF ITEMS, EITHER ON CONTRACTOR’S LIST OR ADDITIONAL ITEMS IDENTIFIED BY ARCHITECT, THAT MUST BE COMPLETED OR CORRECTED BEFORE CERTIFICATE WILL BE ISSUED. 1. REINSPECTION: REQUEST REINSPECTION WHEN THE WORK IDENTIFIED IN PREVIOUS INSPECTIONS AS INCOMPLETE IS COMPLETED OR CORRECTED. 2. RESULTS OF COMPLETED INSPECTION WILL FORM THE BASIS OF REQUIREMENTS FOR FINAL COMPLETION. 1.7 FINAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES A. SUBMITTALS PRIOR TO FINAL COMPLETION: BEFORE REQUESTING FINAL INSPECTION FOR DETERMINING FINAL COMPLETION, COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING: 1. SUBMIT A FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT ACCORDING TO DIVISION 01 SECTION “PAYMENT PROCEDURES.” 2. CERTIFIED LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS: SUBMIT CERTIFIED COPY OF ARCHITECT’S SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION INSPECTION LIST OF ITEMS TO BE COMPLETED OR CORRECTED (PUNCH LIST), ENDORSED AND DATED BY ARCHITECT. CERTIFIED COPY OF THE LIST SHALL STATE THAT EACH ITEM HAS BEEN COMPLETED OR OTHERWISE RESOLVED FOR ACCEPTANCE. 3. CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE: SUBMIT EVIDENCE OF FINAL, CONTINUING INSURANCE COVERAGE COMPLYING WITH INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS. 4. SUBMIT PEST-CONTROL FINAL INSPECTION REPORT. B. INSPECTION: SUBMIT A WRITTEN REQUEST FOR FINAL INSPECTION TO DETERMINE ACCEPTANCE A MINIMUM OF 10 DAYS PRIOR TO DATE THE WORK WILL BE COMPLETED AND READY FOR FINAL INSPECTION AND TESTS. ON RECEIPT OF REQUEST, ARCHITECT WILL EITHER PROCEED WITH INSPECTION OR NOTIFY CONTRACTOR OF UNFULFILLED REQUIREMENTS. ARCHITECT WILL PREPARE A FINAL CERTIFICATE FOR PAYMENT AFTER INSPECTION OR WILL NOTIFY CONTRACTOR OF CONSTRUCTION THAT MUST BE COMPLETED OR CORRECTED BEFORE CERTIFICATE WILL BE ISSUED. 1. REINSPECTION: REQUEST REINSPECTION WHEN THE WORK IDENTIFIED IN PREVIOUS INSPECTIONS AS INCOMPLETE IS COMPLETED OR CORRECTED. 1.8 LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST) A. ORGANIZATION OF LIST: INCLUDE NAME AND IDENTIFICATION OF EACH SPACE AND AREA AFFECTED BY CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS FOR INCOMPLETE ITEMS AND ITEMS NEEDING CORRECTION INCLUDING, IF NECESSARY, AREAS DISTURBED BY CONTRACTOR THAT ARE OUTSIDE THE LIMITS OF CONSTRUCTION. 1. ORGANIZE ITEMS APPLYING TO EACH SPACE BY MAJOR ELEMENT, INCLUDING CATEGORIES FOR CEILING, INDIVIDUAL WALLS, FLOORS, EQUIPMENT, AND BUILDING SYSTEMS. 2. INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION AT THE TOP OF EACH PAGE: a. PROJECT NAME. b. DATE. c. NAME OF ARCHITECT. d. NAME OF CONTRACTOR. e. PAGE NUMBER. 3. SUBMIT LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS IN THE FOLLOWING FORMAT: a. PDF ELECTRONIC FILE. ARCHITECT WILL RETURN ANNOTATED FILE. 1.9 SUBMITTAL OF PROJECT WARRANTIES A. TIME OF SUBMITTAL: SUBMIT WRITTEN WARRANTIES ON REQUEST OF ARCHITECT FOR DESIGNATED PORTIONS OF THE WORK WHERE COMMENCEMENT OF WARRANTIES OTHER THAN DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION IS INDICATED, OR WHEN DELAY IN SUBMITTAL OF WARRANTIES MIGHT LIMIT OWNER’S RIGHTS UNDER WARRANTY. B. PARTIAL OCCUPANCY: SUBMIT PROPERLY EXECUTED WARRANTIES WITHIN 15 DAYS OF COMPLETION OF DESIGNATED PORTIONS OF THE WORK THAT ARE COMPLETED AND OCCUPIED OR USED BY OWNER DURING CONSTRUCTION PERIOD BY SEPARATE AGREEMENT WITH CONTRACTOR. C. ORGANIZE WARRANTY DOCUMENTS INTO AN ORDERLY SEQUENCE BASED ON THE TABLE OF CONTENTS OF PROJECT MANUAL. 1. BIND WARRANTIES AND BONDS IN HEAVY-DUTY, THREE- RING, VINYL-COVERED, LOOSE-LEAF BINDERS, THICKNESS AS NECESSARY TO ACCOMMODATE CONTENTS, AND SIZED TO RECEIVE 8-1/2-BY-11-INCH PAPER. 2. PROVIDE HEAVY PAPER DIVIDERS WITH PLASTIC- COVERED TABS FOR EACH SEPARATE WARRANTY. MARK TAB TO IDENTIFY THE PRODUCT OR INSTALLATION. PROVIDE A TYPED DESCRIPTION OF THE PRODUCT OR INSTALLATION, INCLUDING THE NAME OF THE PRODUCT AND THE NAME, ADDRESS, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER OF INSTALLER. 3. IDENTIFY EACH BINDER ON THE FRONT AND SPINE WITH THE TYPED OR PRINTED TITLE “WARRANTIES,” PROJECT NAME, AND NAME OF CONTRACTOR. 4. WARRANTY ELECTRONIC FILE: SCAN WARRANTIES AND BONDS AND ASSEMBLE COMPLETE WARRANTY AND BOND SUBMITTAL PACKAGE INTO A SINGLE INDEXED ELECTRONIC PDF FILE WITH LINKS ENABLING NAVIGATION TO EACH ITEM. PROVIDE BOOKMARKED TABLE OF CONTENTS AT BEGINNING OF DOCUMENT D. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL COPIES OF EACH WARRANTY TO INCLUDE IN OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. CLEANING AGENTS: USE CLEANING MATERIALS AND AGENTS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER OR FABRICATOR OF THE SURFACE TO BE CLEANED. DO NOT USE CLEANING AGENTS THAT ARE POTENTIALLY HAZARDOUS TO HEALTH OR PROPERTY OR THAT MIGHT DAMAGE FINISHED SURFACES. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FINAL CLEANING A. GENERAL: PERFORM FINAL CLEANING. CONDUCT CLEANING AND WASTE-REMOVAL OPERATIONS TO COMPLY WITH LOCAL LAWS AND ORDINANCES AND FEDERAL AND LOCAL ENVIRONMENTAL AND ANTIPOLLUTION REGULATIONS. B. CLEANING: EMPLOY EXPERIENCED WORKERS OR PROFESSIONAL CLEANERS FOR FINAL CLEANING. CLEAN EACH SURFACE OR UNIT TO CONDITION EXPECTED IN AN AVERAGE COMMERCIAL BUILDING CLEANING AND MAINTENANCE PROGRAM. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER’S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. 1. COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING CLEANING OPERATIONS BEFORE REQUESTING INSPECTION FOR CERTIFICATION OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION FOR ENTIRE PROJECT OR FOR A DESIGNATED PORTION OF PROJECT: a. CLEAN PROJECT SITE, YARD, AND GROUNDS, IN AREAS DISTURBED BY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES, INCLUDING LANDSCAPE DEVELOPMENT AREAS, OF RUBBISH, WASTE MATERIAL, LITTER, AND OTHER FOREIGN SUBSTANCES. b. SWEEP PAVED AREAS BROOM CLEAN. REMOVE PETROCHEMICAL SPILLS, STAINS, AND OTHER FOREIGN DEPOSITS. c. REMOVE TOOLS, CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT, MACHINERY, AND SURPLUS MATERIAL FROM PROJECT SITE. d. CLEAN EXPOSED INTERIOR HARD-SURFACED FINISHES TO A DIRT-FREE CONDITION, FREE OF STAINS, FILMS, AND SIMILAR FOREIGN SUBSTANCES. AVOID DISTURBING NATURAL WEATHERING OF EXTERIOR SURFACES. RESTORE REFLECTIVE SURFACES TO THEIR ORIGINAL CONDITION. e. REMOVE DEBRIS AND SURFACE DUST FROM LIMITED ACCESS SPACES, INCLUDING ROOFS, PLENUMS, SHAFTS, TRENCHES, EQUIPMENT VAULTS, MANHOLES, ATTICS, AND SIMILAR SPACES. f. SWEEP CONCRETE FLOORS BROOM CLEAN IN UNOCCUPIED SPACES. g. VACUUM CARPET AND SIMILAR SOFT SURFACES, REMOVING DEBRIS AND EXCESS NAP; CLEAN ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER’S RECOMMENDATIONS IF VISIBLE SOIL OR STAINS REMAIN. h. CLEAN TRANSPARENT MATERIALS, INCLUDING MIRRORS AND GLASS IN DOORS AND WINDOWS. REMOVE GLAZING COMPOUNDS AND OTHER NOTICEABLE, VISION-OBSCURING MATERIALS. POLISH MIRRORS AND GLASS, TAKING CARE NOT TO SCRATCH SURFACES. i. REMOVE LABELS THAT ARE NOT PERMANENT. j. WIPE SURFACES OF MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND SIMILAR EQUIPMENT. REMOVE EXCESS LUBRICATION, PAINT AND MORTAR DROPPINGS, AND OTHER FOREIGN SUBSTANCES. k. CLEAN PLUMBING FIXTURES TO A SANITARY CONDITION, FREE OF STAINS, INCLUDING STAINS RESULTING FROM WATER EXPOSURE. l. REPLACE DISPOSABLE AIR FILTERS AND CLEAN PERMANENT AIR FILTERS. CLEAN EXPOSED SURFACES OF DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLS. m. CLEAN DUCTS, BLOWERS, AND COILS IF UNITS WERE OPERATED WITHOUT FILTERS DURING CONSTRUCTION OR THAT DISPLAY CONTAMINATION WITH PARTICULATE MATTER ON INSPECTION. 1) CLEAN HVAC SYSTEM IN COMPLIANCE WITH NADCA STANDARD 1992-01. PROVIDE WRITTEN REPORT ON COMPLETION OF CLEANING. n. CLEAN LIGHT FIXTURES, LAMPS, GLOBES, AND REFLECTORS TO FUNCTION WITH FULL EFFICIENCY. o. LEAVE PROJECT CLEAN AND READY FOR OCCUPANCY. C. CONSTRUCTION WASTE DISPOSAL: COMPLY WITH WASTE DISPOSAL REQUIREMENTS IN DIVISION 01 SECTION “TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS.” 3.2 REPAIR OF THE WORK A. COMPLETE REPAIR AND RESTORATION OPERATIONS BEFORE REQUESTING INSPECTION FOR DETERMINATION OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. B. REPAIR OR REMOVE AND REPLACE DEFECTIVE CONSTRUCTION. REPAIRING INCLUDES REPLACING DEFECTIVE PARTS, REFINISHING DAMAGED SURFACES, TOUCHING UP WITH MATCHING MATERIALS, AND PROPERLY ADJUSTING OPERATING EQUIPMENT. WHERE DAMAGED OR WORN ITEMS CANNOT BE REPAIRED OR RESTORED, PROVIDE REPLACEMENTS. REMOVE AND REPLACE OPERATING COMPONENTS THAT CANNOT BE REPAIRED. RESTORE DAMAGED CONSTRUCTION AND PERMANENT FACILITIES USED DURING CONSTRUCTION TO SPECIFIED CONDITION. 1. REMOVE AND REPLACE CHIPPED, SCRATCHED, AND BROKEN GLASS, REFLECTIVE SURFACES, AND OTHER DAMAGED TRANSPARENT MATERIALS. 2. TOUCH UP AND OTHERWISE REPAIR AND RESTORE MARRED OR EXPOSED FINISHES AND SURFACES. REPLACE FINISHES AND SURFACES THAT THAT ALREADY SHOW EVIDENCE OF REPAIR OR RESTORATION. a. DO NOT PAINT OVER “UL” AND OTHER REQUIRED LABELS AND IDENTIFICATION, INCLUDING MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL NAMEPLATES. REMOVE PAINT APPLIED TO REQUIRED LABELS AND IDENTIFICATION. 3. REPLACE PARTS SUBJECT TO OPERATING CONDITIONS DURING CONSTRUCTION THAT MAY IMPEDE OPERATION OR REDUCE LONGEVITY. 4. REPLACE BURNED-OUT BULBS, BULBS NOTICEABLY DIMMED BY HOURS OF USE, AND DEFECTIVE AND NOISY STARTERS IN FLUORESCENT AND MERCURY VAPOR FIXTURES TO COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR NEW FIXTURES. END OF SECTION 017700 SECTION 01 7823 - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND OTHER DIVISION 01 SPECIFICATION SECTIONS, APPLY TO THIS SECTION. 1.2 SUMMARY A. SECTION INCLUDES ADMINISTRATIVE AND PROCEDURAL REQUIREMENTS FOR PREPARING OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS, INCLUDING THE FOLLOWING: 1. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTATION DIRECTORY. 2. EMERGENCY MANUALS. 3. OPERATION MANUALS FOR SYSTEMS, SUBSYSTEMS, AND EQUIPMENT. 4. PRODUCT MAINTENANCE MANUALS. 5. SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUALS. B. RELATED REQUIREMENTS: 1. DIVISION 01 SECTION “SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES” FOR SUBMITTING COPIES OF SUBMITTALS FOR OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. SYSTEM: AN ORGANIZED COLLECTION OF PARTS, EQUIPMENT, OR SUBSYSTEMS UNITED BY REGULAR INTERACTION. B. SUBSYSTEM: A PORTION OF A SYSTEM WITH CHARACTERISTICS SIMILAR TO A SYSTEM. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. MANUAL CONTENT: OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL CONTENT IS SPECIFIED IN INDIVIDUAL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS TO BE REVIEWED AT THE TIME OF SECTION SUBMITTALS. SUBMIT REVIEWED MANUAL CONTENT FORMATTED AND ORGANIZED AS REQUIRED BY THIS SECTION. 1. ARCHITECT WILL COMMENT ON WHETHER CONTENT OF OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE SUBMITTALS ARE ACCEPTABLE. 2. WHERE APPLICABLE, CLARIFY AND UPDATE REVIEWED MANUAL CONTENT TO CORRESPOND TO REVISIONS AND FIELD CONDITIONS. B. FORMAT: SUBMIT OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS IN THE FOLLOWING FORMAT: 1. PDF ELECTRONIC FILE. ASSEMBLE EACH MANUAL INTO A COMPOSITE ELECTRONICALLY INDEXED FILE. SUBMIT ON DIGITAL MEDIA ACCEPTABLE TO ARCHITECT. a. NAME EACH INDEXED DOCUMENT FILE IN COMPOSITE ELECTRONIC INDEX WITH APPLICABLE ITEM NAME. INCLUDE A COMPLETE ELECTRONICALLY LINKED OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DIRECTORY. b. ENABLE INSERTED REVIEWER COMMENTS ON DRAFT SUBMITTALS. C. INITIAL MANUAL SUBMITTAL: SUBMIT DRAFT COPY OF EACH MANUAL AT LEAST 30 DAYS BEFORE COMMENCING DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING. ARCHITECT WILL COMMENT ON WHETHER GENERAL SCOPE AND CONTENT OF MANUAL ARE ACCEPTABLE. D. FINAL MANUAL SUBMITTAL: SUBMIT EACH MANUAL IN FINAL FORM PRIOR TO REQUESTING INSPECTION FOR SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION AND AT LEAST 15 DAYS BEFORE COMMENCING DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING. ARCHITECT WILL RETURN COPY WITH COMMENTS. 1. CORRECT OR REVISE EACH MANUAL TO COMPLY WITH ARCHITECT’S COMMENTS. SUBMIT COPIES OF EACH CORRECTED MANUAL WITHIN 15 DAYS OF RECEIPT OF ARCHITECT’S COMMENTS AND PRIOR TO COMMENCING DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTATION DIRECTORY A. DIRECTORY: PREPARE A SINGLE, COMPREHENSIVE DIRECTORY OF EMERGENCY, OPERATION, AND MAINTENANCE DATA AND MATERIALS, LISTING ITEMS AND THEIR LOCATION TO FACILITATE READY ACCESS TO DESIRED INFORMATION. INCLUDE A SECTION IN THE DIRECTORY FOR EACH OF THE FOLLOWING: 1. LIST OF DOCUMENTS. 2. LIST OF SYSTEMS. 3. LIST OF EQUIPMENT. 4. TABLE OF CONTENTS. B. LIST OF SYSTEMS AND SUBSYSTEMS: LIST SYSTEMS ALPHABETICALLY. INCLUDE REFERENCES TO OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS THAT CONTAIN INFORMATION ABOUT EACH SYSTEM. C. LIST OF EQUIPMENT: LIST EQUIPMENT FOR EACH SYSTEM, ORGANIZED ALPHABETICALLY BY SYSTEM. FOR PIECES OF EQUIPMENT NOT PART OF SYSTEM, LIST ALPHABETICALLY IN SEPARATE LIST. D. TABLES OF CONTENTS: INCLUDE A TABLE OF CONTENTS FOR EACH EMERGENCY, OPERATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL. E. IDENTIFICATION: IN THE DOCUMENTATION DIRECTORY AND IN EACH OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL, IDENTIFY EACH SYSTEM, SUBSYSTEM, AND PIECE OF EQUIPMENT WITH SAME DESIGNATION USED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. IF NO DESIGNATION EXISTS, ASSIGN A DESIGNATION ACCORDING TO ASHRAE GUIDELINE 4, “PREPARATION OF OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTATION FOR BUILDING SYSTEMS.” 2.2 REQUIREMENTS FOR EMERGENCY, OPERATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. ORGANIZATION: UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, ORGANIZE EACH MANUAL INTO A SEPARATE SECTION FOR EACH SYSTEM AND SUBSYSTEM, AND A SEPARATE SECTION FOR EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT NOT PART OF A SYSTEM. EACH MANUAL SHALL CONTAIN THE FOLLOWING MATERIALS, IN THE ORDER LISTED: 1. TITLE PAGE. 2. TABLE OF CONTENTS. 3. MANUAL CONTENTS. B. TITLE PAGE: INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION: 1. SUBJECT MATTER INCLUDED IN MANUAL. 2. NAME AND ADDRESS OF PROJECT. 3. NAME AND ADDRESS OF OWNER. 4. DATE OF SUBMITTAL. 5. NAME AND CONTACT INFORMATION FOR CONTRACTOR. 6. NAME AND CONTACT INFORMATION FOR ARCHITECT. 7. NAMES AND CONTACT INFORMATION FOR MAJOR CONSULTANTS TO THE ARCHITECT THAT DESIGNED THE SYSTEMS CONTAINED IN THE MANUALS. 8. CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED SYSTEMS IN OTHER OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS. C. TABLE OF CONTENTS: LIST EACH PRODUCT INCLUDED IN MANUAL, IDENTIFIED BY PRODUCT NAME, INDEXED TO THE CONTENT OF THE VOLUME, AND CROSS-REFERENCED TO SPECIFICATION SECTION NUMBER IN PROJECT MANUAL. 1. IF OPERATION OR MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTATION REQUIRES MORE THAN ONE VOLUME TO ACCOMMODATE DATA, INCLUDE COMPREHENSIVE TABLE OF CONTENTS FOR ALL VOLUMES IN EACH VOLUME OF THE SET. D. MANUAL CONTENTS: ORGANIZE INTO SETS OF MANAGEABLE SIZE. ARRANGE CONTENTS ALPHABETICALLY BY SYSTEM, SUBSYSTEM, AND EQUIPMENT. IF POSSIBLE, ASSEMBLE INSTRUCTIONS FOR SUBSYSTEMS, EQUIPMENT, AND COMPONENTS OF ONE SYSTEM INTO A SINGLE BINDER. E. MANUALS, ELECTRONIC FILES: SUBMIT MANUALS IN THE FORM OF A MULTIPLE FILE COMPOSITE ELECTRONIC PDF FILE FOR EACH MANUAL TYPE REQUIRED. 1. ELECTRONIC FILES: USE ELECTRONIC FILES PREPARED BY MANUFACTURER WHERE AVAILABLE. WHERE SCANNING OF PAPER DOCUMENTS IS REQUIRED, CONFIGURE SCANNED FILE FOR MINIMUM READABLE FILE SIZE. FILE NAMES AND BOOKMARKS: ENABLE BOOKMARKING OF INDIVIDUAL DOCUMENTS BASED ON FILE NAMES. NAME DOCUMENT FILES TO CORRESPOND TO SYSTEM, SUBSYSTEM, AND EQUIPMENT NAMES USED IN MANUAL DIRECTORY AND TABLE OF CONTENTS. GROUP DOCUMENTS FOR EACH SYSTEM AND SUBSYSTEM INTO INDIVIDUAL COMPOSITE BOOKMARKED FILES, THEN CREATE COMPOSITE MANUAL, SO THAT RESULTING BOOKMARKS REFLECT THE SYSTEM, SUBSYSTEM, AND EQUIPMENT NAMES IN A READILY NAVIGATED FILE TREE. CONFIGURE ELECTRONIC MANUAL TO DISPLAY BOOKMARK PANEL ON OPENING FILE. 2.3 EMERGENCY MANUALS A. CONTENT: ORGANIZE MANUAL INTO A SEPARATE SECTION FOR EACH OF THE FOLLOWING: 1. TYPE OF EMERGENCY. 2. EMERGENCY INSTRUCTIONS. 3. EMERGENCY PROCEDURES. B. TYPE OF EMERGENCY: WHERE APPLICABLE FOR EACH TYPE OF EMERGENCY INDICATED BELOW, INCLUDE INSTRUCTIONS AND PROCEDURES FOR EACH SYSTEM, SUBSYSTEM, PIECE OF EQUIPMENT, AND COMPONENT: 1. FIRE. 2. FLOOD. 3. GAS LEAK. 4. WATER LEAK. 5. POWER FAILURE. 6. WATER OUTAGE. 7. SYSTEM, SUBSYSTEM, OR EQUIPMENT FAILURE. 8. CHEMICAL RELEASE OR SPILL. C. EMERGENCY INSTRUCTIONS: DESCRIBE AND EXPLAIN WARNINGS, TROUBLE INDICATIONS, ERROR MESSAGES, AND SIMILAR CODES AND SIGNALS. INCLUDE RESPONSIBILITIES OF OWNER’S OPERATING PERSONNEL FOR NOTIFICATION OF INSTALLER, SUPPLIER, AND MANUFACTURER TO MAINTAIN WARRANTIES. D. EMERGENCY PROCEDURES: INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING, AS APPLICABLE: 1. INSTRUCTIONS ON STOPPING. 2. SHUTDOWN INSTRUCTIONS FOR EACH TYPE OF EMERGENCY. 3. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS FOR CONDITIONS OUTSIDE NORMAL OPERATING LIMITS. 4. REQUIRED SEQUENCES FOR ELECTRIC OR ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS. 5. SPECIAL OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS AND PROCEDURES. 2.4 OPERATION MANUALS A. CONTENT: IN ADDITION TO REQUIREMENTS IN THIS SECTION, INCLUDE OPERATION DATA REQUIRED IN INDIVIDUAL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS AND THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION: 1. SYSTEM, SUBSYSTEM, AND EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTIONS. USE DESIGNATIONS FOR SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT INDICATED ON CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 2. PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN CRITERIA IF CONTRACTOR HAS DELEGATED DESIGN RESPONSIBILITY. 3. OPERATING STANDARDS. 4. OPERATING PROCEDURES. 5. OPERATING LOGS. 6. WIRING DIAGRAMS. 7. CONTROL DIAGRAMS. 8. PIPED SYSTEM DIAGRAMS. 9. PRECAUTIONS AGAINST IMPROPER USE. 10. LICENSE REQUIREMENTS INCLUDING INSPECTION AND RENEWAL DATES. B. DESCRIPTIONS: INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: 1. PRODUCT NAME AND MODEL NUMBER. USE DESIGNATIONS FOR PRODUCTS INDICATED ON CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 2. MANUFACTURER’S NAME. 3. EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION WITH SERIAL NUMBER OF EACH COMPONENT. 4. EQUIPMENT FUNCTION. 5. OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS. 6. LIMITING CONDITIONS. 7. PERFORMANCE CURVES. 8. ENGINEERING DATA AND TESTS. 9. COMPLETE NOMENCLATURE AND NUMBER OF REPLACEMENT PARTS. C. OPERATING PROCEDURES: INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING, AS APPLICABLE: 1. STARTUP PROCEDURES. 2. EQUIPMENT OR SYSTEM BREAK-IN PROCEDURES. 3. ROUTINE AND NORMAL OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS. 4. REGULATION AND CONTROL PROCEDURES. 5. INSTRUCTIONS ON STOPPING. 6. NORMAL SHUTDOWN INSTRUCTIONS. 7. SEASONAL AND WEEKEND OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS. 8. REQUIRED SEQUENCES FOR ELECTRIC OR ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS. 9. SPECIAL OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS AND PROCEDURES. D. SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT CONTROLS: DESCRIBE THE GI101 conformed set revisions : p r o j e c t # : d a t e : 20.0550 - june 4, 2021 3 6 0 w e s t a s p e n a v e n u e s a l t l a k e c i t y , u t a h 8 4 1 0 1 8 0 1 5 3 2 4 4 2 2 sheet: title: revisions : p r o j e c t # : d a t e : UNLESS A PROFESSIONAL SEAL WITH SIGNATURE AND DATE IS AFFIXED, THIS DOCUMENT IS PRELIMINARY AND IS NOT INTENDED FOR CONSTRUCTION, RECORDING PURPOSES, OR IMPLEMENTATION THE DESIGNS SHOWN AND DESCRIBED HEREIN INCLUDING ALL TECHNICAL DRAWINGS, GRAPHIC REPRESENTATIONS & MODELS THEREOF, ARE PROPRIETARY & CAN NOT BE COPIED, DUPLICATED, OR COMMERCIALLY EXPLOITED IN WHOLE OR IN PART WITHOUT THE SOLE AND EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM METHOD STUDIO INC. project: E D C B A E D C B A 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 3 / 29 / 2021 GI207 Sheet Specs 20.0550 - april 7, 2021 Rexburg Rowhouses bid set SEQUENCE OF OPERATION, AND DIAGRAM CONTROLS AS INSTALLED. E. PIPED SYSTEMS: DIAGRAM PIPING AS INSTALLED, AND IDENTIFY COLOR-CODING WHERE REQUIRED FOR IDENTIFICATION. 2.5 PRODUCT MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. CONTENT: ORGANIZE MANUAL INTO A SEPARATE SECTION FOR EACH PRODUCT, MATERIAL, AND FINISH. INCLUDE SOURCE INFORMATION, PRODUCT INFORMATION, MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES, REPAIR MATERIALS AND SOURCES, AND WARRANTIES AND BONDS, AS DESCRIBED BELOW. B. SOURCE INFORMATION: LIST EACH PRODUCT INCLUDED IN MANUAL, IDENTIFIED BY PRODUCT NAME AND ARRANGED TO MATCH MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS. FOR EACH PRODUCT, LIST NAME, ADDRESS, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER OF INSTALLER OR SUPPLIER AND MAINTENANCE SERVICE AGENT, AND CROSS-REFERENCE SPECIFICATION SECTION NUMBER AND TITLE IN PROJECT MANUAL AND DRAWING OR SCHEDULE DESIGNATION OR IDENTIFIER WHERE APPLICABLE. C. PRODUCT INFORMATION: INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING, AS APPLICABLE: 1. PRODUCT NAME AND MODEL NUMBER. 2. MANUFACTURER’S NAME. 3. COLOR, PATTERN, AND TEXTURE. 4. MATERIAL AND CHEMICAL COMPOSITION. 5. REORDERING INFORMATION FOR SPECIALLY MANUFACTURED PRODUCTS. D. MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES: INCLUDE MANUFACTURER’S WRITTEN RECOMMENDATIONS AND THE FOLLOWING: 1. INSPECTION PROCEDURES. 2. TYPES OF CLEANING AGENTS TO BE USED AND METHODS OF CLEANING. 3. LIST OF CLEANING AGENTS AND METHODS OF CLEANING DETRIMENTAL TO PRODUCT. 4. SCHEDULE FOR ROUTINE CLEANING AND MAINTENANCE. 5. REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS. E. REPAIR MATERIALS AND SOURCES: INCLUDE LISTS OF MATERIALS AND LOCAL SOURCES OF MATERIALS AND RELATED SERVICES. F. WARRANTIES AND BONDS: INCLUDE COPIES OF WARRANTIES AND BONDS AND LISTS OF CIRCUMSTANCES AND CONDITIONS THAT WOULD AFFECT VALIDITY OF WARRANTIES OR BONDS. 1. INCLUDE PROCEDURES TO FOLLOW AND REQUIRED NOTIFICATIONS FOR WARRANTY CLAIMS. 2.6 SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. CONTENT: FOR EACH SYSTEM, SUBSYSTEM, AND PIECE OF EQUIPMENT NOT PART OF A SYSTEM, INCLUDE SOURCE INFORMATION, MANUFACTURERS’ MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTATION, MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES, MAINTENANCE AND SERVICE SCHEDULES, SPARE PARTS LIST AND SOURCE INFORMATION, MAINTENANCE SERVICE CONTRACTS, AND WARRANTY AND BOND INFORMATION, AS DESCRIBED BELOW. B. SOURCE INFORMATION: LIST EACH SYSTEM, SUBSYSTEM, AND PIECE OF EQUIPMENT INCLUDED IN MANUAL, IDENTIFIED BY PRODUCT NAME AND ARRANGED TO MATCH MANUAL’S TABLE OF CONTENTS. FOR EACH PRODUCT, LIST NAME, ADDRESS, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER OF INSTALLER OR SUPPLIER AND MAINTENANCE SERVICE AGENT, AND CROSS-REFERENCE SPECIFICATION SECTION NUMBER AND TITLE IN PROJECT MANUAL AND DRAWING OR SCHEDULE DESIGNATION OR IDENTIFIER WHERE APPLICABLE. C. MANUFACTURERS’ MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTATION: MANUFACTURERS’ MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTATION INCLUDING THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION FOR EACH COMPONENT PART OR PIECE OF EQUIPMENT: 1. STANDARD MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS AND BULLETINS. 2. DRAWINGS, DIAGRAMS, AND INSTRUCTIONS REQUIRED FOR MAINTENANCE, INCLUDING DISASSEMBLY AND COMPONENT REMOVAL, REPLACEMENT, AND ASSEMBLY. 3. IDENTIFICATION AND NOMENCLATURE OF PARTS AND COMPONENTS. 4. LIST OF ITEMS RECOMMENDED TO BE STOCKED AS SPARE PARTS. D. MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES: INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION AND ITEMS THAT DETAIL ESSENTIAL MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES: 1. TEST AND INSPECTION INSTRUCTIONS. 2. TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE. 3. PRECAUTIONS AGAINST IMPROPER MAINTENANCE. 4. DISASSEMBLY; COMPONENT REMOVAL, REPAIR, AND REPLACEMENT; AND REASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS. 5. ALIGNING, ADJUSTING, AND CHECKING INSTRUCTIONS. 6. DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING VIDEO RECORDING, IF AVAILABLE. E. MAINTENANCE AND SERVICE SCHEDULES: INCLUDE SERVICE AND LUBRICATION REQUIREMENTS, LIST OF REQUIRED LUBRICANTS FOR EQUIPMENT, AND SEPARATE SCHEDULES FOR PREVENTIVE AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE AND SERVICE WITH STANDARD TIME ALLOTMENT. 1. SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE AND SERVICE: TABULATE ACTIONS FOR DAILY, WEEKLY, MONTHLY, QUARTERLY, SEMIANNUAL, AND ANNUAL FREQUENCIES. 2. MAINTENANCE AND SERVICE RECORD: INCLUDE MANUFACTURERS’ FORMS FOR RECORDING MAINTENANCE. F. SPARE PARTS LIST AND SOURCE INFORMATION: INCLUDE LISTS OF REPLACEMENT AND REPAIR PARTS, WITH PARTS IDENTIFIED AND CROSS-REFERENCED TO MANUFACTURERS’ MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTATION AND LOCAL SOURCES OF MAINTENANCE MATERIALS AND RELATED SERVICES. G. MAINTENANCE SERVICE CONTRACTS: INCLUDE COPIES OF MAINTENANCE AGREEMENTS WITH NAME AND TELEPHONE NUMBER OF SERVICE AGENT. H. WARRANTIES AND BONDS: INCLUDE COPIES OF WARRANTIES AND BONDS AND LISTS OF CIRCUMSTANCES AND CONDITIONS THAT WOULD AFFECT VALIDITY OF WARRANTIES OR BONDS. 1. INCLUDE PROCEDURES TO FOLLOW AND REQUIRED NOTIFICATIONS FOR WARRANTY CLAIMS. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 MANUAL PREPARATION A. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTATION DIRECTORY: PREPARE A SEPARATE MANUAL THAT PROVIDES AN ORGANIZED REFERENCE TO EMERGENCY, OPERATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS. B. EMERGENCY MANUAL: ASSEMBLE A COMPLETE SET OF EMERGENCY INFORMATION INDICATING PROCEDURES FOR USE BY EMERGENCY PERSONNEL AND BY OWNER’S OPERATING PERSONNEL FOR TYPES OF EMERGENCIES INDICATED. C. PRODUCT MAINTENANCE MANUAL: ASSEMBLE A COMPLETE SET OF MAINTENANCE DATA INDICATING CARE AND MAINTENANCE OF EACH PRODUCT, MATERIAL, AND FINISH INCORPORATED INTO THE WORK. D. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS: ASSEMBLE A COMPLETE SET OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA INDICATING OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF EACH SYSTEM, SUBSYSTEM, AND PIECE OF EQUIPMENT NOT PART OF A SYSTEM. 1. ENGAGE A FACTORY-AUTHORIZED SERVICE REPRESENTATIVE TO ASSEMBLE AND PREPARE INFORMATION FOR EACH SYSTEM, SUBSYSTEM, AND PIECE OF EQUIPMENT NOT PART OF A SYSTEM. 2. PREPARE A SEPARATE MANUAL FOR EACH SYSTEM AND SUBSYSTEM, IN THE FORM OF AN INSTRUCTIONAL MANUAL FOR USE BY OWNER’S OPERATING PERSONNEL. E. MANUFACTURERS’ DATA: WHERE MANUALS CONTAIN MANUFACTURERS’ STANDARD PRINTED DATA, INCLUDE ONLY SHEETS PERTINENT TO PRODUCT OR COMPONENT INSTALLED. MARK EACH SHEET TO IDENTIFY EACH PRODUCT OR COMPONENT INCORPORATED INTO THE WORK. IF DATA INCLUDE MORE THAN ONE ITEM IN A TABULAR FORMAT, IDENTIFY EACH ITEM USING APPROPRIATE REFERENCES FROM THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. IDENTIFY DATA APPLICABLE TO THE WORK AND DELETE REFERENCES TO INFORMATION NOT APPLICABLE. 1. PREPARE SUPPLEMENTARY TEXT IF MANUFACTURERS’ STANDARD PRINTED DATA ARE NOT AVAILABLE AND WHERE THE INFORMATION IS NECESSARY FOR PROPER OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF EQUIPMENT OR SYSTEMS. F. DRAWINGS: PREPARE DRAWINGS SUPPLEMENTING MANUFACTURERS’ PRINTED DATA TO ILLUSTRATE THE RELATIONSHIP OF COMPONENT PARTS OF EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS AND TO ILLUSTRATE CONTROL SEQUENCE AND FLOW DIAGRAMS. COORDINATE THESE DRAWINGS WITH INFORMATION CONTAINED IN RECORD DRAWINGS TO ENSURE CORRECT ILLUSTRATION OF COMPLETED INSTALLATION. 1. DO NOT USE ORIGINAL PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS AS PART OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS. 2. COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF NEWLY PREPARED RECORD DRAWINGS IN DIVISION 01 SECTION “PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS.” G. COMPLY WITH DIVISION 01 SECTION “CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES” FOR SCHEDULE FOR SUBMITTING OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTATION. END OF SECTION 01 7823 DIVISION 03 - CONCRETE 1. SEE SEPARATE DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC SHEET SPECIFICATIONS FOR MORE INFORMATION DIVISION 04 - MASONRY 1. SEE SEPARATE DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC SHEET SPECIFICATIONS FOR MORE INFORMATION DIVISION 5 - METAL 1. PROVIDE ALL MISCELLANEOUS METAL ITEMS INCLUDING MATERIALS, FABRICATIONS, FASTENINGS, AND ACCESSORIES REQUIRED FOR FINISHED INSTALLATION AS INDICATED AND SPECIFIED. 2. STEEL SHALL BE ASTM A366 AMERICAN OPEN HEARTH SHEET STEEL, FREE FROM SCALE AND PITTING AND OTHER DEFECTS AFFECTING APPEARANCE. 3. TUBING SHALL CONFORM TO REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM A500 OR A501 AS APPROVED. 4. WHERE METAL ITEMS ARE TO BE ERECTED AND IN CONTACT WITH DISSIMILAR MATERIALS. PROVIDE CONTACT SURFACES WITH COATING OF AN IMPROVED ZINC CHROMATE PRIMER IN MANNER TO OBTAIN NOT LESS THAN 1.0 MIL DRY FILM THICKNESS. 5. SHEET STEEL SHALL CONFORM TO REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM A606. 6. CARBON STEEL BARS SHALL CONFORM TO REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM A321. 7. ALUMINUM EXTRUSIONS SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM B221. 8. FASTENERS SHALL BE AS REQUIRED FOR ASSEMBLY AND INSTALLATION OF FABRICATED ITEMS. 9. BOLTS SHALL BE LOW CARBON STEEL EXTERNALLY AND INTERNALLY THREADED FASTENERS CONFORMING WITH REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM A307. INCLUDE NECESSARY NUTS AND PLAIN HARDENED WASHERS. FOR MEMBERS FOR SUPPORT OF STRUCTURAL MEMBERS OR CONNECTION THERETO. USE FASTENERS CONFORMING WITH ASTM A325. FOR STAINLESS STEEL AND NON-FERROUS ITEMS, USE TYPE 302 AND 304 STAINLESS STEEL FASTENERS. 10. MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS: PROVIDE ALL INCIDENTAL ACCESSORY MATERIALS, TOOLS, METHODS, AND EQUIPMENT REQUIRED FOR FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION OF MISCELLANEOUS METAL ITEMS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 11. VERIFY DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO FABRICATION OR CASTING, FORM METAL ITEMS TO ACCURATE SIZES AND CONFIGURATIONS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS AND OTHERWISE REQUIRED FOR PROPER INSTALLATION; FABRICATE WITH ALL LINES STRAIGHT AND ANGLES SHARP, CLEAN AND TRUE; DRILL, COUNTERSINK, TAP, AND OTHERWISE PREPARE ITEMS FOR CONNECTION WITH WORK OF OTHER TRADES MAKE. PERMANENT CONNECTIONS BY WELDING AND GRIND ALL EXPOSED WELDS SMOOTH TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACES; ROUGH JOINT SURFACES NOT PERMITTED AVOID USING BOLTS AND SCREWS UNLESS SPECIFICALLY INDICATED OR APPROVED; WHEN USED, DRAW UP TIGHT AND TIE THREADS TO PREVENT LOOSENING. 12. ALL FERROUS METAL ITEMS SHALL BE SHOP FINISHED. TOUCH- UP OR REPAIR DAMAGED AREAS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION WITH SAME MATERIAL. 13. PROVIDE CONTACT SURFACES WITH CONCRETE MASONRY OR OTHER DISSIMILAR MATERIALS WITH A MINIMUM ONE POINT ZERO (1.0) MIL DRY THICKNESS OF AN APPROVED ZINC CHROMATE PRIMER. 14. PROVIDE ALL STEEL BLOCKING AND BRACING IN METAL STUD FRAMED PARTITIONS NECESSARY FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION. INCLUDE AS REQUIRED FOR SUPPORT OF ALL WALL-MOUNTED EQUIPMENT AND FABRICATIONS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. PROVIDE SUPPORTS AT JAMBS OF DOORS AND ELSEWHERE, AS REQUIRED. 15. FABRICATE ALL MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND BRACING ITEMS TO DETAIL OF STRUCTURAL SHAPES, PLATES AND BARS; WELD JOINTS WHERE PRACTICAL; PROVIDE BOLTS AND OTHER CONNECTION DEVICES REQUIRED. INCLUDE ANCHORAGES, CLIP ANGLES, SLEEVES, ANCHOR PLATE, AND SIMILAR DEVICES, WHETHER IMPLIED OR INDICATED. SET ACCURATELY IN POSITION AS REQUIRED AND ANCHOR SECURELY TO BUILDING CONSTRUCTION WITH FASTENERS APPROPRIATE TO THE INSTALLATION. DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS SECTION 061000-ROUGH CARPENTRY 1. SEE SEPARATE DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC SHEET SPECIFICATIONS FOR MORE INFORMATION SECTION 064116-WOOD VENEER ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS PART 1 - GENERAL1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND DIVISION 01 SPECIFICATION SECTIONS, APPLY TO THIS SECTION. 1.2 SUMMARY A. THIS SECTION INCLUDES THE FOLLOWING: 1. WOOD VENEER CABINETS 2. METAL TRIM ASSOCIATED WITH MILLWORK B. RELATED SECTIONS INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: 1. DIVISION 06 SECTION “MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY” FOR WOOD BLOCKING, SHIMS, AND HANGING STRIPS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLING WOODWORK AND CONCEALED WITHIN OTHER CONSTRUCTION BEFORE WOODWORK INSTALLATION. 2. COORDINATE WITH DIV 12 SECTION 123661 FOR SIMULATED STONE COUNTERTOPS 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK INCLUDES WOOD FURRING, BLOCKING, SHIMS, AND HANGING STRIPS FOR INSTALLING WOODWORK ITEMS UNLESS CONCEALED WITHIN OTHER CONSTRUCTION BEFORE WOODWORK INSTALLATION. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. PRODUCT DATA: FOR EACH TYPE OF PRODUCT INDICATED, INCLUDING CABINET HARDWARE AND ACCESSORIES AND FINISHING MATERIALS AND PROCESSES. B. SHOP DRAWINGS: SHOW LOCATION OF EACH ITEM, DIMENSIONED PLANS AND ELEVATIONS, LARGE-SCALE DETAILS, ATTACHMENT DEVICES, AND OTHER COMPONENTS. 1. SHOW DETAILS FULL SIZE. 2. SHOW LOCATIONS AND SIZES OF FURRING, BLOCKING, AND HANGING STRIPS, INCLUDING CONCEALED BLOCKING AND REINFORCEMENT SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS. 3. SHOW LOCATIONS AND SIZES OF CUTOUTS AND HOLES FOR PLUMBING FIXTURES, FAUCETS, AND OTHER ITEMS INSTALLED IN ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK. C. SAMPLES FOR VERIFICATION: 1. VENEER LEAVES REPRESENTATIVE OF AND SELECTED FROM FLITCHES TO BE USED FOR TRANSPARENT-FINISHED CABINETS: 8 BY 10 INCHES 2. QUARTZ: 6 BY 6 INCHES FOR EACH TYPE, COLOR, PATTERN. 3. SOLID SURFACING MATERIAL: 6 BY 6 INCHES 4. EXPOSED CABINET HARDWARE AND ACCESSORIES, ONE UNIT FOR EACH TYPE AND FINISH. D. PRODUCT CERTIFICATES: FOR EACH TYPE OF PRODUCT, SIGNED BY PRODUCT MANUFACTURER. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. FABRICATOR QUALIFICATIONS: SHOP THAT EMPLOYS SKILLED WORKERS WHO CUSTOM-FABRICATE PRODUCTS SIMILAR TO THOSE REQUIRED FOR THIS PROJECT AND WHOSE PRODUCTS HAVE A RECORD OF SUCCESSFUL IN-SERVICE PERFORMANCE. SHOP IS A CERTIFIED PARTICIPANT IN AWI’S QUALITY CERTIFICATION PROGRAM. B. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: CERTIFIED PARTICIPANT IN AWI’S QUALITY CERTIFICATION PROGRAM. (SEE 2.2.1) C. SOURCE LIMITATIONS: ENGAGE A QUALIFIED WOODWORKING FIRM TO ASSUME UNDIVIDED RESPONSIBILITY FOR PRODUCTION OF INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK WITH SEQUENCE-MATCHED WOOD VENEERS AND TRANSPARENT-FINISHED WOOD DOORS THAT ARE REQUIRED TO BE OF SAME SPECIES AS WOODWORK. D. QUALITY STANDARD: UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, COMPLY WITH AWI’S “ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK QUALITY STANDARDS” FOR GRADES OF INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK INDICATED FOR CONSTRUCTION, FINISHES, INSTALLATION, AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS. 1. PROVIDE WOODWORK, INCLUDING INSTALLATION, COMPLYING WITH REQUIREMENTS OF GRADES SPECIFIED. E. MOCKUPS: BUILD MOCKUPS TO VERIFY SELECTIONS MADE UNDER SAMPLE SUBMITTALS AND TO DEMONSTRATE AESTHETIC EFFECTS AND SET QUALITY STANDARDS FOR MATERIALS AND EXECUTION. 1. APPROVED MOCKUPS MAY BECOME PART OF THE COMPLETED WORK IF UNDISTURBED AT TIME OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. F. PREINSTALLATION CONFERENCE: CONDUCT CONFERENCE AT PROJECT SITE TO COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS IN DIVISION 01 SECTION “PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION.” 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. DO NOT DELIVER WOODWORK UNTIL PAINTING AND SIMILAR OPERATIONS THAT COULD DAMAGE WOODWORK HAVE BEEN COMPLETED IN INSTALLATION AREAS. IF WOODWORK MUST BE STORED IN OTHER THAN INSTALLATION AREAS, STORE ONLY IN AREAS WHERE ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN “PROJECT CONDITIONS” ARTICLE. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. ENVIRONMENTAL LIMITATIONS: DO NOT DELIVER OR INSTALL WOODWORK UNTIL BUILDING IS ENCLOSED, WET WORK IS COMPLETE, AND HVAC SYSTEM IS OPERATING AND MAINTAINING TEMPERATURE AND RELATIVE HUMIDITY AT OCCUPANCY LEVELS DURING THE REMAINDER OF THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD. B. FIELD MEASUREMENTS: WHERE WOODWORK IS INDICATED TO FIT TO OTHER CONSTRUCTION, VERIFY DIMENSIONS OF OTHER CONSTRUCTION BY FIELD MEASUREMENTS BEFORE FABRICATION, AND INDICATE MEASUREMENTS ON SHOP DRAWINGS. C. COORDINATE FABRICATION SCHEDULE WITH CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS TO AVOID DELAYING THE WORK. 1. LOCATE CONCEALED FRAMING, BLOCKING, AND REINFORCEMENTS THAT SUPPORT WOODWORK BY FIELD MEASUREMENTS BEFORE BEING ENCLOSED, AND INDICATE MEASUREMENTS ON SHOP DRAWINGS. 2. ESTABLISHED DIMENSIONS: WHERE FIELD MEASUREMENTS CANNOT BE MADE WITHOUT DELAYING THE WORK, ESTABLISH DIMENSIONS AND PROCEED WITH FABRICATING WOODWORK WITHOUT FIELD MEASUREMENTS. PROVIDE ALLOWANCE FOR TRIMMING AT SITE, AND COORDINATE CONSTRUCTION TO ENSURE THAT ACTUAL DIMENSIONS CORRESPOND TO ESTABLISHED DIMENSIONS. 1.8 COORDINATION A. COORDINATE SIZES AND LOCATIONS OF FRAMING, BLOCKING, FURRING, REINFORCEMENTS, AND OTHER RELATED UNITS OF WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS TO ENSURE THAT INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK CAN BE SUPPORTED AND INSTALLED AS INDICATED. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 WOODWORK FABRICATORS A. FABRICATORS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK AS APPROVED BY OWNER. B. ANY ALTERNATE WOODWORK FABRICATOR MUST SUBMIT THE FOLLOWING TO THE ARCHITECT & OWNER FOR APPROVAL: 1. 3 REFERENCES FROM GENERAL CONTRACTORS OR PAST COMMERCIAL CLIENTS 2. IMAGES AND INFORMATION ON PAST COMMERCIAL JOBS THAT ARE SIMILAR IN SCOPE 3. GENERAL INFORMATION OF THE COMPANY 2.2 MATERIALS A. GENERAL: PROVIDE MATERIALS THAT COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF AWI’S QUALITY STANDARD FOR EACH TYPE OF WOODWORK AND QUALITY GRADE SPECIFIED, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. B. WOOD PRODUCTS: COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING: 1. HARDBOARD: AHA A135.4. 2. MEDIUM-DENSITY FIBERBOARD: ANSI A208.2, GRADE MD, MADE WITH BINDER CONTAINING NO UREA FORMALDEHYDE. 3. SOFTWOOD PLYWOOD: DOC PS 1, MEDIUM DENSITY OVERLAY. E. HIGH-PRESSURE DECORATIVE LAMINATE: NEMA LD 3, GRADES AS INDICATED OR, IF NOT INDICATED, AS REQUIRED BY WOODWORK QUALITY STANDARD. F. MANUFACTURER: PROVIDE INDICATED PRODUCTS BY MANUFACTURERS INDICATED IN THE FINISH LEGEND IN DRAWINGS. G. VENEER-FACED PANEL PRODUCTS : MADE WITH ADHESIVE CONTAINING NO UREA FORMALDEHYDE H. FINISHES MUST COMPLY WITH THE FLAME SPREAD RATINGS PER 2012 IBC REGULATIONS 2.3 CABINET HARDWARE AND ACCESSORIES A. FRAMELESS CONCEALED HINGES (EUROPEAN TYPE): BHMA A156.9, B01602, 170 DEGREES OF OPENING, SELF-CLOSING. B. BACK-MOUNTED PULLS: PULLS AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT. C. CATCHES: PUSH-IN MAGNETIC CATCHES, BHMA A156.9, B03131. D. ADJUSTABLE SHELF STANDARDS AND SUPPORTS: BHMA A156.9, B04071; WITH SHELF RESTS, B04081. E. SHELF RESTS: BHMA A156.9, B04013; METAL. F. DRAWER SLIDES: BHMA A156.9, B05091. 15. HEAVY DUTY (GRADE 1HD-100 AND GRADE 1HD-200): SIDE MOUNTED; FULL-OVERTRAVEL-EXTENSION TYPE; ZINC- PLATED STEEL BALL-BEARING SLIDES. 16. BOX DRAWER SLIDES: GRADE 1HD-100; FOR DRAWERS NOT MORE THAN 6 INCHES HIGH AND 24 INCHES WIDE. 17. FILE DRAWER SLIDES: GRADE 1HD-200; FOR DRAWERS MORE THAN 6 INCHES HIGH OR 24 INCHES WIDE. G. DOOR LOCKS: BHMA A156.11, E07121. H. DRAWER LOCKS: BHMA A156.11, E07041. I. GROMMETS FOR CABLE PASSAGE THROUGH COUNTERTOPS: 2-INCH OD, BLACK, MOLDED-PLASTIC GROMMETS AND MATCHING PLASTIC CAPS WITH SLOT FOR WIRE PASSAGE. 1. PRODUCT: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE “OG SERIES” BY DOUG MOCKETT & COMPANY, INC. J. EXPOSED HARDWARE FINISHES: FOR EXPOSED HARDWARE, PROVIDE FINISH THAT COMPLIES WITH BHMA A156.18 FOR BHMA FINISH NUMBER INDICATED. 1. SEE DRAWINGS. K. FOR CONCEALED HARDWARE, PROVIDE MANUFACTURER’S STANDARD FINISH THAT COMPLIES WITH PRODUCT CLASS REQUIREMENTS IN BHMA A156.9. 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. FURRING, BLOCKING, SHIMS, AND HANGING STRIPS: FIRE- RETARDANT-TREATED SOFTWOOD LUMBER, KILN DRIED TO LESS THAN 15 PERCENT MOISTURE CONTENT. B. ANCHORS: SELECT MATERIAL, TYPE, SIZE, AND FINISH REQUIRED FOR EACH SUBSTRATE FOR SECURE ANCHORAGE. PROVIDE NONFERROUS-METAL OR HOT-DIP GALVANIZED ANCHORS AND INSERTS ON INSIDE FACE OF EXTERIOR WALLS AND ELSEWHERE AS REQUIRED FOR CORROSION RESISTANCE. PROVIDE TOOTHED- STEEL OR LEAD EXPANSION SLEEVES FOR DRILLED-IN-PLACE ANCHORS. C. VOC LIMITS FOR INSTALLATION ADHESIVES AND GLUES: USE INSTALLATION ADHESIVES THAT COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING LIMITS FOR VOC CONTENT WHEN CALCULATED ACCORDING TO 40 CFR 59, SUBPART D (EPA METHOD 24): 1. WOOD GLUES: 30 G/L. 2. CONTACT ADHESIVE: 250 G/L. 2.5 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. INTERIOR WOODWORK GRADE: UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, PROVIDE CUSTOM-GRADE INTERIOR WOODWORK COMPLYING WITH REFERENCED QUALITY STANDARD. B. WOOD MOISTURE CONTENT: COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF REFERENCED QUALITY STANDARD FOR WOOD MOISTURE CONTENT IN RELATION TO AMBIENT RELATIVE HUMIDITY DURING FABRICATION AND IN INSTALLATION AREAS. C. FABRICATE WOODWORK TO DIMENSIONS, PROFILES, AND DETAILS INDICATED. EASE EDGES TO RADIUS INDICATED FOR THE FOLLOWING: 1. CORNERS OF CABINETS AND EDGES OF SOLID-WOOD (LUMBER) MEMBERS 3/4 INCH THICK OR LESS: 1/16 INCH. 2. EDGES OF RAILS AND SIMILAR MEMBERS MORE THAN 3/4 INCH THICK: 1/8 INCH. 3. CORNERS OF CABINETS AND EDGES OF SOLID-WOOD (LUMBER) MEMBERS AND RAILS: 1/16 INCH. D. COMPLETE FABRICATION, INCLUDING ASSEMBLY, FINISHING, AND HARDWARE APPLICATION, TO MAXIMUM EXTENT POSSIBLE BEFORE SHIPMENT TO PROJECT SITE. DISASSEMBLE COMPONENTS ONLY AS NECESSARY FOR SHIPMENT AND INSTALLATION. WHERE NECESSARY FOR FITTING AT SITE, PROVIDE AMPLE ALLOWANCE FOR SCRIBING, TRIMMING, AND FITTING. 1. NOTIFY ARCHITECT SEVEN DAYS IN ADVANCE OF THE DATES AND TIMES WOODWORK FABRICATION WILL BE COMPLETE. 2. TRIAL FIT ASSEMBLIES AT FABRICATION SHOP THAT CANNOT BE SHIPPED COMPLETELY ASSEMBLED. INSTALL DOWELS, SCREWS, BOLTED CONNECTORS, AND OTHER FASTENING DEVICES THAT CAN BE REMOVED AFTER TRIAL FITTING. VERIFY THAT VARIOUS PARTS FIT AS INTENDED AND CHECK MEASUREMENTS OF ASSEMBLIES AGAINST FIELD MEASUREMENTS INDICATED ON SHOP DRAWINGS BEFORE DISASSEMBLING FOR SHIPMENT. E. SHOP-CUT OPENINGS TO MAXIMUM EXTENT POSSIBLE TO RECEIVE HARDWARE, APPLIANCES, PLUMBING FIXTURES, ELECTRICAL WORK, AND SIMILAR ITEMS. LOCATE OPENINGS ACCURATELY AND USE TEMPLATES OR ROUGHING-IN DIAGRAMS TO PRODUCE ACCURATELY SIZED AND SHAPED OPENINGS. SAND EDGES OF CUTOUTS TO REMOVE SPLINTERS AND BURRS. 1. SEAL EDGES OF OPENINGS IN COUNTERTOPS WITH A COAT OF VARNISH. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. BEFORE INSTALLATION, CONDITION WOODWORK TO AVERAGE PREVAILING HUMIDITY CONDITIONS IN INSTALLATION AREAS. B. BEFORE INSTALLING ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK, EXAMINE SHOP-FABRICATED WORK FOR COMPLETION AND COMPLETE WORK AS REQUIRED, INCLUDING REMOVAL OF PACKING AND BACKPRIMING. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. GRADE: INSTALL WOODWORK TO COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR THE SAME GRADE SPECIFIED IN PART 2 FOR FABRICATION OF TYPE OF WOODWORK INVOLVED. B. ASSEMBLE WOODWORK AND COMPLETE FABRICATION AT PROJECT SITE TO COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR FABRICATION IN PART 2, TO EXTENT THAT IT WAS NOT COMPLETED IN THE SHOP. C. INSTALL WOODWORK LEVEL, PLUMB, TRUE, AND STRAIGHT. SHIM AS REQUIRED WITH CONCEALED SHIMS. INSTALL LEVEL AND PLUMB (INCLUDING TOPS) TO A TOLERANCE OF 1/8 INCH IN 96 INCHES. D. SCRIBE AND CUT WOODWORK TO FIT ADJOINING WORK, REFINISH CUT SURFACES, AND REPAIR DAMAGED FINISH AT CUTS. E. ANCHOR WOODWORK TO ANCHORS OR BLOCKING BUILT IN OR DIRECTLY ATTACHED TO SUBSTRATES. SECURE WITH COUNTERSUNK, CONCEALED FASTENERS AND BLIND NAILING AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. USE FINE FINISHING NAILS FOR EXPOSED FASTENING, COUNTERSUNK AND FILLED FLUSH WITH WOODWORK AND MATCHING FINAL FINISH IF TRANSPARENT FINISH IS INDICATED. F. CABINETS: INSTALL WITHOUT DISTORTION SO DOORS AND DRAWERS FIT OPENINGS PROPERLY AND ARE ACCURATELY ALIGNED. ADJUST HARDWARE TO CENTER DOORS AND DRAWERS IN OPENINGS AND TO PROVIDE UNENCUMBERED OPERATION. COMPLETE INSTALLATION OF HARDWARE AND ACCESSORY ITEMS AS INDICATED. 1. INSTALL CABINETS WITH NO MORE THAN 1/8 INCH IN 96- INCH SAG, BOW, OR OTHER VARIATION FROM A STRAIGHT LINE. 2. FASTEN WALL CABINETS THROUGH BACK, NEAR TOP AND BOTTOM, AT ENDS AND NOT MORE THAN 16 INCHES O.C. WITH NO. 10 WAFER-HEAD SCREWS SIZED FOR 1-INCH PENETRATION INTO WOOD FRAMING, BLOCKING, OR HANGING STRIPS. G. COUNTERTOPS: ANCHOR SECURELY BY SCREWING THROUGH CORNER BLOCKS OF BASE CABINETS OR OTHER SUPPORTS INTO UNDERSIDE OF COUNTERTOP. 1. INSTALL COUNTERTOPS WITH NO MORE THAN 1/8 INCH IN 96-INCH SAG, BOW, OR OTHER VARIATION FROM A STRAIGHT LINE. 2. SECURE BACKSPLASHES TO TOPS WITH CONCEALED METAL BRACKETS AT 16 INCHES O.C. AND TO WALLS WITH ADHESIVE. 3. CALK SPACE BETWEEN BACKSPLASH AND WALL WITH SEALANT SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 07 SECTION “JOINT SEALANTS.” 3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. REPAIR DAMAGED AND DEFECTIVE WOODWORK, WHERE POSSIBLE, TO ELIMINATE FUNCTIONAL AND VISUAL DEFECTS; WHERE NOT POSSIBLE TO REPAIR, REPLACE WOODWORK. ADJUST JOINERY FOR UNIFORM APPEARANCE. B. CLEAN, LUBRICATE, AND ADJUST HARDWARE. C. CLEAN WOODWORK ON EXPOSED AND SEMIEXPOSED SURFACES. TOUCH UP SHOP-APPLIED FINISHES TO RESTORE DAMAGED OR SOILED AREAS. END OF SECTION 064116 DIVISION 7 - WEATHER AND MOISTURE BARRIERS SECTION 07 2500 - WEATHER BARRIERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND DIVISION 01 SPECIFICATION SECTIONS, APPLY TO THIS SECTION. 1.2 SUMMARY A. SECTION INCLUDES: 1. BUILDING WRAP. 2. FLEXIBLE FLASHING. B. RELATED REQUIREMENTS: 1. SECTION 06 1600 “SHEATHING” FOR SHEATHING JOINT AND PENETRATION TREATMENT. 2. SECTION 07 2713 “MODIFIED BITUMINOUS SHEET AIR BARRIERS” FOR SHEET AIR BARRIER APPLIED OVER WALL SHEATHING. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. PRODUCT DATA: FOR EACH TYPE OF PRODUCT. 1. FOR BUILDING WRAP, INCLUDE DATA ON AIR AND WATER- VAPOR PERMEANCE BASED ON TESTING ACCORDING TO REFERENCED STANDARDS. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. EVALUATION REPORTS: FOR WATER-RESISTIVE BARRIER AND FLEXIBLE FLASHING, FROM ICC-ES. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 WATER-RESISTIVE BARRIER A. BUILDING WRAP: ASTM E 1677, TYPE I AIR BARRIER; WITH FLAME-SPREAD AND SMOKE-DEVELOPED INDEXES OF LESS THAN 25 AND 450, RESPECTIVELY, WHEN TESTED ACCORDING TO ASTM E 84; UV STABILIZED; AND ACCEPTABLE TO AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. 1. PRODUCTS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, AVAILABLE PRODUCTS THAT MAY BE INCORPORATED INTO THE WORK INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING: A. DOW CHEMICAL COMPANY (THE); STYROFOAM WEATHERMATE PLUS BRAND HOUSEWRAP. B. DUPONT (E. I. DU PONT DE NEMOURS AND COMPANY); TYVEK COMMERCIALWRAP. C. RAVEN INDUSTRIES INC.; FORTRESS PRO WEATHER PROTECTIVE BARRIER. 2. WATER-VAPOR PERMEANCE: NOT LESS THAN 20 PERMS PER ASTM E 96/E 96M, DESICCANT METHOD (PROCEDURE A). 3. AIR PERMEANCE: NOT MORE THAN 0.004 CFM/SQ. FT. AT 0.3-INCH WG WHEN TESTED ACCORDING TO ASTM E 2178. 4. ALLOWABLE UV EXPOSURE TIME: NOT LESS THAN THREE MONTHS. B. BUILDING-WRAP TAPE: PRESSURE-SENSITIVE PLASTIC TAPE RECOMMENDED BY BUILDING-WRAP MANUFACTURER FOR SEALING JOINTS AND PENETRATIONS IN BUILDING WRAP. 2.2 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. FLEXIBLE FLASHING: COMPOSITE, SELF-ADHESIVE, FLASHING PRODUCT CONSISTING OF A PLIABLE, BUTYL RUBBER OR RUBBERIZED-ASPHALT COMPOUND, BONDED TO A HIGH- DENSITY POLYETHYLENE FILM, ALUMINUM FOIL, OR SPUNBONDED POLYOLEFIN TO PRODUCE AN OVERALL THICKNESS OF NOT LESS THAN 0.030 INCH. 1. PRODUCTS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, AVAILABLE PRODUCTS THAT MAY BE INCORPORATED INTO THE WORK INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING: A. DUPONT (E. I. DU PONT DE NEMOURS AND COMPANY); DUPONT FLASHING TAPE. B. GRACE CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS, A UNIT OF W. R. GRACE & CO. - CONN.; VYCOR BUTYL SELF ADHERED FLASHING. C. RAVEN INDUSTRIES INC.; FORTRESS FLASHSHIELD. D. CARLISLE COATINGS & WATERPROOFING; CCW- 705-TWF THRU-WALL FLASHING. E. GRACE CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS, A UNIT OF W. R. GRACE & CO. - CONN.; VYCOR PLUS SELF-ADHERED FLASHING. F. POLYGUARD PRODUCTS, INC.; POLYGUARD JT-30 TAPE. B. PRIMER FOR FLEXIBLE FLASHING: PRODUCT RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER OF FLEXIBLE FLASHING FOR SUBSTRATE. C. NAILS AND STAPLES: ASTM F 1667. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 WATER-RESISTIVE BARRIER INSTALLATION A. COVER EXPOSED EXTERIOR SURFACE OF SHEATHING WITH WATER-RESISTIVE BARRIER SECURELY FASTENED TO FRAMING IMMEDIATELY AFTER SHEATHING IS INSTALLED. B. COVER SHEATHING WITH WATER-RESISTIVE BARRIER AS FOLLOWS: 1. CUT BACK BARRIER 1/2 INCH ON EACH SIDE OF THE BREAK IN SUPPORTING MEMBERS AT EXPANSION- OR CONTROL-JOINT LOCATIONS. 2. APPLY BARRIER TO COVER VERTICAL FLASHING WITH A MINIMUM 4-INCH OVERLAP UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. C. BUILDING WRAP: COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER’S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. 1. SEAL SEAMS, EDGES, FASTENERS, AND PENETRATIONS WITH TAPE. 2. EXTEND INTO JAMBS OF OPENINGS AND SEAL CORNERS WITH TAPE. 3.2 FLEXIBLE FLASHING INSTALLATION A. APPLY FLEXIBLE FLASHING WHERE INDICATED TO COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER’S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. 1. PRIME SUBSTRATES AS RECOMMENDED BY FLASHING MANUFACTURER. 2. LAP SEAMS AND JUNCTURES WITH OTHER MATERIALS AT LEAST 4 INCHES EXCEPT THAT AT FLASHING FLANGES OF OTHER CONSTRUCTION, LAPS NEED NOT EXCEED FLANGE WIDTH. 3. LAP FLASHING OVER WATER-RESISTIVE BARRIER AT BOTTOM AND SIDES OF OPENINGS. 4. LAP WATER-RESISTIVE BARRIER OVER FLASHING AT HEADS OF OPENINGS. 5. AFTER FLASHING HAS BEEN APPLIED, ROLL SURFACES WITH A HARD RUBBER OR METAL ROLLER TO ENSURE THAT FLASHING IS COMPLETELY ADHERED TO SUBSTRATES. END OF SECTION 07 2500 DIVISION 8 - OPENINGS SECTION 081416 FLUSH WOOD DOORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. SECTION INCLUDES: 1. SOLID-CORE PAINT GRADE DOORS 2. FACTORY FITTING FLUSH WOOD DOORS TO FRAMES AND FACTORY MACHINING FOR HARDWARE. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. PRODUCT DATA: FOR EACH TYPE OF DOOR. B. SHOP DRAWINGS: INDICATE LOCATION, SIZE, AND HAND OF EACH DOOR; ELEVATION OF EACH KIND OF DOOR; CONSTRUCTION DETAILS NOT COVERED IN PRODUCT DATA; AND THE FOLLOWING: 1. DIMENSIONS AND LOCATIONS OF BLOCKING. 2. DIMENSIONS AND LOCATIONS OF MORTISES AND HOLES FOR HARDWARE. 3. DIMENSIONS AND LOCATIONS OF CUTOUTS. 4. UNDERCUTS. 5. REQUIREMENTS FOR VENEER MATCHING. 6. DOORS TO BE FACTORY FINISHED AND FINISH REQUIREMENTS. 7. FIRE-PROTECTION RATINGS FOR FIRE-RATED DOORS. C. SAMPLES: FOR FACTORY-FINISHED DOORS. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. QUALITY STANDARD COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATES: AWI QUALITY CERTIFICATION PROGRAM CERTIFICATES. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. ALGOMA HARDWOODS, INC. B. AMPCO. C. CHAPPELL DOOR CO. D. EGGERS INDUSTRIES. E. GENERAL VENEER MANUFACTURING CO. F. GRAHAM WOOD DOORS (ASSA ABLOY GROUP) G. HALEY BROTHERS, INC. H. IPIK DOOR COMPANY. I. LAMBTON DOORS. J. MARLITE. K. MARSHFIELD DOOR SYSTEMS, INC. L. MOHAWK DOORS; A MASONITE COMPANY. M. PONCRAFT DOOR COMPANY. N. VANCOUVER DOOR COMPANY. O. VT INDUSTRIES 2.2 FLUSH WOOD DOORS, GENERAL A. QUALITY STANDARD: IN ADDITION TO REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED, COMPLY WITH AWI’S STANDARDS.” 1. PROVIDE AWI QUALITY CERTIFICATION LABELS INDICATING THAT DOORS COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF GRADES SPECIFIED. B. SMOKE- AND DRAFT-CONTROL DOOR ASSEMBLIES: LISTED AND LABELED FOR SMOKE AND DRAFT CONTROL, BASED ON TESTING ACCORDING TO UL 1784. C. STRUCTURAL-COMPOSITE-LUMBER-CORE DOORS: 1. STRUCTURAL COMPOSITE LUMBER: WDMA I.S.10. a. SCREW WITHDRAWAL, FACE: 700 LBF . b. SCREW WITHDRAWAL, EDGE: 400 LBF . 2.3 2.4 LIGHT FRAMES AND LOUVERS A. WOOD-VENEERED BEADS FOR LIGHT OPENINGS IN FIRE- RATED DOORS: MANUFACTURER’S STANDARD WOOD-VENEERED NONCOMBUSTIBLE BEADS MATCHING VENEER SPECIES OF DOOR FACES AND APPROVED FOR USE IN DOORS OF FIRE-PROTECTION RATING INDICATED. INCLUDE CONCEALED METAL GLAZING CLIPS WHERE REQUIRED FOR OPENING SIZE AND FIRE-PROTECTION RATING INDICATED. 2.5 FABRICATION A. FACTORY MACHINE DOORS FOR HARDWARE THAT IS NOT GI101 conformed set revisions : p r o j e c t # : d a t e : 20.0550 - june 4, 2021 3 6 0 w e s t a s p e n a v e n u e s a l t l a k e c i t y , u t a h 8 4 1 0 1 8 0 1 5 3 2 4 4 2 2 sheet: title: revisions : p r o j e c t # : d a t e : UNLESS A PROFESSIONAL SEAL WITH SIGNATURE AND DATE IS AFFIXED, THIS DOCUMENT IS PRELIMINARY AND IS NOT INTENDED FOR CONSTRUCTION, RECORDING PURPOSES, OR IMPLEMENTATION THE DESIGNS SHOWN AND DESCRIBED HEREIN INCLUDING ALL TECHNICAL DRAWINGS, GRAPHIC REPRESENTATIONS & MODELS THEREOF, ARE PROPRIETARY & CAN NOT BE COPIED, DUPLICATED, OR COMMERCIALLY EXPLOITED IN WHOLE OR IN PART WITHOUT THE SOLE AND EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM METHOD STUDIO INC. project: E D C B A E D C B A 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 3 / 29 / 2021 GI208 Sheet Specs 20.0550 - april 7, 2021 Rexburg Rowhouses bid set SURFACE APPLIED. B. OPENINGS: FACTORY CUT AND TRIM OPENINGS THROUGH DOORS. 1. LIGHT OPENINGS: TRIM OPENINGS WITH MOLDINGS OF MATERIAL AND PROFILE INDICATED. 2.6 FACTORY FINISHING A. GENERAL: COMPLY WITH REFERENCED QUALITY STANDARD FOR FACTORY FINISHING. COMPLETE FABRICATION, INCLUDING FITTING DOORS FOR OPENINGS AND MACHINING FOR HARDWARE THAT IS NOT SURFACE APPLIED, BEFORE FINISHING. 1. FINISH FACES, ALL SIX EDGES, EDGES OF CUTOUTS, AND MORTISES. STAINS AND FILLERS MAY BE OMITTED ON TOP AND BOTTOM EDGES, EDGES OF CUTOUTS, AND MORTISES. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. HARDWARE: FOR INSTALLATION, SEE SECTION 087100 “DOOR HARDWARE.” B. INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS: INSTALL DOORS TO COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER’S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS AND REFERENCED QUALITY STANDARD, AND AS INDICATED. 1. INSTALL FIRE-RATED DOORS ACCORDING TO NFPA 80. 2. INSTALL SMOKE- AND DRAFT-CONTROL DOORS ACCORDING TO NFPA 105. C. FACTORY-FITTED DOORS: ALIGN IN FRAMES FOR UNIFORM CLEARANCE AT EACH EDGE. D. FACTORY-FINISHED DOORS: RESTORE FINISH BEFORE INSTALLATION IF FITTING OR MACHINING IS REQUIRED AT PROJECT SITE. SECTION 08 71 00 – DOOR HARDWARE SECTION 08 71 00 – DOOR HARDWARE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND DIVISION 01 SPECIFICATION SECTIONS, APPLY TO THIS SECTION. 1.02 SUMMARY A. SECTION INCLUDES: 1. MECHANICAL DOOR HARDWARE FOR: a. SWINGING DOORS. 2. THE INTENT OF THE HARDWARE SPECIFICATION IS TO SPECIFY THE HARDWARE FOR INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR DOORS, AND TO ESTABLISH A TYPE, CONTINUITY, AND STANDARD OF QUALITY. HOWEVER, IT IS THE DOOR HARDWARE SUPPLIER’S RESPONSIBILITY TO THOROUGHLY REVIEW EXISTING CONDITIONS, SCHEDULES, SPECIFICATIONS, DRAWINGS, AND OTHER CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TO VERIFY THE SUITABILITY OF THE HARDWARE SPECIFIED. B. EXCLUSIONS: UNLESS SPECIFICALLY LISTED IN HARDWARE SETS, HARDWARE IS NOT SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION FOR: 1. WINDOWS 2. CABINETS (CASEWORK), INCLUDING LOCKS IN CABINETS 3. SIGNAGE 4. TOILET ACCESSORIES 5. OVERHEAD DOORS C. RELATED SECTIONS: 1. DIVISION 01 SECTION “ALTERNATES” FOR ALTERNATES AFFECTING THIS SECTION. 2. DIVISION 07 SECTION “JOINT SEALANTS” FOR SEALANT REQUIREMENTS APPLICABLE TO THRESHOLD INSTALLATION SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION. 3. DIVISION 09 SECTIONS FOR TOUCHUP, FINISHING OR REFINISHING OF EXISTING OPENINGS MODIFIED BY THIS SECTION. 4. DIVISION 13 SECTION “RADIATION PROTECTION” FOR REQUIREMENTS FOR LEAD-LINING FOR DOOR HARDWARE AT OPENINGS INDICATED TO RECEIVE RADIATION PROTECTION. 5. DIVISION 26 SECTIONS FOR CONNECTIONS TO ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM AND FOR LOW-VOLTAGE WIRING. 6. DIVISION 28 SECTIONS FOR COORDINATION WITH OTHER COMPONENTS OF ELECTRONIC ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM. 1.03 REFERENCES A. UL - UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES 1. UL 10B - FIRE TEST OF DOOR ASSEMBLIES 2. UL 10C - POSITIVE PRESSURE TEST OF FIRE DOOR ASSEMBLIES 3. UL 1784 - AIR LEAKAGE TESTS OF DOOR ASSEMBLIES 4. UL 305 - PANIC HARDWARE B. DHI - DOOR AND HARDWARE INSTITUTE 1. SEQUENCE AND FORMAT FOR THE HARDWARE SCHEDULE 2. RECOMMENDED LOCATIONS FOR BUILDERS HARDWARE 3. KEY SYSTEMS AND NOMENCLATURE C. ANSI - AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE 1. ANSI/BHMA A156.1 - A156.29, AND ANSI/BHMA A156.31 - STANDARDS FOR HARDWARE AND SPECIALTIES 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. GENERAL: 1. SUBMIT IN ACCORDANCE WITH CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT AND DIVISION 01 REQUIREMENTS. 2. HIGHLIGHT, ENCIRCLE, OR OTHERWISE SPECIFICALLY IDENTIFY ON SUBMITTALS DEVIATIONS FROM CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, ISSUES OF INCOMPATIBILITY OR OTHER ISSUES WHICH MAY DETRIMENTALLY AFFECT THE WORK. 3. PRIOR TO FORWARDING SUBMITTAL, COMPLY WITH PROCEDURES FOR VERIFYING EXISTING DOOR AND FRAME COMPATIBILITY FOR NEW HARDWARE, AS SPECIFIED IN PART 3, “EXAMINATION” ARTICLE, HEREIN. B. ACTION SUBMITTALS: 1. PRODUCT DATA: TECHNICAL PRODUCT DATA FOR EACH ITEM OF DOOR HARDWARE, INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS, MAINTENANCE OF OPERATING PARTS AND FINISH, AND OTHER INFORMATION NECESSARY TO SHOW COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS. 2. RISER AND WIRING DIAGRAMS: AFTER FINAL APPROVAL OF HARDWARE SCHEDULE, SUBMIT DETAILS OF ELECTRIFIED DOOR HARDWARE, INDICATING: a. WIRING DIAGRAMS: FOR POWER, SIGNAL, AND CONTROL WIRING AND INCLUDING: 1) DETAILS OF INTERFACE OF ELECTRIFIED DOOR HARDWARE AND BUILDING SAFETY AND SECURITY SYSTEMS. 2) SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF SYSTEMS THAT INTERFACE WITH ELECTRIFIED DOOR HARDWARE. 3) POINT-TO-POINT WIRING. 4) RISERS. 3. SAMPLES FOR VERIFICATION: IF REQUESTED BY ARCHITECT, SUBMIT PRODUCTION SAMPLE OF REQUESTED DOOR HARDWARE UNIT IN FINISH INDICATED, AND TAGGED WITH FULL DESCRIPTION FOR COORDINATION WITH SCHEDULE. a. SAMPLES WILL BE RETURNED TO SUPPLIER. UNITS THAT ARE ACCEPTABLE TO ARCHITECT MAY, AFTER FINAL CHECK OF OPERATIONS, BE INCORPORATED INTO WORK, WITHIN LIMITATIONS OF KEY COORDINATION REQUIREMENTS. 4. DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE: SUBMIT SCHEDULE WITH HARDWARE SETS IN VERTICAL FORMAT AS ILLUSTRATED BY SEQUENCE OF FORMAT FOR THE HARDWARE SCHEDULE AS PUBLISHED BY THE DOOR AND HARDWARE INSTITUTE. INDICATE COMPLETE DESIGNATIONS OF EACH ITEM REQUIRED FOR EACH DOOR OR OPENING, INCLUDE: a. DOOR INDEX; INCLUDE DOOR NUMBER, HEADING NUMBER, AND ARCHITECTS HARDWARE SET NUMBER. b. OPENING LOCK FUNCTION SPREADSHEET: LIST LOCKING DEVICE AND FUNCTION FOR EACH OPENING. c. QUANTITY, TYPE, STYLE, FUNCTION, SIZE, AND FINISH OF EACH HARDWARE ITEM. d. NAME AND MANUFACTURER OF EACH ITEM. e. FASTENINGS AND OTHER PERTINENT INFORMATION. f. LOCATION OF EACH HARDWARE SET CROSS-REFERENCED TO INDICATIONS ON DRAWINGS. g. EXPLANATION OF ALL ABBREVIATIONS, SYMBOLS, AND CODES CONTAINED IN SCHEDULE. h. MOUNTING LOCATIONS FOR HARDWARE. i. DOOR AND FRAME SIZES AND MATERIALS. j. NAME AND PHONE NUMBER FOR LOCAL MANUFACTURER’S REPRESENTATIVE FOR EACH PRODUCT. k. OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTION OF OPENINGS WITH ANY ELECTRIFIED HARDWARE (LOCKS, EXITS, ELECTROMAGNETIC LOCKS, ELECTRIC STRIKES, AUTOMATIC OPERATORS, DOOR POSITION SWITCHES, MAGNETIC HOLDERS OR CLOSER/HOLDER UNITS, AND ACCESS CONTROL COMPONENTS). OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTION SHOULD INCLUDE OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTIONS FOR: EGRESS, INGRESS (ACCESS), AND FIRE/SMOKE ALARM CONNECTIONS. 1) SUBMITTAL SEQUENCE: SUBMIT DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE CONCURRENT WITH SUBMISSIONS OF PRODUCT DATA, SAMPLES, AND SHOP DRAWINGS. COORDINATE SUBMISSION OF DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE WITH SCHEDULING REQUIREMENTS OF OTHER WORK TO FACILITATE FABRICATION OF OTHER WORK THAT IS CRITICAL IN PROJECT CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. 5. KEY SCHEDULE: a. AFTER KEYING CONFERENCE, PROVIDE KEYING SCHEDULE LISTING LEVELS OF KEYING AS WELL AS EXPLANATION OF KEY SYSTEM’S FUNCTION, KEY SYMBOLS USED AND DOOR NUMBERS CONTROLLED. b. USE ANSI/BHMA A156.28 “RECOMMENDED PRACTICES FOR KEYING SYSTEMS” AS GUIDELINE FOR NOMENCLATURE, DEFINITIONS, AND APPROACH FOR SELECTING OPTIMAL KEYING SYSTEM. c. PROVIDE 3 COPIES OF KEYING SCHEDULE FOR REVIEW PREPARED AND DETAILED IN ACCORDANCE WITH REFERENCED DHI PUBLICATION. INCLUDE SCHEMATIC KEYING DIAGRAM AND INDEX EACH KEY TO UNIQUE DOOR DESIGNATIONS. d. INDEX KEYING SCHEDULE BY DOOR NUMBER, KEYSET, HARDWARE HEADING NUMBER, CROSS KEYING INSTRUCTIONS, AND SPECIAL KEY STAMPING INSTRUCTIONS. e. PROVIDE ONE COMPLETE BITTING LIST OF KEY CUTS AND ONE KEY SYSTEM SCHEMATIC ILLUSTRATING SYSTEM USAGE AND EXPANSION. 1) FORWARD BITTING LIST, KEY CUTS AND KEY SYSTEM SCHEMATIC DIRECTLY TO OWNER, BY MEANS AS DIRECTED BY OWNER. f. PREPARE KEY SCHEDULE BY OR UNDER SUPERVISION OF SUPPLIER, DETAILING OWNER’S FINAL KEYING INSTRUCTIONS FOR LOCKS. 6. TEMPLATES: AFTER FINAL APPROVAL OF HARDWARE SCHEDULE, PROVIDE TEMPLATES FOR DOORS, FRAMES AND OTHER WORK SPECIFIED TO BE FACTORY OR SHOP PREPARED FOR DOOR HARDWARE INSTALLATION. C. INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS: 1. QUALIFICATION DATA: FOR SUPPLIER, INSTALLER AND ARCHITECTURAL HARDWARE CONSULTANT. 2. PRODUCT DATA FOR ELECTRIFIED DOOR HARDWARE: a. CERTIFY THAT DOOR HARDWARE APPROVED FOR USE ON TYPES AND SIZES OF LABELED FIRE-RATED DOORS COMPLIES WITH LISTED FIRE-RATED DOOR ASSEMBLIES. 3. WARRANTY: SPECIAL WARRANTY SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION. D. CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS: 1. OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE DATA: PROVIDE IN ACCORDANCE WITH DIVISION 01 AND INCLUDE: a. COMPLETE INFORMATION ON CARE, MAINTENANCE, AND ADJUSTMENT; DATA ON REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT PARTS, AND INFORMATION ON PRESERVATION OF FINISHES. b. CATALOG PAGES FOR EACH PRODUCT. c. FACTORY ORDER ACKNOWLEDGEMENT NUMBERS (FOR WARRANTY AND SERVICE) d. NAME, ADDRESS, AND PHONE NUMBER OF LOCAL REPRESENTATIVE FOR EACH MANUFACTURER. e. PARTS LIST FOR EACH PRODUCT. f. FINAL APPROVED HARDWARE SCHEDULE, EDITED TO REFLECT CONDITIONS AS-INSTALLED. g. FINAL KEYING SCHEDULE h. COPIES OF FLOOR PLANS WITH KEYING NOMENCLATURE i. AS-INSTALLED WIRING DIAGRAMS FOR EACH OPENING CONNECTED TO POWER, BOTH LOW VOLTAGE AND 110 VOLTS. j. COPY OF WARRANTIES INCLUDING APPROPRIATE REFERENCE NUMBERS FOR MANUFACTURERS TO IDENTIFY PROJECT. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. INVENTORY DOOR HARDWARE ON RECEIPT AND PROVIDE SECURE LOCK-UP FOR HARDWARE DELIVERED TO PROJECT SITE. B. TAG EACH ITEM OR PACKAGE SEPARATELY WITH IDENTIFICATION COORDINATED WITH FINAL DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE, AND INCLUDE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS, TEMPLATES, AND NECESSARY FASTENERS WITH EACH ITEM OR PACKAGE. 1. DELIVER EACH ARTICLE OF HARDWARE IN MANUFACTURER’S ORIGINAL PACKAGING. C. PROJECT CONDITIONS: 1. MAINTAIN MANUFACTURER-RECOMMENDED ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS THROUGHOUT STORAGE AND INSTALLATION PERIODS. 2. PROVIDE SECURE LOCK-UP FOR DOOR HARDWARE DELIVERED TO PROJECT. CONTROL HANDLING AND INSTALLATION OF HARDWARE ITEMS SO THAT COMPLETION OF WORK WILL NOT BE DELAYED BY HARDWARE LOSSES BOTH BEFORE AND AFTER INSTALLATION. D. PROTECTION AND DAMAGE: 1. PROMPTLY REPLACE PRODUCTS DAMAGED DURING SHIPPING. 2. HANDLE HARDWARE IN MANNER TO AVOID DAMAGE, MARRING, OR SCRATCHING. CORRECT, REPLACE OR REPAIR PRODUCTS DAMAGED DURING WORK. 3. PROTECT PRODUCTS AGAINST MALFUNCTION DUE TO PAINT, SOLVENT, CLEANSER, OR ANY CHEMICAL AGENT. 1.06 COORDINATION A. COORDINATE LAYOUT AND INSTALLATION OF FLOOR- RECESSED DOOR HARDWARE WITH FLOOR CONSTRUCTION. CAST ANCHORING INSERTS INTO CONCRETE. B. INSTALLATION TEMPLATES: DISTRIBUTE FOR DOORS, FRAMES, AND OTHER WORK SPECIFIED TO BE FACTORY OR SHOP PREPARED. CHECK SHOP DRAWINGS OF OTHER WORK TO CONFIRM THAT ADEQUATE PROVISIONS ARE MADE FOR LOCATING AND INSTALLING DOOR HARDWARE TO COMPLY WITH INDICATED REQUIREMENTS. C. SECURITY: COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF DOOR HARDWARE, KEYING, AND ACCESS CONTROL WITH OWNER’S SECURITY CONSULTANT. D. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM ROUGHING-IN: COORDINATE LAYOUT AND INSTALLATION OF ELECTRIFIED DOOR HARDWARE WITH CONNECTIONS TO POWER SUPPLIES AND BUILDING SAFETY AND SECURITY SYSTEMS. E. EXISTING OPENINGS: WHERE EXISTING DOORS, FRAMES AND/ OR HARDWARE ARE TO REMAIN, FIELD VERIFY EXISTING FUNCTIONS, CONDITIONS AND PREPARATIONS AND COORDINATE TO SUIT OPENING CONDITIONS AND TO PROVIDE PROPER DOOR OPERATION. 1.07 WARRANTY A. WARRANTY: MANUFACTURER’S STANDARD FORM IN WHICH MANUFACTURER AGREES TO REPAIR OR REPLACE COMPONENTS OF DOOR HARDWARE THAT FAIL IN MATERIALS OR WORKMANSHIP WITHIN SPECIFIED WARRANTY PERIOD. 1. WARRANTY PERIOD: BEGINNING FROM DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, FOR DURATIONS INDICATED. a. CLOSERS: 1) MECHANICAL: 10 YEARS. 2) ELECTRIFIED: 2 YEARS. b. LOCKSETS: 1) MECHANICAL: 10 YEARS ELECTRIFIED: 1 YEAR. c. CONTINUOUS HINGES: LIFETIME WARRANTY. d. KEY BLANKS: LIFETIME 2. WARRANTY DOES NOT COVER DAMAGE OR FAULTY OPERATION DUE TO IMPROPER INSTALLATION, IMPROPER USE OR ABUSE. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. THE OWNER REQUIRES USE OF CERTAIN PRODUCTS FOR THEIR UNIQUE CHARACTERISTICS AND PROJECT SUITABILITY TO INSURE CONTINUITY OF EXISTING AND FUTURE PERFORMANCE AND MAINTENANCE STANDARDS. AFTER INVESTIGATING AVAILABLE PRODUCT OFFERINGS, THE AWARDING AUTHORITY HAS ELECTED TO PREPARE PROPRIETARY SPECIFICATIONS. THESE PRODUCTS ARE SPECIFIED WITH THE NOTATION: “NO SUBSTITUTE.” 1. WHERE “NO SUBSTITUTE” IS NOTED, SUBMITTALS AND SUBSTITUTION REQUESTS FOR OTHER PRODUCTS WILL NOT BE CONSIDERED. B. APPROVAL OF MANUFACTURERS AND/OR PRODUCTS OTHER THAN THOSE LISTED AS “SCHEDULED MANUFACTURER” OR “ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS” IN THE INDIVIDUAL ARTICLE FOR THE PRODUCT CATEGORY SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH QUALITY ASSURANCE ARTICLE, HEREIN. C. APPROVAL OF PRODUCTS FROM MANUFACTURERS INDICATED IN “ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS” IS CONTINGENT UPON THOSE PRODUCTS PROVIDING ALL FUNCTIONS AND FEATURES AND MEETING ALL REQUIREMENTS OF SCHEDULED MANUFACTURER’S PRODUCT. D. WHERE SPECIFIED HARDWARE IS NOT ADAPTABLE TO FINISHED SHAPE OR SIZE OF MEMBERS REQUIRING HARDWARE, FURNISH SUITABLE TYPES HAVING SAME OPERATION AND QUALITY AS TYPE SPECIFIED, SUBJECT TO ARCHITECT’S APPROVAL. 2.02 MATERIALS A. FASTENERS 1. PROVIDE HARDWARE MANUFACTURED TO CONFORM TO PUBLISHED TEMPLATES, GENERALLY PREPARED FOR MACHINE SCREW INSTALLATION. 2. FURNISH SCREWS FOR INSTALLATION WITH EACH HARDWARE ITEM. FINISH EXPOSED (EXPOSED UNDER ANY CONDITION) SCREWS TO MATCH HARDWARE FINISH, OR, IF EXPOSED IN SURFACES OF OTHER WORK, TO MATCH FINISH OF THIS OTHER WORK INCLUDING PREPARED FOR PAINT SURFACES TO RECEIVE PAINTED FINISH. 3. PROVIDE CONCEALED FASTENERS FOR HARDWARE UNITS EXPOSED WHEN DOOR IS CLOSED EXCEPT WHEN NO STANDARD UNITS OF TYPE SPECIFIED ARE AVAILABLE WITH CONCEALED FASTENERS. DO NOT USE THRU-BOLTS FOR INSTALLATION WHERE BOLT HEAD OR NUT ON OPPOSITE FACE IS EXPOSED IN OTHER WORK UNLESS THRU-BOLTS ARE REQUIRED TO FASTEN HARDWARE SECURELY. REVIEW DOOR SPECIFICATION AND ADVISE ARCHITECT IF THRU-BOLTS ARE REQUIRED. 4. INSTALL HARDWARE WITH FASTENERS PROVIDED BY HARDWARE MANUFACTURER. B. MODIFICATION AND PREPARATION OF EXISTING DOORS: WHERE EXISTING DOOR HARDWARE IS INDICATED TO BE REMOVED AND REINSTALLED. 1. PROVIDE NECESSARY FILLERS, DUTCHMEN, REINFORCEMENTS, AND FASTENERS, COMPATIBLE WITH EXISTING MATERIALS, AS REQUIRED FOR MOUNTING NEW OPENING HARDWARE AND TO COVER EXISTING DOOR AND FRAME PREPARATIONS. 2. USE MATERIALS WHICH MATCH MATERIALS OF ADJACENT MODIFIED AREAS. 3. WHEN MODIFYING EXISTING FIRE-RATED OPENINGS, PROVIDE MATERIALS PERMITTED BY NFPA 80 AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN FIRE-RATING. C. PROVIDE SCREWS, BOLTS, EXPANSION SHIELDS, DROP PLATES AND OTHER DEVICES NECESSARY FOR HARDWARE INSTALLATION. 1. WHERE FASTENERS ARE EXPOSED TO VIEW: FINISH TO MATCH ADJACENT DOOR HARDWARE MATERIAL. D. OPTION: CABLE AND CONNECTORS: HARDWIRED ELECTRONIC ACCESS CONTROL LOCKSET AND EXIT DEVICE TRIM: 1. DATA: 24AWG, 4 CONDUCTOR SHIELDED, BELDEN 9843, 9841 OR COMPARABLE. 2. DC POWER: 18 AWG, 2 CONDUCTOR, BELDEN 8760 OR COMPARABLE. 3. PROVIDE TYPE OF DATA AND DC POWER CABLING REQUIRED BY ACCESS CONTROL DEVICE MANUFACTURER FOR THIS INSTALLATION. 4. WHERE SCHEDULED IN THE HARDWARE SETS, PROVIDE EACH ITEM OF ELECTRIFIED HARDWARE AND WIRE HARNESSES WITH SUFFICIENT NUMBER AND WIRE GAUGE WITH STANDARDIZED MOLEX PLUG CONNECTORS TO ACCOMMODATE ELECTRIC FUNCTION OF SPECIFIED HARDWARE. PROVIDE MOLEX CONNECTORS THAT PLUG DIRECTLY INTO CONNECTORS FROM HARNESSES, ELECTRIC LOCKING AND POWER TRANSFER DEVICES. PROVIDE THROUGH-DOOR WIRE HARNESS FOR EACH ELECTRIFIED LOCKING DEVICE INSTALLED IN A DOOR AND WIRE HARNESS FOR EACH ELECTRIFIED HINGE, ELECTRIFIED CONTINUOUS HINGE, ELECTRIFIED PIVOT, AND ELECTRIC POWER TRANSFER FOR CONNECTION TO POWER SUPPLIES. 2.03 HINGES A. MANUFACTURERS AND PRODUCTS: 1. SCHEDULED MANUFACTURER AND PRODUCT: IVES 5BB SERIES. 2. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS AND PRODUCTS: MCKINNEY TA/T4A SERIES, STANLEY FBB SERIES. B. REQUIREMENTS: 1. PROVIDE HINGES CONFORMING TO ANSI/BHMA A156.1. 2. 1-3/4 INCH (44 MM) THICK DOORS, UP TO AND INCLUDING 36 INCHES (914 MM) WIDE: a. EXTERIOR: STANDARD WEIGHT, BRONZE OR STAINLESS STEEL, 4-1/2 INCHES (114 MM) HIGH b. INTERIOR: STANDARD WEIGHT, STEEL, 4-1/2 INCHES (114 MM) HIGH 3. 1-3/4 INCH (44 MM) THICK DOORS OVER 36 INCHES (914 MM) WIDE: a. EXTERIOR: HEAVY WEIGHT, BRONZE/STAINLESS STEEL, 5 INCHES (127 MM) HIGH b. INTERIOR: HEAVY WEIGHT, STEEL, 5 INCHES (127 MM) HIGH 4. 2 INCHES OR THICKER DOORS: a. EXTERIOR: HEAVY WEIGHT, BRONZE OR STAINLESS STEEL, 5 INCHES (127 MM) HIGH b. INTERIOR: HEAVY WEIGHT, STEEL, 5 INCHES (127 MM) HIGH 5. PROVIDE THREE HINGES PER DOOR LEAF FOR DOORS 90 INCHES (2286 MM) OR LESS IN HEIGHT, AND ONE ADDITIONAL HINGE FOR EACH 30 INCHES (762 MM) OF ADDITIONAL DOOR HEIGHT. 6. WHERE NEW HINGES ARE SPECIFIED FOR EXISTING DOORS OR EXISTING FRAMES, PROVIDE NEW HINGES OF IDENTICAL SIZE TO HINGE PREPARATION PRESENT IN EXISTING DOOR OR EXISTING FRAME. 7. HINGE PINS: EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE INDICATED, PROVIDE HINGE PINS AS FOLLOWS: a. STEEL HINGES: STEEL PINS b. NON-FERROUS HINGES: STAINLESS STEEL PINS c. OUT-SWINGING EXTERIOR DOORS: NON-REMOVABLE PINS d. OUT-SWINGING INTERIOR LOCKABLE DOORS: NON-REMOVABLE PINS e. INTERIOR NON-LOCKABLE DOORS: NON-RISING PINS 8. WIDTH OF HINGES: 4-1/2 INCHES (114 MM) AT 1-3/4 INCH (44 MM) THICK DOORS, AND 5 INCHES (127 MM) AT 2 INCHES (51 MM) OR THICKER DOORS. ADJUST HINGE WIDTH AS REQUIRED FOR DOOR, FRAME, AND WALL CONDITIONS TO ALLOW PROPER DEGREE OF OPENING. 9. PROVIDE HINGES WITH ELECTRIFIED OPTIONS AS SCHEDULED IN THE HARDWARE SETS. PROVIDE WITH SUFFICIENT NUMBER AND WIRE GAGE TO ACCOMMODATE ELECTRIC FUNCTION OF SPECIFIED HARDWARE. LOCATE ELECTRIC HINGE AT SECOND HINGE FROM BOTTOM OR NEAREST TO ELECTRIFIED LOCKING COMPONENT. 10. PROVIDE MORTAR GUARD FOR EACH ELECTRIFIED HINGE SPECIFIED. 11. PROVIDE SPRING HINGES WHERE SPECIFIED. PROVIDE TWO SPRING HINGES AND ONE BEARING HINGE PER DOOR LEAF FOR DOORS 90 INCHES (2286 MM) OR LESS IN HEIGHT. PROVIDE ONE ADDITIONAL BEARING HINGE FOR EACH 30 INCHES (762 MM) OF ADDITIONAL DOOR HEIGHT. 2.04 MORTISE LOCKS A. MANUFACTURERS AND PRODUCTS: 1. SCHEDULED MANUFACTURER AND PRODUCT: SCHLAGE L9000 SERIES. 2. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS AND PRODUCTS: NO SUBSTITUTE. B. REQUIREMENTS: 1. PROVIDE MORTISE LOCKS CONFORMING TO ANSI/BHMA A156.13 SERIES 1000, GRADE 1, AND UL LISTED FOR 3 HOUR FIRE DOORS. 2. PROVIDE LOCKS MANUFACTURED FROM HEAVY GAUGE STEEL, CONTAINING COMPONENTS OF STEEL WITH A ZINC DICHROMATE PLATING FOR CORROSION RESISTANCE. 3. PROVIDE LOCK CASE THAT IS MULTI-FUNCTION AND FIELD REVERSIBLE FOR HANDING WITHOUT OPENING CASE. CYLINDERS: REFER TO “KEYING” ARTICLE, HEREIN. 4. PROVIDE LOCKS WITH STANDARD 2-3/4 INCHES (70 MM) BACKSET WITH FULL 3/4 INCH (19 MM) THROW STAINLESS STEEL MECHANICAL ANTI-FRICTION LATCHBOLT. PROVIDE DEADBOLT WITH FULL 1 INCH (25 MM) THROW, CONSTRUCTED OF STAINLESS STEEL. 5. PROVIDE STANDARD ASA STRIKES UNLESS EXTENDED LIP STRIKES ARE NECESSARY TO PROTECT TRIM. 6. PROVIDE ELECTRIFIED OPTIONS AS SCHEDULED IN THE HARDWARE SETS. WHERE SCHEDULED, PROVIDE SWITCHES AND SENSORS INTEGRATED INTO THE LOCKS AND LATCHES. 7. LEVER TRIM: SOLID BRASS, BRONZE, OR STAINLESS STEEL, CAST OR FORGED IN DESIGN SPECIFIED, WITH WROUGHT ROSES AND EXTERNAL LEVER SPRING CAGES. PROVIDE THRU-BOLTED LEVERS WITH 2-PIECE SPINDLES. a. LEVER DESIGN: SCHLAGE MATCH BUILDING STANDARD. 2.05 CYLINDRICAL LOCKS – GRADE 1 A. MANUFACTURERS AND PRODUCTS: 1. SCHEDULED MANUFACTURER AND PRODUCT: SCHLAGE ND SERIES. 2. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS AND PRODUCTS: NO SUBSTITUTE. B. REQUIREMENTS: 1. PROVIDE CYLINDRICAL LOCKS CONFORMING TO ANSI/BHMA A156.2 SERIES 4000, GRADE 1, AND UL LISTED FOR 3 HOUR FIRE DOORS. 2. CYLINDERS: REFER TO “KEYING” ARTICLE, HEREIN. 3. PROVIDE LOCKS WITH STANDARD 2-3/4 INCHES (70 MM) BACKSET, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, WITH 1/2 INCH LATCH THROW. PROVIDE PROPER LATCH THROW FOR UL LISTING AT PAIRS. 4. PROVIDE LOCKSETS WITH SEPARATE ANTI-ROTATION THRU- BOLTS, AND NO EXPOSED SCREWS. 5. PROVIDE INDEPENDENTLY OPERATING LEVERS WITH TWO EXTERNAL RETURN SPRING CASSETTES MOUNTED UNDER ROSES TO PREVENT LEVER SAG. 6. PROVIDE STANDARD ASA STRIKES UNLESS EXTENDED LIP STRIKES ARE NECESSARY TO PROTECT TRIM. 7. PROVIDE ELECTRIFIED OPTIONS AS SCHEDULED IN THE HARDWARE SETS. 8. LEVER TRIM: SOLID CAST LEVERS WITHOUT PLASTIC INSERTS AND WROUGHT ROSES ON BOTH SIDES. a. LEVER DESIGN: SCHLAGE MATCH BUILDING STANDARD 2.06 PASSIVE INFRARED MOTION SENSORS A. MANUFACTURERS AND PRODUCTS: 1. SCHEDULED MANUFACTURER AND PRODUCT: SCHLAGE SCAN II SERIES. 2. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS AND PRODUCTS: RCI 915 SERIES, SECURITRON XMS SERIES, SECURITY DOOR CONTROLS MD-31D SERIES. B. REQUIREMENTS: 1. PROVIDE MOTION SENSORS AS SPECIFIED IN HARDWARE GROUPS. 2.07 CYLINDERS A. MANUFACTURERS: 1. SCHEDULED MANUFACTURER: SCHLAGE B. REQUIREMENTS: 1. PROVIDE CYLINDERS/CORES TO MATCH OWNER’S EXISTING KEY SYSTEM, COMPLIANT WITH ANSI/BHMA A156.5; LATEST REVISION; CYLINDER FACE FINISHED TO MATCH LOCKSET, MANUFACTURER’S SERIES AS INDICATED. REFER TO “KEYING” ARTICLE, HEREIN. 2.08 KEYING A. COMPLY WITH GUIDELINES IN ANSI/BHMA A156.28, INCORPORATING DECISIONS MADE AT KEYING CONFERENCE. B. PROVIDE CYLINDERS/CORES KEYED INTO OWNER’S EXISTING KEYING SYSTEM. C. REQUIREMENTS: 1. PROVIDE PERMANENT CYLINDERS/CORES KEYED BY THE MANUFACTURER ACCORDING TO THE FOLLOWING KEY SYSTEM. a. MASTER KEYING SYSTEM AS DIRECTED BY THE OWNER. 2.09 DOOR CLOSERS A. MANUFACTURERS AND PRODUCTS: 1. SCHEDULED MANUFACTURER AND PRODUCT: FALCON SC80A SERIES. 2. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS AND PRODUCTS: LCN 1450 SERIES, NORTON 8000 SERIES. B. REQUIREMENTS: 1. PROVIDE DOOR CLOSERS CONFORMING TO ANSI/BHMA A156.4 GRADE 1 REQUIREMENTS BY BHMA CERTIFIED INDEPENDENT TESTING LABORATORY. 2. PROVIDE DOOR CLOSERS WITH FULLY HYDRAULIC, FULL RACK AND PINION ACTION WITH ALUMINUM CYLINDER. 3. CLOSER BODY: 1-1/4 INCH (32 MM) DIAMETER, WITH 5/8 INCH (16 MM) DIAMETER HEAT-TREATED PINION JOURNAL. 4. HYDRAULIC FLUID: FIREPROOF, PASSING REQUIREMENTS OF UL10C, AND REQUIRING NO SEASONAL CLOSER ADJUSTMENT FOR TEMPERATURES RANGING FROM 120 DEGREES F TO -30 DEGREES F. 5. SPRING POWER: CONTINUOUSLY ADJUSTABLE OVER FULL RANGE OF CLOSER SIZES, AND PROVIDING REDUCED OPENING FORCE AS REQUIRED BY ACCESSIBILITY CODES AND STANDARDS. 6. HYDRAULIC REGULATION: BY TAMPER-PROOF, NON-CRITICAL VALVES, WITH SEPARATE ADJUSTMENT FOR LATCH SPEED, GENERAL SPEED, AND BACKCHECK. 7. PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE (PRV) TECHNOLOGY: NOT PERMITTED. 8. PROVIDE SPECIAL TEMPLATES, DROP PLATES, MOUNTING BRACKETS, OR ADAPTERS FOR ARMS AS REQUIRED FOR DETAILS, OVERHEAD STOPS, AND OTHER DOOR HARDWARE ITEMS INTERFERING WITH CLOSER MOUNTING. 2.10 DOOR TRIM A. MANUFACTURERS: 1. SCHEDULED MANUFACTURER: IVES. 2. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: BURNS, ROCKWOOD. B. REQUIREMENTS: 1. PROVIDE PUSH PLATES 4 INCHES (102 MM) WIDE BY 16 INCHES (406 MM) HIGH BY 0.050 INCH (1 MM) THICK AND BEVELED 4 EDGES. WHERE WIDTH OF DOOR STILE PREVENTS USE OF 4 INCHES (102 MM) WIDE PLATE, ADJUST WIDTH TO FIT. 2. PROVIDE PUSH BARS OF SOLID BAR STOCK, DIAMETER AND LENGTH AS SCHEDULED. PROVIDE PUSH BARS OF SUFFICIENT LENGTH TO SPAN FROM CENTER TO CENTER OF EACH STILE. WHERE REQUIRED, MOUNT BACK TO BACK WITH PULL. 3. PROVIDE OFFSET PULLS OF SOLID BAR STOCK, DIAMETER AND LENGTH AS SCHEDULED. WHERE REQUIRED, MOUNT BACK TO BACK WITH PUSH BAR. 4. PROVIDE FLUSH PULLS AS SCHEDULED. WHERE REQUIRED, PROVIDE BACK-TO-BACK MOUNTED MODEL. 5. PROVIDE PULLS OF SOLID BAR STOCK, DIAMETER AND LENGTH AS SCHEDULED. WHERE REQUIRED, MOUNT BACK TO BACK WITH PUSH BAR. 6. PROVIDE PULL PLATES 4 INCHES (102 MM) WIDE BY 16 INCHES (406 MM) HIGH BY 0.050 INCH (1 MM) THICK, BEVELED 4 EDGES, AND PREPPED FOR PULL. WHERE WIDTH OF DOOR STILE PREVENTS USE OF 4 INCHES (102 MM) WIDE PLATE, ADJUST WIDTH TO FIT. 7. PROVIDE WIRE PULLS OF SOLID BAR STOCK, DIAMETER AND LENGTH AS SCHEDULED. 8. PROVIDE DECORATIVE PULLS AS SCHEDULED. WHERE REQUIRED, MOUNT BACK TO BACK WITH PULL. 2.11 OVERHEAD STOPS AND OVERHEAD STOP/HOLDERS A. MANUFACTURERS: 1. SCHEDULED MANUFACTURERS: GLYNN-JOHNSON. 2. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: RIXSON, SARGENT. B. REQUIREMENTS: 1. PROVIDE HEAVY DUTY CONCEALED MOUNTED OVERHEAD STOP OR HOLDER AS SPECIFIED FOR EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR VESTIBULE SINGLE ACTING DOORS. 2. PROVIDE HEAVY DUTY CONCEALED MOUNTED OVERHEAD STOP OR HOLDER AS SPECIFIED FOR DOUBLE ACTING DOORS. 3. PROVIDE HEAVY OR MEDIUM DUTY AND CONCEALED OR SURFACE MOUNTED OVERHEAD STOP OR HOLDER FOR INTERIOR DOORS AS SPECIFIED. PROVIDE MEDIUM DUTY SURFACE MOUNTED OVERHEAD STOP FOR INTERIOR DOORS AND AT ANY DOOR THAT SWINGS MORE THAN 140 DEGREES BEFORE STRIKING WALL, OPEN AGAINST EQUIPMENT, CASEWORK, SIDELIGHTS, AND WHERE CONDITIONS DO NOT ALLOW WALL STOP OR FLOOR STOP PRESENTS TRIPPING HAZARD. 4. WHERE OVERHEAD HOLDERS ARE SPECIFIED PROVIDE FRICTION TYPE AT DOORS WITHOUT CLOSER AND POSITIVE TYPE AT DOORS WITH CLOSER. 2.12 DOOR STOPS AND HOLDERS A. MANUFACTURERS: 1. SCHEDULED MANUFACTURER: IVES. 2. ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: BURNS, ROCKWOOD. B. PROVIDE DOOR STOPS AT EACH DOOR LEAF: 1. PROVIDE WALL STOPS WHEREVER POSSIBLE. PROVIDE CONVEX TYPE WHERE MORTISE TYPE LOCKS ARE USED AND CONCAVE TYPE WHERE CYLINDRICAL TYPE LOCKS ARE USED. 2. WHERE A WALL STOP CANNOT BE USED, PROVIDE UNIVERSAL FLOOR STOPS FOR LOW OR HIGH RISE OPTIONS. 3. WHERE WALL OR FLOOR STOP CANNOT BE USED, PROVIDE MEDIUM DUTY SURFACE MOUNTED OVERHEAD STOP. 2.13 FINISHES A. SEE HARDWARE SETS PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF HARDWARE, EXAMINE DOORS AND FRAMES, WITH INSTALLER PRESENT, FOR COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR INSTALLATION TOLERANCES, LABELED FIRE-RATED DOOR ASSEMBLY CONSTRUCTION, WALL AND FLOOR CONSTRUCTION, AND OTHER CONDITIONS AFFECTING PERFORMANCE. B. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING DOORS AND FRAMES RECEIVING NEW HARDWARE AND EXISTING CONDITIONS RECEIVING NEW OPENINGS. VERIFY THAT NEW HARDWARE IS COMPATIBLE WITH EXISTING DOOR AND FRAME PREPARATION AND EXISTING CONDITIONS. C. EXAMINE ROUGHING-IN FOR ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEMS TO VERIFY ACTUAL LOCATIONS OF WIRING CONNECTIONS BEFORE ELECTRIFIED DOOR HARDWARE INSTALLATION. D. PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION ONLY AFTER UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN CORRECTED. 3.02 PREPARATION A. WHERE ON-SITE MODIFICATION OF DOORS AND FRAMES IS REQUIRED: 1. CAREFULLY REMOVE EXISTING DOOR HARDWARE AND COMPONENTS BEING REUSED. CLEAN, PROTECT, TAG, AND STORE IN ACCORDANCE WITH STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED HEREIN. 2. FIELD MODIFY AND PREPARE EXISTING DOOR AND FRAME FOR NEW HARDWARE BEING INSTALLED. 3. WHEN MODIFICATIONS ARE EXPOSED TO VIEW, USE CONCEALED FASTENERS, WHEN POSSIBLE. 4. PREPARE HARDWARE LOCATIONS AND REINSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS FOR NEW DOOR HARDWARE AND WITH: a. STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES: FOR SURFACE APPLIED DOOR HARDWARE, DRILL AND TAP DOORS AND FRAMES ACCORDING TO ANSI/SDI A250.6. b. WOOD DOORS: DHI WDHS.5 “RECOMMENDED HARDWARE REINFORCEMENT LOCATIONS FOR MINERAL CORE WOOD FLUSH DOORS.” c. DOORS IN RATED ASSEMBLIES: NFPA 80 FOR RESTRICTIONS ON ON-SITE DOOR HARDWARE PREPARATION. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. MOUNT DOOR HARDWARE UNITS AT HEIGHTS TO COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED OR REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH GOVERNING REGULATIONS. 1. STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES: ANSI/SDI A250.8. 2. CUSTOM STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES: HMMA 831. 3. WOOD DOORS: DHI WDHS.3, “RECOMMENDED LOCATIONS FOR ARCHITECTURAL HARDWARE FOR WOOD FLUSH DOORS.” B. INSTALL EACH HARDWARE ITEM IN COMPLIANCE WITH MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS, USING ONLY FASTENERS PROVIDED BY MANUFACTURER. C. DO NOT INSTALL SURFACE MOUNTED ITEMS UNTIL FINISHES HAVE BEEN COMPLETED ON SUBSTRATE. PROTECT ALL INSTALLED HARDWARE DURING PAINTING. D. SET UNITS LEVEL, PLUMB AND TRUE TO LINE AND LOCATION. ADJUST AND REINFORCE ATTACHMENT SUBSTRATE AS NECESSARY FOR PROPER INSTALLATION AND OPERATION. E. DRILL AND COUNTERSINK UNITS THAT ARE NOT FACTORY PREPARED FOR ANCHORAGE FASTENERS. SPACE FASTENERS AND ANCHORS ACCORDING TO INDUSTRY STANDARDS. F. INSTALL OPERATING PARTS SO THEY MOVE FREELY AND SMOOTHLY WITHOUT BINDING, STICKING, OR EXCESSIVE CLEARANCE. G. HINGES: INSTALL TYPES AND IN QUANTITIES INDICATED IN DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE BUT NOT FEWER THAN QUANTITY RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR APPLICATION INDICATED OR ONE HINGE FOR EVERY 30 INCHES (750 MM) OF DOOR HEIGHT, WHICHEVER IS MORE STRINGENT, UNLESS OTHER EQUIVALENT MEANS OF SUPPORT FOR DOOR, SUCH AS SPRING HINGES OR PIVOTS, ARE PROVIDED. H. INTERMEDIATE OFFSET PIVOTS: WHERE OFFSET PIVOTS ARE INDICATED, PROVIDE INTERMEDIATE OFFSET PIVOTS IN QUANTITIES INDICATED IN DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE BUT NOT FEWER THAN ONE INTERMEDIATE OFFSET PIVOT PER DOOR AND ONE ADDITIONAL INTERMEDIATE OFFSET PIVOT FOR EVERY 30 INCHES (750 MM) OF DOOR HEIGHT GREATER THAN 90 INCHES (2286 MM). I. WIRING: COORDINATE WITH DIVISION 26, ELECTRICAL SECTIONS FOR: 1. CONDUIT, JUNCTION BOXES AND WIRE PULLS. 2. CONNECTIONS TO AND FROM POWER SUPPLIES TO ELECTRIFIED HARDWARE. 3. CONNECTIONS TO FIRE/SMOKE ALARM SYSTEM AND SMOKE EVACUATION SYSTEM. 4. CONNECTION OF WIRE TO DOOR POSITION SWITCHES AND WIRE RUNS TO CENTRAL ROOM OR AREA, AS DIRECTED BY ARCHITECT. 5. TESTING AND LABELING WIRES WITH ARCHITECT’S OPENING NUMBER. J. DOOR CLOSERS: MOUNT CLOSERS ON ROOM SIDE OF CORRIDOR DOORS, INSIDE OF EXTERIOR DOORS, AND STAIR SIDE OF STAIRWAY DOORS FROM CORRIDORS. MOUNT CLOSERS SO THEY ARE NOT VISIBLE IN CORRIDORS, LOBBIES AND OTHER PUBLIC SPACES UNLESS APPROVED BY ARCHITECT. K. CLOSER/HOLDERS: MOUNT CLOSER/HOLDERS ON ROOM SIDE OF CORRIDOR DOORS, INSIDE OF EXTERIOR DOORS, AND STAIR SIDE OF STAIRWAY DOORS. L. POWER SUPPLIES: LOCATE POWER SUPPLIES AS INDICATED OR, IF NOT INDICATED, ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS OR IN EQUIPMENT ROOM, OR ALTERNATE LOCATION AS DIRECTED BY ARCHITECT. M. THRESHOLDS: SET THRESHOLDS IN FULL BED OF SEALANT COMPLYING WITH REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 07 SECTION “JOINT SEALANTS.” N. STOPS: PROVIDE FLOOR STOPS FOR DOORS UNLESS WALL OR OTHER TYPE STOPS ARE INDICATED IN DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE DO NOT MOUNT FLOOR STOPS WHERE THEY MAY IMPEDE TRAFFIC OR PRESENT TRIPPING HAZARD. O. PERIMETER GASKETING: APPLY TO HEAD AND JAMB, FORMING SEAL BETWEEN DOOR AND FRAME. P. MEETING STILE GASKETING: FASTEN TO MEETING STILES, FORMING SEAL WHEN DOORS ARE CLOSED. Q. DOOR BOTTOMS: APPLY TO BOTTOM OF DOOR, FORMING SEAL WITH THRESHOLD WHEN DOOR IS CLOSED. 3.04 ADJUSTING A. INITIAL ADJUSTMENT: ADJUST AND CHECK EACH OPERATING ITEM OF DOOR HARDWARE AND EACH DOOR TO ENSURE PROPER OPERATION OR FUNCTION OF EVERY UNIT. REPLACE UNITS THAT CANNOT BE ADJUSTED TO OPERATE AS INTENDED. ADJUST DOOR CONTROL DEVICES TO COMPENSATE FOR FINAL OPERATION OF HEATING AND VENTILATING EQUIPMENT AND TO COMPLY WITH REFERENCED ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS. 3.05 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. CLEAN ADJACENT SURFACES SOILED BY DOOR HARDWARE INSTALLATION. B. CLEAN OPERATING ITEMS AS NECESSARY TO RESTORE PROPER FUNCTION AND FINISH. C. PROVIDE FINAL PROTECTION AND MAINTAIN CONDITIONS THAT ENSURE DOOR HARDWARE IS WITHOUT DAMAGE OR DETERIORATION AT TIME OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. 3.06 DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE A. HARDWARE ITEMS ARE REFERENCED IN THE FOLLOWING HARDWARE. REFER TO THE ABOVE-SPECIFICATIONS FOR SPECIAL FEATURES, OPTIONS, CYLINDERS/KEYING, AND OTHER GI101 conformed set revisions : p r o j e c t # : d a t e : 20.0550 - june 4, 2021 3 6 0 w e s t a s p e n a v e n u e s a l t l a k e c i t y , u t a h 8 4 1 0 1 8 0 1 5 3 2 4 4 2 2 sheet: title: revisions : p r o j e c t # : d a t e : UNLESS A PROFESSIONAL SEAL WITH SIGNATURE AND DATE IS AFFIXED, THIS DOCUMENT IS PRELIMINARY AND IS NOT INTENDED FOR CONSTRUCTION, RECORDING PURPOSES, OR IMPLEMENTATION THE DESIGNS SHOWN AND DESCRIBED HEREIN INCLUDING ALL TECHNICAL DRAWINGS, GRAPHIC REPRESENTATIONS & MODELS THEREOF, ARE PROPRIETARY & CAN NOT BE COPIED, DUPLICATED, OR COMMERCIALLY EXPLOITED IN WHOLE OR IN PART WITHOUT THE SOLE AND EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM METHOD STUDIO INC. project: E D C B A E D C B A 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 3 / 29 / 2021 GI209 Sheet Specs 20.0550 - april 7, 2021 Rexburg Rowhouses bid set REQUIREMENTS. B. HARDWARE SETS: SEE SHEET AE601 END OF SECTION 087100 SECTION 08800 GLAZING 1. ALL TEMPERED GLASS TO COMPLY WITH ASTM C1048, ANSI Z97.1, AND CPSC 16 CFR 1201, CATEGORY II. PROCESS IN HORIZONTAL POSITION SO THAT INHERENT ROLLER DISTORTION WILL RUN PARALLEL TO BUILDING FLOOR LINES AFTER INSTALLATION. A. CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT TO ARCHITECT FOR VERIFICATION AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO INSTALLING MATERIAL. PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION WORK INCLUDED: PROVIDE GLAZING AND GLAZING ACCESSORIES WHERE SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, AS SPECIFIED HEREIN, AND AS NEEDED FOR A COMPLETE AND PROPER INSTALLATION. RELATED WORK: DOCUMENTS AFFECTING WORK OF THIS SECTION INCLUDE, BUT NOT NECESSARILY LIMITED TO GENERAL CONDITIONS, SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS, AND SECTIONS IN DIVISION 1 OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS. SECTION 07920: SEALANTS SECTION 08210: WOOD DOORS 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE USE ADEQUATE NUMBERS OF SKILLED WORKMEN WHO ARE THOROUGHLY TRAINED AND EXPERIENCED IN THE NECESSARY CRAFTS AND WHO ARE COMPLETELY FAMILIAR WITH THE SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS AND THE METHODS NEEDED FOR PROPER PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK OF THESE SECTIONS. 1.3 SUBMITTALS COMPLY WITH PERTINENT PROVISIONS OF SECTION 013400. PRODUCT DATA: WITHIN 60 CALENDAR DAYS AFTER THE CONTRACTOR HAS RECEIVED THE OWNER’S NOTICE TO PROCEED, SUBMIT: MATERIALS LIST OF ITEMS PROPOSED TO BE PROVIDED UNDER THIS SECTION. MANUFACTURER’S SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER DATA NEEDED TO PROVE COMPLIANCE WITH THE SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS. MANUFACTURER’S RECOMMENDED INSTALLATION PROCEDURES WHICH, WHEN APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT, WILL BECOME THE BASIS FOR ACCEPTING OR REJECTING ACTUAL INSTALLATION PROCEDURES USED ON THE WORK. SAMPLES. ACCOMPANYING THE ABOVE PRODUCT DATA, SUBMIT: SAMPLES OF EACH TYPE OF GASKET PROPOSED TO BE USED. SAMPLES OF EACH TYPE OF SEALANT PROPOSED TO BE USED, TESTED FOR EACH SUBSTRATE INVOLVED PROVING COMPLIANCE WITH MANUFACTURER’S RECOMMENDED SEALANTS FOR USE WITH SPECIALTY GLASS. 1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING COMPLY WITH PERTINENT PROVISIONS OF SECTION 01640. FOLLOW STRICT GLASS HANDLING AND STORAGE RECOMMENDATIONS OF REFERENCED STANDARDS, INCLUDING ANY SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS FROM THE SPECIALTY GLASS MANUFACTURER. 1.5 WARRANTIES CONTRACTOR SHALL WARRANT FOR ONE YEAR THE SATISFACTORY PERFORMANCE OF THE GLAZING INSTALLATION . 1.6 SECTION INCLUDES ALL GLASS DOORS PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GLASS GENERAL ALL GLASS TO COMPLY WITH ASTM C-1036-06. PROVIDE THE TYPE AND THICKNESS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFIED HEREIN. WHERE TYPE OR THICKNESS, OR BOTH ARE NOT SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS OR AS SPECIFIED HEREIN, PROVIDE TYPE AND THICKNESS DIRECTED BY THE ARCHITECT. TEMPERED GLASS: COMPLY WITH ASTM C-1048-85 AND Z976.1-84. GLASS USED CAN BE ANNEALED, HEAT STRENGTHENED, OR TEMPERED. 2.2 OTHER MATERIALS . SPECIAL GLAZING REQUIREMENTS INTERIOR BUTT GLAZING WHERE INDICATED PANELS CAN BE BUTT GLAZED USING A RECOMMENDED MINIMUM 7/16” THICKNESS PANEL. A STANDARD NEUTRAL CURE STRUCTURAL SILICONE SEALANT MAY BE USED TO CLOSE THE JOINT. A MINIMUM OF A 1/4” SEPARATION BETWEEN PANELS IS RECOMMENDED. REFER TO APPLICABLE LOCAL BUILDING CODES FOR DESIGN LOAD REQUIREMENTS REGARDING INTERIOR GLAZING. BACK PAINTED GLASS PANELS; SEE DRAWINGS PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS THE PURCHASER MUST EXAMINE THE AREAS AND CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH WORK OF THIS SECTION WILL BE PERFORMED. CORRECT CONDITIONS ARE DETRIMENTAL TO THE TIMELY AND PROPER COMPLETION OF THIS WORK. DO NOT PROCEED UNTIL UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS ARE CORRECTED. AFTER PREPARATION OF THE GLAZING SYSTEM, CLEAN GLAZING CHANNELS, STOPS AND RABBETS TO RECEIVE THE GLAZING MATERIALS, MAKING FREE FROM OBSTRUCTIONS AND DELETERIOUS SUBSTANCES WHICH MIGHT IMPAIR THE WORK. REMOVE PROTECTIVE COATING WHICH MIGHT FALL IN ADHESION OR INTERFERE WITH BOND OF SEALANTS. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURERS’INSTRUCTIONS FOR FINAL WIPING OF SURFACES IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO APPLICATION OF PRIMER AND GLAZING COMPOUNDS OR TAPES. USE ONLY NEUTRAL CURE SILICONES. DO NOT USE ACETIC SILICONES. 3.2 INSTALLATION INSPECT EACH PIECE OF GLASS IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO START OF INSTALLATION. DO NOT INSTALL ITEMS WHICH ARE IMPROPERLY SIZED, HAVE DAMAGED EDGES, OR ARE SCRATCHED, ABRADED, OR DEFICIENT IN ANY OTHER MANNER. DO NOT REMOVE LABELS THAT WERE PROVIDED BY THE GLASS SUPPLIER FROM THE GLASS UNTIL SO DIRECTED BY THE ARCHITECT. LOCATE SILL SETTING BLOCKS OF STANDARD WIDTH AND THICKNESS AT QUARTER POINTS OF ALL GLASS LIGHTS UNLESS OTHERWISE RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER OR SUPPLIER. USE BLOCKS OF PROPER DUROMETER, SIZE AND THICKNESS TO SUPPORT THE GLASS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURERS’ RECOMMENDATIONS. GLASS LAP AND EDGE CLEARANCES MUST BE PROVIDED ACCORDING TO PERTINENT CODES AND STANDARDS OF MANUFACTURERS. SET GLASS IN A MANNER WHICH PRODUCES THE GREATEST POSSIBLE DEGREE OF UNIFORMITY IN APPEARANCE. INSTALLATIONS OF THE GLASS IN DYNAMIC FRAMES SUCH AS SLIDING DOORS MUST MEET ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS. PRESSURE GLAZING SYSTEMS WITHOUT POSITIVE POSITIONING STOPS ARE NOT TO BE USED WITH THIS GLASS. CUT AND SEAL THE JOINTS OF GLAZING GASKETS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURERS’ RECOMMENDATIONS, PROVIDE WATERTIGHT AND AIRTIGHT SEAL AT CORNERS AND OTHER LOCATIONS WHERE JOINTS ARE REQUIRED. 3.3 PROTECTION PROTECT GLASS FROM BREAKAGE AFTER INSTALLATION BY PROMPTLY INSTALLING STREAMERS OF RIBBONS, SUITABLY ATTACHED TO THE FRAMING AND HELD FREE FROM THE GLASS. DO NOT APPLY WARNING MARKINGS, STREAMERS, RIBBONS, OR OTHER ITEMS DIRECTLY TO THE GLASS EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY DIRECTED BY THE ARCHITECT. NOTE: WINDBLOWN OBJECTS, WELDING SPARKS, OR OTHER MATERIAL APPLIED TO THE GLASS SURFACE DURING CONSTRUCTION MAY CAUSE IRREVERSIBLE DAMAGE. 3.4 CLEANING A. IMMEDIATELY AFTER INSTALLATION REMOVE NONPERMANENT LABELS AND CLEAN SURFACES. B. PROTECT GLASS FROM CONTACT WITH CONTAMINATING SUBSTANCES RESULTING FROM CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS. EXAMINE GLASS SURFACES ADJACENT TO OR BELOW EXTERIOR CONCRETE AND OTHER MASONRY SURFACES AT FREQUENT INTERVALS DURING CONSTRUCTION, BUT NOT LESS THAN ONCE A MONTH, FOR BUILDUP OF DIRT, SCUM, ALKALINE DEPOSITS, OR STAINS. 4. IF, DESPITE SUCH PROTECTION, CONTAMINATING SUBSTANCES DO COME INTO CONTACT WITH GLASS, REMOVE SUBSTANCES IMMEDIATELY AS RECOMMENDED IN WRITING BY GLASS MANUFACTURER. REMOVE AND REPLACE GLASS THAT CANNOT BE CLEANED WITHOUT DAMAGE. END OF SECTION 088000 DIVISION 9 - FINISHES SECTION 09 2900 GYPSUM BOARD 1. PROVIDE GYPSUM WALL PANELS MANUFACTURED IN ACCORDANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM 336. 2. PROVIDE METAL EDGE AND CORNER BEADS AT ENDS, EDGES AND CORNERS. 3. WATER RESISTANT GYPSUM WALL BOARD SHALL BE 5/8” THICK TAPERED AND ROUNDED EDGES AND SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ALL WET AREAS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. (“GREEN BOARD” IS NOT ALLOWED) 4. PROVIDE FASTENERS IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C646: UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED OR INDICATED, PROVIDE TYPE “S” BUGLE HEAD SCREWS FOR ATTACHMENT OF WALL BOARD TO METAL FRAMING, AND TYPE “S” PAN HEAD SCREWS FOR ATTACHMENT OF FRAMING TO DOOR FRAMES. 5. PROVIDE ALL INCIDENTAL AND ACCESSORY MATERIALS, TOOLS, EQUIPMENT AND METHODS REQUIRED FOR SATISFACTORY COMPLETION OF GYPSUM WALL BOARD CONSTRUCTION INCLUDING ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS. 6. APPLY CONTINUOUS BEAD SEALANT AT ALL JOINTS OF WALL BOARD ABUTTING ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION, INCLUDING AROUND FRAMED OPENINGS AND OTHER PROTRUSIONS THROUGH WALL BOARD WHERE SEALANT IS EXPOSED. PROVIDE POLY-SULFIDE SEALANT; WHERE UNEXPOSED. PROVIDE ACOUSTIC SEALANT. 7. APPLY PRE-FILL COMPOUND TO JOINTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH INDUSTRY STANDARDS. APPLY EMBEDDING COMPOUND REINFORCING TAPE CENTERED OVER JOINT; APPLY SKIM COAT. AFTER TAPING AND EMBEDDING COMPOUND IS DRY, APPLY SECOND COAT FILLING AND TAPER FLUSH WITH SURFACE: FIRE TAPE PENETRATIONS AT DEMISING WALLS, CORRIDOR ENVELOPE AND OTHER RATED ASSEMBLIES. 8. PROVIDE FINAL FINISH THAT IS SMOOTH, WITHOUT DIVOTS, BUMPS, BOWS OR ANY OTHER SURFACE BLEMISH READY TO RECEIVE PAINT UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ALL GYPSUM WALL BOARD FINISHES TO BE BE DETERMINED BY OWNER (LEVEL-3-4 OR TO MATCH EXISTING IF CURRENT FINISHES ARE NOT REMOVED) SECTION 09 6513 - RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. SECTION INCLUDES: 1. RESILIENT BASE. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. ACTION SUBMITTALS A. PRODUCT DATA: FOR EACH TYPE OF PRODUCT. B. SAMPLES: FOR EACH EXPOSED PRODUCT AND FOR EACH COLOR AND TEXTURE SPECIFIED, NOT LESS THAN 12 INCHES LONG. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 THERMOSET-RUBBER BASE A. PRODUCT STANDARD: ASTM F 1861, TYPE TS (RUBBER, VULCANIZED THERMOSET), GROUP I (SOLID, HOMOGENEOUS). 1. STYLE : STRAIGHT B. THICKNESS: 0.125 “. C. HEIGHT: AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. D. LENGTHS: COILS IN MANUFACTURER’S STANDARD LENGTH. E. OUTSIDE CORNERS: PREFORMED. F. INSIDE CORNERS: JOB FORMED OR PREFORMED. G. COLORS: AS SELECTED BY OWNER FROM FULL RANGE OF INDUSTRY COLORS. 2.2 RUBBER MOLDING ACCESSORY A. DESCRIPTION: TRANSITION STRIPS. B. PROFILE AND DIMENSIONS: AS INDICATED. C. LOCATIONS: PROVIDE RUBBER MOLDING ACCESSORIES IN AREAS INDICATED. D. COLORS AND PATTERNS: AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT FROM FULL RANGE OF INDUSTRY COLORS. 2.3 INSTALLATION MATERIALS A. TROWELABLE LEVELING AND PATCHING COMPOUNDS: LATEX- MODIFIED, PORTLAND CEMENT BASED OR BLENDED HYDRAULIC- CEMENT-BASED FORMULATION PROVIDED OR APPROVED BY RESILIENT-PRODUCT MANUFACTURER FOR APPLICATIONS INDICATED. B. ADHESIVES: WATER-RESISTANT TYPE RECOMMENDED BY RESILIENT-PRODUCT MANUFACTURER FOR RESILIENT PRODUCTS AND SUBSTRATE CONDITIONS INDICATED. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. PREPARE SUBSTRATES ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER’S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS TO ENSURE ADHESION OF RESILIENT PRODUCTS. B. FILL CRACKS, HOLES, AND DEPRESSIONS IN SUBSTRATES WITH TROWELABLE LEVELING AND PATCHING COMPOUND; REMOVE BUMPS AND RIDGES TO PRODUCE A UNIFORM AND SMOOTH SUBSTRATE. C. DO NOT INSTALL RESILIENT PRODUCTS UNTIL THEY ARE THE SAME TEMPERATURE AS THE SPACE WHERE THEY ARE TO BE INSTALLED. D. IMMEDIATELY BEFORE INSTALLATION, SWEEP AND VACUUM CLEAN SUBSTRATES TO BE COVERED BY RESILIENT PRODUCTS. 3.2 RESILIENT BASE INSTALLATION A. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER’S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLING RESILIENT BASE. B. APPLY RESILIENT BASE TO WALLS, COLUMNS, PILASTERS, CASEWORK AND CABINETS IN TOE SPACES, AND OTHER PERMANENT FIXTURES IN ROOMS AND AREAS WHERE BASE IS REQUIRED. C. INSTALL RESILIENT BASE IN LENGTHS AS LONG AS PRACTICAL WITHOUT GAPS AT SEAMS AND WITH TOPS OF ADJACENT PIECES ALIGNED. D. TIGHTLY ADHERE RESILIENT BASE TO SUBSTRATE THROUGHOUT LENGTH OF EACH PIECE, WITH BASE IN CONTINUOUS CONTACT WITH HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL SUBSTRATES. E. DO NOT STRETCH RESILIENT BASE DURING INSTALLATION. F. PREFORMED CORNERS: INSTALL PREFORMED CORNERS BEFORE INSTALLING STRAIGHT PIECES. 3.3 RESILIENT ACCESSORY INSTALLATION A. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER’S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLING RESILIENT ACCESSORIES. B. RESILIENT MOLDING ACCESSORIES: BUTT TO ADJACENT MATERIALS AND TIGHTLY ADHERE TO SUBSTRATES THROUGHOUT LENGTH OF EACH PIECE. INSTALL REDUCER STRIPS AT EDGES OF FLOOR COVERING THAT WOULD OTHERWISE BE EXPOSED. 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER’S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS FOR CLEANING AND PROTECTING RESILIENT PRODUCTS. B. COVER RESILIENT PRODUCTS SUBJECT TO WEAR AND FOOT TRAFFIC UNTIL SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. END OF SECTION 09 6513 SECTION 09 9113 EXTERIOR PAINTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes surface preparation and the application of paint systems on the following exterior substrates: 1. Concrete. 2. Clay masonry. 3. Concrete masonry units (CMU). 4. Steel. 5. Galvanized metal. 6. Aluminum (not anodized or otherwise coated). 7. Wood. 8. Plastic trim fabrications. 9. Exterior portland cement (stucco). 10. Exterior gypsum board. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Samples: For each fi nish and for each color and texture required. C. Product List: Printout of current “MPI Approved Products List” for each product category specifi ed in Part 2, with the proposed product highlighted. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. MPI Standards: 1. Products: Complying with MPI standards indicated and listed in “MPI Approved Products List.” 2. Preparation and Workmanship: Comply with requirements in “MPI Architectural Painting Specifi cation Manual” for products and paint systems indicated. B. Mockups: Apply benchmark samples of each paint system indicated and each color and fi nish selected to verify preliminary selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution. 1. Architect will select one surface to represent surfaces and conditions for application of each paint system specifi ed in Part 3. a. Vertical and Horizontal Surfaces: Provide samples of at least 100 sq. ft.. b. Other Items: Architect will designate items or areas required. 2. Final approval of color selections will be based on benchmark samples. a. If preliminary color selections are not approved, apply additional benchmark samples of additional colors selected by Architect at no added cost to Owner. 1.4 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials described below that are from same production run (batch mix) as materials applied and that are packaged for storage and identifi ed with labels describing contents. 1. Quantity: Furnish an additional 5 percent, but not less than 1 gal. of each material and color applied. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PAINT, GENERAL A. Material Compatibility: 1. Provide materials for use within each paint system that are compatible with one another and substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by manufacturer, based on testing and fi eld experience. 2. For each coat in a paint system, provide products recommended in writing by manufacturers of topcoat for use in paint system and on substrate indicated. B. Colors: As selected by Architect from manufacturer’s full range. 2.2 BLOCK FILLERS A. Interior/Exterior Latex Block Filler: Block fi llers: 1. Block fi ller shall be used on interior painted surfaces of CMU walls and Exterior surfaces of CMU prior to installation of fl uid applied membranes. Block fi ller shall be coordinated to be compatible with fl uid applied membranes. 2.3 PRIMERS/SEALERS A. Bonding Primer (Water Based): B. Wood-Knot Sealer: Sealer recommended in writing by topcoat manufacturer for use in paint system indicated. 2.4 WOOD PRIMERS A. Exterior Latex Wood Primer: Compatible and recommended for use with Superpaint 2.5 EXTERIOR LATEX PAINTS A. Exterior Latex (Satin): Sherwin Williams Superpaint Acrylic Latex (Min. two coats). PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of work. B. Maximum Moisture Content of Substrates: When measured with an electronic moisture meter as follows: 1. Concrete: 12 percent. 2. Masonry (Clay and CMU): 12 percent. 3. Wood: 15 percent. 4. Plaster: 12 percent. 5. Gypsum Board: 12 percent. C. Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility with existing fi nishes and primers. D. Begin coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected and surfaces are dry. 1. Beginning coating application constitutes Contractor’s acceptance of substrates and conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION AND APPLICATION A. Comply with manufacturer’s written instructions and recommendations in “MPI Architectural Painting Specifi cation Manual” applicable to substrates and paint systems indicated. B. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of paints, including dirt, oil, grease, and incompatible paints and encapsulants. 1. Remove incompatible primers and reprime substrate with compatible primers as required to produce paint systems indicated. C. Apply paints to produce surface fi lms without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, roller tracking, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Cut in sharp lines and color breaks. D. Protect work of other trades against damage from paint application. Correct damage to work of other trades by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and refi nishing, as approved by Architect, and leave in an undamaged condition. E. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. 3.3 EXTERIOR PAINTING SCHEDULE A. Wood Panel Substrates: Including fascias & soffi ts. 1. Latex System: MPI EXT 6.4K. a. Prime Coat: Exterior latex wood primer. b. Intermediate Coat: Exterior latex matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Exterior latex satin. B. Dimension Lumber Substrates, Nontraffi c . 1. Latex System: MPI EXT 6.2M. a. Prime Coat: Exterior latex wood primer. b. Intermediate Coat: Exterior latex matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Exterior latex satin. C. Exterior Gypsum Board Substrates: 1. Latex System: MPI EXT 9.2A. a. Prime Coat: Exterior latex matching topcoat. b. Intermediate Coat: Exterior latex matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Exterior latex satin. END OF SECTION 099113 SECTION 09 9123 INTERIOR PAINTING 1. CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT PAINTING DRAW DOWN SAMPLES WITH SPECIFICATION DATA TO OWNERFOR VERIFICATION AND APPROVAL IN WRITING PRIOR TO FABRICATION. 2. PROVIDE PAINT FINISHES FOR BUILDING AND OTHER SURFACES AS SCHEDULED ON DRAWINGS OR AS SPECIFIED HEREAFTER INCLUDING SEALING OF CONCRETE FLOOR. NO PAINT FINISH IS REQUIRED ON ITEMS HAVING COMPLETE FACTORY FINISH, EXCEPT AS SPECIFIED HEREAFTER: PUTTY AND/OR SEALANT AT ALUMINUM WINDOWS: NON-FERROUS METAL UNLESS SPECIFICALLY MENTIONED IN THE PAINTING SCHEDULE: STAINLESS STEEL; INTERIOR OR EXTERIOR OF EXISTING BUILDING. NO PAINTING IS REQUIRED FOR INSULATING PIPING, EXCEPT WHERE EXPOSED IN FINISH, NON-MECHANICAL ROOM SPACES. 3. PROTECT WORK OF OTHER TRADES FROM DAMAGE AND DEFACEMENT CAUSED BY THIS WORK. REPAIR ANY DAMAGE CAUSED BY THE WORK OF THIS SECTION. REMOVE ELECTRICAL OUTLET AND SWITCH PLATES, MECHANICAL DIFFUSERS, GRILLES, ESCUTCHEONS, REGISTERS, SURFACE HARDWARE, FITTINGS AND FASTENINGS PRIOR TO COMMENCING THE WORK, STORE, CLEAN AND REPLACE UPON COMPLETION. 4. PAINT CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IF ANY SURFACE TO BE PAINTED OR STAINED IS FOUND TO BE UNSUITABLE TO PRODUCE PROPER FINISH. APPLY NO FINISH MATERIAL UNTIL THE UNSUITABLE SURFACES HAVE BEEN MADE SATISFACTORY. ALL GYPSUM WALLS TO BE LEVEL 4 FINISH UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 5. FINISH WORK SHALL BE UNIFORM, OF APPROVED COLOR, SMOOTH AND FREE FROM RUNS. MAKE ENDS OF PAINT ADJOINING OTHER MATERIALS OR COLORS SHARP AND CLEAN WHERE HIGH GLOSS ENAMEL IS USED, LIGHTLY SAND UNDERCOAT TO OBTAIN A SMOOTH FINISH COAT. 6. PROVIDE ALL NEWLY PAINTED SURFACES WITH (1) COAT TINTED PRIMER AND A MINIMUM OF (2) COATS FINAL COLOR COAT, (UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE OR RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER’S SPECIFICATIONS) TO PROVIDE A SOLID, UNIFORM AND DURABLE FINISH. ALLOW PROPER DRYING TIME BETWEEN COATS. 7. DELIVER ALL PAINT TO JOBSITE IN UNOPENED CONTAINERS BEARING THE MANUFACTURER’S LABEL, AND SHOWING PAINT TYPE, SHEEN AND COLOR. 8. PAINT TYPES USED SHALL BE THOSE SPECIFICALLY RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER FOR THE MATERIAL TO WHICH THEY WILL BE APPLIED. PAINTING CONTRACTOR SHALL FOLLOW MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS FOR PROPER APPLICATION OF THE PAINT. 9. ALL SURFACES TO BE PAINTED SHALL BE THOROUGHLY CLEANED, AND PREPARED FOR PAINTING PRIOR TO APPLICATION OF PAINT. PROVIDE VENTILATORS AS REQUIRED TO PREVENT BUILD-UP OF FUMES. 10. SANDPAPER ALL NEW WOOD TO SMOOTH AND EVEN SURFACE AND DUST OFF. AFTER PRIMING COAT HAS BEEN APPLIED, THOROUGHLY FILL ALL NAIL HOLES AND OTHER SURFACE IMPERFECTIONS WITH PUTTY TINTED WITH PRIMER OR STAIN TO MATCH WOOD COLOR. SAND ALL WOODWORK BETWEEN COATS TO A SMOOTH SURFACE. 11. PRIME ALL SURFACES WHICH RECEIVE PAINT PRIOR TO APPLICATION OF FINAL FINISH, IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER’S SPECIFICATIONS. 12. BACK PRIME ALL EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR WOOD AND TRIM PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. THOROUGHLY CLEAN SURFACES AND APPLY NO FINISH UNLESS SURFACES ARE DRY AND READY FOR APPLICATION. SAND SURFACES OF TRIM SMOOTH AND WIPE CLEAN. AFTER STAIN COAT HAS BEEN APPLIED. FILL CRACKS AND HOLES WITH PLASTIC WOOD OR PUTTY. IF STAIN HAS BEEN USED, TINT CRACK FILLER TO MATCH; PRIME BACKS OF TRIM, PRIME BARE WOOD SCHEDULED TO RECEIVE PAINT FINISH; FINISH NAIL HOLES, CRACKS AND OTHER IMPERFECTIONS WITH PUTTY AND SAND SMOOTH. 13. AT COMPLETION, TOUCH-UP AND RESTORE FINISH WHERE DAMAGED AND LEAVE ALL SURFACES IN GOOD AND CLEAN CONDITION. PROVIDE FOR MULTIPLE SITE VISITS AS REQUIRED FOR TOUCH-UP AND REFINISHING. 14. OTHER PAINT MANUFACTURER’S MATCHING IN QUALITY MAY BE SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW AS AN ALTERNATE. SUB CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO COLOR MATCH. 15. COORDINATE WITH DIV 3 CONCRETE FOR SEALED CONCRETE FLOORS DIVISION 10 SPECIALTIES SECTION 102800 – TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND DIVISION 01 SPECIFICATION SECTIONS, APPLY TO THIS SECTION. 1.2 SUMMARY A. SECTION INCLUDES: 1. PRIVATE-USE BATHROOM ACCESSORIES. 2. CHILDCARE ACCESSORIES. 3. UNDERLAVATORY GUARDS. 4. CUSTODIAL ACCESSORIES. 1.3 COORDINATION A. COORDINATE ACCESSORY LOCATIONS WITH OTHER WORK TO PREVENT INTERFERENCE WITH CLEARANCES REQUIRED FOR ACCESS BY PEOPLE WITH DISABILITIES, AND FOR PROPER INSTALLATION, ADJUSTMENT, OPERATION, CLEANING, AND SERVICING OF ACCESSORIES. B. DELIVER INSERTS AND ANCHORING DEVICES SET INTO CONCRETE OR MASONRY AS REQUIRED TO PREVENT DELAYING THE WORK. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. PRODUCT DATA: FOR EACH TYPE OF PRODUCT. 1. INCLUDE CONSTRUCTION DETAILS, MATERIAL DESCRIPTIONS, DIMENSIONS OF INDIVIDUAL COMPONENTS AND PROFILES, AND FINISHES. 2. INCLUDE ANCHORING AND MOUNTING REQUIREMENTS, INCLUDING REQUIREMENTS FOR CUTOUTS IN OTHER WORK AND SUBSTRATE PREPARATION. B. SAMPLES: FULL SIZE, FOR EACH EXPOSED PRODUCT AND FOR EACH FINISH SPECIFIED. 1. APPROVED FULL-SIZE SAMPLES WILL BE RETURNED AND MAY BE USED IN THE WORK. C. PRODUCT SCHEDULE: INDICATING TYPES, QUANTITIES, SIZES, AND INSTALLATION LOCATIONS BY ROOM OF EACH ACCESSORY REQUIRED. 1. IDENTIFY LOCATIONS USING ROOM DESIGNATIONS INDICATED. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. SAMPLE WARRANTY: FOR MANUFACTURER’S SPECIAL WARRANTY. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. MAINTENANCE DATA: FOR ACCESSORIES TO INCLUDE IN MAINTENANCE MANUALS. 1.7 WARRANTY A. MANUFACTURER’S SPECIAL WARRANTY FOR MIRRORS: MANUFACTURER AGREES TO REPAIR OR REPLACE MIRRORS THAT FAIL IN MATERIALS OR WORKMANSHIP WITHIN SPECIFIED WARRANTY PERIOD. 1. FAILURES INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, VISIBLE SILVER SPOILAGE DEFECTS. 2. WARRANTY PERIOD: 15 YEARS FROM DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PUBLIC-USE WASHROOM ACCESSORIES A. SOURCE LIMITATIONS: OBTAIN PUBLIC-USE WASHROOM ACCESSORIES FROM SINGLE SOURCE FROM SINGLE MANUFACTURER. B. REFER TO ACCESSORY SCHEDULE FOR REQUIRED ITEMS AND BOD: 2.2 PRIVATE-USE BATHROOM ACCESSORIES A. SOURCE LIMITATIONS: OBTAIN PRIVATE-USE BATHROOM ACCESSORIES FROM SINGLE SOURCE FROM SINGLE MANUFACTURER. B. REFER TO ACCESSORY SCHEDULE FOR REQUIRED ITEMS AND BOD: 2.3 CHILDCARE ACCESSORIES A. SOURCE LIMITATIONS: OBTAIN CHILDCARE ACCESSORIES FROM SINGLE SOURCE FROM SINGLE MANUFACTURER. B. REFER TO ACCESSORY SCHEDULE FOR REQUIRED ITEMS AND BOD 2.4 UNDERLAVATORY GUARDS A. UNDERLAVATORY GUARD : 1. MANUFACTURERS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, AVAILABLE MANUFACTURERS OFFERING PRODUCTS THAT MAY BE INCORPORATED INTO THE WORK INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING: a. BUCKAROOS, INC. b. PLUMBEREX SPECIALTY PRODUCTS, INC. c. TRUEBRO BY IPS CORPORATION. 2. DESCRIPTION: INSULATING PIPE COVERING FOR SUPPLY AND DRAIN PIPING ASSEMBLIES THAT PREVENTS DIRECT CONTACT WITH AND BURNS FROM PIPING; ALLOW SERVICE ACCESS WITHOUT REMOVING COVERINGS. 3. MATERIAL AND FINISH: ANTIMICROBIAL, MOLDED PLASTIC, WHITE. 2.5 CUSTODIAL ACCESSORIES A. SOURCE LIMITATIONS: OBTAIN CUSTODIAL ACCESSORIES FROM SINGLE SOURCE FROM SINGLE MANUFACTURER. B. REFER TO ACCESSORY SCHEDULE FOR REQUIRED ITEMS AND BOD 2.6 MATERIALS A. STAINLESS STEEL: ASTM A240/A240M OR ASTM A666, TYPE 304, 0.031- INCH MINIMUM NOMINAL THICKNESS UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. B. STEEL SHEET: ASTM A1008/A1008M, DESIGNATION CS (COLD ROLLED, COMMERCIAL STEEL), 0.036-INCH MINIMUM NOMINAL THICKNESS. C. FASTENERS: SCREWS, BOLTS, AND OTHER DEVICES OF SAME MATERIAL AS ACCESSORY UNIT AND TAMPER-AND-THEFT RESISTANT WHERE EXPOSED, AND OF GALVANIZED STEEL WHERE CONCEALED. D. CHROME PLATING: ASTM B456, SERVICE CONDITION NUMBER SC 2 (MODERATE SERVICE). E. MIRRORS: ASTM C1503, MIRROR GLAZING QUALITY, CLEAR-GLASS MIRRORS, NOMINAL 6.0 MM THICK. 2.7 FABRICATION A. GENERAL: FABRICATE UNITS WITH TIGHT SEAMS AND JOINTS, AND EXPOSED EDGES ROLLED. HANG DOORS AND ACCESS PANELS WITH FULL-LENGTH, CONTINUOUS HINGES. EQUIP UNITS FOR CONCEALED ANCHORAGE AND WITH CORROSION-RESISTANT BACKING PLATES. B. KEYS: PROVIDE UNIVERSAL KEYS FOR INTERNAL ACCESS TO ACCESSORIES FOR SERVICING AND RESUPPLYING. PROVIDE MINIMUM OF SIX KEYS TO OWNER’S REPRESENTATIVE. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL ACCESSORIES ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURERS’ WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS, USING FASTENERS APPROPRIATE TO SUBSTRATE INDICATED AND RECOMMENDED BY UNIT MANUFACTURER. INSTALL UNITS LEVEL, PLUMB, AND FIRMLY ANCHORED IN LOCATIONS AND AT HEIGHTS INDICATED. B. GRAB BARS: INSTALL TO WITHSTAND A DOWNWARD LOAD OF AT LEAST 250 LBF, WHEN TESTED ACCORDING TO ASTM F446. 3.2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. ADJUST ACCESSORIES FOR UNENCUMBERED, SMOOTH OPERATION. REPLACE DAMAGED OR DEFECTIVE ITEMS. B. REMOVE TEMPORARY LABELS AND PROTECTIVE COATINGS. C. CLEAN AND POLISH EXPOSED SURFACES ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER’S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. END OF SECTION 102800 DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT NOT USED DIVISION 23 - HEATING VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING 1. SEE SEPARATE DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC SHEET SPECIFICATIONS FOR MORE INFORMATION DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL 1. SEE SEPARATE DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC SHEET SPECIFICATIONS FOR MORE INFORMATION DIVISION 28 - ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 1. SEE SEPARATE DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC SHEET SPECIFICATIONS FOR MORE INFO GI101 conformed set revisions : p r o j e c t # : d a t e : 20.0550 - june 4, 2021 11 6 9 7 PRO F E S S I O N A L EN G I N E E R R E G I S T ERE D S T ATE O F I D A H O M A R KEL L B A T E M A N 6/ 3 / 2 1 03 / 2 9 / 2 0 2 1 P E R M I T S E T 04 / 0 7 / 2 0 2 1 B I D S E T 06 / 0 4 / 2 0 2 1 A S I # 0 0 2 PR O J E C T M A N A G E R : CA D O P E R A T O R : DATE: JO B N O . : ST R U C T U R A L E N G I N E E R S S E A L : PR O J E C T : CL I E N T : RE V . DA T E BY DE S C R I P T I O N 2 3 4 5 CURRENT REV. Th i s d r a w i n g i s t h e p r o p e r t y o f F R O S T S t r u c t u r a l E n g i n e e r i n g , In c . L e g a l l y , t h e d r a w i n g c a n N O T b e c o p i e d i n w h o l e o r i n pi e c e s . I t i s o n l y t o b e u s e d f o r t h e p r o j e c t a n d s i t e s p e c i f i c a l l y id e n t i f i e d h e r e o n a n d i s n o t t o b e u s e d o n a n y o t h e r p r o j e c t . Co n t r a c t o r s h a l l c a r e f u l l y r e v i e w a l l d i m e n s i o n s , d e t a i l s , a n d co n d i t i o n s a n d r e p o r t a t o n c e a n y e r r o r , i n c o n s i s t e n c y o r om i s s i o n d i s c o v e r e d b e f o r e c o n s t r u c t i o n . Th e c o n t r a c t o r a s s u m e s f u l l l i a b i l i t y f o r d e v i a t i o n s f r o m t h e in t e n t o f t h e s e p l a n s . 1 St r u c t u r a l E n g i n e e r i n g fa x : 2 0 8 . 2 2 7 . 8 4 0 5 10 2 0 E . L i n c o l n R o a d Id a h o F a l l s , I D 8 3 4 0 1 ph o n e : 2 0 8 . 2 2 7 . 8 4 0 4 co n t a c t @ f r o s t - s t r u c t u r a l . c o m S1.0 6/3/21 RE X B U R G R O W H O U S E S KY L E R H O K A N S O FA C MT B IF 2 1 - 0 0 7 GE N E R A L S T R U C T U R A L N O T E S RE X B U R G , I D A H O -- - - -- - - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GENERAL STRUCTURAL NOTES (APPLY UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON PLANS/DETAILS) GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: 1.THE STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS AND MEMBERS DEPICTED HEREIN HAVE BEEN DESIGNED PRIMARILY TO SAFEGUARD AGAINST MAJOR STRUCTURAL DAMAGE AND LOSS OF LIFE, NOT TO LIMIT DAMAGE OR MAINTAIN FUNCTION (IBC SECTION 101.3). 2.THESE DRAWINGS, AND THEIR ASSOCIATED STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS, HAVE BEEN PERFORMED USING STANDARDS OF PROFESSIONAL CARE AND COMPLETENESS NORMALLY EXERCISED UNDER SIMILAR CIRCUMSTANCES BY REPUTABLE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER'S IN THIS OR SIMILAR LOCALITIES. THEY NECESSARILY ASSUME THAT THE WORK DEPICTED WILL BE PERFORMED BY AN EXPERIENCED CONTRACTOR AND/OR WORKMEN WHO HAVE A WORKING KNOWLEDGE OF THE INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE CONVENTIONAL FRAMING REQUIREMENTS AND OF INDUSTRY ACCEPTED STANDARD GOOD PRACTICE. AS NOT EVERY CONDITION OR FRAMING ELEMENT IS (OR CAN BE) EXPLICITLY SHOWN ON THESE DRAWINGS, IT IS UNDERSTOOD THAT THE CONTRACTOR WILL USE INDUSTRY ACCEPTED STANDARD GOOD PRACTICE FOR ALL MISCELLANEOUS WORK NOT EXPLICITLY SHOWN. 3.THESE DRAWINGS REPRESENT THE FINISHED STRUCTURE. THEY DO NOT INDICATE THE METHOD OF CONSTRUCTION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR CONSTRUCTION MEANS, METHODS, TECHNIQUES, SEQUENCES AND PROCEDURES. CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS SHALL BE SPREAD OUT IF PLACED ON FRAMED CONSTRUCTION SUCH THAT DESIGN LIVE LOAD PER SQUARE FOOT AS STATED HEREIN IS NOT EXCEEDED. OPTIONS ARE FOR CONTRACTOR'S CONVENIENCE. IF AN OPTION IS USED, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL NECESSARY CHANGES, AND SHALL COORDINATE ALL DETAILS. 4.WHERE DISCREPANCIES OCCUR BETWEEN PLANS, DETAILS, GENERAL STRUCTURAL NOTES AND SPECIFICATIONS, THE GREATER REQUIREMENTS SHALL GOVERN. TYPICAL DETAILS AND NOTES ARE NOT NECESSARILY INDICATED ON THE PLANS, BUT SHALL APPLY NONE-THE-LESS. WHERE NO DETAILS ARE SHOWN, CONSTRUCTION SHALL CONFORM TO SIMILAR WORK ON THE PROJECT. DETAILS MAY SHOW ONLY ONE SIDE OF CONNECTION OR MAY OMIT INFORMATION FOR CLARITY. 5.ESTABLISH AND VERIFY ALL OPENINGS AND INSERTS FOR ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL, PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL WITH APPROPRIATE TRADES, DRAWINGS AND SUBCONTRACTORS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFICATION OF ALL DIMENSIONS WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS PRIOR TO START OF CONSTRUCTION. RESOLVE ANY DISCREPANCY WITH THE ARCHITECT AND STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. 6.ANY INSPECTIONS, SPECIAL (IBC CHAPTER 17) OR OTHERWISE THAT ARE REQUIRED BY THE BUILDING CODES, LOCAL BUILDING DEPARTMENTS, OR BY THESE PLANS SHALL BE DONE BY AN INDEPENDENT INSPECTION COMPANY OR THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT, SITE VISITS BY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFICIAL INSPECTION, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY CONTRACTED FOR. BASIS FOR DESIGN: 1.BUILDING CODE: 2018 EDITION OF THE IBC WITH CITY/COUNTY AMENDMENTS. RISK CATEGORY = II 4. SEISMIC DESIGN PARAMETERS: ANALYSIS PROCEDURE EQUIVALENT LATERAL FORCE PROCEDURE IMPORTANCE FACTOR Ie = 1.00 SITE CLASS D SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY D MAPPED SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACCELERATIONS S1 = 0.219, SS = 0.366 DESIGN SPECTRAL RESPONSE ACCELERATIONS SD1 = 0.219, SDS = 0.368 PERCENT SNOW INCLUDED WITH SEISMIC LOADS 20 VERTICAL SHEAR TRANSFER ELEMENTS: PLYWOOD SHEARWALL(S)R = 6.5, CS = 0.069 GYPCRETE SHEARWALL(S)R=2, CS=0.184 5. WIND DESIGN PARAMETERS (STRENGTH): ULTIMATE WIND SPEED 105 MPH (3 SECOND GUST) WIND EXPOSURE C IMPORTANCE FACTOR Iw = 1.00 INTERNAL PRESSURE COEFFICIENT -0.18 COMPONENT AND CLADDING PRESSURE 32.2 PSF NET UPLIFT ON ROOF 13.8 PSF 2. VERTICAL LOADS: LOCATION LIVE / SNOW LOAD DEAD LOAD ROOF 35 PSF 15 PSF 3. DEFLECTION LIMITS: ELEMENTS LIVE LOAD TOTAL LOAD ROOF TRUSSES/JOISTS L/360 L/240 BEAMS L/360 L/240 FOUNDATION NOTES: 1.IN LIEU OF A GEOTECHNICAL REPORT: THE FOUNDATION HAS BEEN DESIGNED ACCORDING TO THE RECOMMENDATIONS OF CHAPTER 18 OF THE IBC. 2.THE SOIL DESIGN VALUES LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN APPROVED BY THE CITY/COUNTY BUILDING DEPARTMENT, CONTINGENT THAT THE SOIL ON THE SITE PREDOMINATELY CONSISTS OF SAND AND/OR GRAVEL. SPECIFIC SOIL CLASSIFICATIONS SHOULD BE ONE OF THE FOLLOWING: SANDY GRAVEL OR GRAVEL(GW OR GP), SAND(SW AND SP), SILTY SAND(SM), CLAYEY SAND(SC), SILTY GRAVEL(GM), OR CLAYEY GRAVEL(GC). THESE SOIL CLASSIFICATIONS CAN BE FOUND IN TABLE 1806.2 OF CHAPTER 18 OF THE IBC. VERIFICATION OF SOIL CLASSIFICATION IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR. 3.A ONE-THIRD INCREASE IN BEARING PRESSURES IS ALLOWED WITH SEISMIC OR WIND LOAD COMBINATIONS. LATERAL BEARING AND LATERAL SLIDING RESISTANCE MAY BE COMBINED. 4.ALL FOUNDATIONS SHALL BEAR ON COMPACTED ENGINEERED FILL OR COMPETENT NATIVE SOIL SUBBASE COMPACTED TO 95% DRY DENSITY (STANDARD PROCTOR). GRADE IS DEFINED AS LOWEST ADJACENT GRADE WITHIN 5 FEET OF THE BUILDING FOR PERIMETER FOOTINGS. WHERE EXTERIOR PAVING OR CONCRETE IS DIRECTLY ADJACENT TO BUILDING, GRADE IS DEFINED AS TOP OF EXTERIOR PAVING AT LEAST 5 FEET FROM BUILDING. CONCRETE FOOTING EXCAVATIONS SHALL BE CLEAN AND FREE OF LOOSE DEBRIS OR UN-COMPACTED MATERIAL AT TIME OF CONCRETE PLACEMENT. 5.CONCRETE SLABS ON GRADE SHALL BE SUPPORTED ON A 4 INCH (MIN) LAYER OF FREE-DRAINING GRANULAR MAT (DRAINAGE FILL COURSE). THE MAT SHOULD CONSIST OF A WELL GRADED SAND AND GRAVEL MIXTURE WITH MAXIMUM 3/4-INCH CRUSHED AGGREGATE. THE GRANULAR MAT SHOULD BE COMPACTED TO NO LESS THAN 95% OF THE MAXIMUM DRY DENSITY AS DETERMINED BY ASTM D1557. 6.BACKFILL AGAINST RESTRAINED WALLS SHALL NOT BE PLACED UNTIL AFTER THE WALLS ARE SUPPORTED BY THE COMPLETION OF INTERIOR FLOOR SYSTEMS AND CONCRETE OR GROUT STRENGTH HAS REACHED THE 28 DAY STRENGTH LISTED BELOW. THE SOIL DESIGN VALUES FOR THE FOUNDATION ARE: ALLOWABLE BEARING PRESSURE 1500 PSF ALLOWABLE LATERAL BEARING PRESSURE 150 PSF/FT ALLOWABLE LATERAL SLIDING COEFFICIENT 0.25 LATERAL BACKFILL PRESSURE (UNRESTRAINED)30 PSF/FT LATERAL BACKFILL PRESSURE (RESTRAINED)50 PSF/FT FOUNDATION BEARING DEPTH 36" BELOW FINISHED GRADE CONCRETE: 2.ALL NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE SHALL BE REGULAR WEIGHT OF 150 POUNDS PER CUBIC FOOT USING HARD-ROCK AGGREGATES. AGGREGATE USED IN CONCRETE SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C33. 3.LAP SPLICES FOR BEAMS AND FLOOR SLABS SLABS SHALL BE ACCORDING TO CHAPTER 12 OF ACI 318 OR LAP SCHEDULE ON THESE DRAWINGS. STAGGER SPLICES A MINIMUM OF ONE LAP LENGTH. NO TACK WELDING OF REINFORCING BARS ALLOWED WITHOUT PRIOR REVIEW OF PROCEDURE WITH THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. LATEST ACI CODE AND DETAILING MANUAL APPLY. PROVIDE BENT CORNER BARS TO MATCH AND LAP WITH HORIZONTAL BARS AT ALL CORNERS AND INTERSECTIONS PER TYPICAL DETAILS. VERTICAL WALL BARS SHALL BE SPLICED AT OR NEAR FLOOR LINES. 4.ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWING THE LOCATION OF REINFORCING STEEL NOT NOTED AS "CLEAR" OR "CLR" ARE TO CENTER OF STEEL. MINIMUM COVER FOR NON-PRESTRESSED CONCRETE REINFORCING SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: 5.MAXIMUM SLUMP FOR ALL CONCRETE SHALL BE 6". PORTLAND CEMENT SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM C150. TYPE V CEMENT SHALL BE USED FOR CONCRETE IN CONTACT WITH ALKALINE SOIL, AND TYPE II ELSEWHERE. 6.NO MORE THAN 90 MINUTES SHALL ELAPSE BETWEEN CONCRETE BATCHING AND CONCRETE PLACEMENT UNLESS APPROVED BY THE TESTING AGENCY. 7.CONCRETE PLACEMENT AND QUALITY SHALL BE PER RECOMMENDATIONS IN ACI 614, ACI 301 AND ACI 318. MECHANICALLY VIBRATE ALL CONCRETE WHEN PLACED, EXCEPT THAT SLABS ON GRADE NEED BE VIBRATED ONLY AROUND AND UNDER FLOOR DUCTS, ETC. CAST CLOSURE POUR, WHERE SHOWN ON PLANS AROUND COLUMNS AFTER COLUMN DEAD LOAD IS APPLIED. REMOVE ALL DEBRIS FROM FORMS BEFORE PLACING CONCRETE. ALL ITEMS TO BE CAST IN CONCRETE SUCH AS REINFORCING, DOWELS, BOLTS, ANCHORS, PIPES, SLEEVES, ETC., SHALL BE SECURELY POSITIONED IN THE FORMS BEFORE PLACING THE CONCRETE. 8.ALL CONCRETE SLABS ON GRADE SHALL BE DIVIDED INTO AREAS BY CONTROL JOINTS (KEYED OR SAW CUT) SUCH THAT ONE SLAB AREA DOES NOT EXCEED A MAXIMUM LENGTH OF 24 TIMES THE SLAB THICKNESS IN BOTH DIRECTIONS (EXAMPLE: 4" SLAB = 8'-0" LENGTH). SQUARE LAYOUTS ARE PREFERRED, BUT THE SLAB GEOMETRY MAY DICTATE OTHERWISE. THE RATIO OF THE LONG TO SHORT DISTANCE SHALL NOT EXCEED 1.3. IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT SAW CUTS BE MADE WITHIN 16 HOURS OF CONCRETE BATCHING. KEYED CONTROL JOINTS NEED ONLY OCCUR AT EXPOSED EDGES DURING POURING, ALL OTHER JOINTS MAY BE SAW CUT. 9.HORIZONTAL PIPES AND ELECTRICAL CONDUITS SHALL NOT BE EMBEDDED IN STRUCTURAL CONCRETE AND SLABS ON GRADE EXCEPT WHERE SPECIFICALLY APPROVED OR NOTED BY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. PIPES AND CONDUITS SHALL NOT IMPAIR THE STRENGTH OF THE WORK. 10.FLY ASH MAY BE USED ONLY IF PERMITTED BY ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS AND SHALL BE LIMITED TO 18 PERCENT OF CEMENTITIOUS MATERIALS AND SHALL HAVE A REPLACEMENT FACTOR OF 1.2 RELATIVE TO CEMENT REPLACED. NO FLY ASH ADDITIVES SHALL BE USED IN FLATWORK OR ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED CONCRETE. 11.COLD/HOT WEATHER CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION: PROTECT CONCRETE FROM DAMAGE OR REDUCED STRENGTH IN COMPLIANCE WITH ACI 305 AND 306. 12.CONCRETE MIXES SHALL BE DESIGNED BY A CERTIFIED LABORATORY AND APPROVED BY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. 13.LIMIT ALKALI-SILICA REACTION (ASR) TO 0.1% EXPANSION AT 28 DAYS IN CONCRETE MIX AT ALL EXTERIOR CONCRETE AND INTERIOR CONCRETE EXPOSED TO MOISTURE. LOCATION:MINIMUM COVER TOLERANCE CAST AGAINST EARTH (FOOTINGS)3"± 3 8" SLABS ON GRADE 112"± 14" EXPOSED TO EARTH OR WEATHER - #5 AND SMALLER 112"± 3 8" EXPOSED TO EARTH OR WEATHER - #6 AND LARGER 2"± 3 8" NOT EXPOSED TO WEATHER OR IN CONTACT WITH THE GROUND ROOF SLAB 1"18" STRUCTURAL SLABS AND WALLS 3 4"18" BEAMS AND COLUMNS (PRIMARY) REINFORCEMENT, TIES, STIRRUPS AND SPIRALS 112"3 8" 1. MINIMUM 28 DAY CONCRETE STRENGTH SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: USE:CONCRETE STRENGTH: MAX W/C RATIO AIR ENTRAINMENT FOOTINGS 3500 PSI 0.50 5.5% ± 1% FOUNDATION WALLS 4500 PSI 0.45 5.5% ± 1% INTERIOR CONCRETE SLABS ON GRADE 3500 PSI 0.45 N/A REINFORCING STEEL: 1.ASTM A615 GRADE 60 (FY = 60 KSI) DEFORMED BARS FOR ALL BARS #4 AND LARGER. ASTM A615 GRADE 40 (FY = 40 KSI) DEFORMED BARS FOR ALL BARS #3 AND SMALLER. GRADE 60 DEFORMED BARS SHALL BE USED FOR CONCRETE WALLS, BEAMS, ELEVATED SLABS AND COLUMN REINFORCING. 2.WELDING OF REINFORCING BARS SHALL BE MADE ONLY TO ASTM A706 GRADE 60 BARS AND ONLY USING E90 SERIES RODS. WELDING OF REINFORCING BARS SHALL BE MADE ONLY AT LOCATIONS SHOWN ON PLANS OR DETAILS. 3.REINFORCING BAR SPACING GIVEN ARE MAXIMUM ON CENTERS. ALL BARS PER CRSI SPECIFICATIONS AND HANDBOOK. DOWEL ALL VERTICAL REINFORCING TO FOUNDATION. SECURELY TIE ALL BARS IN LOCATION BEFORE PLACING CONCRETE. WOOD: 1.GENERAL: DO NOT NOTCH OR DRILL JOISTS, BEAMS, OR LOAD BEARING STUDS WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL OF THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER THROUGH THE ARCHITECT. DOUBLE UP JOISTS AND BLOCKING UNDER PARTITIONS. PROVIDE 2" (NOMINAL) SOLID BLOCKING AT SUPPORTS OF ALL JOISTS. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON PLANS/DETAILS PROVIDE 2x SOLID BLOCKING AT MID-HEIGHT OF BEARING STUD WALLS. ALL NAILING NOT NOTED SHALL BE ACCORDING TO IBC TABLE 2304.10.1. JOIST HANGERS AND OTHER MISC. FRAMING ANCHORS SHALL BE SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY, INC. OR OTHER MANUFACTURER WITH CURRENT ICC-ES APPROVAL. 2.SAWN LUMBER: FRAMING LUMBER SHALL COMPLY WITH THE LATEST EDITION OF THE GRADING RULES OF THE WESTERN WOOD PRODUCTS ASSOCIATION (WWPA) OR THE WEST COAST LUMBER INSPECTION BUREAU (WCLIB). ALL SAWN LUMBER SHALL BE STAMPED WITH THE GRADE MARK OF AN APPROVED LUMBER GRADING AGENCY. SAWN LUMBER SHALL HAVE THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM GRADE UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE IN SCHEDULES: USE:MATERIAL: 2x4 STUDS DOUGLAS-FIR NO. 2, MINIMUM (U.N.O.) 2x6 STUDS DOUGLAS-FIR NO. 2, MINIMUM (U.N.O.) JOISTS, TOP PLATES AND ALL OTHER SAWN LUMBER DOUGLAS-FIR NO. 2, MINIMUM (U.N.O.) BEAMS AND POSTS DOUGLAS-FIR NO. 2, MINIMUM (U.N.O.) LOCATION:NOMINAL THICKNESS: SPAN INDEX RATING: EDGE ATTACHMENT: FIELD ATTACHMENT: WALL 7 16" OR 12"24 16 8d AT 6" O.C.8d AT 12" O.C. ROOF 7 16" OR 12"24 16 8d AT 6" O.C.8d AT 12" O.C. ROOF 15 32" OR 12"32 16 8d AT 6" O.C.8d AT 12" O.C. ROOF 19 32" OR 5 8"40 20 10d AT 6" O.C.10d AT 12" O.C. ROOF 23 32" OR 3 4"48 24 10d AT 6" O.C.10d AT 12" O.C. ROOF 7 8"60 32 10d AT 6" O.C.10d AT 12" O.C. FLOOR 3 4" T&G 48 24 10d AT 6" O.C. OR #8 SCREWS AT 6" O.C. 10d AT 6" O.C. OR #8 SCREWS AT 12" O.C. FLOOR 7 8" T&G 60 32 10d AT 6" O.C. OR #8 SCREWS AT 6" O.C. 10d AT 6" O.C. OR #8 SCREWS AT 12" O.C. FLOOR 118" T&G 60 48 10d AT 6" O.C. OR #8 SCREWS AT 6" O.C. 10d AT 6" O.C. OR #8 SCREWS AT 12" O.C. 3.PLYWOOD: ALL PLYWOOD SHALL BE C-D OR C-C SHEATHING CONFORMING TO STANDARD PS 1-95. LAY UP PLYWOOD WITH FACE GRAIN IN PERPENDICULAR TO SUPPORTS (ON ROOFS WHERE PLYWOOD IS LAID UP WITH FACE GRAIN PARALLEL TO SUPPORTS, USE A MINIMUM OF 5-PLY PLYWOOD, STAGGER JOINTS). ALL NAILING, COMMON NAILS. BLOCKING AT PANEL EDGES WHERE INDICATED ON PLANS. ALL PLYWOOD SHALL BE OF THE FOLLOWING NOMINAL THICKNESS, SPAN/INDEX RATING AND SHALL BE NAILED AS FOLLOWS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON THE PLANS: DEFERRED SUBMITTAL ITEMS: PREFABRICATED WOOD ROOF TRUSSES CAST IN PLACE CENTERLINE CENTERLINE OF BEAM CENTERLINE OF COLUMN CENTERLINE OF WALL CLEAR CONCRETE CONCRETE CONTROL JOINT CONCRETE SAWCUT JOINT CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT CONNECTION CONTINUOUS DEAD LOAD DOWN DRAWING(S) EQUAL EQUIPMENT EXPANSION JOINT EACH WAY FINISHED FLOOR FACE OF STEEL FACE OF WALL GAUGE GALVANIZED GENERAL STRUCTURAL NOTES CENTERLINE OF FOOTING FACE OF MEMBER EXPANSION BOLT EDGE OF SLAB DIAMETER GALV GSN DN. DWG(S) EQ EQUIP EXP. JT (E.J.) E.W. F.F. F.O.S. F.O.W. GA F.O.M. EXP. BOLT E.O.S. Ø OR DIA. C.I.P. C L C.L.B. C.L.C. C.L.W. CLR CONC C.C.J. C.S.J. C.M.U. CONN. CONT D L C.L.F. W/WITH W/O WITHOUT T.O.P. U.N.O. W.W.F. TYP VERT T.O.S. T.O.W. T.O.D. T.O.F. T.O.L. T.O.M. STD T.O.B. T L SLH SLV SIM SQ PSF PSI REINF PREFAB OPP P.C. PLF N.T.S. O.C. O.F.W. TOP OF FOOTING UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE WELDED WIRE FABRIC TOP OF MASONRY TOP OF PLATE TOP OF STEEL TOP OF WALL TYPICAL VERTICAL STANDARD TOP OF BEAM TOP OF DECK TOP OF LEDGER TOTAL LOAD OUTSIDE FACE OF WALL PRECAST CONCRETE POUNDS PER LINEAR FOOT POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH SHORT LEG VERTICAL SHORT LEG HORIZONTAL REINFORCING SIMILAR SQUARE NOT TO SCALE ON CENTER OPPOSITE PREFABRICATED AGGREGATE BASE COURSE AIR CONDITIONER ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR ALTERNATE ANCHOR BOLT AT (MEASUREMENT) BEAM BOTTOM OF BEAM BOTTOM OF DECK BEARING BELOW FINISHED FLOOR BOTTOM OF FOOTING A.B.C. A/C A.F.F. ALT A.B. @ BM B.O.B. B.O.D. BRG B.F.F B.O.F. ABBREVIATIONS LBS (#) MFR('S) M.C.J. MECH N/A LLV LLH HORIZ K(KIP) L L LONG LEG VERTICAL MANUFACTURER('S) MASONRY CONTROL JOINT NOT APPLICABLE LONG LEG HORIZONTAL POUNDS MECHANICAL HORIZONTAL 1000 POUNDS LIVE LOAD EXISTING(E) MIN MINIMUM MAX MAXIMUM POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT GLUED-LAMINATED BEAMGLB PFT PREFAB FLOOR TRUSSES PRT PREFAB ROOF TRUSSES I.F.W.INSIDE FACE OF WALL PT PRESSURE TREATED SCREWS AT FLOOR SHEATHING SHALL BE #8 SCREWS AND SHALL PENETRATE AT LEAST 112" INTO THE SUPPORTING MEMBER. ALL FLOOR SHEATHING SHALL BE GLUED TO SUPPORTING MEMBERS WITH AN APA AFG-01 QUALIFIED GLUE. PLYWOOD ALTERNATE: AMERICAN PLYWOOD ASSOCIATION PERFORMANCE RATED SHEATHING MAY BE USED AS AN ALTERNATE TO PLYWOOD WITH PRIOR APPROVAL OF OWNER, ARCHITECT AND ROOFER. IT MAY NOT BE USED ON ROOFS WHERE BUILT-UP ROOF SYSTEM IS TO BE GUARANTEED BY ROOFER. RATED SHEATHING SHALL COMPLY WITH CURRENT ICC-ES REPORTS AND SHALL HAVE A SPAN RATING EQUIVALENT TO OR BETTER THAN THE PLYWOOD IT REPLACES. ATTACHMENT AND THICKNESS (WITHIN 132") SHALL BE THE SAME AS THE PLYWOOD IT REPLACES. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. 4.NOMINAL 2x AND 3x DECKING. TONGUE AND GROOVE TYPE. MINIMUM Fb = 1,600 PSI, MINIMUM E = 1,300,000 PSI. INSTALL WITH TONGUES UP SLOPE ON PITCHED ROOFS, AND OUTWARD IN THE DIRECTION OF LAYING ON FLAT ROOFS. NAIL EACH PLANK WITH 16d TOENAIL (THRU THE TONGUE) AND 16d FACE NAIL AT EACH SUPPORT. DECK SHALL BE INSTALLED AS SIMPLE SPAN WITH ALL PLANKS BEARING ON TWO SUPPORTS. FOR REFERENCE AND/OR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION SEE AITC 117-2010. 5.GLUED-LAMINATED BEAMS (GLB): GLUED-LAMINATED BEAMS SHALL BE DOUGLAS FIR COMBINATION AT 24F-V4 AT SIMPLE SPAN BEAMS AND 24F-V8 AT MULTI-SPAN AND CANTILEVERED BEAMS WITH THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM PROPERTIES: FB = 2,400 PSI, FV = 190 PSI, FC (PERPENDICULAR) = 650 PSI, E =1,800 KSI. ALL BEAMS SHALL BE FABRICATED USING WATERPROOF GLUE. FABRICATION AND HANDLING PER LATEST AITC AND WCLA STANDARDS. BEAMS TO BEAR GRADE STAMP AND AITC STAMP AND CERTIFICATE. CAMBER AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. STANDARD CAMBER IS BASED ON A RADIUS OF CURVATURE OF 2000 FEET. 7.LAMINATED VENEER LUMBER (LVL): DESIGN, FABRICATION AND ERECTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST ICC-ES REPORT. MINIMUM PROPERTIES FOR LVLs SHALL BE: FB = 2,600 PSI, FV = 285 PSI, E = 2,000 KSI. 8.SILL PLATES RESTING ON CONCRETE OR MASONRY SHALL BE OF TREATED FIR. SHEAR WALLS AND EXTERIOR WALL SILLS AT CONCRETE SLAB SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM OF (2) ANCHOR BOLTS PER PIECE. PROVIDE ANCHOR BOLT AT 9" MAXIMUM, 4" MINIMUM FROM THE END OF EACH PIECE AT SPLICE OR END OF WALL. MAXIMUM ANCHOR BOLT SPACING SHALL BE 72" ON CENTER UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON PLANS OR DETAILS. ALL ANCHOR BOLTS (OTHER THAN BOLTS FOR HOLDOWNS) SHALL EMBED 7" INTO CONCRETE. ANCHOR BOLTS FOR HOLDOWNS SHALL NOT BE CONSIDERED AS PART OF REQUIRED ANCHOR BOLTS ON SHEAR WALLS. ALL EXTERIOR WALLS SHALL BE SECURED WITH MINIMUM ANCHOR BOLTS. INTERIOR WALLS MAY BE SECURED TO CONCRETE WITH EITHER ANCHOR BOLTS OR POWER DRIVEN SHOT PINS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON PLANS. 9.BOLTING: ALL BOLTS IN WOOD CONNECTIONS SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A307. BOLTS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN HOLES BORED WITH A BIT 116" LARGER THAN THE Ø (DIAMETER) OF THE BOLT. BOLTS AND NUTS SEATING ON WOOD SHALL HAVE CUT STEEL WASHERS UNDER HEADS AND NUTS. NICK THREADS TO PREVENT LOOSENING. 10.PREFABRICATED WOOD TRUSSES: PREFABRICATED WOOD TRUSSES SHALL BE DESIGNED TO SUPPORT SELF WEIGHT PLUS LIVE LOAD AND SUPERIMPOSED DEAD LOADS. WHERE ATTIC SPACE CAN BE USED FOR STORAGE, A 40 PSF LIVE LOAD ON THE BOTTOM CHORD SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE ANALYSIS. BRIDGING SIZE AND SPACING BY TRUSS MANUFACTURER UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS WITH DESIGN CALCULATIONS SEALED BY A REGISTERED ENGINEER FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO MANUFACTURE FOR BOTH ROOF AND FLOOR TRUSSES WHEN USED. SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL SHOW ANY SPECIAL DETAILS REQUIRED AT BEARING POINTS. ALL CONNECTORS SHALL HAVE CURRENT ICC-ES APPROVAL. ADDITIONAL TRUSSES SHALL BE SUPPLIED AS REQUIRED TO SUPPORT MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. PER IBC SECTION 2303.4 AND TPI-1: EACH TRUSS SHALL BE LEGIBLY BRANDED, MARKED OR OTHERWISE HAVE PERMANENTLY AFFIXED THERETO THE IDENTITY OF THE COMPANY MANUFACTURING THE TRUSS, THE DESIGN LOADS, AND THE TRUSS SPACING - WITHIN TWO FEET OF THE CENTER OF THE SPAN ON THE FACE OF THE BOTTOM CHORD. PREFABRICATED WOOD/STEEL WEB JOIST/PURLINS (TJI/TJL SERIES OR EQUAL): DESIGN, FABRICATION AND ERECTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST EDITION ICC-ES REPORT. CONNECTIONS AND BEARING MATERIAL TO BE DESIGNED AND FURNISHED BY JOIST FABRICATOR. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS WITH DESIGN CALCULATIONS SEALED BY A REGISTERED STRUCTURAL ENGINEER FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO MANUFACTURE. ADDITIONAL JOISTS SHALL BE SUPPLIED AS REQUIRED TO SUPPORT MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. KEYNOTES: 1.FINISHED GRADE WHERE OCCURS 2.DO NOT EXCAVATE A TRENCH CLOSER THAN A 45 DEGREE ANGLE TO BELOW BOTTOM FOOTING OR FOUNDATION 3.BOTTOM OF CONCRETE FOOTING 4.BOTTOM OF TRENCH NOTE: A.DO NOT UNDERCUT EXISTING FOOTINGS B.NO PIPE OR OTHER UTILITIES SHALL PASS THRU WALL FOOTINGS OR UNDER COLUMN FOOTINGS FOR CONSTRUCTION ABOVE FOOTING, SEE DETAILS. T1 TRENCH PARALLEL TO CONTINUOUS STRIP FOOTING TD01 NO SCALE 1 1 4 3 2 1 KEYNOTES: 1.CONCRETE FOOTING 2.SLEEVE - PROVIDE 12" MINIMUM CLEARANCE AROUND PIPE OR CONDUIT 3.PIPE OR CONDUIT 4.CONCRETE FILL TO BE PLACED BEFORE FOOTING IS POURED - FORM SAME AS FOOTING AND POUR FULL WIDTH OF PIPE TRENCH 5.STEM WALL NOTE: A.NO PIPE SHALL PASS THRU FOOTING OR UNDER COLUMN FOOTINGS. FOR TRENCHES GREATER THAN 3'-6" BELOW BOTTOM OF FOOTING, SEE PIPE PASSING BELOW WALL FOOTING DETAIL. T2 PIPE PASSING UNDER WALL FOOTING IN SHALLOW TRENCH TD02 NO SCALE 6" M I N 8" M I N 3' - 0 " M A X 8" MIN A SECTIONA 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 KEYNOTES: 1.STEM WALL 2.CONCRETE FOOTING 3.1'-6" MAXIMUM - WHERE TRENCH EXCEEDS 1'-6" NOTIFY STRUCTURAL ENGINEER PRIOR TO PLACEMENT OF FOOTINGS 4.BACKFILL AND RECOMPACT TRENCH PER SOILS REPORT AND SPECIFICATIONS 5.BOTTOM OF TRENCH NOTE: A.DO NOT UNDERCUT EXISTING FOOTINGS B.NO PIPES OR OTHER UTILITIES SHALL PASS THRU WALL FOOTINGS OR UNDER COLUMN FOOTINGS 3' - 1 " O R G R E A T E R FOR CONSTRUCTION ABOVE FOOTING, SEE DETAILS. T3 PIPE PASSING BELOW FOOTING IN DEEP TRENCH TD03 NO SCALE 5 3 2 1 44 1 KEYNOTES: 1.SLOPED FINISH GRADE 2.MINIMUM FOOTING DEPTH PER G.S.N. - 12" MINIMUM 3.DEEPEN FOOTING AS REQUIRED TO ACCOUNT FOR SLOPED GRADE 4.CONCRETE FOOTING NOTE: A.FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, SEE PLANS AND DETAILS 5'-0" T4 TYPICAL DETAIL FOR FOUNDATION EMBEDMENT TD04 NO SCALE 1 2 3 4 KEYNOTES: 1.CORNER DOWELS TO MATCH HORIZONTAL REINFORCEMENT 2.CONCRETE WALL WITH REINFORCEMENT 18" MIN LAP SPLICE (TYP) T5 TYPICAL CONCRETE CORNER TD05 NO SCALE 2 1 KEYNOTES: 1.CONCRETE SLAB ON GRADE 2.CONT KEYED JOINT 3.SAWCUT 18" WIDE x 14 SLAB THICKNESS IN DEPTH - CUT SHALL BE MADE SOON ENOUGH TO PREVENT SHRINKAGE CRACKING, BUT NOT SO SOON AS TO CAUSE SPALLING OF THE CONCRETE WHILE SAWING. WORK MUST BE COMPLETE WITHIN 16 HOURS OF CONCRETE PLACEMENT. NOTE: A.KEYED JOINTS NEED ONLY OCCUR AT EXPOSED EDGES DURING PLACEMENT UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED ON THE PLANS. B."TOOL WET JOINT", "ZIP STRIP", ETC SHALL MATCH SAWCUT REQUIREMENTS 12"6"6"12" SAWCUT JOINT KEYED JOINT T6 CONTROL JOINTS IN CONCRETE SLAB ON GRADE TD07 NO SCALE 1 3 1 2 KEYNOTES: 1.MINIMUM LAP PER PLAN (24" MIN) - TYPICAL 2.TOP OF WALL FOOTING 3.REGULAR FOOTING THICKNESS AS SHOWN ON PLAN OR FOOTING SCHEDULE NOTE: A.D = 2'-0" MAX 2D 2D D D D 1D MIN 1D MIN 1D MIN 2D T7 TYPICAL STEP IN CONCRETE FOOTING TD08 NO SCALE 2 3 1 T8 TYPICAL REINFORCING DETAILS TD10 NO SCALE 6 MIN BAR OFFSET BAR CLEARANCE SPLICE DETAIL BEND & HOOK DETAILS COLUMN TIES BEAM STIRRUPS "d" 45° "d" "d" 1 8 8 KEYNOTES: 1.LAP - SEE G.S.N. 2.MAXIMUM 15 LAP BUT NOT MORE THAN 6" 3.WIRE TIES 4.1d (1" MINIMUM) 5.RADIUS = 3d FOR BARS NOT OVER #8; 4d FOR #9, #10, AND #11 BARS; 5d FOR #14 AND #18 BARS, 5d FOR ALL GRADE 40 BARS WITH 180 DEGREE HOOK 6.4D (4" MINIMUM) 7.12d (90 DEGREE HOOK) 8.6d (4" MINIMUM) 9.135 DEGREE BEND 10.BEND AROUND 112" PIN FOR #3 BARS. BEND AROUND 2" PIN FOR #4 BARS. BEND AROUND 212" PIN FOR #5 BARS. 3 1 2 4 6 7 5 55 5 99 10 10 6 8 KEYNOTES: 1.CONCRETE FOOTING, SEE PLAN 2.COMPACTED SUB-GRADE BELOW FOOTING, SEE PLAN 3.#4 DOWEL TO MATCH FOOTING REINFORCEMENT 4.#4 DOWEL TO LAP AND MATCH WALL REINFORCEMENT NOTE: A.FOR ITEMS SHOWN BUT NOT KEYNOTED, SEE FOUNDATION DETAILS B.WHERE NEW FOOTING TIES INTO EXISTING FOOTING, DRILL AND EPOXY 24" LONG DOWELS INTO EXISTING, PROVIDE 4" MIN EMBEDMENT 2 3" CLR 3" CL R 24" 24" 1 3 2 1 4 24" 24" T9 CONCRETE FOOTING AT CONCRETE WALL TD12 NO SCALE NOTES: 1.TOP BARS ARE ANY HORIZONTAL BARS PLACED SO THAT MORE THAN 12" OF FRESH CONCRETE IS CAST IN THE MEMBER BELOW THE REINFORCEMENT. 2.UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, LAP SPLICES IN CONCRETE BEAMS, SLABS AND WALLS SHALL BE CLASS "B" TENSION LAP SPLICES. BAR SIZE CLASS B TENSION SPLICE LENGTHS f'c = 3,000 PSI f'c = 4,000 PSI f'c = 5,000 PSI HORIZONTAL BARS W/ >12" OF CONC. BELOW VERTICAL AND BOTTOM HORIZONTAL BARS HORIZONTAL BARS W/ >12" OF CONC. BELOW VERTICAL AND BOTTOM HORIZONTAL BARS HORIZONTAL BARS W/ >12" OF CONC. BELOW VERTICAL AND BOTTOM HORIZONTAL BARS #3 12"12"12"12"12"12" #4 19"15"17"13"15"12" #5 29"23"26"20"23"18" #6 32"25"28"21"25"19" #7 54"41"47"36"42"32" #8 70"54"61"47"54"42" #9 89"68"77"59"69"53" #10 112"87"97"75"87"67" T10 STEEL REINFORCING LAP SPLICES IN CONCRETE TD14 NO SCALE T11 STRAP AT OPENING IN SHEARWALL TD17 NO SCALE KEYNOTES: 1.SHEATHING MATERIAL 2.SHEARWALL END POST (DBL STUD AT HOLDOWN U.N.O.) 3.EDGE NAILING AT ALL SHEATHING PANEL EDGES - STAGGER NAILS AT DOUBLE STUD END POSTS 4.FULL HEIGHT WOOD STUDS 5.ANCHOR BOLTS TO FOUNDATION OR NAILS TO LOWER FRAMING PER SHEARWALL SCHEDULE 6.SIMPSON STRAP TYPE HOLDOWN, WHERE OCCURS 7.SOLID BLOCKING AND EDGE NAILING REQUIRED AT PLYWOOD SHEET EDGES 8.CONT 2x PT SOLE PLATE 9.FIELD NAILING AWAY FROM PANEL EDGES 10.WOOD HEADER 11.TRIMMER STUD UNDER HEADER AND SILL, PROVIDE ADDITIONAL TRIMMER STUDS WHERE INDICATED ON PLANS 12.FULL HEIGHT KING STUD, PROVIDE ADDITIONAL KING STUDS WHERE INDICATED ON PLANS 13.2x BLOCKING FOR STRAP NAILING 14.STRAP, PER PLAN, ABOVE AND BELOW OPENING AS SHOWNFINISHED FLOOR 24" MIN BEYOND OPENING (TYP) 24" MIN BEYOND OPENING (TYP) 1 2 14 4 3 12 13 2 3 6 8 9 1111 3 10 77 5 OPEN T12 ELEVATION-TYPICAL 1-STORY SHEARWALL TD19 NO SCALE KEYNOTES: 1.SHEATHING MATERIAL 2.DOUBLE STUDS AT EACH END OF SHEARWALL, EDGE NAIL ALONG DOUBLE STUDS 3.FULL HEIGHT WOOD STUDS 4.BOTTOM PLATE ATTACHMENT 5.SIMPSON STHD TYPE HOLDOWN 6.MIDHEIGHT BLOCKING AND EDGE NAILING REQUIRED 7.SIMPSON "PHD" TYPE HOLDOWN 8.FINISHED FLOOR 9.CONT 2x PT SOLE PLATE 1 3 6 8 7 4 5 2 9 T13 STRAP TYPE HOLDOWNS / SHEARWALL END POSTS, PLAN VIEW - HOLDOWN LOCATIONS TD15 NO SCALE NOTE: A.ALL CONDITIONS MAY NOT BE SHOWN. FOR CONDITIONS NOT SHOWN, USE THESE DETAILS AS A GUIDE. B.SOME LARGER HOLDOWNS REQUIRE 6x6 POSTS, SEE PLANS AND SCHEDULES. C.WHERE MULTIPLE TRIMMER STUDS OR KING STUDS OCCUR, MAKE ADJUSTMENTS AS REQUIRED. KEYNOTES: 1.WOOD STUD WALL, SEE PLAN 2.SHEARWALL SHEATHING, SEE PLAN 3.STRAP TYPE HOLDOWN 4.EDGE OF FOUNDATION 5.(25) - SIMPSON SDS 14"x6" LONG WOOD SCREWS, STAGGERED 6.SHEARWALL END POSTS (2 STUDS) 7.SHEARWALL EDGE NAILING 8.TRIMMER STUD TO SUPPORT HEADER 9.BLOCK TO SUPPORT WINDOW SILL 10.BUILT UP WOOD POST "STRAP" TYPE HOLDOWN WINDOW JAMB "STRAP" TYPE HOLDOWN DOOR JAMB OR WALL END (1) SHEARWALL (1) STRAP HOLDOWN AT EXTERIOR CORNER (2) SHEARWALLS (1) STRAP HOLDOWN AT EXTERIOR CORNER (2) SHEARWALLS (1) STRAP HOLDOWN AT RE-ENTRANT CORNER (1) SHEARWALL (1) STRAP HOLDOWN AT RE-ENTRANT CORNER WINDOW OPENING DOOR OPENING 1.5" 1.5" 3"3" 4 2 1 3 3 7 2 2 1 1 9 3 1 6 8 4 3 5 4 23 7 2 5 10 23 1 6 6 6 6 6 7 74 4 4 2 7 2 4 7 6 7 4 4 7 4 1 NOTE: A.CONNECT FRAMING AT OVERBUILD AREAS PER TYPICAL DETAILS B.FRAMING NOT BEARING ON SUPPORT SHALL BE HUNG USING SIMPSON LU, U, LUP OR LSSU TYPE HANGERS DESIGNATED FOR THE JOIST SIZE AT SPANS LESS THAN 10'-0" SIMPSON A34 OR (4)-16d NAILS MAY BE USED, AT SPANS LESS THAN 5'-6", (3)-16d NAILS MAY BE USED 2x6 2x8 2x10 SIMPLE ROOF FRAMING OR ROOF OVERBUILD FRAMING 6'-6" 5'-0" 3'-6" 2x8 2x6 2x4 MAXIMUM HORIZONTAL SPAN JOIST FRAMING RIDGE/VALLEY/HIP SIMPLE CEILING FRAMING HORIZONTAL SPAN 7'-0" 10'-0" 6'-0" MAXIMUM 2x6 2x8 2x4 CEILING JOIST T14 TYPICAL JOIST SCHEDULE FOR SIMPLE FRAMING TD20 NO SCALE KEYNOTES: 1.PREFAB WOOD ROOF TRUSS, GIRDER TRUSS, OR HIP TRUSS 2.WOOD ROOF JOISTS OR RAFTER 3.CONNECTION WITH NAILS OR SIMPSON HANGER (SIMPSON LU, U, LUP, OR LSS) TYPE HANGER DESIGNED FOR THE JOIST SIZE. USE SKEWED MODEL AS REQUIRED JOIST CONNECTION 2x4 2x6 2x8 LARGER 2x10 OR SIMPSON A34 SIMPSON HANGER OR 3-16d NAILS OR 4-16d NAILS OR SIMPSON HANGER OR SIMPSON A34 2 - 16d NAILS SIMPSON HANGER OR SIMPSON A35 AND SIMPSON HANGER T15 TYPICAL SIMPLE FRAMING AT WOOD TRUSS TD21 NO SCALE 3 2 1 3 2 1 PR O J E C T M A N A G E R : CA D O P E R A T O R : DATE: JO B N O . : ST R U C T U R A L E N G I N E E R S S E A L : PR O J E C T : CL I E N T : RE V . DA T E BY DE S C R I P T I O N 2 3 4 5 CURRENT REV. Th i s d r a w i n g i s t h e p r o p e r t y o f F R O S T S t r u c t u r a l E n g i n e e r i n g , In c . L e g a l l y , t h e d r a w i n g c a n N O T b e c o p i e d i n w h o l e o r i n pi e c e s . I t i s o n l y t o b e u s e d f o r t h e p r o j e c t a n d s i t e s p e c i f i c a l l y id e n t i f i e d h e r e o n a n d i s n o t t o b e u s e d o n a n y o t h e r p r o j e c t . Co n t r a c t o r s h a l l c a r e f u l l y r e v i e w a l l d i m e n s i o n s , d e t a i l s , a n d co n d i t i o n s a n d r e p o r t a t o n c e a n y e r r o r , i n c o n s i s t e n c y o r om i s s i o n d i s c o v e r e d b e f o r e c o n s t r u c t i o n . Th e c o n t r a c t o r a s s u m e s f u l l l i a b i l i t y f o r d e v i a t i o n s f r o m t h e in t e n t o f t h e s e p l a n s . 1 St r u c t u r a l E n g i n e e r i n g fa x : 2 0 8 . 2 2 7 . 8 4 0 5 10 2 0 E . L i n c o l n R o a d Id a h o F a l l s , I D 8 3 4 0 1 ph o n e : 2 0 8 . 2 2 7 . 8 4 0 4 co n t a c t @ f r o s t - s t r u c t u r a l . c o m S1.1 6/3/21 RE X B U R G R O W H O U S E S KY L E R H O K A N S O FA C MT B IF 2 1 - 0 0 7 TY P I C A L D E T A I L S RE X B U R G , I D A H O -- - - -- - - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 6 9 7 PRO F E S S I O N A L EN G I N E E R R E G I S T ERE D S T ATE O F I D A H O M A R KEL L B A T E M A N 6/ 3 / 2 1 03 / 2 9 / 2 0 2 1 P E R M I T S E T 04 / 0 7 / 2 0 2 1 B I D S E T 06 / 0 4 / 2 0 2 1 A S I # 0 0 2 KEYNOTES: 1.SOLID BLOCKING TO BE TIGHT AGAINST PLYWOOD 2.PREFAB WOOD TRUSS OR WOOD JOIST 3.TOP OF WOOD PLATE OR BEAM AS OCCURS 4.PLYWOOD SHEATHING 5.EDGE NAILING NOTE: A.FOR CONSTRUCTION BELOW BLOCKING, SEE PLAN AND DETAILS. BLOCKING IS CONTINUOUS B.INDIVIDUAL SHEAR BLOCKS MAY BE OMITTED EVERY 5TH BLOCK DEPTH X 2"6" 2.5"8" 10" 12" 3" 3" X X2X X SOLID 2x BLOCKING WITH FIELD CUT VENTILATION VENTILATION OPENINGS TYPICAL SOLID BLOCKING DE P T H TYPICAL SOLID BLOCKING WITH PREFAB VENTILATION X T16 ELEVATION - TYPICAL SOLID 2x BLOCKING TD22 NO SCALE 4 5 2 31 5 4 2 31 5 5 4 2 31 KEYNOTES: 1.NAILS BETWEEN SPLICE LOCATION PER SCHEDULE - STAGGERED 2.DBL 2x TOP PLATE 3.WOOD STUD WALL, SEE PLAN 4.SPLICE OVER STUD 5.SIMPSON ST6224 OR MSTC40 STRAP AT LOCATIONS WHERE PLATES CAN NOT BE SPLICED NOTE: A.DO NOT SPLICE TOP PLATES WITHIN 6'-0" OF ENDS OF PLYWOOD SHEARWALLS. THIS DETAIL REQUIRED AT ALL EXTERIOR WALLS AND OVER SHEARWALLS - NOT REQUIRED AT INTERIOR NON-SHEARWALLS. (30) 16d (24) 16dLESS THAN 20' OVER 20' 4'-0" 6'-0" LENGTH OF WALL (BETWEEN CORNERS)SPLICE LENGTH NAILS ALONGSPLICE LENGTH MINIMUM SPLICE LENGTH PER SCHEDULE T17 ELEVATION - TYPICAL TOP PLATE SPLICE TD24 NO SCALE 4 5 1 3 2 3 2 KEYNOTES: 1.WOOD STUD WALL, SEE PLAN 2.WOOD HEADER 3.KING STUD(S) PER PLAN 4.(2) 16d NAILS AT 2" O.C. 5.16d NAILS AT 12" O.C. 6.TRIMMER STUD(S) PER PLAN 2 6 3 1 5 4 5 T19 TYPICAL HEADER CONNECTION TD25 NO SCALE KEYNOTES: 1.BOUNDARY NAILING 8d NAILS AT 4" O.C. 2.2x8 (MIN) CONT BEARING PLATE ATTACH PER ATTACHMENT SCHEDULE 3.TOE NAIL OVER-BUILD FRAMING TO BEARING PLATE W/ (3) 16d NAILS MIN 4.ROOF SHEATHING 5.2x OVERBUILD FRAMING, SEE PLAN 6.TOP CHORD OF TRUSS OR ROOF FRAMING MEMBER, SEE PLAN 7.2x STUD PONY WALL AS OCCURS ON PLAN (5'-0" O.C. MAX AND WALL SHALL BE CENTERED BETWEEN MAX SPAN) 8.ROOF SHEATHING (SHEATH LOWER ROOF PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION OF OVER-BUILD) 9.PREFABRICATED OVERBUILD ROOF TRUSS W/ SIMPSON VTCR CLIP AT 24" O.C. OPTION 2 OPTION 1 6 8 9 4 1 2 542 1 6 3 8 7 4:12 TO 7:12 10:12 TO 12:12 7:12 TO 10:12 < 4:12 (3) 16d NAILS ROOF SLOPE PLATE ATTACHMENT (5) 16d NAILS (3)#10x31 2" LONG SCREWS (4)#10x31 2" LONG SCREWS ATTACHMENT SCHEDULE T18 TYPICAL OVER-BUILD TD27 NO SCALE CONNECTION TYPE JOIST OR TRUSS BEARING ON SILL OR GIRDER BRIDGING TO JOIST SOLE PLATE TO JOIST OR BLOCKING, FACE NAIL TOP PLATE TO STUD DOUBLE STUDS, FACE NAIL DOUBLE TOP PLATES CONTINUOUS HEADER TO STUD CEILING JOISTS, LAPS OVER PARTITIONS CEILING JOISTS TO PARALLEL RAFTERS, FACE NAIL RAFTER OR TRUSS TO PLATE BUILT-UP CORNER STUDS TOENAIL (4)-8d COMMON (2 1/2" x 0.131") NAILING (3)-8d COMMON (2 1/2" x 0.131") (3)-3"x 0.131" NAILS (Gun Nail) (3)-3"x 14 GAUGE STAPLES TOENAIL EACH END(2)-3"x 0.131" NAILS (Gun Nail) (2)-3"x 14 GAUGE STAPLES 16d (3 1/2"x 0.135") AT 16" O.C. FACE NAIL 3"x 14 GAUGE STAPLES AT 12" O.C. 3"x 0.131" NAILS (Gun Nail) AT 8" O.C. END NAIL (2)-16d COMMON (3 1/2"x 0.162") (3)-3"x 0.131" NAILS (Gun Nail) (3)-3"x 14 GAUGE STAPLES SOLE PLATE TO STUD END NAIL (2)-16d COMMON (3 1/2"x 0.162") (3)-3"x 0.131" NAILS (Gun Nail) (3)-3"x 14 GAUGE STAPLES FACE NAIL 16d (3 1/2"x 0.135") AT 24" O.C. 3"x 14 GAUGE STAPLES AT 8" O.C. 3"x 0.131" NAILS (Gun Nail) AT 8" O.C. FACE NAIL 16d (3 1/2"x 0.135") AT 16" O.C. 3"x 14 GAUGE STAPLES AT 12" O.C. 3"x 0.131" NAILS (Gun Nail) AT 12" O.C. DOUBLE TOP PLATES - FACE NAIL (8)-16d COMMON (3 1/2"x 0.162") (12)-3"x 0.131" NAILS (Gun Nail) (12)-3"x 14 GAUGE STAPLES LAP SPLICE RIM JOIST TO TOP PLATE 8d (2 1/2"x 0.131") AT 6" O.C. 3"x 14 GAUGE STAPLES AT 6" O.C. 3"x 0.131" NAILS (Gun Nail) AT 6" O.C. BLOCKING BETWEEN JOISTS OR RAFTERS TOENAIL (3)-8d COMMON (2 1/2"x 0.131") (3)-3"x 0.131" NAILS (Gun Nail) (3)-3"x 14 GAUGE STAPLES AND TOP PLATE TOENAIL TOP PLATES, LAPS AND INTERSECTIONS FACE NAIL (2)-16d COMMON (3 1/2"x 0.162") (3)-3"x 0.131" NAILS (Gun Nail) (3)-3"x 14 GAUGE STAPLES CONTINUOUS HEADER, TWO PIECES 16d COMMON (3 1/2"x 0.162") FACE NAIL AT 16" O.C. ALONG EDGES CEILING JOISTS TO PLATE TOENAIL (3)-8d COMMON (2 1/2"x 0.131") (5)-3"x 0.131" NAILS (Gun Nail) (5)-3"x 14 GAUGE STAPLES FACE NAIL (3)-16d COMMON (3 1/2"x 0.162) (4)-3"x 0.131" NAILS (Gun Nail) (4)-3"x 14 GAUGE STAPLES (3)-16d COMMON (3 1/2"x 0.162) (4)-3"x 0.131" NAILS (Gun Nail) (4)-3"x 14 GAUGE STAPLES FACE NAIL (3)-8d COMMON (2 1/2"x 0.131") (3)-3"x 0.131" NAILS (Gun Nail) (3)-3"x 14 GAUGE STAPLES TOENAIL TOENAIL 16d COM.(3 1/2"x 0.162") AT 24" O.C. 3"x 14 GAUGE STAPLES AT 16" O.C. 3"x 0.131" NAILS (Gun Nail) AT 16" O.C.FACE NAIL (2)-8d COMMON (2 1/2" x 0.131") USE- SIMPSON A35 AT 48" O.C.-NA- SIMPSON A35 AT EVERY OTHER BLOCK -NA- NOTE: A.MINIMUM NAILING SPECIFIED HEREIN SHALL BE PROVIDED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON PLANS, DETAILS OR GENERAL STRUCTURAL NOTES B.NAILING NOT NOTED ON THESE PLANS OR DETAILS SHALL BE PER I.B.C. TABLE 2304.10.1 T20 MINIMUM NAILING SCHEDULE - UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE TD34 NO SCALE 2 6 34 1 5 2 1 74 2 1 3 4 18 AT BEAM AT MID WALL AT TOP PLATE T21 TYPICAL BEAM POCKET TD26 NO SCALE 2 1 4 AT CORNER 10 9 KEYNOTES: 1.WOOD BEAM 2.(2) 16d NAILS AT 6" O.C. 3.KING STUD EACH SIDE OF BEAM 4.SOLID BUILT-UP POST BELOW BEAM 5.STRAP BROKEN TOP PLATE ON SIDE OR TOP 6.CONT DBL 2x TOP PLATE W/ LAP SPLICE PER TYPICAL DETAIL 7.FULL-HEIGHT KING STUD EACH SIDE OF BEAM 8.HGA10 CLIP EACH SIDE 9.FULL-HEIGHT KING STUD AT END OF BEAM 10.FULL-HEIGHT KING STUD, OPPOSITE SIDE OF THE BEAM PR O J E C T M A N A G E R : CA D O P E R A T O R : DATE: JO B N O . : ST R U C T U R A L E N G I N E E R S S E A L : PR O J E C T : CL I E N T : RE V . DA T E BY DE S C R I P T I O N 2 3 4 5 CURRENT REV. Th i s d r a w i n g i s t h e p r o p e r t y o f F R O S T S t r u c t u r a l E n g i n e e r i n g , In c . L e g a l l y , t h e d r a w i n g c a n N O T b e c o p i e d i n w h o l e o r i n pi e c e s . I t i s o n l y t o b e u s e d f o r t h e p r o j e c t a n d s i t e s p e c i f i c a l l y id e n t i f i e d h e r e o n a n d i s n o t t o b e u s e d o n a n y o t h e r p r o j e c t . Co n t r a c t o r s h a l l c a r e f u l l y r e v i e w a l l d i m e n s i o n s , d e t a i l s , a n d co n d i t i o n s a n d r e p o r t a t o n c e a n y e r r o r , i n c o n s i s t e n c y o r om i s s i o n d i s c o v e r e d b e f o r e c o n s t r u c t i o n . Th e c o n t r a c t o r a s s u m e s f u l l l i a b i l i t y f o r d e v i a t i o n s f r o m t h e in t e n t o f t h e s e p l a n s . 1 St r u c t u r a l E n g i n e e r i n g fa x : 2 0 8 . 2 2 7 . 8 4 0 5 10 2 0 E . L i n c o l n R o a d Id a h o F a l l s , I D 8 3 4 0 1 ph o n e : 2 0 8 . 2 2 7 . 8 4 0 4 co n t a c t @ f r o s t - s t r u c t u r a l . c o m S1.2 6/3/21 RE X B U R G R O W H O U S E S KY L E R H O K A N S O FA C MT B IF 2 1 - 0 0 7 TY P I C A L D E T A I L S RE X B U R G , I D A H O -- - - -- - - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 6 9 7 PRO F E S S I O N A L EN G I N E E R R E G I S T ERE D S T ATE O F I D A H O M A R KEL L B A T E M A N 6/ 3 / 2 1 03 / 2 9 / 2 0 2 1 P E R M I T S E T 04 / 0 7 / 2 0 2 1 B I D S E T 06 / 0 4 / 2 0 2 1 A S I # 0 0 2 1'-0" 4" CONCRETE SLAB ON GRADE (SEE GSN) CONCRETE SLAB ON GRADE 4" CONCRETE SLAB ON GRADE (SEE GSN) CONCRETE SLAB ON GRADE 4" CONCRETE SLAB ON GRADE (SEE GSN) CONCRETE SLAB ON GRADE 4" CONCRETE SLAB ON GRADE (SEE GSN) CONCRETE SLAB ON GRADE 4" CONCRETE SLAB ON GRADE (SEE GSN) CONCRETE SLAB ON GRADE 4" CONCRETE SLAB ON GRADE (SEE GSN) CONCRETE SLAB ON GRADE WF18/W1 WF18/W1 WF18/W1 WF18/W1 WF18/W1 WF18/W1 WF18/W1 WF18/W1 WF18/W1 WF18/W1 WF18/W1 WF 1 8 / W 1 WF 1 6 WF 1 6 WF 1 6 WF 1 6 WF 1 6 WF 1 6 WF 1 6 WF 1 6 WF 1 6 WF 1 6 WF 1 6 WF 1 6 WF 1 6 WF 1 6 WF 1 6 WF 1 6 WF 1 6 WF 1 6 WF 1 6 WF 1 6 WF 1 6 WF 1 6 WF 1 6 WF 1 6 WF 1 8 / W 1 F30 F30 F30 F30 F30 F30 F30 F30 F30 F30 F30 F30WF 1 6 183'-71 2" 7'-6" 14'-11 2"14'-11 2"14'-11 2"14'-11 2"14'-11 2"14'-11 2"14'-11 2"14'-11 2"14'-11 2"14'-11 2"14'-11 4"14'-11 2" 37 ' - 1 " 39 ' - 1 " 1' - 0 " 1' - 0 " 13'-3"13'-3" 14'-11 2" F30 F30 F30 F30 F30 F30 F30 TYP 101 TYP 101 TYP 101 TYP 101 TYP 101 TYP 101 TYP 101 TYP 101 TYP 101 TYP 101 TYP 101 TYP 101 TYP 101 TYP 101 TYP 102 TYP 102 TYP 102 TYP 102 TYP 102 TYP 102 13'-3"13'-3"15'-0"13'-3"15'-0"15'-0"15'-0"13'-3"15'-0"6'-71 2" MATCH LINE MATCH LINE 7'-6"13'-3"15'-0"13'-3"15'-0"13'-3"15'-0"13'-3"15'-0"13'-3"15'-0"13'-3"7'-6" 169'-6" 14'-11 2"14'-11 2"14'-11 2"14'-11 2"14'-11 2"14'-11 2"14'-11 2"14'-11 2"14'-11 2"14'-11 2"14'-11 2"14'-11 2" 15'-0" 1' - 0 " 1' - 0 " 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 44 5 5 5 20'-9"15'-0"41'-6"15'-0"41'-6"15'-0"20'-9" 20'-9"15'-0"41'-6"15'-0"41'-6"15'-0"34'-101 2" 5 9' - 1 1 3 4" 17 ' - 1 1 4" 11 ' - 0 " 5 WF 1 8 / W 1 55 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 55 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 WF 1 8 / W 1 10 ' - 0 " 10 ' - 0 " 17 ' - 1 " PR O J E C T M A N A G E R : CA D O P E R A T O R : DATE: JO B N O . : ST R U C T U R A L E N G I N E E R S S E A L : PR O J E C T : CL I E N T : RE V . DA T E BY DE S C R I P T I O N 2 3 4 5 CURRENT REV. Th i s d r a w i n g i s t h e p r o p e r t y o f F R O S T S t r u c t u r a l E n g i n e e r i n g , In c . L e g a l l y , t h e d r a w i n g c a n N O T b e c o p i e d i n w h o l e o r i n pi e c e s . I t i s o n l y t o b e u s e d f o r t h e p r o j e c t a n d s i t e s p e c i f i c a l l y id e n t i f i e d h e r e o n a n d i s n o t t o b e u s e d o n a n y o t h e r p r o j e c t . Co n t r a c t o r s h a l l c a r e f u l l y r e v i e w a l l d i m e n s i o n s , d e t a i l s , a n d co n d i t i o n s a n d r e p o r t a t o n c e a n y e r r o r , i n c o n s i s t e n c y o r om i s s i o n d i s c o v e r e d b e f o r e c o n s t r u c t i o n . Th e c o n t r a c t o r a s s u m e s f u l l l i a b i l i t y f o r d e v i a t i o n s f r o m t h e in t e n t o f t h e s e p l a n s . 1 St r u c t u r a l E n g i n e e r i n g fa x : 2 0 8 . 2 2 7 . 8 4 0 5 10 2 0 E . L i n c o l n R o a d Id a h o F a l l s , I D 8 3 4 0 1 ph o n e : 2 0 8 . 2 2 7 . 8 4 0 4 co n t a c t @ f r o s t - s t r u c t u r a l . c o m S2.0 6/3/21 RE X B U R G R O W H O U S E S KY L E R H O K A N S O FA C MT B IF 2 1 - 0 0 7 FO U N D A T I O N P L A N RE X B U R G , I D A H O -- - - -- - - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCALE: FOUNDATION PLAN 1/8" = 1'-0" 11 6 9 7 PRO F E S S I O N A L EN G I N E E R R E G I S T ERE D S T ATE O F I D A H O M A R KEL L B A T E M A N 6/ 3 / 2 1 03 / 2 9 / 2 0 2 1 P E R M I T S E T 04 / 0 7 / 2 0 2 1 B I D S E T 06 / 0 4 / 2 0 2 1 A S I # 0 0 2 A.VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS WITH ALL ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. B.ALL SCHEDULED MARK DESIGNATIONS MAY NOT NECESSARILY BE FOUND ON THIS PLAN. SCHEDULES ARE TYPICAL TO THIS PROJECT. C.THE DEPTH OF FOOTING DIMENSION INDICATED IN THE G.S.N. IS A MINIMUM. FOUNDATION CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH THE SOILS REPORT AND OTHER TRADES TO INSURE THAT THESE MINIMUMS ARE SUFFICIENT FOR THE WORK. SEE TYPICAL DETAILS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. D. WALLS WITH SOLID LINES DESIGNATED STRUCTURAL (BEARING) WALLS. E. WALLS WITH DASHED LINES DESIGNATE NON-STRUCTURAL (NON-BEARING) WALLS. F. , , , -AS SHOWN ON PLAN INDICATES A SHEARWALL; HATCHING IN WALL DESIGNATES SHEARWALL LENGTH. G. , , - AS SHOWN ON PLAN INDICATES A SHEARWALL HOLDOWN. SEE HOLDOWN SCHEDULES AND DETAILS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. H.W1, W2, ETC. - AS SHOWN ON PLAN INDICATES CONCRETE OR MASONRY WALLS. SEE WALL SCHEDULE FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. I.WF18, WF24, ETC. - AS SHOWN ON PLAN INDICATES A CONTINUOUS WALL FOOTING. SEE FOOTING SCHEDULE FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. J.F36, F48, ETC. - AS SHOWN ON PLAN INDICATES A CONCRETE FOOTING. SEE FOOTING SCHEDULE FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. K.P1, P2, ETC. AS SHOWN ON PLAN INDICATES A WOOD POST. SEE POST SCHEDULE FOR MORE INFORMATION. L.PROVIDE CONTINUOUS BEARING FOR ALL POSTS AND BUILT-UP STUDS TO THE FOUNDATION PER TYPICAL "SOLID BLOCKING BETWEEN FLOORS" DETAIL. M.ALL EXTERIOR WALLS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED WITH TYPE "5" SHEARWALLS, UNO. N.FOR SIDEWALK AND LANDING LOCATIONS, SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. FOUNDATION PLAN NOTES 5 6.7 A B WALL (W) SCHEDULE MARK THICKNESS AND TYPE VERTICAL REINFORCING HORIZONTAL REINFORCING REMARKS W1 6" CONCRETE #4 AT 18" O.C.#4 AT 18" O.C.--- FOOTING SCHEDULE NOTES: 1. FOR CONSTRUCTION ABOVE FOOTING, SEE DETAILS. 2. FOR MINIMUM CLEARANCE (CLR) OF REINFORCING, SEE GENERAL STRUCTURAL NOTES (GSN). MARK LENGTH WIDTH THICKN ESS FOOTING REINFORCING REMARKS F30 30"30"10"(3) #4 EACH WAY BOTTOM --- WF16 CONT 16"6"#4 CONT BOTTOM --- WF18 CONT 18"10"(2) #4 CONT BOTTOM STRIP FOOTING SHEARWALL TYPE SCHEDULE NOTES: 1. SHEARWALL TYPES LISTED BELOW ARE NOT JOB SPECIFIC. SOME TYPES MAY NOT BE USED ON THE PLANS. 2. FRAMING MEMBER SUPPORTING MATERIAL SHALL BE SPACED AT 16" ON CENTER (O.C.) MAXIMUM. 3. ANCHOR BOLTS TO FOUNDATION SHALL BE 10" LONG AND SHALL BE EMBED 7" INTO CONCRETE. EXPANSION BOLTS OR SHOT PINS MAY BE USED AT INTERIOR WALLS (AWAY FROM EDGE OF SLAB OR SLAB STEP-DOWN) PER SUPPLEMENTAL INSTRUCTIONS. 4. A MINIMUM OF (2) ANCHOR BOLTS SHALL BE USED ON EACH BASE PLATE PIECE. PROVIDE (1) ANCHOR BOLT MINIMUM WITHIN 9" OF EACH END PIECE. 5. PROVIDE CONTINUOUS DOUBLE 2x TOP PLATE AT ALL SHEARWALLS AND EXTERIOR WALL. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE (U.N.O.), LAP SPLICE TOP PLATE A MINIMUM 4'-0" WITH 16d NAILS STAGGERED AT 2" ON CENTER (O.C.) ((24) 16d NAILS TOTAL BETWEEN SPLICE JOINTS.) 6. PROVIDE FULL HEIGHT DOUBLE STUDS AT ENDS OF SHEARWALLS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON PLANS OR DETAILS. 7. BLOCK ALL PANEL EDGES. EDGE NAIL SHEATHING AT BLOCKED EDGES. MARK SHEATHING MATERIAL EDGE NAILING FIELD NAILING BOTTOM PLATE ATTACHMENT 5/8" GYPSUM WALLBOARD (UNBLOCKED) NO. 6 TYPE S OR W DRYWALL SCREWS 1-1/4" LONG AT 6" O.C. NO. 6 TYPE S OR W DRYWALL SCREWS 1-1/4" LONG AT 12" O.C. CONCRETE: 12"Ø A.B. W/ STD CUT WASHERS AT 36" O.C. WOOD: 16d STAGGERED AT 6" O.C. 7 16" APA RATED SHEATHING (BLOCKED) ONE SIDE OF WALL 8d COMMON AT 6" O.C. 8d COMMON AT 12" O.C. CONCRETE: 12"Ø A.B. W/ 14"x3"x3" PLATE WASHERS AT 36" O.C. CONCRETE: 5 8"Ø A.B. W/ 14"x3"x3" PLATE WASHERS AT 48" O.C. WOOD: 16d STAGGERED AT 6" O.C. 4 5 GT GT GT GT GT GT GT GT GT GT GT GT GT GT GT GT GT GT GT GT GT GT GT GT GT GT GT GT GT GT GT GT GT GT GT GT GT TYP 201 TYP 201 TYP 201 TYP 203 TYP 206 TYP 206TYP 204 TYP 202 TYP 203 TYP 203 TYP 203 TYP 206 TYP 206 TYP 206 TYP 206 TYP 206 TYP 201 TYP 201 TYP 201 TYP 202 TYP 203 TYP 203 TYP 203 B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 B1 B2 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B2 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B1 B2 B1 B1 B1 B1 B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 GT B2 B1 GT B1 TYP 204 TYP 204 TYP 204 TYP 204 TYP 204 TYP 204 TYP 204 MATCH LINE MATCH LINE PREFAB ROOF TRUSS AT 24" O.C. PREFAB ROOF TRUSS AT 24" O.C. P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 P1 7/16" APA RATED ROOF SHEATHING W/ 8d COMMON NAILS AT 6" O.C. AT PANEL EDGES / BOUNDARY AND AT 12" O.C. IN THE FIELD. TYPICAL ROOF SHEATHING: 7/16" APA RATED ROOF SHEATHING W/ 8d COMMON NAILS AT 6" O.C. AT PANEL EDGES / BOUNDARY AND AT 12" O.C. IN THE FIELD. TYPICAL ROOF SHEATHING: B1 B1 205 2 TYP 2 TYP 2 TYP 2 TYP 2 TYP 2 TYP 2 TYP B2B2B2B2B2B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 B2 B3 B3 B3 B3 B3 B3 B3 B3 B3 B3 B3 B3 B3 B1 4 TYP BA C K - S P A N B E A M 3' - 0 " M I N 4 TYP 4 TYP4TYP 55 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 5 4 5 5 5 55 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 PR O J E C T M A N A G E R : CA D O P E R A T O R : DATE: JO B N O . : ST R U C T U R A L E N G I N E E R S S E A L : PR O J E C T : CL I E N T : RE V . DA T E BY DE S C R I P T I O N 2 3 4 5 CURRENT REV. Th i s d r a w i n g i s t h e p r o p e r t y o f F R O S T S t r u c t u r a l E n g i n e e r i n g , In c . L e g a l l y , t h e d r a w i n g c a n N O T b e c o p i e d i n w h o l e o r i n pi e c e s . I t i s o n l y t o b e u s e d f o r t h e p r o j e c t a n d s i t e s p e c i f i c a l l y id e n t i f i e d h e r e o n a n d i s n o t t o b e u s e d o n a n y o t h e r p r o j e c t . Co n t r a c t o r s h a l l c a r e f u l l y r e v i e w a l l d i m e n s i o n s , d e t a i l s , a n d co n d i t i o n s a n d r e p o r t a t o n c e a n y e r r o r , i n c o n s i s t e n c y o r om i s s i o n d i s c o v e r e d b e f o r e c o n s t r u c t i o n . Th e c o n t r a c t o r a s s u m e s f u l l l i a b i l i t y f o r d e v i a t i o n s f r o m t h e in t e n t o f t h e s e p l a n s . 1 St r u c t u r a l E n g i n e e r i n g fa x : 2 0 8 . 2 2 7 . 8 4 0 5 10 2 0 E . L i n c o l n R o a d Id a h o F a l l s , I D 8 3 4 0 1 ph o n e : 2 0 8 . 2 2 7 . 8 4 0 4 co n t a c t @ f r o s t - s t r u c t u r a l . c o m S2.1 6/3/21 RE X B U R G R O W H O U S E S KY L E R H O K A N S O FA C MT B IF 2 1 - 0 0 7 S2 . 1 R O O F F R A M I N G P L A N RE X B U R G , I D A H O -- - - -- - - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SCALE: S2.1 ROOF FRAMING PLAN 1/8" = 1'-0" 11 6 9 7 PRO F E S S I O N A L EN G I N E E R R E G I S T ERE D S T ATE O F I D A H O M A R KEL L B A T E M A N 6/ 3 / 2 1 03 / 2 9 / 2 0 2 1 P E R M I T S E T 04 / 0 7 / 2 0 2 1 B I D S E T 06 / 0 4 / 2 0 2 1 A S I # 0 0 2 BEAM (B) SCHEDULE MARK SIZE B1 (2) 2x6 OR 4x6 OR (2) 13 4x512 LVL B2 (2) 2x8 OR 4x8 OR (2) 13 4x512 LVL B3 (2) 2x10 OR 4x10 OR (2) 13 4x912 LVL 1.ALIGN ADDITIONAL TRUSS W/ EACH SHEAR WALL D=1300 LB (ASD LOAD) 2.STEP TOP CHORD FOR 5 8" GYP-BOARD FOR FIRE TATED ASSEMBLY, SEE ARCHITECTURAL AND DETAIL 203 3.SIMPSON LUS26 HANGER 4.POCKET BEAM INTO WALL PER TYPICAL DETAIL PLAN KEYNOTESX ROOF FRAMING PLAN NOTES A.VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS WITH ALL ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. B.ALL SCHEDULED MARK DESIGNATIONS MAY NOT NECESSARILY BE FOUND ON THIS PLAN. SCHEDULES ARE TYPICAL TO THIS PROJECT. C.IF DOUBLE TOP PLATE IS NOTCHED, STEPPED OR BROKEN, PROVIDE A SIMPSON MSTC40 STRAP AT DISCONTINUITY. D.TYPICAL BEARING WALL FRAMING SHALL BE 2x6 STUDS AT 16" O.C. UNO. WHERE ROOF TRUSSES OR JOISTS SPANS EXCEED 20'-0" ALIGN ADDITIONAL STUD BELOW ROOF FRAMING MEMBER. E.PROVIDE TRIMMER STUDS (TS) AND KING STUDS (KS) AT OPENINGS AS FOLLOWS, U.N.O.: OPENINGS 6'-0" OR LESS, (1) TS & (1) KS, OPENINGS 6'-1" TO 9'-0", (1) TS & (2) KS, 9'-1" TO 12'-0", (2) TS & (3) KS. FOR ATTACHMENT, SEE "TYPICAL HEADER CONNECTION" DETAIL. F. WALLS WITH SOLID LINES DESIGNATED STRUCTURAL (BEARING) WALLS. G. WALLS WITH DASHED LINES DESIGNATE NON-STRUCTURAL (NON-BEARING) WALLS. H. , , , -AS SHOWN ON PLAN INDICATES A SHEARWALL; HATCHING IN WALL DESIGNATES SHEARWALL LENGTH. I.B1, B2, ETC. - AS SHOWN ON PLAN INDICATES A BEAM OR HEADER. SEE BEAM SCHEDULE FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. J.P1, P2, ETC. AS SHOWN ON PLAN INDICATES A WOOD POST. SEE POST SCHEDULE FOR MORE INFORMATION. K.TIE EACH ROOF TRUSS AT BEARING LOCATIONS WITH (1) H2.5A OR (1) H1 CLIP, AND EACH GIRDER TRUSS WITH (2) H2.5A CLIPS, UNO. L."D=" INDICATES DRAG LOAD (ASD) THAT TRUSS MANUFACTURER IS TO DESIGN TRUSS FOR IN BOTH TENSION AND COMPRESSION. M.PROVIDE BUILT-UP 2x POSTS BELOW EACH GIRDER TRUSS, MATCH GIRDER TRUSS WIDTH, U.N.O. N.CS16, CS18, ETC. - AS SHOWN AT WALL OPENINGS, PROVIDE STRAPPING PER "TYPICAL STRAP AT OPENING" DETAIL. O.PROVIDE CONTINUOUS BEARING FOR ALL POSTS AND BUILT-UP STUDS TO THE FOUNDATION PER TYPICAL "SOLID BLOCKING BETWEEN FLOORS" DETAIL P.FOR CLARITY, DETAILS MAY SHOW ONLY ONE SIDE OF FRAMING CONDITION. Q.ALL EXTERIOR WALLS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED WITH TYPE "5" SHEARWALLS, UNO. 5 6.7 SHEARWALL TYPE SCHEDULE NOTES: 1. SHEARWALL TYPES LISTED BELOW ARE NOT JOB SPECIFIC. SOME TYPES MAY NOT BE USED ON THE PLANS. 2. FRAMING MEMBER SUPPORTING MATERIAL SHALL BE SPACED AT 16" ON CENTER (O.C.) MAXIMUM. 3. ANCHOR BOLTS TO FOUNDATION SHALL BE 10" LONG AND SHALL BE EMBED 7" INTO CONCRETE. EXPANSION BOLTS OR SHOT PINS MAY BE USED AT INTERIOR WALLS (AWAY FROM EDGE OF SLAB OR SLAB STEP-DOWN) PER SUPPLEMENTAL INSTRUCTIONS. 4. A MINIMUM OF (2) ANCHOR BOLTS SHALL BE USED ON EACH BASE PLATE PIECE. PROVIDE (1) ANCHOR BOLT MINIMUM WITHIN 9" OF EACH END PIECE. 5. PROVIDE CONTINUOUS DOUBLE 2x TOP PLATE AT ALL SHEARWALLS AND EXTERIOR WALL. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE (U.N.O.), LAP SPLICE TOP PLATE A MINIMUM 4'-0" WITH 16d NAILS STAGGERED AT 2" ON CENTER (O.C.) ((24) 16d NAILS TOTAL BETWEEN SPLICE JOINTS.) 6. PROVIDE FULL HEIGHT DOUBLE STUDS AT ENDS OF SHEARWALLS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON PLANS OR DETAILS. 7. BLOCK ALL PANEL EDGES. EDGE NAIL SHEATHING AT BLOCKED EDGES. MARK SHEATHING MATERIAL EDGE NAILING FIELD NAILING BOTTOM PLATE ATTACHMENT 5/8" GYPSUM WALLBOARD (UNBLOCKED) NO. 6 TYPE S OR W DRYWALL SCREWS 1-1/4" LONG AT 6" O.C. NO. 6 TYPE S OR W DRYWALL SCREWS 1-1/4" LONG AT 12" O.C. CONCRETE: 12"Ø A.B. W/ STD CUT WASHERS AT 36" O.C. WOOD: 16d STAGGERED AT 6" O.C. 7 16" APA RATED SHEATHING (BLOCKED) ONE SIDE OF WALL 8d COMMON AT 6" O.C. 8d COMMON AT 12" O.C. CONCRETE: 12"Ø A.B. W/ 14"x3"x3" PLATE WASHERS AT 36" O.C. CONCRETE: 5 8"Ø A.B. W/ 14"x3"x3" PLATE WASHERS AT 48" O.C. WOOD: 16d STAGGERED AT 6" O.C. 4 5 POST (P) SCHEDULE NOTES: 1. FOR CONNECTIONS AT EITHER END OF POST, SEE DETAILS. 2. UNO, SEE GENERAL STRUCTURAL NOTES (GSN) FOR LUMBER SPECIES AND GRADE. MARK SIZE SPECIES AND GRADE CONNECTION P1 (2) 2x4 DOUG FIR NO. 2 SEE TYPICAL DETAILS 101 WOOD STUD WALL AT FOUNDATION CW_S102 NO SCALE 3" CLR 3" CL R 8 10 7 9 6 1 2 5 4 3 6" MI N KEYNOTES: 1.WOOD STUD WALL, SEE PLAN 2.CONT 2x PT SOLE PLATE W/ ANCHOR BOLTS PER SHEARWALL SCHEDULE 3.CONCRETE SLAB ON GRADE, SEE PLAN 4.CONCRETE WALL, SEE PLAN 5.CONCRETE FOOTING, SEE PLAN 6.COMPACTED SUB-GRADE BELOW FOOTING, SEE PLAN 7.MINIMUM FOOTING DEPTH, SEE GSN 8.SIDEWALK, PAVEMENT, OR FINISH GRADE PER ARCH 9.EDGE NAILING, SEE SHEARWALL SCHEDULE 10.WALL SHEATHING AS OCCURS, SEE PLAN NOTES: A.WATERPROOF ANY EXTERIOR WOOD FRAMING WITHIN 6" OF GRADE PER ARCH DRAWINGS 102 WOOD STUD WALL AT FOUNDATION CW_S128 NO SCALE KEYNOTES: 1.WOOD STUD WALL, SEE PLAN 2.CONT 2x PT SOLE PLATE W/ ANCHOR BOLTS PER SHEARWALL SCHEDULE 3.CONCRETE SLAB ON GRADE, SEE PLAN 4.CONCRETE FOOTING, SEE PLAN 5.COMPACTED SUB-GRADE BELOW FOOTING, SEE PLAN 6.EDGE NAILING, SEE SHEARWALL SCHEDULE 7.WALL SHEATHING AS OCCURS, SEE PLAN 3" CL R 7 6 5 1 4 3 312" MI N 2 7 6 1 2 KEYNOTES: 1.WOOD TRUSS W/ CLIP, SEE PLAN 2.CONT DBL 2x TOP PLATE W/ LAP SPLICE, SEE TYPICAL DETAIL 3.WOOD STUD WALL, SEE PLAN 4.WALL SHEATHING AS OCCURS, SEE PLAN 5.EDGE NAILING, SEE SHEARWALL SCHEDULE 6.FULL HEIGHT TIMBER STRAND BLOCKING BETWEEN EACH TRUSS 7.ROOF SHEATHING, SEE PLAN 8.BOUNDARY NAILING, SEE PLAN 1 2 3 5 NOTE: A.NO WALL SHEATHING SPLICE BETWEEN BLOCKING AND TOP PLATE, IF SHEATHING BREAKS PROVIDE A35 CLIP AT EACH BLOCK B.COORDINATE ROOF VENTILATION C.FASCIA PER ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS 5 4 7 8 6 6" 212" 6" 201 WOOD TRUSS AT WOOD STUD WALL WW_RT303 NO SCALE KEYNOTES: 1.WOOD TRUSS, SEE PLAN 2.2x4x8'-0" LONG AT 6'-0" O.C. W/ (2) 16d NAILS AT EACH TRUSS 3.WOOD TRUSS W/ HGA10 CLIP AT 36" O.C. 4.CONT DBL 2x TOP PLATE W/ LAP SPLICE, SEE TYPICAL DETAIL 5.WOOD STUD WALL, SEE PLAN 6.WALL SHEATHING AS OCCURS, SEE PLAN 7.BOUNDARY NAILING, SEE PLAN 8.ROOF SHEATHING, SEE PLAN NOTE: A.COORDINATE ROOF VENTILATION B.FASCIA PER ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 7 202 WOOD TRUSS AT WOOD STUD WALL WW_RT309 NO SCALE KEYNOTES: 1.WOOD TRUSS, SEE PLAN 2.CONT DBL 2x TOP PLATE W/ LAP SPLICE, SEE TYPICAL DETAIL 3.WOOD STUD WALL, SEE PLAN 4.WALL SHEATHING, SEE PLAN 5.EDGE NAILING, SEE SHEARWALL SCHEDULE 6.2x LEDGER W/ (2) #8 SCREWS AT EACH STUD 7.BOUNDARY NAILING, SEE PLAN 8.ROOF SHEATHING, SEE PLAN 9.2x4x8'-0" LONG AT 6"-0" O.C. W/ (2) 16D NAILS AT EACH TRUSS 10.STEP TOP CHORD FOR 5 8" GYP BOARD, SEE ARCH 11.CONT 2x BOTTOM PLATE W/ (2) 16d NAILS AT 16" O.C. 1 10 203 WOOD TRUSS AT WOOD STUD WALL WW_RT316 NO SCALE 2 3 4 5 7 2 3 4 5 7 1 KEYNOTES: 1.WOOD TRUSS, SEE PLAN 2.2x4 AT 6'-0" O.C. W/ (2) 16d NAILS AT EACH TRUSS 3.WOOD TRUSS W/ HGA10 CLIP AT 36" O.C. 4.CONT DBL 2x TOP PLATE W/ LAP SPLICE, SEE TYPICAL DETAIL 5.WOOD STUD WALL, SEE PLAN 6.WALL SHEATHING AS OCCURS, SEE PLAN 7.WOOD TRUSS W/ HANGER, SEE PLAN 8.OVERBUILD 2x FRAMING W/ HANGER, SEE PLAN 9.BOUNDARY NAILING, SEE PLAN 10.ROOF SHEATHING, SEE PLAN 11.2x BLOCKING BETWEEN EACH TRUSS W/ (3) 16d NAILS AT EACH BLOCK NOTE: A.COORDINATE ROOF VENTILATION B.FASCIA PER ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 10 204 WOOD TRUSS AT WOOD STUD WALL WW_RT309 NO SCALE 11 9 8 7 669 9 99 KEYNOTES: 1.WOOD TRUSS, SEE PLAN 2.2x4x8'-0" LONG AT 6'-0" O.C. W/ (2) 16d NAILS AT EACH TRUSS 3.WOOD TRUSS W/ HGA10 CLIP AT 36" O.C. 4.CONT DBL 2x TOP PLATE W/ LAP SPLICE, SEE TYPICAL DETAIL 5.WOOD STUD WALL, SEE PLAN 6.ROOF SHEATHING, SEE PLAN 7.(3) 16d NAILS INTO EACH STUD 8.BOUNDARY NAILING, SEE PLAN 9.EDGE NAILING, SEE SHEARWALL SCHEDULE 10.WALL SHEATHING, SEE PLAN 1 2 3 4 5 10 6 8 9 9 67 8 1 1 205 WOOD TRUSS AT WOOD STUD WALL WW_RT319 NO SCALE NOTE: A.COORDINATE ROOF VENTILATION B.FASCIA PER ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS 1 3 4 5 9 8 9 8 22 1111 KEYNOTES: 1.WOOD TRUSS W/ CLIP, SEE PLAN 2.CONT DBL 2x TOP PLATE W/ LAP SPLICE, SEE TYPICAL DETAIL 3.WOOD STUD WALL, SEE PLAN 4.WALL SHEATHING AS OCCURS, SEE PLAN 5.EDGE NAILING, SEE SHEARWALL SCHEDULE 6.FULL HEIGHT TIMBER STRAND BLOCKING BETWEEN EACH TRUSS 7.ROOF SHEATHING, SEE PLAN 8.BOUNDARY NAILING, SEE PLAN 9.WOOD BEAM, SEE PLAN 10.CONT 2x LEDGER W/ (2) 16d NAILS AT 16" O.C. 11.2xBLOCKING AT 24" O.C. W/ (2) 16d NAILS AT EACH END 1 2 3 NOTE: A.NO WALL SHEATHING SPLICE BETWEEN BLOCKING AND TOP PLATE, IF SHEATHING BREAKS PROVIDE A35 CLIP AT EACH BLOCK B.COORDINATE ROOF VENTILATION C.FASCIA PER ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS 4 7 8 6 6" 212" 6" 206 WOOD TRUSS AT WOOD STUD WALL WW_RT303 NO SCALE 1'-2" MAX 9 10 7 8 5 8 11 PR O J E C T M A N A G E R : CA D O P E R A T O R : DATE: JO B N O . : ST R U C T U R A L E N G I N E E R S S E A L : PR O J E C T : CL I E N T : RE V . DA T E BY DE S C R I P T I O N 2 3 4 5 CURRENT REV. Th i s d r a w i n g i s t h e p r o p e r t y o f F R O S T S t r u c t u r a l E n g i n e e r i n g , In c . L e g a l l y , t h e d r a w i n g c a n N O T b e c o p i e d i n w h o l e o r i n pi e c e s . I t i s o n l y t o b e u s e d f o r t h e p r o j e c t a n d s i t e s p e c i f i c a l l y id e n t i f i e d h e r e o n a n d i s n o t t o b e u s e d o n a n y o t h e r p r o j e c t . Co n t r a c t o r s h a l l c a r e f u l l y r e v i e w a l l d i m e n s i o n s , d e t a i l s , a n d co n d i t i o n s a n d r e p o r t a t o n c e a n y e r r o r , i n c o n s i s t e n c y o r om i s s i o n d i s c o v e r e d b e f o r e c o n s t r u c t i o n . Th e c o n t r a c t o r a s s u m e s f u l l l i a b i l i t y f o r d e v i a t i o n s f r o m t h e in t e n t o f t h e s e p l a n s . 1 St r u c t u r a l E n g i n e e r i n g fa x : 2 0 8 . 2 2 7 . 8 4 0 5 10 2 0 E . L i n c o l n R o a d Id a h o F a l l s , I D 8 3 4 0 1 ph o n e : 2 0 8 . 2 2 7 . 8 4 0 4 co n t a c t @ f r o s t - s t r u c t u r a l . c o m S3.0 6/3/21 RE X B U R G R O W H O U S E S KY L E R H O K A N S O FA C MT B IF 2 1 - 0 0 7 FO U N D A T I O N & R O O F F R A M I N G D E T A I L S RE X B U R G , I D A H O -- - - -- - - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 6 9 7 PRO F E S S I O N A L EN G I N E E R R E G I S T ERE D S T ATE O F I D A H O M A R KEL L B A T E M A N 6/ 3 / 2 1 03 / 2 9 / 2 0 2 1 P E R M I T S E T 04 / 0 7 / 2 0 2 1 B I D S E T 06 / 0 4 / 2 0 2 1 A S I # 0 0 2 VAN VAN DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DWDW DWR R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R RR R DW R DWR DW R DWR DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DWDW DW R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R RR R DW R DWR DW R DWR 7TH NORTH CA R L O W 359' - 1 3/4" SEE CIVIL DRAWINGS FOR DUMPSTER ENCLOSURE 24 ' - 0 " 24' - 0" 24 ' - 0 " 26' - 0" 20 ' - 0 " TYPICAL 9' - 0" 20 ' - 0 " T Y P I C A L GENERAL NOTES -SITE PLAN 1. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS 2. LANDSCAPE DRAWINGS WILL BE DESIGN BUILD AT A FUTURE DATE 4. STAGING AREA TO BE COORDINATED BY CONTRACTOR WITH AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION 5. SEE CIVIL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL SITE INFORMATION AND DETAILS 6. SEE MECHANICAL FOR DRAIN AND PLUMBING LOCATIONS SITE LEGEND FIRE LANE ADA ACCESSIBLE ROUTE ROOF OUTLINE 102 PARKING STALLS REQUIRED 102 PARKING STALLS PROVIDED 4 ADA PARKING STALLS REQUIRED 4 ADA PARKING STALLS PROVIDED, INCLUDING (2) VAN ACCESSIBILITY STALLS 3 6 0 w e s t a s p e n a v e n u e s a l t l a k e c i t y , u t a h 8 4 1 0 1 8 0 1 5 3 2 4 4 2 2 sheet: title: revisions : p r o j e c t # : d a t e : UNLESS A PROFESSIONAL SEAL WITH SIGNATURE AND DATE IS AFFIXED, THIS DOCUMENT IS PRELIMINARY AND IS NOT INTENDED FOR CONSTRUCTION, RECORDING PURPOSES, OR IMPLEMENTATION THE DESIGNS SHOWN AND DESCRIBED HEREIN INCLUDING ALL TECHNICAL DRAWINGS, GRAPHIC REPRESENTATIONS & MODELS THEREOF, ARE PROPRIETARY & CAN NOT BE COPIED, DUPLICATED, OR COMMERCIALLY EXPLOITED IN WHOLE OR IN PART WITHOUT THE SOLE AND EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM METHOD STUDIO INC. project: E D C B A E D C B A 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 3 / 29 / 2021 AS101 Architectural Site Plan & Unit Concept 20.0550 - june 4, 2021 Rexburg Rowhouses conformed set 1/16" = 1'-0"A1 Architectural Site Plan 2 ASI 001 6/4/21 3 ASI 002 6/4/21 DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DWDW DWR R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R RR R DW R DWR DW R DWR 1 1 A A 2 2 3 3 4 4 B B AE201 C1 AE201 B1 38 ' - 0 " 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 10 11 11 12 12 13 13 14 14 15 15 16 16 17 17 18 18 19 19 20 20 21 21 22 22 23 23 24 24 25 25 26 26 5' - 1 1/4" 13' - 7 3/4" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 6 1/4" 1 BEDROOM A101 TYPE B 1 BEDROOM A102 1 BEDROOM A103 1 BEDROOM A104 1 BEDROOM A105 1 BEDROOM A106 1 BEDROOM A107 1 BEDROOM A108 1 BEDROOM A109 1 BEDROOM A110 1 BEDROOM A111 1 BEDROOM A112 1 BEDROOM A113 1 BEDROOM A114 1 BEDROOM A115 1 BEDROOM A116 1 BEDROOM A117 1 BEDROOM A118 1 BEDROOM A119 1 BEDROOM A120 1 BEDROOM A121 1 BEDROOM A122 1 BEDROOM A123 1 BEDROOM A124 1 BEDROOM A125 TYPE B TYPE B TYPE B TYPE B TYPE B TYPE B TYPE B TYPE B TYPE B TYPE B TYPE B TYPE B TYPE B TYPE B TYPE B TYPE B TYPE B TYPE B TYPE B TYPE B TYPE BTYPE A TYPE B TYPE B AE202D4 AE202 B4 ELEC A126 MECH A127 353' - 0 1/2" 5 3/4"5 3/4"5 3/4"5 3/4"5 3/4"5 3/4"5 3/4"5 3/4"5 3/4"5 3/4"5 3/4"5 3/4"5 3/4"5 3/4"5 3/4"5 3/4"5 3/4"5 3/4"5 3/4"5 3/4"5 3/4"5 3/4"5 3/4"5 3/4"5 3/4" 11 ' - 0 " 10 ' - 0 " 7' - 0 1/4" 7' - 5 1/4"7' - 0 1/4" 7' - 5 1/4"7' - 0 1/4" 7' - 5 1/4"7' - 0 1/4" 7' - 5 1/4"7' - 0 1/4" 7' - 5 1/4"7' - 0 1/4" 7' - 5 1/4" 1' - 11 3/4"4' - 11 3/4"6' - 4 1/2" 7 1/2"7 1/2" 5' - 11"6' - 4 1/2" 7 1/2"7 1/2" 5' - 11"6' - 4 1/2" 7 1/2"7 1/2" 5' - 11"6' - 4 1/2" 7 1/2"7 1/2" 5' - 11"6' - 4 1/2" 7 1/2"7 1/2" 5' - 11"6' - 4 1/2" 7 1/2"7 1/2" 5' - 11"6' - 4 1/2" 7 1/2"7 1/2" 5' - 11"6' - 4 1/2" 7 1/2"7 1/2" 5' - 11"6' - 4 1/2" 7 1/2"7 1/2" 5' - 11"6' - 4 1/2" 7 1/2"7 1/2" 5' - 11"6' - 4 1/2" 7 1/2"7 1/2" 5' - 11"6' - 4 1/2" 7 1/2"7 1/2" 5' - 11" EW6v EW6v EW6v EW6h EW6v EW6h EW6v EW6h EW6v EW6h EW6v EW6h EW6v EW6h EW6v EW6v EW6v EW6v EW6v EW6h SEE ELEV EW6v SEE ELEV EW6h EW6v EW6h EW6v SEE ELEV EW6v EW6v EW6h EW6v SEE ELEV EW6v EW6v EW6h EW6v SEE ELEV EW6v EW6v EW6h EW6v SEE ELEV EW6v EW6v EW6h EW6v SEE ELEV EW6v EW6v EW6h EW6v SEE ELEV EW6v EW6v EW6h EW6v SEE ELEV EW6v EW6v EW6h EW6v SEE ELEV EW6v EW6v EW6h EW6v SEE ELEV EW6v EW6v EW6h EW6v SEE ELEV EW6v EW6v EW6h EW6v SEE ELEV EW6v EW6v EW6hEW6v EW6v EW6h EW6vEW6vEW6vEW6vEW6vEW6vEW6vEW6vEW6vEW6vEW6vEW6v FW4b FW4b FW4b FW4b FW4b FW4b FW4b FW4b FW4b FW4b FW4b FW4b FW4b FW4b FW4b FW4b FW4b FW4b FW4b FW4b FW4b FW4b FW4b FW4b 8' - 2 1 / 2 " 8' - 4 3 / 8 " 1 1 ' - 0 " AE401 B4 AE402 B4 AE101 E6 AE601 D4 AE601 6 1' - 0" 2' - 9 " 2' - 9 " EW6v SCHEDULED DOOR FIRE RATED DEMISING WALL, RE: FLOOR PLAN, CONTINUE TO EXTERIOR WALL FACE & TO UPPER ROOF DECK 3 6 0 w e s t a s p e n a v e n u e s a l t l a k e c i t y , u t a h 8 4 1 0 1 8 0 1 5 3 2 4 4 2 2 sheet: title: revisions : p r o j e c t # : d a t e : UNLESS A PROFESSIONAL SEAL WITH SIGNATURE AND DATE IS AFFIXED, THIS DOCUMENT IS PRELIMINARY AND IS NOT INTENDED FOR CONSTRUCTION, RECORDING PURPOSES, OR IMPLEMENTATION THE DESIGNS SHOWN AND DESCRIBED HEREIN INCLUDING ALL TECHNICAL DRAWINGS, GRAPHIC REPRESENTATIONS & MODELS THEREOF, ARE PROPRIETARY & CAN NOT BE COPIED, DUPLICATED, OR COMMERCIALLY EXPLOITED IN WHOLE OR IN PART WITHOUT THE SOLE AND EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM METHOD STUDIO INC. project: E D C B A E D C B A 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 3 / 29 / 2021 AE101 Overall Dimension & Wall Type Plan 20.0550 - june 4, 2021 Rexburg Rowhouses conformed set 3/32" = 1'-0"B1 Overall Dimension & Wall Type Plan GENERAL NOTES - DIM PLANS 1 GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS AND SHALL REPORT TO THE ARCHITECT ANY UNKNOWN CONDITIONS, ERRORS, OR CONFLICTS IN THE DRAWINGS BEFORE BEGINNING WORK 2 DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS 5 SEE SHEET SERIES AE600 FOR DOOR AND WINDOW TYPES 6 SEE SHEET SERIES AE500 FOR HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL ASSEMBLY TYPES 7 WALL TYPES ARE TAGGED FOR LENGTH OF ENTIRE WALL RUN, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 8 ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO THE FACE OF WOOD STUD FRAMED WALLS AS SHOWN, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 3 ASI 002 6/4/21 1 1/2" = 1'-0"E6 Demising Wall / Exterior Wall Condition DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DWDW DW R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R RR R DW R DWR DW R DWR 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 10 11 11 12 12 13 13 14 14 15 15 16 16 17 17 18 18 19 19 20 20 21 21 22 22 23 23 24 24 25 25 26 26 5' - 1 1/4" 13' - 7 3/4" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 6 1/4" 1 BEDROOM A201 TYPE B 1 BEDROOM A202 1 BEDROOM A203 1 BEDROOM A204 1 BEDROOM A205 1 BEDROOM A206 1 BEDROOM A207 1 BEDROOM A208 1 BEDROOM A209 1 BEDROOM A210 1 BEDROOM A211 1 BEDROOM A212 1 BEDROOM A213 1 BEDROOM A214 1 BEDROOM A215 1 BEDROOM A216 1 BEDROOM A217 1 BEDROOM A218 1 BEDROOM A219 1 BEDROOM A220 1 BEDROOM A221 1 BEDROOM A222 1 BEDROOM A223 1 BEDROOM A224 1 BEDROOM A225 TYPE B TYPE B TYPE B TYPE B TYPE B TYPE B TYPE B TYPE B TYPE B TYPE B TYPE B TYPE B TYPE B TYPE B TYPE B TYPE B TYPE B TYPE B TYPE B TYPE B TYPE BTYPE A TYPE B TYPE B ELEC A227 MECH A226 5 3/4"5 3/4"5 3/4"5 3/4"5 3/4"5 3/4"5 3/4"5 3/4"5 3/4"5 3/4"5 3/4"5 3/4"5 3/4"5 3/4"5 3/4"5 3/4"5 3/4"5 3/4"5 3/4"5 3/4"5 3/4"5 3/4"5 3/4"5 3/4"5 3/4"7' - 0 1/4" 7' - 5 1/4"7' - 0 1/4" 7' - 5 1/4"7' - 0 1/4" 7' - 5 1/4"7' - 0 1/4" 7' - 5 1/4"7' - 0 1/4" 7' - 5 1/4"7' - 0 1/4" 7' - 5 1/4" 1' - 11 3/4" 4' - 11 3/4"6' - 4 1/2" 7 1/2"7 1/2" 5' - 11"6' - 4 1/2" 7 1/2"7 1/2" 5' - 11"6' - 4 1/2" 7 1/2"7 1/2" 5' - 11"6' - 4 1/2" 7 1/2"7 1/2" 5' - 11"6' - 4 1/2" 7 1/2"7 1/2" 5' - 11"6' - 4 1/2" 7 1/2"7 1/2" 5' - 11"6' - 4 1/2" 7 1/2"7 1/2" 5' - 11"6' - 4 1/2" 7 1/2"7 1/2" 5' - 11"6' - 4 1/2" 7 1/2"7 1/2" 5' - 11"6' - 4 1/2" 7 1/2"7 1/2" 5' - 11"6' - 4 1/2" 7 1/2"7 1/2" 5' - 11"6' - 4 1/2" 7 1/2"7 1/2" 5' - 11" EW6v EW6v EW6v EW6h EW6v EW6h EW6v EW6h EW6v EW6h EW6v EW6h EW6v EW6h EW6v EW6v EW6v EW6v EW6v EW6h EW6vEW6hEW6v EW6h EW6v SEE ELEV EW6v EW6v EW6h EW6v SEE ELEV EW6v EW6v EW6h EW6v SEE ELEV EW6v EW6v EW6h EW6v SEE ELEV EW6v EW6v EW6h EW6v SEE ELEV EW6v EW6v EW6h EW6v SEE ELEV EW6v EW6v EW6h EW6v SEE ELEV EW6v EW6v EW6h EW6v SEE ELEV EW6v EW6v EW6h EW6vEW6vEW6v EW6h EW6v SEE ELEV EW6v EW6v EW6h EW6v SEE ELEV EW6v EW6v EW6hEW6v EW6v EW6h EW6vEW6vEW6vEW6vEW6vEW6vEW6vEW6vEW6vEW6vEW6vEW6v FW4b FW4b FW4b FW4b FW4b FW4b FW4b FW4b FW4b FW4b FW4b FW4b FW4b FW4b FW4b FW4b FW4b FW4b FW4b FW4b FW4b FW4b FW4b FW4b 8' - 2 1 / 2 " 8 ' - 4 3 / 8 " AE401 B4 AE402 B4 1' - 0" 2' - 9 " 2' - 9 " C C D D MIRRORED MIRRORED AE202 B4 AE201 C1 AE202D4 AE201 B1 AE101 E6 MIRRORED MIRRORED MIRRORED MIRRORED 3 6 0 w e s t a s p e n a v e n u e s a l t l a k e c i t y , u t a h 8 4 1 0 1 8 0 1 5 3 2 4 4 2 2 sheet: title: revisions : p r o j e c t # : d a t e : UNLESS A PROFESSIONAL SEAL WITH SIGNATURE AND DATE IS AFFIXED, THIS DOCUMENT IS PRELIMINARY AND IS NOT INTENDED FOR CONSTRUCTION, RECORDING PURPOSES, OR IMPLEMENTATION THE DESIGNS SHOWN AND DESCRIBED HEREIN INCLUDING ALL TECHNICAL DRAWINGS, GRAPHIC REPRESENTATIONS & MODELS THEREOF, ARE PROPRIETARY & CAN NOT BE COPIED, DUPLICATED, OR COMMERCIALLY EXPLOITED IN WHOLE OR IN PART WITHOUT THE SOLE AND EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM METHOD STUDIO INC. project: E D C B A E D C B A 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 3 / 29 / 2021 AE101.1 Mirrored Overall Dimension & Wall Type Plan 20.0550 - june 4, 2021 Rexburg Rowhouses conformed set 2 ASI 001 6/4/21 3/32" = 1'-0"B1 Overall Dimension & Wall Type Plan (Mirrored) GENERAL NOTES - DIM PLANS 1 GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS AND SHALL REPORT TO THE ARCHITECT ANY UNKNOWN CONDITIONS, ERRORS, OR CONFLICTS IN THE DRAWINGS BEFORE BEGINNING WORK 2 DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS 5 SEE SHEET SERIES AE600 FOR DOOR AND WINDOW TYPES 6 SEE SHEET SERIES AE500 FOR HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL ASSEMBLY TYPES 7 WALL TYPES ARE TAGGED FOR LENGTH OF ENTIRE WALL RUN, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 8 ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO THE FACE OF WOOD STUD FRAMED WALLS AS SHOWN, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DWDW DWR R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R RR R DW R DWR DW R DWR 1 1 A A 2 2 3 3 4 4 B B AE201 B1 B3 AE301 B1 AE301 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 10 11 11 12 12 13 13 14 14 15 15 16 16 17 17 18 18 19 19 20 20 21 21 22 22 23 23 24 24 25 25 26 26 D1 AE301 D3 AE301 ELEC A126 MECH A127 A A A A A A A A A 103 104103104 126 127 125124123120119116115115112111115108107 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A AE401 B4 AE402 B4 AE202 B4 AE202D4 AE201 C1 101 102 105 106 109 110 113 114 1 BEDROOM A101 TYPE B 1 BEDROOM A102 1 BEDROOM A103 1 BEDROOM A104 1 BEDROOM A105 1 BEDROOM A106 1 BEDROOM A107 1 BEDROOM A108 1 BEDROOM A109 1 BEDROOM A110 1 BEDROOM A111 1 BEDROOM A112 1 BEDROOM A113 1 BEDROOM A114 1 BEDROOM A115 1 BEDROOM A116 1 BEDROOM A117 1 BEDROOM A118 1 BEDROOM A119 1 BEDROOM A120 1 BEDROOM A121 1 BEDROOM A122 1 BEDROOM A123 1 BEDROOM A124 1 BEDROOM A125 TYPE B TYPE B TYPE B TYPE B TYPE B TYPE B TYPE B TYPE B TYPE B TYPE B TYPE B TYPE B TYPE B TYPE B TYPE B TYPE B TYPE B TYPE B TYPE B TYPE B TYPE BTYPE A TYPE B TYPE B 117 118 121 122 03.04 21.0121.0121.0121.01 21.01 21.01 21.0121.01 21.01 21.01 21.0121.01 21.01 21.01 21.01 21.01 21.0121.01 21.01 21.01 21.01 21.01 21.0121.01 22.02 AE601 D4 AE601 6 3 6 0 w e s t a s p e n a v e n u e s a l t l a k e c i t y , u t a h 8 4 1 0 1 8 0 1 5 3 2 4 4 2 2 sheet: title: revisions : p r o j e c t # : d a t e : UNLESS A PROFESSIONAL SEAL WITH SIGNATURE AND DATE IS AFFIXED, THIS DOCUMENT IS PRELIMINARY AND IS NOT INTENDED FOR CONSTRUCTION, RECORDING PURPOSES, OR IMPLEMENTATION THE DESIGNS SHOWN AND DESCRIBED HEREIN INCLUDING ALL TECHNICAL DRAWINGS, GRAPHIC REPRESENTATIONS & MODELS THEREOF, ARE PROPRIETARY & CAN NOT BE COPIED, DUPLICATED, OR COMMERCIALLY EXPLOITED IN WHOLE OR IN PART WITHOUT THE SOLE AND EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM METHOD STUDIO INC. project: E D C B A E D C B A 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 3 / 29 / 2021 AE102 Overall Annotation Plan 20.0550 - june 4, 2021 Rexburg Rowhouses conformed set KEYED NOTES 03.04 CONCRETE SLAB ON GRADE OVER GRAVEL BED, RE: STRUCTURAL 21.01 2 HR DEMISING / PARTY WALL, TO UNDERSIDE OF UPPER ROOF, RE: WALL TYPES 22.02 METER LOCATION FOR ALL UNITS; SEE ELECTRICAL 3/32" = 1'-0"B1 Overall Annotated Plan GENERAL NOTES - FLOOR PLAN 1 GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS AND SHALL REPORT TO THE ARCHITECT ANY UNKNOWN CONDITIONS, ERRORS, OR CONFLICTS IN THE DRAWINGS BEFORE BEGINNING WORK 2 DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS 5 SEE SHEET GI003 FOR TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS. PROVIDE SOLID BLOCKING IN WALLS FOR ALL WALL-MOUNTED ITEMS WHETHER BLOCKING IS DEPICTED IN DRAWINGS OR NOT 6 COORDINATE ALL EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES, INCLUDING ITEMS THAT ARE OFOI, WITH OWNER. 7 SEE SHEET SERIES AE500 FOR HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL ASSEMBLY TYPES 8 SEE SHEET SERIES AE600 FOR DOOR & WINDOW TYPES 10 TYPE A & TYPE B UNITS REQUIRE DIFFERENT HEIGHTS FOR CABINETRY, COUNTERTOPS & REACHES, RE: GI003 11 SEE ELEVATIONS AND FINISH SCHEDULES, SHEETS AE401 & AE402 12 SEE ELEVATIONS, SECTIONS, AND DETAILS FOR ADDITIONAL WALL CONSTRUCTION INFORMATION 13 SEE AE901 FOR CASEWORK & ACCESSIBLE MILLWORK DETAILS 14 OWNER IS TO SELECT ALL APPLIANCES. COORDINATE MILLWORK WITH SELECTED APPLIANCES BEFORE CONSTRUCTION AND INSTALLATION. 3 ASI 002 6/4/21 DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DW DWDW DW R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R RR R DW R DWR DW R DWR 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 10 11 11 12 12 13 13 14 14 15 15 16 16 17 17 18 18 19 19 20 20 21 21 22 22 23 23 24 24 25 25 26 26 C C D D A A A A AA A A AA A A AA A A AA A A AA A A A AA A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A 127 126 1 BEDROOM A201 1 BEDROOM A202 1 BEDROOM A203 1 BEDROOM A204 1 BEDROOM A205 1 BEDROOM A206 1 BEDROOM A207 1 BEDROOM A208 1 BEDROOM A209 1 BEDROOM A210 1 BEDROOM A211 1 BEDROOM A212 1 BEDROOM A213 1 BEDROOM A214 1 BEDROOM A215 1 BEDROOM A216 1 BEDROOM A217 1 BEDROOM A218 1 BEDROOM A219 1 BEDROOM A220 1 BEDROOM A221 1 BEDROOM A222 1 BEDROOM A223 1 BEDROOM A224 1 BEDROOM A225 ELEC A227 MECH A226 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 AE202 B4 AE202D4 TYPE B TYPE B TYPE B TYPE B TYPE B TYPE B TYPE B TYPE B TYPE B TYPE B TYPE B TYPE B TYPE B TYPE B TYPE B TYPE B TYPE B TYPE B TYPE B TYPE B TYPE B TYPE BTYPE A TYPE B TYPE B 21.0121.0121.0121.01 21.01 21.01 21.0121.01 21.01 21.01 21.0121.01 21.01 21.01 21.01 21.01 21.0121.01 21.01 21.01 21.01 21.01 21.0121.01 22.02 AE401 B4 AE402 B4 MIRROREDMIRRORED AE201 C1 AE201 B1 MIRRORED MIRRORED MIRRORED MIRRORED B3 AE301 B1 AE301 D1 AE301MIRRORED MIRRORED MIRRORED 3 6 0 w e s t a s p e n a v e n u e s a l t l a k e c i t y , u t a h 8 4 1 0 1 8 0 1 5 3 2 4 4 2 2 sheet: title: revisions : p r o j e c t # : d a t e : UNLESS A PROFESSIONAL SEAL WITH SIGNATURE AND DATE IS AFFIXED, THIS DOCUMENT IS PRELIMINARY AND IS NOT INTENDED FOR CONSTRUCTION, RECORDING PURPOSES, OR IMPLEMENTATION THE DESIGNS SHOWN AND DESCRIBED HEREIN INCLUDING ALL TECHNICAL DRAWINGS, GRAPHIC REPRESENTATIONS & MODELS THEREOF, ARE PROPRIETARY & CAN NOT BE COPIED, DUPLICATED, OR COMMERCIALLY EXPLOITED IN WHOLE OR IN PART WITHOUT THE SOLE AND EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM METHOD STUDIO INC. project: E D C B A E D C B A 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 3 / 29 / 2021 AE102.1 Mirrored Overall Annotation Plan 20.0550 - june 4, 2021 Rexburg Rowhouses conformed set 2 ASI 001 6/4/21 3/32" = 1'-0"B1 Overall Annotated Plan (Mirrored) GENERAL NOTES - DIM PLANS 1 GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS AND SHALL REPORT TO THE ARCHITECT ANY UNKNOWN CONDITIONS, ERRORS, OR CONFLICTS IN THE DRAWINGS BEFORE BEGINNING WORK 2 DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS 5 SEE SHEET SERIES AE600 FOR DOOR AND WINDOW TYPES 6 SEE SHEET SERIES AE500 FOR HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL ASSEMBLY TYPES 7 WALL TYPES ARE TAGGED FOR LENGTH OF ENTIRE WALL RUN, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 8 ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO THE FACE OF WOOD STUD FRAMED WALLS AS SHOWN, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 1 1 A A 2 2 3 3 4 4 B B 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 10 11 11 12 12 13 13 14 14 15 15 16 16 17 17 18 18 19 19 20 20 21 21 22 22 23 23 24 24 25 25 26 26 38 ' - 0 " 13' - 7 3/4" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2"14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 6 1/4" 100' - 0"100' - 0" 100' - 0" 100' - 0" 100' - 0" 100' - 0" 100' - 0" 7' - 7 1/4" 6' - 6 1/4" 7' - 4 3/4" 6' - 8 3/4"7' - 7 1/4" 6' - 6 1/4" 7' - 4 3/4" 6' - 8 3/4"7' - 7 1/4" 6' - 6 1/4" 7' - 4 3/4" 6' - 8 3/4"7' - 7 1/4" 6' - 6 1/4" 7' - 4 3/4" 6' - 8 3/4"7' - 7 1/4" 6' - 6 1/4" 7' - 4 3/4" 6' - 8 3/4"7' - 7 1/4" 6' - 6 1/4" 7' - 4 3/4" 6' - 8 3/4" 16 ' - 0 " 10 ' - 0 " 1' - 6 " 6' - 6 1/4" 7' - 4 3/4"6' - 6 1/4" 7' - 4 3/4"6' - 6 1/4" 7' - 4 3/4"6' - 6 1/4" 7' - 4 3/4"6' - 6 1/4" 7' - 4 3/4"6' - 6 1/4" 7' - 4 3/4"6' - 6 1/4" 7' - 4 3/4"6' - 6 1/4" 7' - 4 3/4"6' - 6 1/4" 7' - 4 3/4"6' - 6 1/4" 7' - 4 3/4"6' - 6 1/4" 7' - 4 3/4"6' - 6 1/4" 7' - 4 3/4"4' - 7 1/4" 6' - 11" 1' - 6 " 1' - 6 " 1' - 6 " 1' - 6 " 1' - 6 " 1' - 6 " 1' - 6 " 1' - 6 " 1' - 6 " 1' - 6 " 1' - 6 " 1' - 6 " 16 ' - 0 3 / 8 " 1 1 ' - 0 " F1 F1 F103.04 03.04 03.04 6" T Y P 6" TYP 6" 6" 6" 6" 6" 6" 6" 6" 6" 6" 6" 6" 6" T Y P 6" TYP SLAB EDGE LEGEND SLAB ON GRADE, RE: STRUCTURAL 3 6 0 w e s t a s p e n a v e n u e s a l t l a k e c i t y , u t a h 8 4 1 0 1 8 0 1 5 3 2 4 4 2 2 sheet: title: revisions : p r o j e c t # : d a t e : UNLESS A PROFESSIONAL SEAL WITH SIGNATURE AND DATE IS AFFIXED, THIS DOCUMENT IS PRELIMINARY AND IS NOT INTENDED FOR CONSTRUCTION, RECORDING PURPOSES, OR IMPLEMENTATION THE DESIGNS SHOWN AND DESCRIBED HEREIN INCLUDING ALL TECHNICAL DRAWINGS, GRAPHIC REPRESENTATIONS & MODELS THEREOF, ARE PROPRIETARY & CAN NOT BE COPIED, DUPLICATED, OR COMMERCIALLY EXPLOITED IN WHOLE OR IN PART WITHOUT THE SOLE AND EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM METHOD STUDIO INC. project: E D C B A E D C B A 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 3 / 29 / 2021 AE111 Overall Slab Edge Plan 20.0550 - june 4, 2021 Rexburg Rowhouses conformed set GENERAL NOTES - SLAB EDGE 1 COORDINATE SLAB EDGE PLANS WITH STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS 2 COORDINATE SLAB EDGE PLANS WITH MECHANICAL DRAWINGS 3/32" = 1'-0"B1 Overall Slab Plan KEYED NOTES 03.04 CONCRETE SLAB ON GRADE OVER GRAVEL BED, RE: STRUCTURAL 3 ASI 002 6/4/21 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 10 11 11 12 12 13 13 14 14 15 15 16 16 17 17 18 18 19 19 20 20 21 21 22 22 23 23 24 24 25 25 26 26 C C D D 13' - 7 3/4" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2"14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 6 1/4" 100' - 0"100' - 0" 100' - 0" 100' - 0" 100' - 0" 100' - 0" 100' - 0" 03.04 03.04 03.04 F1 F1 F1 38 ' - 0 " 13' - 7 3/4" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2"14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 6 1/4" 7' - 7 1/4" 6' - 6 1/4" 7' - 4 3/4" 6' - 8 3/4"7' - 7 1/4" 6' - 6 1/4" 7' - 4 3/4" 6' - 8 3/4"7' - 7 1/4" 6' - 6 1/4" 7' - 4 3/4" 6' - 8 3/4"7' - 7 1/4" 6' - 6 1/4" 7' - 4 3/4" 6' - 8 3/4"7' - 7 1/4" 6' - 6 1/4" 7' - 4 3/4" 6' - 8 3/4"7' - 7 1/4" 6' - 6 1/4" 7' - 4 3/4" 6' - 8 3/4" 16 ' - 0 " 1 0 ' - 0 " 1' - 6 " 6' - 6 1/4" 7' - 4 3/4"6' - 6 1/4" 7' - 4 3/4"6' - 6 1/4" 7' - 4 3/4"6' - 6 1/4" 7' - 4 3/4"6' - 6 1/4" 7' - 4 3/4"6' - 6 1/4" 7' - 4 3/4"6' - 6 1/4" 7' - 4 3/4"6' - 6 1/4" 7' - 4 3/4"6' - 6 1/4" 7' - 4 3/4"6' - 6 1/4" 7' - 4 3/4"6' - 6 1/4" 7' - 4 3/4"6' - 6 1/4" 7' - 4 3/4"4' - 7 1/4" 6' - 11" 1' - 6 " 1' - 6 " 1' - 6 " 1' - 6 " 1' - 6 " 1' - 6 " 1' - 6 " 1' - 6 " 1' - 6 " 1' - 6 " 1' - 6 " 1' - 6 " 16 ' - 0 3 / 8 " 1 1 ' - 0 " 6" T Y P 6" TYP 6" 6" 6" 6" 6" 6" 6" 6" 6" 6" 6" 6" 6" T Y P 6" TYP SLAB EDGE LEGEND SLAB ON GRADE, RE: STRUCTURAL 3 6 0 w e s t a s p e n a v e n u e s a l t l a k e c i t y , u t a h 8 4 1 0 1 8 0 1 5 3 2 4 4 2 2 sheet: title: revisions : p r o j e c t # : d a t e : UNLESS A PROFESSIONAL SEAL WITH SIGNATURE AND DATE IS AFFIXED, THIS DOCUMENT IS PRELIMINARY AND IS NOT INTENDED FOR CONSTRUCTION, RECORDING PURPOSES, OR IMPLEMENTATION THE DESIGNS SHOWN AND DESCRIBED HEREIN INCLUDING ALL TECHNICAL DRAWINGS, GRAPHIC REPRESENTATIONS & MODELS THEREOF, ARE PROPRIETARY & CAN NOT BE COPIED, DUPLICATED, OR COMMERCIALLY EXPLOITED IN WHOLE OR IN PART WITHOUT THE SOLE AND EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM METHOD STUDIO INC. project: E D C B A E D C B A 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 3 / 29 / 2021 AE111.1 Mirrored Overal Slab Edge Plan 20.0550 - june 4, 2021 Rexburg Rowhouses conformed set 2 ASI 001 6/4/21 3/32" = 1'-0"B1 Overall Slab Plan (Mirrored) GENERAL NOTES - SLAB EDGE 1 COORDINATE SLAB EDGE PLANS WITH STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS 2 COORDINATE SLAB EDGE PLANS WITH MECHANICAL DRAWINGS KEYED NOTES 03.04 CONCRETE SLAB ON GRADE OVER GRAVEL BED, RE: STRUCTURAL 1 1 A A 2 2 3 3 4 4 B B AE401 B5 B3 AE301 B1 AE301 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 10 11 11 12 12 13 13 14 14 15 15 16 16 17 17 18 18 19 19 20 20 21 21 22 22 23 23 24 24 25 25 26 26 D1 AE301 D3 AE301 10' - 0" 10' - 0" 10' - 0" 10' - 0" 10' - 0" 10' - 0" 10' - 0" 10' - 0" 10' - 0" 10' - 0" 10' - 0" 10' - 0" 10' - 0" 10' - 0" 10' - 0" 10' - 0" 10' - 0" 10' - 0" 10' - 0" 10' - 0" 10' - 0" 10' - 0" 10' - 0" 10' - 0" 10' - 0" 10' - 0" 10' - 0" 10' - 0" 10' - 0" 10' - 0" 10' - 0" 10' - 0" 10' - 0" 10' - 0" 10' - 0" 10' - 0" 10' - 0" 10' - 0" 10' - 0" 10' - 0" 10' - 0" 10' - 0" 10' - 0" 10' - 0" 10' - 0" 10' - 0" 10' - 0" 10' - 0" 10' - 0" 10' - 0" AE402 B5 G1 9' - 0"G1 9' - 0" 09.01 09.01 09.01 09.01 09.01 09.01 09.01 09.01 09.01 09.0109.01 09.01 09.01 09.01 09.01 09.0109.01 09.01 09.01 09.01 09.01 09.0109.01 09.01 09.01 08.11 08.11 08.11 08.11 08.11 08.11 08.11 08.11 08.11 08.11 08.11 08.11 08.11 08.11 08.11 08.11 08.11 08.11 08.11 08.11 08.11 08.11 08.11 08.11 08.11 CEILING LEGEND G1 GYPSUM BOARD (PAINTED), ATTACHED TO BOTTOM OF TRUSSES W/ R-30 OPEN CELL BLOWN-IN INSULATION ABOVE 3 6 0 w e s t a s p e n a v e n u e s a l t l a k e c i t y , u t a h 8 4 1 0 1 8 0 1 5 3 2 4 4 2 2 sheet: title: revisions : p r o j e c t # : d a t e : UNLESS A PROFESSIONAL SEAL WITH SIGNATURE AND DATE IS AFFIXED, THIS DOCUMENT IS PRELIMINARY AND IS NOT INTENDED FOR CONSTRUCTION, RECORDING PURPOSES, OR IMPLEMENTATION THE DESIGNS SHOWN AND DESCRIBED HEREIN INCLUDING ALL TECHNICAL DRAWINGS, GRAPHIC REPRESENTATIONS & MODELS THEREOF, ARE PROPRIETARY & CAN NOT BE COPIED, DUPLICATED, OR COMMERCIALLY EXPLOITED IN WHOLE OR IN PART WITHOUT THE SOLE AND EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM METHOD STUDIO INC. project: E D C B A E D C B A 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 3 / 29 / 2021 AE131 Overall Reflected Ceiling Plan 20.0550 - june 4, 2021 Rexburg Rowhouses conformed set 3/32" = 1'-0"B1 Overall Reflected Ceiling Plan KEYED NOTES 08.11 CEILING ACCESS PANEL - COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND ACCESS REQUIREMENTS - PAINTED (MATCH COLOR OF ADJACENT CEILING). PROVIDE R-30 INSULATION ABOVE THE ATTIC ACCESS 09.01 PAINTED GYP BD. (PT-1) GENERAL NOTES - CEILING PLAN 1 GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS AND SHALL REPORT TO THE ARCHITECT ANY UNKNOWN CONDITIONS, ERRORS, OR CONFLICTS IN THE DRAWINGS BEFORE BEGINNING WORK 2 DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS 3 SEE SHEET AE511 FOR TYPICALCEILING DETAILS 4 FOR LIGHTING LAYOUT, SEE ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN 3 ASI 002 6/4/21 ROOF MEMBRANE (WHITE) OVER RIGID INSULATION OVER SHEATHING ROOF LEGEND ASPHALT ROOF SHINGLE SYSTEM - GAF 3-TAB: ROYAL SOVEREIGN (CHARCOAL) 1. FOR GUTTERS, MATCH THE ADJACENT COLOR. (I.E. BREAK METAL DARK OR LIGHT). FOR DOWNSPOUTS, MATCH THE GUTTER COLOR (I.E. IF GUTTER IS LIGHT, THEN MAKE DOWNSPOUT LIGHT. IF GUTTER IS DARK, THEN MAKE DOWNSPOUT DARK) GENERAL NOTES 1 1 A A 2 2 3 3 4 4 B B B3 AE301 B1 AE301 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 10 11 11 12 12 13 13 14 14 15 15 16 16 17 17 18 18 19 19 20 20 21 21 22 22 23 23 24 24 25 25 26 26 D1 AE301 D3 AE301 353' - 1 5/8" 38 ' - 0 " 13' - 7 3/4" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2"14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 6 1/4" 7" / 1 2 " 3" / 1 2 " 7" / 1 2 " 7" / 1 2 " 7" / 1 2 " 14" / 12" 7" / 1 2 " 14" / 12" 14" / 12"14" / 12" 7" / 1 2 " 7" / 1 2 " 7" / 1 2 " 14" / 12" 7" / 1 2 " 14" / 12" 14" / 12"14" / 12" 7" / 1 2 " 7" / 1 2 " 7" / 1 2 " 3" / 1 2 " 3" / 1 2 " 14" / 12" 7" / 1 2 " 14" / 12" 14" / 12"14" / 12" 7" / 1 2 " 7" / 1 2 " 7" / 1 2 " 3" / 1 2 " 3" / 1 2 " 14" / 12" 7" / 1 2 " 14" / 12" 14" / 12"14" / 12" 7" / 1 2 " 7" / 1 2 " 7" / 1 2 " 3" / 1 2 " 3" / 1 2 " 14" / 12" 7" / 1 2 " 14" / 12" 14" / 12"14" / 12" 7" / 1 2 " 7" / 1 2 " 7" / 1 2 " 3" / 1 2 " 3" / 1 2 " 7" / 1 2 " 7" / 1 2 " 7" / 1 2 " 7" / 1 2 " 3" / 1 2 " 3" / 1 2 " R1 R1 R1 R2 R1 R2 R1 R1 R2 R1 R2 R1 R1 R2 R1 R2 R1 R1 R2 R1 R2 R1 R1 R2 R1 R2 R1 R2 R1 R1R1 R1R1R1 R1R1 R1R1 R1 R1 EQ EQ 07.03 07.03 07.0307.03 07.03 07.03 07.03 07.03 07.03 07.03 07.03 07.03 07.03 07.03 07.03 07.03 07.0307.03 07.03 07.02 07.02 07.02 07.02 07.02 07.02 07.02 07.02 07.02 07.02 07.05 AE142 B1 07.05 21.0321.03 TYP TYP 07.05 TYP TYP 07.05 21.0321.03 TYP TYP 07.05 21.0321.03 TYP TYP 21.0321.03 TYP TYP 07.05 21.0321.03 TYP TYP 07.05 7" / 1 2 " 7" / 1 2 " 3 6 0 w e s t a s p e n a v e n u e s a l t l a k e c i t y , u t a h 8 4 1 0 1 8 0 1 5 3 2 4 4 2 2 sheet: title: revisions : p r o j e c t # : d a t e : UNLESS A PROFESSIONAL SEAL WITH SIGNATURE AND DATE IS AFFIXED, THIS DOCUMENT IS PRELIMINARY AND IS NOT INTENDED FOR CONSTRUCTION, RECORDING PURPOSES, OR IMPLEMENTATION THE DESIGNS SHOWN AND DESCRIBED HEREIN INCLUDING ALL TECHNICAL DRAWINGS, GRAPHIC REPRESENTATIONS & MODELS THEREOF, ARE PROPRIETARY & CAN NOT BE COPIED, DUPLICATED, OR COMMERCIALLY EXPLOITED IN WHOLE OR IN PART WITHOUT THE SOLE AND EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM METHOD STUDIO INC. project: E D C B A E D C B A 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 3 / 29 / 2021 AE141 Overall Roof Plan 20.0550 - june 4, 2021 Rexburg Rowhouses conformed set GENERAL NOTES - ROOF PLAN 1 GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS AND SHALL REPORT TO THE ARCHITECT ANY UNKNOWN CONDITIONS, ERRORS, OR CONFLICTS IN THE DRAWINGS BEFORE BEGINNING WORK 2 DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS 3 CRICKET AT ALL MECHANICAL ITEMS, 1/4" PER FOOT BACKSLOPE MINIMUM 4 SEE BUILDING AND WALL SECTIONS FOR ADDITIONAL ROOF INFO; SEE SHEET AE501 FOR ROOF ASSEMBLY CONSTRUCTION KEYED NOTES 07.02 CANOPY: SINGLE-PLY ROOF MEMBRANE OVER RIGID INSULATION OVER SHEATHING 07.03 ASPHALT 30 YEAR ROOF SHINGLES OVER SELF-ADHERED UNDERLAYMENT (GRACE OR EQ) 07.05 RIDGE VENT, QUARRIX - STORM STOP OR EQ 21.03 RIDGE VENT TO BEGIN/END 4'-0" FROM FACE OF DEMISING WALLS (EA WAY) 3/32" = 1'-0"B1 Overall Roof Plan 3 ASI 002 6/4/21 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 10 11 11 12 12 13 13 14 14 15 15 16 16 17 17 18 18 19 19 20 20 21 21 22 22 23 23 24 24 25 25 26 26 13' - 7 3/4" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2"14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 14' - 6 1/4" C C D D 38 ' - 0 " 7" / 1 2 " 3" / 1 2 " 7" / 1 2 " 7" / 1 2 " 7" / 1 2 " 14" / 12" 7" / 1 2 " 14" / 12" 14" / 12"14" / 12" 7" / 1 2 " 7" / 1 2 " 7" / 1 2 " 14" / 12" 7" / 1 2 " 14" / 12" 14" / 12"14" / 12" 7" / 1 2 " 7" / 1 2 " 7" / 1 2 " 3" / 1 2 " 3" / 1 2 " 14" / 12" 7" / 1 2 " 14" / 12" 14" / 12"14" / 12" 7" / 1 2 " 7" / 1 2 " 7" / 1 2 " 3" / 1 2 " 3" / 1 2 " 14" / 12" 7" / 1 2 " 14" / 12" 14" / 12"14" / 12" 7" / 1 2 " 7" / 1 2 " 7" / 1 2 " 3" / 1 2 " 3" / 1 2 " 14" / 12" 7" / 1 2 " 14" / 12" 14" / 12"14" / 12" 7" / 1 2 " 7" / 1 2 " 7" / 1 2 " 3" / 1 2 " 3" / 1 2 " 7" / 1 2 " 7" / 1 2 " 7" / 1 2 " 7" / 1 2 " 3" / 1 2 " 3" / 1 2 " R1 R1 R1 R2 R1 R2 R1 R1 R2 R1 R2 R1 R1 R2 R1 R2 R1 R1 R2 R1 R2 R1 R1 R2 R1 R2 R1 R2 R1 R1R1 R1R1R1 R1R1 R1R1 R1 R1 EQ EQ 07.03 07.03 07.0307.03 07.03 07.03 07.03 07.03 07.03 07.03 07.03 07.03 07.03 07.03 07.03 07.03 07.0307.03 07.03 07.02 07.02 07.02 07.02 07.02 07.02 07.02 07.02 07.02 07.02 07.05 07.05 21.0321.03 TYP TYP 07.05 TYP TYP 07.05 21.0321.03 TYP TYP 07.05 21.0321.03 TYP TYP 21.0321.03 TYP TYP 07.05 21.0321.03 TYP TYP 07.05 AE142 B1 MIRRORED 353' - 0 1/2" ROOF MEMBRANE (WHITE) OVER RIGID INSULATION OVER SHEATHING ROOF LEGEND ASPHALT ROOF SHINGLE SYSTEM - GAF 3-TAB: ROYAL SOVEREIGN (CHARCOAL) 1. FOR GUTTERS, MATCH THE ADJACENT COLOR. (I.E. BREAK METAL DARK OR LIGHT). FOR DOWNSPOUTS, MATCH THE GUTTER COLOR (I.E. IF GUTTER IS LIGHT, THEN MAKE DOWNSPOUT LIGHT. IF GUTTER IS DARK, THEN MAKE DOWNSPOUT DARK) GENERAL NOTES 3 6 0 w e s t a s p e n a v e n u e s a l t l a k e c i t y , u t a h 8 4 1 0 1 8 0 1 5 3 2 4 4 2 2 sheet: title: revisions : p r o j e c t # : d a t e : UNLESS A PROFESSIONAL SEAL WITH SIGNATURE AND DATE IS AFFIXED, THIS DOCUMENT IS PRELIMINARY AND IS NOT INTENDED FOR CONSTRUCTION, RECORDING PURPOSES, OR IMPLEMENTATION THE DESIGNS SHOWN AND DESCRIBED HEREIN INCLUDING ALL TECHNICAL DRAWINGS, GRAPHIC REPRESENTATIONS & MODELS THEREOF, ARE PROPRIETARY & CAN NOT BE COPIED, DUPLICATED, OR COMMERCIALLY EXPLOITED IN WHOLE OR IN PART WITHOUT THE SOLE AND EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM METHOD STUDIO INC. project: E D C B A E D C B A 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 3 / 29 / 2021 AE141.1 Mirrored Overall Roof Plan 20.0550 - june 4, 2021 Rexburg Rowhouses conformed set 2 ASI 001 6/4/21 3/32" = 1'-0"B1 Overall Roof Plan (Mirrored) GENERAL NOTES - ROOF PLAN 1 GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS AND SHALL REPORT TO THE ARCHITECT ANY UNKNOWN CONDITIONS, ERRORS, OR CONFLICTS IN THE DRAWINGS BEFORE BEGINNING WORK 2 DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS 3 CRICKET AT ALL MECHANICAL ITEMS, 1/4" PER FOOT BACKSLOPE MINIMUM 4 SEE BUILDING AND WALL SECTIONS FOR ADDITIONAL ROOF INFO; SEE SHEET AE501 FOR ROOF ASSEMBLY CONSTRUCTION KEYED NOTES 07.02 CANOPY: SINGLE-PLY ROOF MEMBRANE OVER RIGID INSULATION OVER SHEATHING 07.03 ASPHALT 30 YEAR ROOF SHINGLES OVER SELF-ADHERED UNDERLAYMENT (GRACE OR EQ) 07.05 RIDGE VENT, QUARRIX - STORM STOP OR EQ 21.03 RIDGE VENT TO BEGIN/END 4'-0" FROM FACE OF DEMISING WALLS (EA WAY) 7" / 1 2 " 7" / 1 2 " 07.03 07.03 07.03 E5 AE142 TYP 1 1 A 2 2 3 3 4 4 B B3 AE301 B1 AE301 5 5 D1 AE301 D3 AE301 AE142 E2 7" / 1 2 " 7" / 1 2 " 3" / 1 2 " 7" / 1 2 " 7" / 1 2 " 7" / 1 2 " 7" / 1 2 " 07.03 07.05 07.03 07.03 07.03 21.02 21.02 4' - 0"4' - 0" TYP AT ALL DEMISING WALLS TYP AT ALL DEMISING WALLS 21.02 21.02 4' - 0" TYP AT ALL DEMISING WALLS TYP AT ALL DEMISING WALLS 21.02 21.02 4' - 0" TYP AT ALL DEMISING WALLS TYP AT ALL DEMISING WALLS 21.02 21.02 TYP AT ALL DEMISING WALLS TYP AT ALL DEMISING WALLS 4' - 0" 4' - 0" 4' - 0"4' - 0" TYP TYP 07.05 21.0321.03 TYP TYP 07.05 21.0321.03 TYP TYP 07.05 21.0321.03 TYP TYP 07.05 21.0321.03 05.02 05.02 05.02 05.02 05.02 05.02 ROOF MEMBRANE (WHITE) OVER RIGID INSULATION OVER SHEATHING ROOF LEGEND ASPHALT ROOF SHINGLE SYSTEM - GAF 3-TAB: ROYAL SOVEREIGN (CHARCOAL) 1. FOR GUTTERS, MATCH THE ADJACENT COLOR. (I.E. BREAK METAL DARK OR LIGHT). FOR DOWNSPOUTS, MATCH THE GUTTER COLOR (I.E. IF GUTTER IS LIGHT, THEN MAKE DOWNSPOUT LIGHT. IF GUTTER IS DARK, THEN MAKE DOWNSPOUT DARK) GENERAL NOTES Top Plate 110' -0" 30 YEAR ROOF SHINGLES OVER SELF-ADHERED UNDERLAYMENT CONTINUOUS VAPOR & MOISTURE BARRIER SHEATHING, RE: STRUCTURAL ROOF TRUSSES, RE: STRUCTURAL BLOCKING BETWEEN TRUSSES, RE: STRUCTURAL BRAKE METAL FASCIA (TIMELY PREFINISHED STEEL COLOR: SNOW WHITE CC311), RUN DOWN FACE OF FASCIA AND ON TOP OF CANOPY ROOF CONTINUOUS VAPOR & MOISTURE BARRIER CONTINUOUS VAPOR & MOISTURE BARRIER FASCIA BRAKE METAL (TIMELY PREFINISHED STEEL COLOR: BLACK SC103) SELF-ADHERED UNDERLAYMENT RIGID INSULATION WRAP FASCIA BRAKE METAL (BLACK) UP AND OVER TOP 3" MIN (R I G I D ) ALUMINUM CEILING PANEL (TIMELY PREFINISHED STEEL COLOR: BLACK SC103) BEND FASCIA BRAKE METAL AND WRAP CORNER 1"1" ALUMINUM 'FAUX WOOD' SIDING PANEL SYSTEM (KNOTWOOD 4" CLADDING: BEACHWOOD COLOR) TOP PLATES / BLOCKING AS REQ'D TOE NAIL INTO 2X10 LEDGER, RE: STRUCTURAL LAP WHITE BRAKE METAL OVER TOP OF BLACK BREAK METAL 3" MIN 2x NAILER @ TOP, RE: STRUCTURAL 1/ 2 " METAL GUTTER - COLOR TO MATCH ADJACENT BRAKE METAL (2) 2X10 ' HEADER FLUSH WITH EXTERIOR WALL . RE: STRUCTURAL. 2X10 ' FASCIA BOARD 30 YEAR ROOF SHINGLES OVER SELF-ADHERED UNDERLAYMENT CONTINUOUS VAPOR & MOISTURE BARRIER SHEATHING, RE: STRUCTURAL ROOF TRUSSES, RE: STRUCTURAL BLOCKING BETWEEN TRUSSES, RE: STRUCTURAL BRAKE METAL FASCIA (TIMELY PREFINISHED STEEL COLOR: SNOW WHITE CC311), RUN DOWN FASCIA FACE AND WRAP UNDER FASCIA CONTINUOUS VAPOR & MOISTURE BARRIER SCHEDULED WALL TOP PLATE, RE: STRUCTURAL 2x NAILER @ TOP, RE: STRUCTURAL CEMENT BOARD SIDING (VERTICAL) QUARRIX FURRING STRIPS (3" x 5/16") OR QUARRIX PROTECT DRAIN MAT CONTINUOUS VAPOR & MOISTURE BARRIER MIN2" 2x8 STUD ATTACHED TO FACE AT TOP OF WALL COVER TOP OF SIDING W/ BRAKE METAL/FLASHING 3 6 0 w e s t a s p e n a v e n u e s a l t l a k e c i t y , u t a h 8 4 1 0 1 8 0 1 5 3 2 4 4 2 2 sheet: title: revisions : p r o j e c t # : d a t e : UNLESS A PROFESSIONAL SEAL WITH SIGNATURE AND DATE IS AFFIXED, THIS DOCUMENT IS PRELIMINARY AND IS NOT INTENDED FOR CONSTRUCTION, RECORDING PURPOSES, OR IMPLEMENTATION THE DESIGNS SHOWN AND DESCRIBED HEREIN INCLUDING ALL TECHNICAL DRAWINGS, GRAPHIC REPRESENTATIONS & MODELS THEREOF, ARE PROPRIETARY & CAN NOT BE COPIED, DUPLICATED, OR COMMERCIALLY EXPLOITED IN WHOLE OR IN PART WITHOUT THE SOLE AND EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM METHOD STUDIO INC. project: E D C B A E D C B A 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 3 / 29 / 2021 AE142 Enlarged Roof Plans 20.0550 - june 4, 2021 Rexburg Rowhouses conformed set 3/4" = 1'-0"E2 Typical Canopy / Roof 1/4" = 1'-0"B1 Enlarged Roof Plan GENERAL NOTES - ROOF PLAN 1 GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS AND SHALL REPORT TO THE ARCHITECT ANY UNKNOWN CONDITIONS, ERRORS, OR CONFLICTS IN THE DRAWINGS BEFORE BEGINNING WORK 2 DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS 3 CRICKET AT ALL MECHANICAL ITEMS, 1/4" PER FOOT BACKSLOPE MINIMUM 4 SEE BUILDING AND WALL SECTIONS FOR ADDITIONAL ROOF INFO; SEE SHEET AE501 FOR ROOF ASSEMBLY CONSTRUCTION KEYED NOTES 05.02 RAIN GUTTER - COLOR MATCH ADJACENT BRAKE METAL 07.03 ASPHALT 30 YEAR ROOF SHINGLES OVER SELF-ADHERED UNDERLAYMENT (GRACE OR EQ) 07.05 RIDGE VENT, QUARRIX - STORM STOP OR EQ 21.02 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYPSUM BOARD, EXTEND OUT 4'-0" MIN FROM FACE OF DEMISING WALL (EA SIDE), UNDER ROOF SHEATHING - HOLD DOWN ROOF TRUSSES 5/8" AT THIS AREA TO ACCOMODATE GYPSUM SHEATHING AND ASSURE FLUSH ROOF SHEATHING FLUSH 21.03 RIDGE VENT TO BEGIN/END 4'-0" FROM FACE OF DEMISING WALLS (EA WAY) 1 1/2" = 1'-0"E5 Canopy Detail 1 1/2" = 1'-0"D5 Top of Wall / Siding Detail PRE-PAINTED FIBER CEMENT SIDING BOARD, HARDIEPANEL: ARCTIC WHITE -SMOOTH W/ 1x2 BATTENS @ 16" O.C. *ALTERNATE: JAMES HARDIE ARTISAN V-GROOVE SIDING (8.25" x 144") ARCTIC WHITE -SMOOTH MATERIAL LEGEND ALUMINUM 'FAUX WOOD' SIDING PANEL SYSTEM (KNOTWOOD 4" CLADDING: COLOR TO BE SELECTED BY OWNER/ARCHITECT FROM KNOTWOOD FULL COLOR SAMPLE CHAIN (PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR) BRAKE METAL DARK (BMD): MBCI -COLOR: COAL BLACK SIG 200 (WALLS / ABOVE WINDOWS / CANOPY CEILING PANELS / RAIN GUTTERS & DOWNSPOUTS) ASPHALT ROOF SHINGLE SYSTEM -GAF 3-TAB: ROYAL SOVEREIGN (CHARCOAL) BRAKE METAL LIGHT (BML): TIMELY PREFINISHED STEEL COLOR: SNOW WHITE CC311 (AT ROOF FASCIAS) Finish Floor 100' -0" 1 Top Plate 110' -0" 234 T.O. Ridge 121' -11" B3 AE301 B1 AE301 567891011121314151617181920212223242526 D1 AE301 AE202 D1 T.O. Lower Ridge 115' -9" EW6v EW6vEW6vEW6vEW6vEW6vEW6v EW6v EW6v EW6v EW6v EW6v EW6h EW6v EW6hEW6hEW6hEW6hEW6hEW6hEW6hEW6hEW6hEW6hEW6hEW6hEW6hEW6hEW6hEW6hEW6hEW6hEW6hEW6hEW6hEW6hEW6hEW6h R1R1R1R1 R1 R1 Finish Floor 100' -0" 1 Top Plate 110' -0" 2 3 4 T.O. Ridge 121' -11" B3 AE301 B1 AE301 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 D1 AE301 AE202 B1 T.O. Lower Ridge 115' -9" R1R1 R1 R1 R1 EW6h EW6h EW6h EW6h EW6h EW6h EW6h EW6h EW6h EW6h EW6h EW6h EW6h EW6h EW6h EW6h EW6h EW6h EW6h EW6h EW6h EW6h EW6h EW6h EW6h EW6h EW6vEW6vEW6v EW6v EW6v EW6v EW6v EW6v R1R1 3 6 0 w e s t a s p e n a v e n u e s a l t l a k e c i t y , u t a h 8 4 1 0 1 8 0 1 5 3 2 4 4 2 2 sheet: title: revisions : p r o j e c t # : d a t e : UNLESS A PROFESSIONAL SEAL WITH SIGNATURE AND DATE IS AFFIXED, THIS DOCUMENT IS PRELIMINARY AND IS NOT INTENDED FOR CONSTRUCTION, RECORDING PURPOSES, OR IMPLEMENTATION THE DESIGNS SHOWN AND DESCRIBED HEREIN INCLUDING ALL TECHNICAL DRAWINGS, GRAPHIC REPRESENTATIONS & MODELS THEREOF, ARE PROPRIETARY & CAN NOT BE COPIED, DUPLICATED, OR COMMERCIALLY EXPLOITED IN WHOLE OR IN PART WITHOUT THE SOLE AND EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM METHOD STUDIO INC. project: E D C B A E D C B A 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 3 / 29 / 2021 AE201 Overall Exterior Elevations 20.0550 - june 4, 2021 Rexburg Rowhouses conformed set 3/32" = 1'-0"B1 Overall Ext Elevation North 3/32" = 1'-0"C1 Overall Ext Elevation South Finish Floor 100' -0" 1 Top Plate 110' -0" 2 3 4 T.O. Ridge 121' -11" B3 AE301 B1 AE301 5D1 AE301 T.O. Lower Ridge 115' -9" A A A AA 103 104 7" / 1 2 " 7" / 1 2 " 3" / 1 2 " EW6p EW6p EW6h EW6h EW6hEW6h EW6h R1 R1 R1R1 EW6v EW6v EW6v EW6hEW6h EW6h EW6p EW6p EW6p EW6h EW6h BB B B 101 102126 EW6v 7" / 1 2 " E5 AE142 BMD BMDBMD BMD BMD BMDBMD BMD BMD BMDBMD BMD BML BML BML B M LBML BML BML BML 26.06 18 ' - 0 " A4 AE202 A4 AE202 A4 AE202 A4 AE202 A4 AE202 A4 AE202 A4 AE202 A4 AE202 A4 AE202 D5 AE142 D5 AE142 05.02 05.02 05.02 05.02 05.0205.0105.01 05.01 05.01 05.01 C1 AE541 B4 AE541 A6 AE541 PRE-PAINTED FIBER CEMENT SIDING BOARD, HARDIEPANEL: ARCTIC WHITE -SMOOTH W/ 1x2 BATTENS @ 16" O.C. *ALTERNATE: JAMES HARDIE ARTISAN V-GROOVE SIDING (8.25" x 144") ARCTIC WHITE -SMOOTH MATERIAL LEGEND ALUMINUM 'FAUX WOOD' SIDING PANEL SYSTEM (KNOTWOOD 4" CLADDING: COLOR TO BE SELECTED BY OWNER/ARCHITECT FROM KNOTWOOD FULL COLOR SAMPLE CHAIN (PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR) BRAKE METAL DARK (BMD): MBCI -COLOR: COAL BLACK SIG 200 (WALLS / ABOVE WINDOWS / CANOPY CEILING PANELS / RAIN GUTTERS & DOWNSPOUTS) ASPHALT ROOF SHINGLE SYSTEM -GAF 3-TAB: ROYAL SOVEREIGN (CHARCOAL) BRAKE METAL LIGHT (BML): TIMELY PREFINISHED STEEL COLOR: SNOW WHITE CC311 (AT ROOF FASCIAS) Finish Floor 100' -0" A Top Plate 110' -0" B T.O. Ridge 121' -11" D3 AE301 T.O. Lower Ridge 115' -9" A A 7 " / 1 2 "7" / 12" 7 " / 1 2 "7" / 12"EW6v EW6vEW6vEW6v EW6v EW6v EW6hEW6h R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 R1 3" / 12" AB AA 7 " / 1 2 "7" / 12" EW6v EW6h R1 R1 R2 EW6h EW6v EW6v 7" / 12"7 " / 1 2 " Finish Floor 100' -0" 1 Top Plate 110' -0" 234 T.O. Ridge 121' -11" B3 AE301 B1 AE3015D1 AE301 AAAA 127 T.O. Lower Ridge 115' -9" 7" / 1 2 " 7" / 1 2 " 7" / 1 2 " EW6h EW6v EW6h EW6v EW6h EW6h EW6v EW6v R1 R1 R1 E5 AE142 D5 AE142 ROOF MEMBRANE (WHITE) OVER RIGID INSULATION OVER SHEATHING ROOF LEGEND ASPHALT ROOF SHINGLE SYSTEM - GAF 3-TAB: ROYAL SOVEREIGN (CHARCOAL) 1. FOR GUTTERS, MATCH THE ADJACENT COLOR. (I.E. BREAK METAL DARK OR LIGHT). FOR DOWNSPOUTS, MATCH THE GUTTER COLOR (I.E. IF GUTTER IS LIGHT, THEN MAKE DOWNSPOUT LIGHT. IF GUTTER IS DARK, THEN MAKE DOWNSPOUT DARK) GENERAL NOTES PRE-FINISHED METAL FLASHING SHROUD , COLOR TO MATCH ADJACENT EIFS WALL FINISH EXTERIOR FINISH, RE: ELEVS/PLANS WRAP MOISTURE BARRIER UP SHROUD EXTERIOR FINISH, RE: ELEVS/PLANS - SHROUD TO PROJECT 1/2" FROM THICKEST MATERIAL FINISH SCHEDULED WALL, RE: PLANS MIN 1/ 2 " 3 6 0 w e s t a s p e n a v e n u e s a l t l a k e c i t y , u t a h 8 4 1 0 1 8 0 1 5 3 2 4 4 2 2 sheet: title: revisions : p r o j e c t # : d a t e : UNLESS A PROFESSIONAL SEAL WITH SIGNATURE AND DATE IS AFFIXED, THIS DOCUMENT IS PRELIMINARY AND IS NOT INTENDED FOR CONSTRUCTION, RECORDING PURPOSES, OR IMPLEMENTATION THE DESIGNS SHOWN AND DESCRIBED HEREIN INCLUDING ALL TECHNICAL DRAWINGS, GRAPHIC REPRESENTATIONS & MODELS THEREOF, ARE PROPRIETARY & CAN NOT BE COPIED, DUPLICATED, OR COMMERCIALLY EXPLOITED IN WHOLE OR IN PART WITHOUT THE SOLE AND EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM METHOD STUDIO INC. project: E D C B A E D C B A 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 3 / 29 / 2021 AE202 Enlarged Exterior Elevations 20.0550 - june 4, 2021 Rexburg Rowhouses conformed set 1/4" = 1'-0"B1 Enlarged Ext Elevation South 1/4" = 1'-0"B4 Enlarged Ext Elevation West 1/4" = 1'-0"D4 Enlarged Ext Elevation East 1/4" = 1'-0"D1 Enlarged Ext Elevation North 3 ASI 002 6/4/21 6" = 1'-0"A4 Typical Material Transition Shroud KEYED NOTES 05.01 GUTTER DOWNSPOUT - COLOR MATCH THE GUTTER IT IS CONNECTED TO 05.02 RAIN GUTTER - COLOR MATCH ADJACENT BRAKE METAL 26.06 LIGHTING FIXTURE; SEE ELECTRICAL Finish Floor 100' -0" A Top Plate 110' -0" B T.O. Ridge 121' -11" D3 AE301 T.O. Lower Ridge 115' -9" 09.01 06.06 06.07 06.08 06.07 07.01 08.01 03.04 03.01 07.04 11.02 09.01 06.07 07.01 08.02 06.06 06.09 07.05 F1F1 4'-0" WIDE SHEET REMAINING FROM 4'-0" WIDE SHEET REMAINING FROM Finish Floor 100' -0" A Top Plate 110' -0" B T.O. Ridge 121' -11" D3 AE301 T.O. Lower Ridge 115' -9" 06.08 07.05 03.04 07.04 03.01 08.02 06.08 06.07 09.01 06.07 07.01 08.01 4'-0" WIDE SHEET REMAINING FROM 4'-0" WIDE SHEET REMAINING FROM 05.01 AE142 E5 SIM ASSEMBLY TYPES ROOF R1 R2 F1FLOOR TYPICAL SLAB-ON-GRADE TYPICAL ROOF ASSEMBLY TYPICAL CANOPY ASSEMBLY NOTE: SEE AE501 SHEET SERIES FOR COMPLETE ASSEMBLY TYPES Finish Floor 100' -0" A Top Plate 110' -0" B T.O. Ridge 121' -11" D3 AE301 T.O. Lower Ridge 115' -9" 06.07 06.07 03.04 03.01 09.01 06.07 07.01 08.01 06.01 22.04 10.08 10.06 10.07 22.03 09.01 06.07 07.01 08.02 06.08 07.05 07.04 F1 F1 4'-0" WIDE SHEET REMAINING FROM 4'-0" WIDE SHEET REMAINING FROM 26.06 08.11 Finish Floor 100' -0" 1 Top Plate 110' -0" 2 3 4 T.O. Ridge 121' -11" B3 AE301 B1 AE301 5 D1 AE301 T.O. Lower Ridge 115' -9" 08.02 06.07 03.01 03.04 07.04 A A A A 09.01 06.07 07.01 21.01 06.06 07.03 07.03 09.01 06.07 07.01 21.01 4' - 0"4' - 0" 4' - 0" 21.02 4' - 0" 21.02 21.02 4' - 0"4' - 0" F1 F1 21.02 21.02 R1 R1 R1 21.02 4'-0" WIDE SHEET REMAINING FROM 4' - 0" 4 ' - 0 " 3 6 0 w e s t a s p e n a v e n u e s a l t l a k e c i t y , u t a h 8 4 1 0 1 8 0 1 5 3 2 4 4 2 2 sheet: title: revisions : p r o j e c t # : d a t e : UNLESS A PROFESSIONAL SEAL WITH SIGNATURE AND DATE IS AFFIXED, THIS DOCUMENT IS PRELIMINARY AND IS NOT INTENDED FOR CONSTRUCTION, RECORDING PURPOSES, OR IMPLEMENTATION THE DESIGNS SHOWN AND DESCRIBED HEREIN INCLUDING ALL TECHNICAL DRAWINGS, GRAPHIC REPRESENTATIONS & MODELS THEREOF, ARE PROPRIETARY & CAN NOT BE COPIED, DUPLICATED, OR COMMERCIALLY EXPLOITED IN WHOLE OR IN PART WITHOUT THE SOLE AND EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM METHOD STUDIO INC. project: E D C B A E D C B A 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 3 / 29 / 2021 AE301 Building Sections 20.0550 - june 4, 2021 Rexburg Rowhouses conformed set 1/4" = 1'-0"B1 Building Section Grid 1.3 1/4" = 1'-0"B3 Building Section Grid 2.2 KEYED NOTES 22.04 SHOWER / TUB INSERT, RE: PLUMBING 26.06 LIGHTING FIXTURE; SEE ELECTRICAL KEYED NOTES 03.01 FOUNDATION, RE: STRUCTURAL 03.04 CONCRETE SLAB ON GRADE OVER GRAVEL BED, RE: STRUCTURAL 05.01 GUTTER DOWNSPOUT - COLOR MATCH THE GUTTER IT IS CONNECTED TO 06.01 CLOSET SHELF (PAINTED) W/ ROD 06.06 ROOF OVERBUILD FRAMING, RE: STRUCTURAL 06.07 ROOF TRUSS/FRAMING, RE: STRUCTURAL 06.08 HEADER/BEAM, RE: STRUCTURAL 06.09 CONTINUE EXTERIOR WALL FACE UP TO SHED ROOF CONNECTION 07.01 LOOSE INSULATION TO CREATE A CONTINUOUS R-30 INSULATION AT ROOF, RE: COMCHECK 07.03 ASPHALT 30 YEAR ROOF SHINGLES OVER SELF-ADHERED UNDERLAYMENT (GRACE OR EQ) 07.04 R-10 RIGID INSULATION (INSIDE FACE OF FOUNDATION WALLS) AT ALL FOUNDATIONS OF OCCUPIABLE INTERIOR SPACES 07.05 RIDGE VENT, QUARRIX - STORM STOP OR EQ 08.01 DOOR AS SCHEDULED 08.02 WINDOW AS SCHEDULED 08.11 CEILING ACCESS PANEL - COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND ACCESS REQUIREMENTS - PAINTED (MATCH COLOR OF ADJACENT CEILING). PROVIDE R-30 INSULATION ABOVE THE ATTIC ACCESS 09.01 PAINTED GYP BD. (PT-1) 10.06 18" GRAB BAR, STAINLESS STEEL; FOR BLOCKING & MOUNTING, SEE GI004 10.07 36" GRAB BAR, STAINLESS STEEL; FOR BLOCKING & MOUNTING, SEE GI004 10.08 42" GRAB BAR, STAINLESS STEEL; FOR BLOCKING & MOUNTING, SEE GI004 11.02 TV - BY TENANT, N.I.C. 21.01 2 HR DEMISING / PARTY WALL, TO UNDERSIDE OF UPPER ROOF, RE: WALL TYPES 21.02 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYPSUM BOARD, EXTEND OUT 4'-0" MIN FROM FACE OF DEMISING WALL (EA SIDE), UNDER ROOF SHEATHING - HOLD DOWN ROOF TRUSSES 5/8" AT THIS AREA TO ACCOMODATE GYPSUM SHEATHING AND ASSURE FLUSH ROOF SHEATHING FLUSH 22.03 FLOOR MOUNTED WATER CLOSET, RE: PLUMBING 1/4" = 1'-0"D1 Building Section Grid 2.8 1/4" = 1'-0"D3 Building Section Grid A.2 DWR 1 1 A A 2 2 B B 38 ' - 0 " 10 ' - 2 3 / 4 " 2' - 4 3 / 4 " 11 1 / 2 " 5' - 6 3 / 4 " 18 ' - 1 0 3 / 8 " B1 AE301 AE401 E2 D6 E3 D7 AE401 E6 E4 E7 E5 AE401 D4 D2 D5 D3 D3 AE301 A A A A 5' - 6 1/2" 4' - 7 1/2" EQ EQ 1' - 3 " 36 " P A T H 36 " P A T H EQ EQ PW6b PW4b PW4b PW4b PW4b PW4b 13' - 7 3/4" FW4b FW4b U02 U03 U01 101 21.01 11.05 11.01 22.01 11.04 22.03 11.01 11.03 22.06 06.01 11.02 VERIFY W/ OWNER 6' - 0 " 10.13 10.01 10.03 2' - 6 " 1' - 6 " 4" 2' - 8 " 4" 3' - 0 " 11.01 22.0109.01 11.10 11.05 11.08 09.01 09.03 2' - 4" 06.04 06.05 06.04 09.02 09.03 2' - 1 3/4"2' - 6 3/4"2' - 2"10"2' - 2" B2 AE901 C1 AE901 A1 AE901 2' - 8 " 1' - 6 " 2 ' - 6 " 11.02 TO CENER OF OUTLET / DATA 5' - 0 " 4" 3' - 0 " 09.01 09.02 09.03 VERIFY W/ OWNER 6' - 0" A 101 B 09.01 09.01 09.02 4" 2 ' - 8 " 1' - 6 " 2 ' - 6 " 3' - 0 " A 09.01 09.02 10.01 22.04 4" 2 ' - 8 " 4 " 3' - 0 " U01 09.01 11.07 09.03 4" 2 ' - 8 " 4 " CL1' - 6" 22.03 11.07 22.01 09.01 06.04 09.06 3' - 7" C1 AE901 3' - 6 " 3 ' - 6 " 10.03 4" 2' - 8 " 4" 3' - 0 " A 09.01 09.02 09.01 09.02 09.0109.01 09.01 A 09.02 1 1 A A 2 2 B B B1 AE301 D3 AE301 10' - 0" 10' - 0" 10' - 0" 10' - 0" 10' - 0" 38 ' - 0 " 13' - 7 3/4" 09.01 09.01 09.01 09.01 09.01 08.11 UNIT TYPE B FINISH SCHEDULE FLOOR LUXURY VINYL TILE - TO BE SELECTED BY OWNER WALLS PT-1 (FIELD PAINT) - TO BE SELECTED BY OWNER WALL BASE 4" WOOD BASE: PAINT GRADE - FINISH AND TO BE SELECTED BY OWNER CEILING PT-1 (FIELD PAINT) - TO BE SELECTED BY OWNER COUNTERS SS-1 - GRANITE SOLID SURFACE, TO BE SELECTED BY OWNER APPLIANCE SCHEDULE STACKABLE WASHER / DRYER SPEED QUEEN: ATEE9AGP173TW01 - 27" x 78 3/16" x 27 3/4" WASHER / DRYER COMBO LG: WM3997HWA - 27" x 38 11/16" x 29 3/4" 3 6 0 w e s t a s p e n a v e n u e s a l t l a k e c i t y , u t a h 8 4 1 0 1 8 0 1 5 3 2 4 4 2 2 sheet: title: revisions : p r o j e c t # : d a t e : UNLESS A PROFESSIONAL SEAL WITH SIGNATURE AND DATE IS AFFIXED, THIS DOCUMENT IS PRELIMINARY AND IS NOT INTENDED FOR CONSTRUCTION, RECORDING PURPOSES, OR IMPLEMENTATION THE DESIGNS SHOWN AND DESCRIBED HEREIN INCLUDING ALL TECHNICAL DRAWINGS, GRAPHIC REPRESENTATIONS & MODELS THEREOF, ARE PROPRIETARY & CAN NOT BE COPIED, DUPLICATED, OR COMMERCIALLY EXPLOITED IN WHOLE OR IN PART WITHOUT THE SOLE AND EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM METHOD STUDIO INC. project: E D C B A E D C B A 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 3 / 29 / 2021 AE401 Enlarged Type B Unit Plans / Elevations 20.0550 - june 4, 2021 Rexburg Rowhouses conformed set GENERAL NOTES - INT PLAN/ELEV 1 GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS AND SHALL REPORT TO THE ARCHITECT ANY UNKNOWN CONDITIONS, ERRORS, OR CONFLICTS IN THE DRAWINGS BEFORE BEGINNING WORK 2 DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS 3 SEE SHEET GI003 FOR TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS. PROVIDE SOLID BLOCKING IN WALLS FOR ALL WALL-MOUNTED ITEMS WHETHER BLOCKING IS DEPICTED IN DRAWINGS OR NOT. 4 UPPER, LOWER, AND TALL MILLWORK CABINETS NOT TO EXCEED 36" IN WIDTH 5 WHERE POSSIBLE AND UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, MATCH UPPER CABINET WIDTH DIMENSIONS TO BASE CABINETS - TYP. 6 ALL ELECTRICAL AND DATA OUTLETS ABOVE COUNTER TOPS SHOULD BE MOUNTED HORIZONTALLY 7 PROVIDE SAFETY INSULATION ON ALL EXPOSED SUPPLY WATER LINES AND WASTE LINES 12 ALL MILLWORK INTERIOR FINISH TO BE SELECTED BY OWNER, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 13 COUNTERTOP EDGE PROFILES TO BE SQUARE EDGE. IF SHOWN IN ELEVATION, PROVIDE 4" BACKSPLASH 14 ALL WOOD WALLCOVERING GRAIN TO RUN VERTICALLY, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 1/4" = 1'-0"B4 Enlarged Floor Plan - Type B Unit GENERAL NOTES - CEILING PLAN 1 GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS AND SHALL REPORT TO THE ARCHITECT ANY UNKNOWN CONDITIONS, ERRORS, OR CONFLICTS IN THE DRAWINGS BEFORE BEGINNING WORK 2 DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS 3 SEE SHEET AE511 FOR TYPICALCEILING DETAILS 4 FOR LIGHTING LAYOUT, SEE ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN 1/4" = 1'-0"D2 Type B Kitchen - North 1/4" = 1'-0"D3 Type B Kitchen - East 1/4" = 1'-0"D4 Type B Kitchen - South 1/4" = 1'-0"D5 Type B Kitchen - West 1/4" = 1'-0"D6 Type B Bathroom - North 1/4" = 1'-0"D7 Type B Bathroom - East 1/4" = 1'-0"E2 Type B Bathroom - South 1/4" = 1'-0"E3 Type B Bathroom - West 1/4" = 1'-0"E4 Type B Bedroom - North 1/4" = 1'-0"E5 Type B Bedroom - East 1/4" = 1'-0"E6 Type B Bedroom - South 1/4" = 1'-0"E7 Type B Bedroom - West KEYED NOTES 06.01 CLOSET SHELF (PAINTED) W/ ROD 06.04 MILLWORK TO BE SELECTED BY OWNER 06.05 FINISHED MILLWORK END PANEL, FINISH TO CORRESPOND TO ADJACENT MILLWORK 08.11 CEILING ACCESS PANEL - COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND ACCESS REQUIREMENTS - PAINTED (MATCH COLOR OF ADJACENT CEILING). PROVIDE R-30 INSULATION ABOVE THE ATTIC ACCESS 09.01 PAINTED GYP BD. (PT-1) 09.02 4" WOOD WALL BASE - PAINTED (PT-1) 09.03 SOLID SURFACE COUNTERTOP AND BACK SPLASH (GRANITE)- TO BE SELECTED BY OWNER 09.06 PLASTIC LAMINATE COUNTERTOP AND BACK SPLASH - TO BE SLECTED BY OWNER 10.01 TOWEL BAR 10.03 HAND TOWEL RING 10.13 TOILET PAPER DISPENSER, SEE ACCESSORY SCHEDULE. 11.01 RANGE (FULLY ADA COMPLIANT IN TYPE A UNIT). TO BE SELECTED BY OWNER 11.02 TV - BY TENANT, N.I.C. 11.03 STACKABLE WASHER / DRYER, RE: MECH/PLUMBING & APPLIANCE SCHEDULE 11.04 UNDERCOUNTER DISHWASHER (FULLY ADA COMPLIANT IN TYPE A UNIT). TO BE SELECTED BY OWNER, RE: PLUMBING & APPLIANCE SCHEDULE 11.05 REFRIGERATOR (FULLY ADA COMPLIANT IN TYPE A UNIT). TO BE SELECTED BY OWNER 11.07 FRAMELESS MIRROR 11.08 KITCHEN HOOD, RE: MECH 11.10 UNDERCABINET MICROWAVE / HOOD COMBO (TO BE SELECTE BY OWNER), RE: MECH 21.01 2 HR DEMISING / PARTY WALL, TO UNDERSIDE OF UPPER ROOF, RE: WALL TYPES 22.01 SINK, RE: PLUMBING 22.03 FLOOR MOUNTED WATER CLOSET, RE: PLUMBING 22.04 SHOWER / TUB INSERT, RE: PLUMBING 22.06 WATER HEATER, RE: MECH/PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES - FLOOR PLAN 1 GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS AND SHALL REPORT TO THE ARCHITECT ANY UNKNOWN CONDITIONS, ERRORS, OR CONFLICTS IN THE DRAWINGS BEFORE BEGINNING WORK 2 DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS 5 SEE SHEET GI003 FOR TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS. PROVIDE SOLID BLOCKING IN WALLS FOR ALL WALL-MOUNTED ITEMS WHETHER BLOCKING IS DEPICTED IN DRAWINGS OR NOT 6 COORDINATE ALL EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES, INCLUDING ITEMS THAT ARE OFOI, WITH OWNER. 7 SEE SHEET SERIES AE500 FOR HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL ASSEMBLY TYPES 8 SEE SHEET SERIES AE600 FOR DOOR & WINDOW TYPES 10 TYPE A & TYPE B UNITS REQUIRE DIFFERENT HEIGHTS FOR CABINETRY, COUNTERTOPS & REACHES, RE: GI003 11 SEE ELEVATIONS AND FINISH SCHEDULES, SHEETS AE401 & AE402 12 SEE ELEVATIONS, SECTIONS, AND DETAILS FOR ADDITIONAL WALL CONSTRUCTION INFORMATION 13 SEE AE901 FOR CASEWORK & ACCESSIBLE MILLWORK DETAILS 14 OWNER IS TO SELECT ALL APPLIANCES. COORDINATE MILLWORK WITH SELECTED APPLIANCES BEFORE CONSTRUCTION AND INSTALLATION. 1/4" = 1'-0"B5 Enlarged RCP - Type B Unit 1 Addendum 01 00.00.00 DW R A A 2 2 3 3 B B B3 AE301 AE402 D4 D2 D5 D3 AE402 E2 D6 E3 D7 AE402 E6 E4 E7 E5 D1 AE301 D3 AE301 A 30" x 60" BATHTUB FR O N T A P P R O A C H SIN K 3 0 " x 4 8 " FR O N T A P P R O A C H WC 3 0 " x 4 8 " PARALLEL APPROACH BATHTUB 30" x 48" FRONT LOAD W/D COMBO FR O N T A P P R O A C H 30 " x 4 8 " BEDROOM EGRESS 6 0 " ø FW4b EW6v FW4b EW6v EW6h EW6h EW6h A SHELF +54" A.F.F. ROD + 48" A.F.F. ADJACENT APPROACH 30" x 48" PARALLEL APPROACH 30" x 48" PARALLEL APPROACH 30" x 48" 1 BEDROOM A102 TYPE A CLEAR FLOOR SPACE IN FRONT OF CLOTHES 30" x 48" 38 ' - 0 " 6 1 / 2 " 5 1 / 2 " 9' - 7 " 2' - 5 " 1' - 3 1 / 2 " 1' - 3 1 / 2 " 7' - 5 " 14 ' - 7 1 / 2 " 1' - 0 " LINEN NICHE 4' - 1"2' - 8 1/2"5' - 7" EQ EQEQ 3" APPROACH 18 " C L R 34 3/4" CLR > 32" 36 " D O O R APPROACH 18 " C L R PW6b PW4b PW6b PW4bPW4b PW4b EQ PW4b PW4b 34 3/4" CLR > 32" 36" DOOR U02 U01 U04 U01 102 REMOVABLE CABINET UNDER SINK. FLOOR FINISH EXTENDS TO WALL. WALLS BEHIND AND SURROUNDING WALLS MUST BE FINISHED FLUSH CONTROL IS REQUIRED ON THE OPEN SIDE OF THE WATER CLOSET TOP RIM OF SINK ≤ 34" A.F.F.TOP OF COUNTER ≤ 34" A.F.F. APPROACH 18" CLR 11.05 11.01 22.0111.08 10.06 10.08 10.07 22.03 TOP OF COUNTER ≤ 34" A.F.F. 22.01 22.0422.06 11.09 06.01 06.02 7' - 1 1/2"7' - 0 1/2" 14' - 1 1/2" 11.02 VE R I F Y W / O W N E R 5' - 3 " 10.13 10.03 10.01 A A 2 2 3 3 B B B3 AE301 D1 AE301 D3 AE301 38 ' - 0 " 10' - 0" 10' - 0" 10' - 0" 10' - 0" 10' - 0" 09.01 09.01 09.01 09.01 09.01 08.11 4" 2' - 6 " 4" 1' - 2 " 2' - 1 0 " 2' - 6 " 4' - 0 " 06.04 06.05 11.04 11.01 06.04 11.05 09.01 11.08 09.03 22.01 2' - 4" 09.0109.01 09.02 09.03 A2 AE901 B2 AE901 06.03 B4 AE901 30" CLEAR MIN. 2' - 6 3/4" 2' - 2"10"2' - 2"2' - 6 3/4"2' - 1 3/4" 4" 2 ' - 6 " 1' - 2 " 2' - 1 0 " 4' - 0 " 2 ' - 6 " 09.02 09.01 11.08 06.04 06.04 09.03 A 102 B 09.01 09.01 09.02 TO CENER OF OUTLET / DATA 5' - 0 " 11.02 09.02 11.08 06.04 06.04 09.01VERIFY W/ OWNER 5' - 3" 22.04 09.01 09.01 9' - 0 " 09.01 C3 AE901 22.04 09.01 10.06 10.08 10.07 22.03 09.02 10.13 10.01 5' - 0" 2' - 1 0 " TO M I R R O R S U R F A C E 3' - 4 " 10.08 10.06 10.07 22.03 06.03 11.07 06.04 09.06 09.02 09.01 10.03 22.04 09.0109.01 22.01 11.07 4" 2 ' - 6 " 2' - 1 0 " A 09.02 09.01 09.01 09.01 09.02 09.02 09.01 09.01 09.02 09.01 09.02 UNIT TYPE A FINISH SCHEDULE FLOOR LUXURY VINYL TILE - TO BE SELECTED BY OWNER/ARCHITECT WALLS PT-1 (FIELD PAINT) - TO BE SELECTED BY OWNER/ARCHITECT WALL BASE CEILING PT-1 (FIELD PAINT) - TO BE SELECTED BY OWNER/ARCHITECT COUNTERS SS-1 - SOLID SURFACE, TO BE SELECTED BY OWNER/ARCHITECT 4" WOOD BASE: PAINT GRADE - FINISH TO BE SELECTED BY OWNER/ARCHITECT GENERAL NOTES -FINISH SCHEDULE 1. ALL MATERIALS LISTED MUST BE APPROVED BY SUBMITTAL PROCESS TO THE ARCHITECT 2. CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE 3' X 3' ON-SITE PAINT MOCK-UP FOR COLOR APPROVAL BY ARCHITECT PRIOR TO COMMENCING PAINTING WORK 3. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, TILE INSTALLER IS TO FOLLOW TNCA & ANSI STANDARDS; ALL APPROPRIATE TRIM PIECES TO BE INCLUDED WITH TILE 4. NO SUBSTITUTIONS OR OMISSIONS PERMITTED WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM ARCHITECT 5. ARCHITECT TO SELECT FROM FULL RANGE OF COLORS AND FINISHES OFFERED BY MANUFACTURERS, INCLUDING CUSTOM 6. USE CRACK ISOLATION MEMBRANCE UNDERA ALL TILE INSTALLATIONS APPLIANCE SCHEDULE STACKABLE WASHER / DRYER SPEED QUEEN: ATEE9AGP173TW01 - 27" x 78 3/16" x 27 3/4" WASHER / DRYER COMBO LG: WM3997HWA - 27" x 38 11/16" x 29 3/4" 3 6 0 w e s t a s p e n a v e n u e s a l t l a k e c i t y , u t a h 8 4 1 0 1 8 0 1 5 3 2 4 4 2 2 sheet: title: revisions : p r o j e c t # : d a t e : UNLESS A PROFESSIONAL SEAL WITH SIGNATURE AND DATE IS AFFIXED, THIS DOCUMENT IS PRELIMINARY AND IS NOT INTENDED FOR CONSTRUCTION, RECORDING PURPOSES, OR IMPLEMENTATION THE DESIGNS SHOWN AND DESCRIBED HEREIN INCLUDING ALL TECHNICAL DRAWINGS, GRAPHIC REPRESENTATIONS & MODELS THEREOF, ARE PROPRIETARY & CAN NOT BE COPIED, DUPLICATED, OR COMMERCIALLY EXPLOITED IN WHOLE OR IN PART WITHOUT THE SOLE AND EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM METHOD STUDIO INC. project: E D C B A E D C B A 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 3 / 29 / 2021 AE402 Enlarged Type A Unit Plans / Elevations 20.0550 - june 4, 2021 Rexburg Rowhouses conformed set GENERAL NOTES - INT PLAN/ELEV 1 GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS AND SHALL REPORT TO THE ARCHITECT ANY UNKNOWN CONDITIONS, ERRORS, OR CONFLICTS IN THE DRAWINGS BEFORE BEGINNING WORK 2 DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS 3 SEE SHEET GI003 FOR TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS. PROVIDE SOLID BLOCKING IN WALLS FOR ALL WALL-MOUNTED ITEMS WHETHER BLOCKING IS DEPICTED IN DRAWINGS OR NOT. 4 UPPER, LOWER, AND TALL MILLWORK CABINETS NOT TO EXCEED 36" IN WIDTH 5 WHERE POSSIBLE AND UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, MATCH UPPER CABINET WIDTH DIMENSIONS TO BASE CABINETS - TYP. 6 ALL ELECTRICAL AND DATA OUTLETS ABOVE COUNTER TOPS SHOULD BE MOUNTED HORIZONTALLY 7 PROVIDE SAFETY INSULATION ON ALL EXPOSED SUPPLY WATER LINES AND WASTE LINES 12 ALL MILLWORK INTERIOR FINISH TO BE SELECTED BY OWNER, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 13 COUNTERTOP EDGE PROFILES TO BE SQUARE EDGE. IF SHOWN IN ELEVATION, PROVIDE 4" BACKSPLASH 14 ALL WOOD WALLCOVERING GRAIN TO RUN VERTICALLY, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE GENERAL NOTES - CEILING PLAN 1 GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS AND SHALL REPORT TO THE ARCHITECT ANY UNKNOWN CONDITIONS, ERRORS, OR CONFLICTS IN THE DRAWINGS BEFORE BEGINNING WORK 2 DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS 3 SEE SHEET AE511 FOR TYPICALCEILING DETAILS 4 FOR LIGHTING LAYOUT, SEE ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN KEYED NOTES 06.01 CLOSET SHELF (PAINTED) W/ ROD 06.02 BUILT-IN LINEN SHELVING - 3/4" PARTICLE BOARD W/ MALAMINE EDGE (PAINT GRADE) 06.03 REMOVABLE CABINET UNDER SINK. FLOOR FINISH EXTENDS TO WALL. WALLS BEHIND AND SURROUNDING WALLS MUST BE FINISHED 06.04 MILLWORK TO BE SELECTED BY OWNER 06.05 FINISHED MILLWORK END PANEL, FINISH TO CORRESPOND TO ADJACENT MILLWORK 08.11 CEILING ACCESS PANEL - COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND ACCESS REQUIREMENTS - PAINTED (MATCH COLOR OF ADJACENT CEILING). PROVIDE R-30 INSULATION ABOVE THE ATTIC ACCESS 09.01 PAINTED GYP BD. (PT-1) 09.02 4" WOOD WALL BASE - PAINTED (PT-1) 09.03 SOLID SURFACE COUNTERTOP AND BACK SPLASH (GRANITE)- TO BE SELECTED BY OWNER 09.06 PLASTIC LAMINATE COUNTERTOP AND BACK SPLASH - TO BE SLECTED BY OWNER 10.01 TOWEL BAR 10.03 HAND TOWEL RING 10.06 18" GRAB BAR, STAINLESS STEEL; FOR BLOCKING & MOUNTING, SEE GI004 10.07 36" GRAB BAR, STAINLESS STEEL; FOR BLOCKING & MOUNTING, SEE GI004 10.08 42" GRAB BAR, STAINLESS STEEL; FOR BLOCKING & MOUNTING, SEE GI004 10.13 TOILET PAPER DISPENSER, SEE ACCESSORY SCHEDULE. 11.01 RANGE (FULLY ADA COMPLIANT IN TYPE A UNIT). TO BE SELECTED BY OWNER 11.02 TV - BY TENANT, N.I.C. 11.04 UNDERCOUNTER DISHWASHER (FULLY ADA COMPLIANT IN TYPE A UNIT). TO BE SELECTED BY OWNER, RE: PLUMBING & APPLIANCE SCHEDULE 11.05 REFRIGERATOR (FULLY ADA COMPLIANT IN TYPE A UNIT). TO BE SELECTED BY OWNER 11.07 FRAMELESS MIRROR 11.08 KITCHEN HOOD, RE: MECH 11.09 WASHER/DRYER COMBO UNIT (FULLY ADA COMPLIANT), RE: MECH/PLUMBING & APPLIANCE SCHEDULE 22.01 SINK, RE: PLUMBING 22.03 FLOOR MOUNTED WATER CLOSET, RE: PLUMBING 22.04 SHOWER / TUB INSERT, RE: PLUMBING 22.06 WATER HEATER, RE: MECH/PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES - FLOOR PLAN 1 GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS AND SHALL REPORT TO THE ARCHITECT ANY UNKNOWN CONDITIONS, ERRORS, OR CONFLICTS IN THE DRAWINGS BEFORE BEGINNING WORK 2 DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS 5 SEE SHEET GI003 FOR TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS. PROVIDE SOLID BLOCKING IN WALLS FOR ALL WALL-MOUNTED ITEMS WHETHER BLOCKING IS DEPICTED IN DRAWINGS OR NOT 6 COORDINATE ALL EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES, INCLUDING ITEMS THAT ARE OFOI, WITH OWNER. 7 SEE SHEET SERIES AE500 FOR HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL ASSEMBLY TYPES 8 SEE SHEET SERIES AE600 FOR DOOR & WINDOW TYPES 10 TYPE A & TYPE B UNITS REQUIRE DIFFERENT HEIGHTS FOR CABINETRY, COUNTERTOPS & REACHES, RE: GI003 11 SEE ELEVATIONS AND FINISH SCHEDULES, SHEETS AE401 & AE402 12 SEE ELEVATIONS, SECTIONS, AND DETAILS FOR ADDITIONAL WALL CONSTRUCTION INFORMATION 13 SEE AE901 FOR CASEWORK & ACCESSIBLE MILLWORK DETAILS 14 OWNER IS TO SELECT ALL APPLIANCES. COORDINATE MILLWORK WITH SELECTED APPLIANCES BEFORE CONSTRUCTION AND INSTALLATION. 1/4" = 1'-0"B4 Enlarged Floor Plan - Type A Unit 1/4" = 1'-0"B5 Enlarged RCP - Type A Unit 1/4" = 1'-0"D2 Type A Kitchen - North 1/4" = 1'-0"D3 Type A Kitchen - East 1/4" = 1'-0"D4 Type A Kitchen - South 1/4" = 1'-0"D5 Type A Kitchen - West 1/4" = 1'-0"D6 Type A Bathroom - North 1/4" = 1'-0"D7 Type A Bathroom - East 1/4" = 1'-0"E2 Type A Bathroom - South 1/4" = 1'-0"E3 Type A Bathroom - West 1/4" = 1'-0"E4 Type A Bedroom - North 1/4" = 1'-0"E5 Type A Bedroom - East 1/4" = 1'-0"E6 Type A Bedroom - South 1/4" = 1'-0"E7 Type A Bedroom - West 1 Addendum 01 00.00.00 1. REFER TO AE100 SHEET SERIES FOR LOCATION OF WALL TYPES. 2. NO PENETRATIONS ALLOWED THROUGH THE SHAFT LINER OF THE RATED FW4B WALL TYPE 3. NON-RATED WALLS TO BE BUILT TO BE BUILT TO BOTTOM OF TRUSSES 4. ALL RATED WALLS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED FIRST AND HAVE CONTINUITY PRIORITY OVER NON-RATED WALLS. SECONDARY, OR NON-RATED WALLS, ARE TO ABUTT, BUT NOT PENETRATE THE RATED WALLS. 5. FIRESTOPPING TO BE PROVIDED AT ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH RATED WALLS AS SPECIFIED. COORDINATE WITH CODE PLANS. 6. APPROPRIATE SUBMITTAL INFORMATION MUST BE PROVIDED TO SUBSTANTIATE THAT THE MATERIALS AND ASSEMBLY USED BY THE CONTRACTOR HAVE BEEN TESTED BY A RECOGNIZED TESTING AGENCY TO MEET THE FIRE RESISTANCE RATING SCHEDULED ON THESE WALL TYPES. 7. ALL GYPSUM WALL BOARD MUST BE MOISTURE RESISTANT AT THE FOLLOWING LOCATIONS: a. TOILET ROOMS b. WET WALLS c. SHOWERS 8. SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKETS SHALL EXTEND THE FULL HEIGHT OF THE WALLS. 9. UL DESIGN NUMBERS REFER TO FIRE RESISTANCE IN MOST CURRENT EDITION OF THE UL DIRECTORY. 10. IN PARTITIONS WITHOUT GYP BOARD ON BOTH SIDES, SUPPORT INSULATION WITH WIRE MESH TO STRUCTURE. GENERAL NOTES -WALL TYPES FIRE RATING: FIRE TEST: SOUND RATING: SOUND TEST: FW4b UL# U336 60 RAL-TL88-350 2 HR FIRE RATING: FIRE TEST: SOUND RATING: SOUND TEST: EW6h EXTERIOR WALL ASSEMBLIESFIRE RATED WALL ASSEMBLIES FIRE RATING: FIRE TEST: SOUND RATING: SOUND TEST: PW6b 2x WOOD FRAMING, RE: STRUCTURAL 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD GLASS FIBER BATT INSULATION (WHERE OCCURS - SEE ENLARGED PLANS) 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD INTERIOR WALL ASSEMBLIES PW6b -INDICATES A 2x6 STUD PW4b -INDICATES A 2x4 STUD 2x6 WOOD FRAMING, RE: STRUCTURAL GLASS FIBER BATT INSULATION (WHERE OCCURS - SEE ENLARGED PLANS) 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD ALUMINUM 'FAUX WOOD' SIDING PANEL SYSTEM (KNOTWOOD 4" CLADDING: BEACHWOOD COLOR) FIRE RATING: FIRE TEST: SOUND RATING: SOUND TEST: EW6v 2x6 WOOD FRAMING, RE: STRUCTURAL GLASS FIBER BATT INSULATION (WHERE OCCURS - SEE ENLARGED PLANS) 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD CEMENT BOARD SIDING (VERTICAL) AIR & MOISTURE BARRIER AIR & MOISTURE BARRIER FIRE RATING: FIRE TEST: SOUND RATING: SOUND TEST: EW6p 2x6 WOOD FRAMING, RE: STRUCTURAL GLASS FIBER BATT INSULATION (WHERE OCCURS - SEE ENLARGED PLANS) 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD METAL PANEL AIR & MOISTURE BARRIER FIRE RATING: FIRE TEST: SOUND RATING: SOUND TEST: EW6b 2x6 WOOD FRAMING, RE: STRUCTURAL GLASS FIBER BATT INSULATION (WHERE OCCURS - SEE ENLARGED PLANS) 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD SHEATHING, RE: STRUCTURAL SHEATHING, RE: STRUCTURAL SHEATHING, RE: STRUCTURAL SHEATHING, RE: STRUCTURAL 2x4 WOOD FRAMING, RE: STRUCTURAL 3" BATT INSULATION, MIN. (2) 1" SHAFT LINERS RUN TO UPPER ROOF SHEATHING 5/8" 'TYPE X' GYPSUM BOARD 3/4" AIR GAP 3/4" AIR GAP 5/8" 'TYPE X' GYPSUM BOARD RUN TO UPPER ROOF SHEATHING R1 ROOF ASSEMBLIES SHEATHING, RE: STRUCTURAL SELF-ADHERED UNDERLAYMENT, GRACE ICE & WATER SHIELD (OR EQ) AT ROOF EDGES AND VALLEYS ROOF STRUCTURE / FRAMING, RE: STRUCTURAL AIR & MOISTURE BARRIER ASPHALT ROOF SHINGLES R2 SHEATHING, RE: STRUCTURAL 2x10 WOOD FRAMING @ 16" O.C. AIR & MOISTURE BARRIER FLASHING, RE: DETAIL HORIZONTAL ASSEMBLIES F1 GRAVEL BASE, RE: STRUCTURAL CONCRETE SLAB ON GRADE (2) 'H' STEEL STUD SPACED @ 24" O.C. TIED TO WOOD TRUSSES QUARRIX FURRING STRIPS (3" x 5/16") OR QUARRIX PROTECT DRAIN MAT QUARRIX FURRING STRIPS (3" x 5/16") OR QUARRIX PROTECT DRAIN MAT RIGID INSULATION FOR ROOF SLOPE 3 6 0 w e s t a s p e n a v e n u e s a l t l a k e c i t y , u t a h 8 4 1 0 1 8 0 1 5 3 2 4 4 2 2 sheet: title: revisions : p r o j e c t # : d a t e : UNLESS A PROFESSIONAL SEAL WITH SIGNATURE AND DATE IS AFFIXED, THIS DOCUMENT IS PRELIMINARY AND IS NOT INTENDED FOR CONSTRUCTION, RECORDING PURPOSES, OR IMPLEMENTATION THE DESIGNS SHOWN AND DESCRIBED HEREIN INCLUDING ALL TECHNICAL DRAWINGS, GRAPHIC REPRESENTATIONS & MODELS THEREOF, ARE PROPRIETARY & CAN NOT BE COPIED, DUPLICATED, OR COMMERCIALLY EXPLOITED IN WHOLE OR IN PART WITHOUT THE SOLE AND EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM METHOD STUDIO INC. project: E D C B A E D C B A 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 3 / 29 / 2021 AE501 Vertical & Horizontal Assemblies 20.0550 - june 4, 2021 Rexburg Rowhouses conformed set DOOR PER SCHEDULE VA R I E S 1/4"2 1/2" 1/4"2 1/2" WALL ASSEMBLY AS SCHEDULED 2 1/2" x 1/2" MDF TRIM (PAINTED) SHIM AS REQUIRED HARDWOOD FRAME TO MATCH DOOR PAINTED GYP BD, RE: FINISH SCHEDULE DOOR PER SCHEDULE VARIES 1/ 4 " 2" 1/ 4 " 2" WALL ASSEMBLY AS SCHEDULED 2 1/2" x 1/2" MDF TRIM (PAINTED) PREHUNG DOOR FRAME W PAINT FINISH SHIM AS REQUIRED WINDOW PER SCHEDULE (SHOWN FOR CONTEXT) HEADER, RE: STRUCTURAL COMPOSITE DOOR FRAME, SMOOTH, PAINT GRADE DOOR AS SCHEDULED QUARRIX FURRING STRIPS (3" x 5/16") OR QUARRIX PROTECT DRAIN MAT AIR & MOISTURE BARRIER BRAKE METAL PANEL - MATCH ADJACENT DARK COLOR, RE: ELEVATIONS ALUMINUM 'FAUX WOOD' PANEL SYSTEM, INSTALLED PER MANUF COMPOSITE DOOR FRAME, SMOOTH, PAINT GRADE - PAINT BLACK TO MATCH ADJACENT WINDOW AND DOOR FRAMES. FINAL COLOR TO BE APPROVED BY OWNER / ARCHITECT DOOR AS SCHEDULED SHIM AS REQ'D (BACKER ROD & SEALANT EA SIDE) VAPOR & MOISTURE BARRIER QUARRIX FURRING STRIPS (3" x 5/16") OR QUARRIX PROTECT DRAIN MAT DOOR PER SCHEDULE ALUM. THRESHOLD W/ GASKET SEAL INTERIOR EXTERIOR SEALANT DOOR PER SCHEDULE FLOOR FINISH WINDOW, SEE WINDOW TYPES 5/8" GYP. BD. CONT. SEALANT FLEXIBLE FLASHING CONT. BEAD OF SEALANT, TYP. VAPOR AND MOISTURE BARRIER CONT. BEHIND WINDOW FRAME METAL CORNER BEAD, TYP DRYVIT AQUAFLASH SYSTEM OR EQUAL CONT. EXPANDING FOAM, TYP. PREFINISHED FLASHING EXTEND 1/4" FURTHER THAN FACE OF WALL (TYP) CLOSED CELL BACKER ROD & SEALANT ALUMINUM 'FAUX WOOD' PANEL SYSTEM, INSTALLED PER MANUF WALL AS SCHEDULED QUARRIX FURRING STRIPS (3" x 5/16") OR QUARRIX PROTECT DRAIN MAT WINDOW, SEE WINDOW TYPES 5/8" GYP. BD. CONT. SEALANT FLEXIBLE FLASHING CONT. BEAD OF SEALANT, TYP. VAPOR AND MOISTURE BARRIER CONT. BEHIND WINDOW FRAME METAL CORNER BEAD, TYP DRYVIT AQUAFLASH SYSTEM OR EQUAL CONT. EXPANDING FOAM, TYP. PREFINISHED FLASHING EXTEND 1/4" FURTHER THAN FACE OF WALL (TYP) FIBER CEMENT SIDING, INSTALL PER MANUF QUARRIX FURRING STRIPS (3" x 5/16") OR QUARRIX PROTECT DRAIN MAT SEALANT AIR / MOISTURE BARRIER AT A 45 DEGREE ANGLE, CAREFULLY CUT THE BARRIER ON A DIAGONAL. GENTLY RAISE THE TOP EDGE OF THE BARRIER UP AND TAPE THE TOP CORNERS AND CENTER TO THE EXTERIOR AIR / MOISTURE BARRIER SURFACE ABOVE 1 SECURE AIR / MOISTURE BARRIER AT HEAD SEALANT JAMB FLASHING EXTEND JAMB FLASHING TO OVERLAP SILL FLASHING. EXTEND JAMB FLASHING 8 1/2" OBOVE ROUGH OPENING AT HEAD. TUCK TOP OF JAMB FLASHING UNDER THE FLAP OF AIR / MOISTURE BARRIER AT THE HEAD. SEE DIAGRAM. 5 8 1 CUT LINE SHIM AND ADJUST WINDOW TO ACHIEVE SQUARE, PLUMB, AND LEVEL CONDITION. USE CORROSION RESISTANT FASTENERS. FASTEN WINDOWS PER WINDOW MANUFACTURER SPECIFICATIONS. SILL FLASHING 9" 8 1 /2 " JAMB FLASHING FLASHING APPLY CONT. SEAL TO THE MOUNTING FLANGES AT THE TOP (HEAD) AND SIDES (JAMB) OF WINDOW. EXTEND SEALANT AT JAMBS 8 1/2" ABOVE THE R.O. AT HEAD. EMBED JAMB FLASHING INTO SEALANT AND FASTEN IN PLACE. (FLASHING GOES OVER SEALANT) SEAL THE WINDOW FRAME TO OPENING. APPLY A 3/8" NOM. Ø TO THE BACKSIDE(INTERIOR) OF THE WINDOW FLANGE, IN LINE WITH ANY PRE-PUNCHED HOLES OR SLOTS HEAD FLASHING EMBED BOTTOM OF THE HEAD FLASHING AGAINST THE PREVIOUSLY APPLIED SEALANT (FLASHING GOES OVER SEALANT). EXTEND EACH JAMB FLASHING. FASTEN IN PLACE 7 5 1 8 7 2 5 3 FLASHING AT HEAD EXTENDS 1" BEYOND JAMB FLASHING SEALANT BEAD BETWEEN FLASHING AND MOUNTING FLANGE SEALANT BEAD BEHIND MOUNTING FLANGE FLASHING WEATHER RESISTANT BARRIER 8 SECTION A THROUGH WINDOW JAMB IN WATER SHEDDING FASHION, STARTING AT THE BASE OF THE WALL & WORKING TOWARDS THE TOP, INSTALL THE AIR / MOISTURE BARRIER TO THE FACE OF THE SHEATING. APPLY SILL FLASHING. APPLY BEAD OF SEALANT AT BACK OF WINDOW USING PAN HEAD SCREWS TO FACILITATE INSPECTION. APPLY BEAD OF SEALANT AT SIDE JAMBS. EXTEND 8 1/2". APPLY JAMB FLASHING APPLY BEAD OF SEALANT AT HEAD APPLY HEAD FLASHING REMOVE PREVIOUSLY APPLIED TAPE, ALLOWING AIR / MOISTURE BARRIER TO LAY FLAT OVER HEAD FLASHING, APPLY NEW SHEATHING TAPE OVER DIAGONAL CUT -SEE DIAGRAM. A A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 STEPS AIR / MOISTURE BARRIER APPLIED PRIOR TO THE WINDOW INSTALLATION. FLASHING APPLIED OVER THE FACE OF THE MOUNTING FLANGE. 8 1 /2 " 4 INTERIOR VIEW TOP LEFT CORNER OF WINDOW WINDOW PER SCHEDULE HEADER, RE: STRUCTURAL BACKER ROD & SEALANT PREFINISHED METAL FLASHING QUARRIX FURRING STRIPS (3" x 5/16") OR QUARRIX PROTECT DRAIN MAT DOOR FRAME, RE: SCHEDULE AIR & MOISTURE BARRIER BRAKE METAL PANEL WINDOW, SEE WINDOW TYPES 5/8" GYP. BD. CONT. SEALANT FLEXIBLE FLASHING CONT. BEAD OF SEALANT, TYP. VAPOR AND MOISTURE BARRIER CONT. BEHIND WINDOW FRAME METAL CORNER BEAD, TYP DRYVIT AQUAFLASH SYSTEM OR EQUAL CONT. EXPANDING FOAM, TYP. PREFINISHED FLASHING EXTEND 1/4" FURTHER THAN FACE OF WALL (TYP) FIBER CEMENT SIDING, INSTALL PER MANUF HEADER, RE: STRUCTURAL QUARRIX FURRING STRIPS (3" x 5/16") OR QUARRIX PROTECT DRAIN MAT WINDOW, SEE WINDOW TYPES 5/8" GYP. BD. CONT. SEALANT FLEXIBLE FLASHING CONT. BEAD OF SEALANT, TYP. VAPOR AND MOISTURE BARRIER CONT. BEHIND WINDOW FRAME METAL CORNER BEAD, TYP DRYVIT AQUAFLASH SYSTEM OR EQUAL CONT. EXPANDING FOAM, TYP. PREFINISHED FLASHING EXTEND FURTHER THAN FACE OF WINDOW FRAME BRAKE METAL PANEL - MATCH ADJACENT DARK COLOR, RE: ELEVATIONS HEADER, RE: STRUCTURAL QUARRIX FURRING STRIPS (3" x 5/16") OR QUARRIX PROTECT DRAIN MAT 3 6 0 w e s t a s p e n a v e n u e s a l t l a k e c i t y , u t a h 8 4 1 0 1 8 0 1 5 3 2 4 4 2 2 sheet: title: revisions : p r o j e c t # : d a t e : UNLESS A PROFESSIONAL SEAL WITH SIGNATURE AND DATE IS AFFIXED, THIS DOCUMENT IS PRELIMINARY AND IS NOT INTENDED FOR CONSTRUCTION, RECORDING PURPOSES, OR IMPLEMENTATION THE DESIGNS SHOWN AND DESCRIBED HEREIN INCLUDING ALL TECHNICAL DRAWINGS, GRAPHIC REPRESENTATIONS & MODELS THEREOF, ARE PROPRIETARY & CAN NOT BE COPIED, DUPLICATED, OR COMMERCIALLY EXPLOITED IN WHOLE OR IN PART WITHOUT THE SOLE AND EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM METHOD STUDIO INC. project: E D C B A E D C B A 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 3 / 29 / 2021 AE541 Door & Window Details 20.0550 - june 4, 2021 Rexburg Rowhouses conformed set 3" = 1'-0"A2 Wood Frame/Door Jamb at Interior 3" = 1'-0"A3 Wood Frame/Door Head at Interior 3" = 1'-0"A5 Exterior Door Head 3" = 1'-0"A6 Exterior Door Jamb at Alum 'Wood' Siding 3" = 1'-0"A4 Exterior Door Threshold 3" = 1'-0"A1 Interior Door Sill 3" = 1'-0"B4 Fiberglass Window Sill @ Alum 'Wood' Siding 3" = 1'-0"B2 Window Jamb at Fiber Cement Siding 1 1/2" = 1'-0"C4 Window Installation Detail 3" = 1'-0"B1 Window Sill at Exterior Door Head 3" = 1'-0"B3 Window Head at Fiber Cement Siding 3" = 1'-0"C1 Window Head at Brake Metal Panel EXTERIOR DOOR: INSULATED SOLID CORE FIBERGLASS A B A4 AE541 A5 AE541 A6 AE541 COMPOSITE SMOOTH (PAINT GRADE) A 2" SE E S C H E D U L E 2"SEE SCHEDULE2" WOOD FRAME (PAINT GRADE) B 2" SE E S C H E D U L E 2" SEE SCHEDULE 2" UNIT DOOR: PRE-HUNG SOLID CORE WOOD W/ WOOD JMB (PAINT GRADE) B A1 AE541 A2 AE541 A3 AE541 UNIT DOOR: PRE-HUNG SOLID CORE WOOD W/ WOOD JMB (PAINT GRADE) C A3 AE541 A2 AE541 A1 AE541 DOOR SCHEDULE -UNITS Number WD HGT THK Type Material Finish Type Material Finish Head Jamb Sill Fire Rating Hardware Set Comments U01 3' - 0" 6' - 8" 1 3/4"B Wood Paint B Wood Paint 00/AE602 00/AE602 00/AE602 N / A See Hardware Groups U02 4' - 0" 6' - 8" 1 3/4" C Wood Paint B Wood Paint 00/AE602 00/AE602 00/AE602 N / A C B U03 3' - 0" 6' - 8" 1 3/4" Wood Paint B Wood Paint 00/AE602 00/AE602 00/AE602 N / A U04 2' - 6" 6' - 8" 1 3/4" Wood Paint B Wood Paint 00/AE602 00/AE602 00/AE602 N / A Double 2' - 0" Doors Double 1' - 6" Doors See Hardware Groups See Hardware Groups See Hardware Groups SINGLE-HUNG VINYL EXTERIOR: BLACK INTERIOR: WHITE A 5' - 1 1 1 / 2 " 3' - 0 " 3' - 5 1/2" 8' - 1 1 1 / 2 " B4 AE541 B3 AE541 B2 AE541 C1 AE541 @ BRAKE METAL @ FIBER CEMENT FIXED VINYL EXTERIOR: BLACK INTERIOR: WHITE B 1' - 1 0 " 7' - 6 " 3' - 4" 9' - 4 " B1 AE541 E5 AE142 A6 AE541 SIM GENERAL NOTES -WINDOWS 1. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS BEFORE BIDDING, ORDERING AND INSTALLING 2. WINDOWS MUST BE ENERGY EFFICIENT 3. DOORS SHOWN FOR CONTEXT. SEE DOOR SCHEDULE FOR DOOR TYPE, SIZE, ETC. 4. WINDOW DIMENSIONS ARE NOMINAL, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. CONTRACTOR SHALL CREAT ROUGH OPENING SIZES ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 126 127 3 6 0 w e s t a s p e n a v e n u e s a l t l a k e c i t y , u t a h 8 4 1 0 1 8 0 1 5 3 2 4 4 2 2 sheet: title: revisions : p r o j e c t # : d a t e : UNLESS A PROFESSIONAL SEAL WITH SIGNATURE AND DATE IS AFFIXED, THIS DOCUMENT IS PRELIMINARY AND IS NOT INTENDED FOR CONSTRUCTION, RECORDING PURPOSES, OR IMPLEMENTATION THE DESIGNS SHOWN AND DESCRIBED HEREIN INCLUDING ALL TECHNICAL DRAWINGS, GRAPHIC REPRESENTATIONS & MODELS THEREOF, ARE PROPRIETARY & CAN NOT BE COPIED, DUPLICATED, OR COMMERCIALLY EXPLOITED IN WHOLE OR IN PART WITHOUT THE SOLE AND EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM METHOD STUDIO INC. project: E D C B A E D C B A 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 3 / 29 / 2021 AE601 Door Schedule & Window Types 20.0550 - june 4, 2021 Rexburg Rowhouses conformed set DOOR SCHEDULE Number Door Dimensions Door Frame Hardware Set CommentsWD HGT THK Type Finish Type Finish 101 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" 102 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" 103 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" 104 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" 105 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" 106 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" 107 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" 108 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" 109 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" 110 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" 111 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" 112 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" 113 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" 114 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" 115 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" 116 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" 117 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" 118 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" 119 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" 120 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" 121 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" 122 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" 123 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" 124 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" 125 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" 126 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" 127 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 1 3/4" GENERAL NOTES - DOORS 1 DOOR DIMENSIONS ARE NOMINAL, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. CONTRACTOR SHALL CREATE ROUGH OPENING SIZES ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 2 ALL INTERIOR DOORS/FRAMES TO BE PAINTED TO MATCH ADJACENT WALLS. COLOR TO BE SELECTED BY OWNER 3 WOOD DOOR GRAIN DIRECTION TO MATCH ANY ADJACENT WOOD DOOR GRAIN DIRECTION 4 ALL EXTERIOR HARDWARE IS TO MATCH DOOR, DOOR JAMB AND DOOR TRIM. 1/4" = 1'-0"E4 Door Types 1/4" = 1'-0"E5 Frame Types 1/4" = 1'-0"D4 Window Types 1 Addendum 01 00.00.00 A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A APRE-FINISH (BLACK) PRE-FINISH (BLACK) PRE-FINISH (BLACK) PRE-FINISH (BLACK) PRE-FINISH (BLACK) PRE-FINISH (BLACK) PRE-FINISH (BLACK) PRE-FINISH (BLACK) PRE-FINISH (BLACK) PRE-FINISH (BLACK) PRE-FINISH (BLACK) PRE-FINISH (BLACK) PRE-FINISH (BLACK) PRE-FINISH (BLACK) PRE-FINISH (BLACK) PRE-FINISH (BLACK) PRE-FINISH (BLACK) PRE-FINISH (BLACK) PRE-FINISH (BLACK) PRE-FINISH (BLACK) PRE-FINISH (BLACK) PRE-FINISH (BLACK) PRE-FINISH (BLACK) PRE-FINISH (BLACK) PRE-FINISH (BLACK) PRE-FINISH (BLACK) PRE-FINISH (BLACK) PRE-FINISH (BLACK) PRE-FINISH (BLACK) PRE-FINISH (BLACK) PRE-FINISH (BLACK) PRE-FINISH (BLACK) PRE-FINISH (BLACK) PRE-FINISH (BLACK) PRE-FINISH (BLACK) PRE-FINISH (BLACK) PRE-FINISH (BLACK) PRE-FINISH (BLACK) PRE-FINISH (BLACK) PRE-FINISH (BLACK) PRE-FINISH (BLACK) PRE-FINISH (BLACK) PRE-FINISH (BLACK) PRE-FINISH (BLACK) PRE-FINISH (BLACK) PRE-FINISH (BLACK) PRE-FINISH (BLACK) PRE-FINISH (BLACK) PRE-FINISH (BLACK) PRE-FINISH (BLACK) PRE-FINISH (BLACK) PRE-FINISH (BLACK) PRE-FINISH (BLACK) PRE-FINISH (BLACK)See Hardware Groups See Hardware Groups See Hardware Groups See Hardware Groups See Hardware Groups See Hardware Groups See Hardware Groups See Hardware Groups See Hardware Groups See Hardware Groups See Hardware Groups See Hardware Groups See Hardware Groups See Hardware Groups See Hardware Groups See Hardware Groups See Hardware Groups See Hardware Groups See Hardware Groups See Hardware Groups See Hardware Groups See Hardware Groups See Hardware Groups See Hardware Groups See Hardware Groups See Hardware Groups See Hardware Groups DOOR INDEX COUNTERTOP SINK RE: PLUMBING PLUMBING FIXTURE RE: PLUMBING CABINET FRONT REMOVABLE CABINET FRONT UNDER-SINK MILLWORK APRON COUNTERTOP SINK RE: PLUMBING PLUMBING FIXTURE RE: PLUMBING CABINET FRONT MOVABLE AND RETRACTABLE CABINET DOORS CABINET DOOR TRACK BASIS OF DESIGN ACCURIDE 1319 INSTRUCTIONS: 1. SWING DOORS, OPEN 90 DEG 2. SLIDE BACK INTO THE BASE CABINET,OUT OF THE WAY DOOR HARDWARE ALTERNATE TY P E ' B ' U N I T M I L L W O R K H E I G H T = 3 ' - 0 " TY P E ' A ' A C C E S S I B L E M I L L W O R K H E I G H T = 2 ' - 1 0 " WALL AS SCHEDULED; RE: PLAN. BACKSPLASH: GRANITE IN THE KITCHEN, RE: ELEVATION. SCRIBE COUNTERTOP TO WALL TIGHTLY, SEAL SEAM WITH CLEAR SILICONE WHERE THERE IS NO BACKSPLASH. PLAM IN BATHROOMS. COUNTERTOP: GRANITE; W/ 1/2" MDF SUBSTRATE. 1 1/2" THICK BUILT UP, MITER CORNERS IN KITCHEN. PLAM IN BATHROOM. ADJUSTABLE SHELF CABINET CONSTRUCTION: 3/4" MDF CORE, FACED W/ WHITE MELAMINE. TYP, BASE CABINET DOORS / DRAWER & FILLER: 3/4" MDF CORE, THERMALLY FUSED LAMINATE, RE: INTERIOR ELEVATION FINISHED FLOOR BASE AS SCHEDULED; RE: INTERIOR ELEVATIONS ALUMINUM CABINET PULL - RICHELIEU FINGER CABINET PULL BP 98988010 AS BASIS OF DESIGN @ ALL UPPER AND LOWER CABINET DOORS AND DRAWERS. TYPE 'B' UNIT MILLWORK DEPTH = 25" MAX TYPE 'A' MILLWORK DEPTH = 24" MAX 1" 1/4 " 5 1 / 2 " 1/ 4 " 1 1 / 2 " 3" 4" TY P E B U N I T M I L L W O R K H E I G H T = 3 ' - 0 " TY P E ' A ' A C C E S S I B L E M I L L W O R K H E I G H T = 2 ' - 1 0 " TYPE B UNIT MILLWORK DEPTH = 25" MAX ACCESSIBLE MILLWORK DEPTH = 24" MAX 4" EQ 1/ 4 " EQ 1/ 4 " EQ 1/ 4 " 5 1 / 2 " 1/ 4 " 1 1 / 2 " SEE FLOOR PLAN FOR WALL TYPES CABINET INTERIOR: 3/4" MDF CORE FACED W/ WHITE MELAMINE FINISHED FLOOR BASE AS SCHEDULED; RE: ELEVATION. TYP, BASE CABINET DRAWERS / FILLER: 3/4" MDF CORE, THERMALLY FUSED LAMINATE, RE: INTERIOR ELEVATION. 3" BACKSPLASH: GRANITE IN THE KITCHEN, RE: ELEVATION. SCRIBE COUNTERTOP TO WALL TIGHTLY, SEAL SEAM WITH CLEAR SILICONE WHERE THERE IS NO BACKSPLASH. PLAM IN BATHROOMS. COUNTERTOP: GRANITE; W/ 1/2" MDF SUBSTRATE. 1 1/2" THICK BUILT UP, MITER CORNERS IN KITCHEN. PLAM IN BATHROOM. ALUMINUM CABINET PULL - RICHELIEU FINGER CABINET PULL BP 98988010 AS BASIS OF DESIGN @ ALL UPPER AND LOWER CABINET DOORS AND DRAWERS. TY P E ' B ' U N I T M I L L W O R K H E I G H T = 3 ' - 0 " TY P E ' A ' A C C E S S I B L E M I L L W O R K H E I G H T = 2 ' - 1 0 " WALL AS SCHEDULED; RE: PLAN. ADJUSTABLE SHELF CABINET CONSTRUCTION: 3/4" MDF CORE, FACED W/ WHITE MELAMINE. BASE CABINET DOORS / FILLER: 3/4" MDF CORE, THERMALLY FUSED LAMINATE, RE: INTERIOR ELEVATION FOR TYPE FINISHED FLOOR BASE AS SELECTED BY OWNER TYPE B UNIT MILLWORK DEPTH = 25" MAX ACCESSIBLE MILLWORK DEPTH = 24" MAX 1/ 4 " 1 1 / 2 " 4" ALUMINUM CABINET PULL - RICHELIEU FINGER CABINET PULL BP 98988010 AS BASIS OF DESIGN @ ALL UPPER AND LOWER CABINET DOORS AND DRAWERS. BACKSPLASH: GRANITE IN THE KITCHEN, RE: ELEVATION. SCRIBE COUNTERTOP TO WALL TIGHTLY, SEAL SEAM WITH CLEAR SILICONE WHERE THERE IS NO BACKSPLASH. PLAM IN BATHROOMS. COUNTERTOP: GRANITE; W/ 1/2" MDF SUBSTRATE. 1 1/2" THICK BUILT UP, MITER CORNERS IN KITCHEN. PLAM IN BATHROOM. TY P E ' A ' A C C E S S I B L E M I L L W O R K H E I G H T = 2 ' - 1 0 " SCHEDULED WALL, RE: PLAN FOR TYPE. ANTI-TIP SUPPORT BLOCKING FRONT CABINET FILLER: 3/4" PLYWOOD SUBSTRATE, PLASTIC LAMINATE FINISH TO MATCH ADJ. MILLWORK. FINISHED FLOOR; RE: FINISH FLOOOR PLANS. BASE AS SELECTED BY OWNER FILLER SUPPORT AS NEEDED DROP IN OVEN; RE: APPLIANCE SCHEDULE ADA DROP IN ELECTRIC STOVE. TO BE SELECTED BY OWNER. SCHEDULED WALL, SEE FLOOR PLAN FOR WALL TYPES SECTION VEW PLAN VEW GRANITE COUNTERTOP TO CONTINUE BEHIND OVEN. GRANITE COUNTERTOP TO CONTINUE BEHIND OVEN. SHELF BRACKET: BASIS OF DESIGN - STANLEY HOME DESIGNS (BRACKET 820225) PROVIDE BLOCKING AS REQUIRED (BEHIND) 3/4" MDF SHELF - PAINTED TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACE. 3/4" MDF SHELF - PAINTED TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACE 3/4" SHELF SUPPORT: MDF WOOD STRIP - PAINTED TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACE. 3/4" CHAMFER 1/4" BULLNOSE 3/4" MDF SHELF - PAINTED TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACE PROVIDE BLOCKING AS REQUIRED FULLY ACCESSIBLE 48" MAX STANDARD HT (NON ADA) 72" CLEAR FLOOR SPACE AS REQUIRED SHELF BRACKET: BASIS OF DESIGN - STANLEY HOME DESIGNS (BRACKET 820225) PROVIDE BLOCKING AS REQUIRED WALL BRACKET AT EACH END - TYP REFER TO PLANS FOR WALL TYPE PROVIDE BLOCKING AS REQ'D CABINET CONSTRUCTION: 3/4" CORE MDF, INTERIOR FACED W/ WHITE MELAMINE. CABINET DOOR: 3/4" MDF CORE, FINISHED WITH THERMALLY FUSED LAMINATE, RE: INTERIOR ELEVATIONS. USE CORRESPONDING EDGE BANDING. W/ EQUIP. VERIFY RE: ELEVATIONS WALL MOUNTED MICROWAVE OR HOOD, RE: PLANS AND ELEVS. CONTRACTOR PROVIDED, CONTRACTOR INSTALLED - VERIFY DIMENSIONS OF MICROWAVE TO ENSURE PROPER FIT WITH OVERHEAD CABINET PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX AT BACK OF CABINET FOR MICROWAVE OR HOOD POWER - PROVIDE ACCESS TO POWER FROM APPLIANCE THROUGH BOTTOM OF CABINET OVERLAP 1/4 " ALUMINUM CABINET PULL - RICHELIEU FINGER CABINET PULL BP 98988010 AS BASIS OF DESIGN @ ALL UPPER AND LOWER CABINET DOORS AND DRAWERS. CABINET PULL HARDWARE CABINET DOOR UPPER CABINET DOOR BASE CABINET DOORS DRAWER DRAWER FRONT DRAWER PULL HARDWARE CABINET PULL HARDWARE CABINET DOOR CL 3/4" MDF SHELF - PAINTED TO MATCH ADJ. SURFACE; RE: ELEVATIONS 1x SUPPORT AT PERIMETER PLAM BULLNOSE EDGE 30" x 48" MIN CLEAR FLOOR SPACE, AS REQUIRED PROVIDE BLOCKING AS REQUIRED 1' - 4 " 1 ' - 4 " 1 ' - 4 " 1 ' - 6 " 1 ' - 6 " 4' - 0 " MAX 15" TYPE 'B' UNIT MILLWORK HEIGHT = 3'-0" TYPE 'A' ACCESSIBLE MILLWORK HEIGHT = 2' - 10" WALL AS SCHEDULED; RE: PLAN. CABINET CONSTRUCTION: 3/4" MDF CORE, FACED W/ WHITE MELAMINE. BASE CABINET DOORS / FILLER: 3/4" MDF CORE, THERMALLY FUSED LAMINATE, RE: INTERIOR ELEVATION FOR TYPE FINISHED FLOOR BASE AS SCHEDULED; RE: INTERIOR ELEVATIONS TYPE B UNIT MILLWORK DEPTH = 25" MAX ACCESSIBLE MILLWORK DEPTH = 24" MAX 1/4 " 1 1 / 2 " 4" ALUMINUM CABINET PULL - RICHELIEU FINGER CABINET PULL BP 98988010 AS BASIS OF DESIGN @ ALL UPPER AND LOWER CABINET DOORS AND DRAWERS. BACKSPLASH: GRANITE IN THE KITCHEN, RE: ELEVATION. SCRIBE COUNTERTOP TO WALL TIGHTLY, SEAL SEAM WITH CLEAR SILICONE WHERE THERE IS NO BACKSPLASH. PLAM IN BATHROOMS. COUNTERTOP: GRANITE; W/ 1/2" MDF SUBSTRATE. 1 1/2" THICK BUILT UP, MITER CORNERS IN KITCHEN. PLAM IN BATHROOM. 3 6 0 w e s t a s p e n a v e n u e s a l t l a k e c i t y , u t a h 8 4 1 0 1 8 0 1 5 3 2 4 4 2 2 sheet: title: revisions : p r o j e c t # : d a t e : UNLESS A PROFESSIONAL SEAL WITH SIGNATURE AND DATE IS AFFIXED, THIS DOCUMENT IS PRELIMINARY AND IS NOT INTENDED FOR CONSTRUCTION, RECORDING PURPOSES, OR IMPLEMENTATION THE DESIGNS SHOWN AND DESCRIBED HEREIN INCLUDING ALL TECHNICAL DRAWINGS, GRAPHIC REPRESENTATIONS & MODELS THEREOF, ARE PROPRIETARY & CAN NOT BE COPIED, DUPLICATED, OR COMMERCIALLY EXPLOITED IN WHOLE OR IN PART WITHOUT THE SOLE AND EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM METHOD STUDIO INC. project: E D C B A E D C B A 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 3 / 29 / 2021 AE901 Accessible Cabinets & Casework Details 20.0550 - june 4, 2021 Rexburg Rowhouses conformed set 3/4" = 1'-0"A2 Removable Sink Cabinet Doors 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A5 Base Cabinet w/ Door & Drawer 1 1/2" = 1'-0"B2 Base Cabinet w/ Drawers 1 1/2" = 1'-0"B3 Base Cabinet 1 1/2" = 1'-0"B4 Drop-In Oven at Type A Unit 3/4" = 1'-0"C5 Type 'A' Accessible & Type 'B' Closet Elevation / Section 1 1/2" = 1'-0"A1 Upper Cabinet / Appliance Below 3/4" = 1'-0"C4 Millwork Hardware Locations 3/4" = 1'-0"C3 Accessible Unit Linen Shelves 1 1/2" = 1'-0"C1 Base Cabinet at Sink 3 6 0 w e s t a s p e n a v e n u e s a l t l a k e c i t y , u t a h 8 4 1 0 1 8 0 1 5 3 2 4 4 2 2 sheet: title: revisions : p r o j e c t # : d a t e : UNLESS A PROFESSIONAL SEAL WITH SIGNATURE AND DATE IS AFFIXED, THIS DOCUMENT IS PRELIMINARY AND IS NOT INTENDED FOR CONSTRUCTION, RECORDING PURPOSES, OR IMPLEMENTATION THE DESIGNS SHOWN AND DESCRIBED HEREIN INCLUDING ALL TECHNICAL DRAWINGS, GRAPHIC REPRESENTATIONS & MODELS THEREOF, ARE PROPRIETARY & CAN NOT BE COPIED, DUPLICATED, OR COMMERCIALLY EXPLOITED IN WHOLE OR IN PART WITHOUT THE SOLE AND EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM METHOD STUDIO INC. project: E D C B A E D C B A 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 April 23, 2021 REXBURG ROWHOUSES Engineered Systems Associates 20.0550 conformed setMarch 29, 2021 ASI#001 06/04/21 C- D- A-THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CHECK AND VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CONNECTIONS ON THE JOB SITE. ALL WORK SHALL BE EXECUTED FROM MEASUREMENTS TAKEN AT THE SITE. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO INSURE PROPER CODE CLEARANCES FOR ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL ACCESS WHEN INSTALLING ANY EQUIPMENT SUPPLIED BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. IT IS CRITICAL THAT THIS CONTRACTOR COORDINATE EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS WITH PIPING, DUCTWORK, ELECTRICAL CONDUIT AND BUILDING STRUCTURE TO INSURE CODE COMPLIANCE. CEILING DIFFUSERS ARE SHOWN IN APPROXIMATE LOCATIONS. REFER TO LIGHTING PLANS AND REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR EXACT LOCATIONS. DUCT DIMENSIONS CALLED OUT ON DRAWINGS ARE INSIDE FREE AREA DIMENSIONS. ACOUSTICAL DUCT LINER ARE TO BE ADDED TO OVERALL MEASUREMENTS. E- B- 1 SEE TYPICAL LARGE SCALE PLANS ON THIS SHEET. SEE DRYER DUCT CONNECTION DETAIL & GOOSENECK ROOF TERMINATION ON SHEET M201. DRYER DUCT TO BE UNDER 35' LENGTH. INSTALL COVE HEATER AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE. SEE MANUFACTURE INSTRUCTIONS FOR REQUIRED INSTALL & CLEARANCES. HP 1 SYM.COOLINGMCACHARKW EER REMARKSCFMHEATING BTU BTU A A UNIT TO BE COMPLETE WITH WALL SLEEVE, CONDENSATE DRAIN KIT PIPED THRU WALL AND WALL MOUNTED REMOTE THERMOSTAT. ARCHITECTURAL EXTERIOR WALL LOUVER TO BE SUPPLIED WITH UNIT. MOP 28.3208-1Ø 4.6 11.242015,700 14,900 LG MODEL LP153HDUC WITH 4.6 KW ELECTRIC COIL. WITH 30A CORD30 ELECTRONIC THERMOSTAT EQUIPMENT SYMBOLFC 1 T INSULATED FLEXIBLE DUCT CEILING DIFFUSER ROUND BRANCH DUCT WITH HAND DAMPER HAND DAMPER HD DESCRIPTIONSYMBOL ROOF MOUNTED UPBLAST EXHAUST GRILLE RETURN AIR OR EXHAUST FAN 1 1 A A 2 2 3 3 4 4 B B 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 10 11 11 12 12 13 13 14 14 15 15 16 16 17 17 18 18 19 19 20 20 21 21 22 22 23 23 24 24 25 25 26 26 A101 A102 A103 A104 A105 A106 A107 A108 A109 A110 A111 A112 A113 A114 A115 A116 A117 A118 A119 A120 A121 A122 A123 A124 A125 ELEC A126 MECH A127 EH 2 WALL MOUNTED 6824 2 208/60/1 INTEGRAL T-STAT QMARK TYPE CRA2024-T2 COMPLETE WITH CRASM SURFACE MOUNTING FRAME. SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" HP 1 HP 1 SCALE: 3/32" = 1'-0" SYMBOL DESCRIPTION CEILING MOUNTED EXHAUST FAN - TWIN CITY T080 (80 CFM) METAL DUCT COLLAR W/ BACK-DRAFT DAMPER AND EXTERIOR ROOF CAP.1 EF 1 EF REMARKSFIRE DAMPERFINISHCONSTR.DAMPER BALANCINGCFM RANGESIZE THROW PATTERNTYPESYM. RC-1 ROOFCAP NA NANAALUM.803"Ø ALUM.TWIN CITY MODEL 636P W/ INSECT SCREEN & BACK DRAFT DAMPER RC-1 1 EF RC-1 1 1 EH 2 OUTDOOR GRILLE CAULKSTEEL LINTEL WALL RECEPTACLE AND CONDUIT BY ELECTRICAL CAULK AROUND PERIMITER OF WALL CASE ON ALL FOUR SIDES WHERE IT JOINS THE BUILDING (INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR) SLAB MAINTAIN 15" MINIMUM CLEARANCE IN FRONT OF UNITS. 3" MIN. 5" MAX. EXTERIOR WALL ROOM CABINET MOUNTING SCREWS BY INSTALLER NO SCALE NO SCALE A FLOOR CEILING 4" HOSE CLAMP DRYER 4" FLEXIBLE DRYER VENT HOSE DRYER VENT HOSE A 4" FLEXIBLE DUCT UP IN WALL 4" HOSE CLAMP 4"Ø (OR 10Ø) RISE 4"Ø DUCT UP IN WALL NOTE: 1- 2- NO PROJECTIONS SUCH AS SCREWS OF SHEET METAL CORNERS IN DUCTWORK OR AT ELBOWS ARE ALLOWED. MAXIMUM DUCT LENGTH IS 25'-0" INCLUDING 5'-0" REDUCTION FOR EACH 90Ø ELBOW. PROVIDE 4"Ø HOSE CONNECTION AT 4" AFF. EXTEND THRU WALL 2" MINIMUM FOR DRYER CONNECITON. PROVIDE MODEL DB425 "DRYERBOX" IN WALL WITH 4"Ø DUCT THRU ROOF. CONNECT 4"Ø FLEXIBLE DRYER VENT TO EXHAUST DUCT4" HOSE CLAMP ROOF SHINGLES AND SEAL WATERTIGHT FLASH INTO SHINGLES ROOF CAP (SLOPED ROOF) EXHAUST DUCT (SEE PLAN FOR SIZE) DAMPER BACK-DRAFT CEILING GRILLE CEILING EXHAUST FAN FAN ASSEMBLY CABINET INSULATED NO SCALE 2 2 2 M101 Mechanical Floor Plan SYM.TYPE BTU KW CHAR CONTROL REMARKS EH 1 HIGH WALL MOUNTED 2560 .750 120/60/1 INTEGRAL T-STAT QMARK COVE HEATER RCC SERIES MODEL RCC10508C EH 1 3 3 EH 1 3 N ORTH N ORTH N ORTH TO EXHAUST ELECTRIC METERS W/D W/D RC-2RC-2 RC-2 ROOFCAP NA NANAALUM.1003"Ø ALUM.TWIN CITY MODEL 636P & BACK DRAFT DAMPER SCALE: 3/32" = 1'-0" 1 1 A A 2 2 3 3 4 4 B B 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 10 11 11 12 12 13 13 14 14 15 15 16 16 17 17 18 18 19 19 20 20 21 21 22 22 23 23 24 24 25 25 26 26 3 6 0 w e s t a s p e n a v e n u e s a l t l a k e c i t y , u t a h 8 4 1 0 1 8 0 1 5 3 2 4 4 2 2 sheet: title: revisions : p r o j e c t # : d a t e : UNLESS A PROFESSIONAL SEAL WITH SIGNATURE AND DATE IS AFFIXED, THIS DOCUMENT IS PRELIMINARY AND IS NOT INTENDED FOR CONSTRUCTION, RECORDING PURPOSES, OR IMPLEMENTATION THE DESIGNS SHOWN AND DESCRIBED HEREIN INCLUDING ALL TECHNICAL DRAWINGS, GRAPHIC REPRESENTATIONS & MODELS THEREOF, ARE PROPRIETARY & CAN NOT BE COPIED, DUPLICATED, OR COMMERCIALLY EXPLOITED IN WHOLE OR IN PART WITHOUT THE SOLE AND EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM METHOD STUDIO INC. project: E D C B A E D C B A 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 April 23, 2021 REXBURG ROWHOUSES Engineered Systems Associates 20.0550 conformed setMarch 29, 2021 ASI#001 06/04/21 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" A101 A102 A103 A104 A105 A106 A107 A108 A109 A110 A111 A112 A113 A114 A115 A116 A117 A118 A119 A120 A121 A122 A123 A124 A125 ELEC A126 MECH A127 BALL TYPE ISOLATION VALVE PIPE RISE PIPE DROP SYMBOL CO WCO COTG VTR V VENT VENT THRU ROOF CLEANOUT WALL CLEANOUT CLEANOUT TO GRADE DESCRIPTION SOIL OR WASTE PIPING VENT LINE PIPING GAS PIPINGG DOMESTIC HOT WATER PIPING DOMESTIC COLD WATER PIPING CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPINGCD F FIRE SPRINKLER LINE C- D- A-THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CHECK AND VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND CONNECTIONS ON THE JOB SITE. ALL WORK SHALL BE EXECUTED FROM MEASUREMENTS TAKEN AT THE SITE. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO INSURE PROPER CODE CLEARANCES FOR ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL ACCESS WHEN INSTALLING ANY EQUIPMENT SUPPLIED BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. IT IS CRITICAL THAT THIS CONTRACTOR COORDINATE EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS WITH PIPING, DUCTWORK, ELECTRICAL CONDUIT AND BUILDING STRUCTURE TO INSURE CODE COMPLIANCE. CEILING DIFFUSERS ARE SHOWN IN APPROXIMATE LOCATIONS. REFER TO LIGHTING PLANS AND REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR EXACT LOCATIONS. DUCT DIMENSIONS CALLED OUT ON DRAWINGS ARE INSIDE FREE AREA DIMENSIONS. ACOUSTICAL DUCT LINER ARE TO BE ADDED TO OVERALL MEASUREMENTS. E- B- 3 1 2 4 5 NOT USED WATER LINE FOR IRRIGATION. SEE CIVIL PLANS FOR CONTINUATION. SEE TYPICAL LARGE SCALE PLANS ON THIS SHEET. RAISE WATER LINE IN THIS LOCATION AND INSTALL AS PER WATER PRESSURE REDUCING STATION DETAIL ON SHEET P201. ACCESS PANEL TO BE ON BATHROOM SIDE. INSTALL 2" VENT IN THIS APPROXIMATE LOCATION & AS HIGH TO PEAK ROOF AS POSSIBLE. VENT TO NOT BE VISIBLE FROM FRONT OF BUILDING. DO NOT PENETRATE WALL BETWEEN APARTMENTS WITH ANY WASTE, WATER, OR VENT. OWNER FURNISHED DISHWASHER. CONNECT WATER AND DRAIN TO ADJACENT SINK. SEE THIS SHEET FOR WATER LINE SIZES. SEE THIS SHEET FOR CONTINUATION. ALL WASTE LINES UNDER SLAB MUST BE 2" OR GREATER. NEW 4" COTG. SEE CIVIL FOR INVERTS. 3 4 4 555 5 5 T-1 WH-1 WB-1 KS-1 WB-1 WC-1 L-1 L-2 WC-2 T-2 FD-1 P101 Plumbing Floor Plan 6 7 62" VTR 6 2" VTR 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 8 8 8 DW DW N ORTH N ORTH 9 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"N ORTH 10 10 4" 2" 2" 2" 2" 2" 11 5 5 8 DW 3/4" 3/4" 1/2"1/2" 3/4" 3/4" KS-1 L-1 WC-1 T-1 WH-1 FD-1 7 7 WH-1 WB-1 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"N ORTH SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"N ORTH 7 7 7 7 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 KS-2 KS-2 3"3" FD-1 WH-1 L-2 WC-2 T-2 3/4"1/2" WB-1 8 DW WH-1 2" 2" 2" ELECTRIC METERS W/D W/D W/D W/D 12 10 4" 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 1233333333333333333333333 3 3 3/4" 3 3/4" 3 3/4" 3 3/4" 3 3/4" 3 3/4" 3 3/4" 3 3/4" 3 3/4" 3 3/4" 3 3/4" 3 3/4" 3 3/4" 3 3/4" 3 3/4" 3 3/4" 3 3/4" 3 3/4" 3 3/4" 3 3/4" 3 3/4" 3 3/4" 3 3/4" 3 3/4" 3 3/4" 3/4" 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4"4"4"4"4"4"4"4"4"4"4"4"4"4"4"4"4"4"4"4"4"4"4"4"4" TRAP 1-1/4"LAVATORY WATER CLOSET L-1 SYM. WC-1 DESCRIPTION 1-1/2"1-1/2"1/2"1/2" PIPE SIZE 2" VENTWASTE INT.3" C.W. 1/2" H.W. - COUNTER MOUNTED FLUSH TANK (RESIDENTIAL) WITH ELONGATED BOWL REMARKS WATER HEATERWH-1 ---3/4"3/4"40 GALLON A.O. SMITH SIGNATURE WATER HEATER WITH QTY (2) 4500 WATT ELECTRICAL HEATING ELEMENT,T&P VALVE & EXP. TANK. 208/60/1. 1-1/2"TUB / SHOWERT-1 1-1/2"1-1/2"1/2"1/2" 1-1/2"KITCHEN SINKKS-1 1/2"1/2"S.S. COUNTERTOP SINGLE COMPARTMENT WITH DISH WASHER CONNECTION WASHER BOXWB-1 2"2"2"1/2"1/2"POLY WASHER BOX WITH 1/2" HW AND CW STOP VALVES 2" STANDPIPE WITH P-TRAP (SEE DETAIL THIS SHEET) FLOOR DRAINFD-1 2"2"-- 2"2" - WATER HEATER PIPING DETAIL NO SCALE R 3/4" WATER HEATER ANCHOR COLD WATER LINE HOT WATER LINE DIELECTRIC UNION (TYP) HEAT TRAP FITTING THERMOMETER DRAIN VALVE W/ THREADED HOSE CONNECTION PIPE FULL SIZE TO FLOOR DRAIN T&P RELIEF VALVE SIZED TO MATCH WATER HEATER AMTROL ST-5 EXPANSION TANK ELECTRIC WATER HEATER 5" Ø STRAINER CLEAN OUT DETAILS FLOOR CLEANOUT (FCO) NO SCALE CLEANOUT TO GRADE (COTG) WASTE LINE FLOOR LINE FINISH GRADE 1'-0" WALL CLEANOUT (WCO) 1/8 BEND FLOOR LINE WALL BRASS CLEANOUT PLUG WITH COUNTER SUNK HEAD 16" SQUARE CONC PAD TROWEL SMOOTH CLEANOUT AND ACCESS COVER. TOP OF COVER TO BE FLUSH WITH TOP OF FLOOR. BALANCE OF PIPING SAME AS CLEANOUT TO GRADE. CLEANOUT SHOULD NOT BE LOCATED IN CARPETED AREA.1/8 BEND IF CLEANOUT OCCURS AT END OF LINE. WASTE LINE. LENGTH TO SUIT. CHROME WALL COVER AND SCREW MAY EXTEND AS A WASTE OR VENT PLUGGED TEE WITH CLEANOUT BALANCE OF PIPING SAME AS CLEANOUT TO GRADE. 1/8 BEND 1/8 BEND PEX PIPE FITTING DETAILS NO SCALE POLYMER, COPPER, BRONZE OR BRASS FITTING PEX PIPING AS SHOWN ON PLANS REINFORCED RING THIS TYPE (COLD EXPANSION) OF FITTING REQUIRES THAT THE PEX PIPING, WITH REINFORCING PEX RING PLACED OVER THE END OF THE END OF THE PIPE, IS EXPANDED BEFORE THE FITTING IS INSERTED INTO THE PIPE END. THE EXPANDED PIPE END IS ALLOWED TO RETRACT ONTO THE FITTING TO FORM THE SEAL. THE MEMORY OF THE PIPE ALLOWS IT TO TIGHTEN OVER THE FITTING. AN EXPANDER TOOL IS REQUIRED TO EXPAND THE PIPE AND THE PEX RING TOGETHER. NOTE: STAINLESS STEEL CAMP BANDS ARE ALSO PERMITTED FOR REINFORCING RING. ALL JOINTS (TEES. ELBOWS, COUPLINGS, ETC.) ARE JOINTED SIMILARLY. 12" 6"HEAT SOURCE PEX PIPING MIN. CLEARANCES KEEP TUBING A MINIMUM OF 12" VERTICALLY OR 6" HORIZONTALLY FROM SOURCES OF HIGH HEAT SUCH AS LIGHT FIXTURES, FLUES OR HEATING EQUIPMENT. PEX PIPE HANDLING DETAILS NO SCALE NOTE: USE ONLY CONTINUOUS LENGTH TUBING (NO FITTINGS) WHEN INSTALLING PEX UNDER OR WITHIN A SLAB. PROTECT PEX TUBING WITH NONMETALLIC SLEEVES WHERE IT PENETRATES A SLAB OR FOUNDATION WALL. DO NOT CRUSH OR KINK TUBING DO NOTE DRAG TUBING OVER ROUGH TERRAIN, ROCKS, OR ANY SURFACE THAT CAN CUT, PUNCTURE OR DAMAGE TUBING WALL. 3/8"4" 1/2"5" 3/4"7" 1"9" TUBING SIZE MIN. RADIUS BENDING TUBING AND FITTINGS SHALL BE STORED UNDERCOVER FOR CLEANLINESS AND TO AVOID EXPOSURE TO SUNLIGHT. CONSULT MANUFACTURER FOR RECOMMENDED LIMITS TO OUTSIDE STORAGE. PEX PIPE INSTALLATION DETAILS NO SCALE NAIL PLATE WALL STUD (WOOD OR METAL SIMILAR) PEX PIPING WALL INSTALLATION DO NOT USE IN ANY APPLICATION WHERE TUBING WILL BE EXPOSED TO DIRECT SUNLIGHT. PIPE SUPPORTS PIPE SUPPORTS: PLASTIC HANGERS AND STRAPS ARE RECOMMENDED, BUT METAL SUPPORTS WHICH ARE DESIGNED FOR USE WITH PLASTIC TUBING CAN BE USED. DO NOT USE SUPPORTS THAT PINCH OR CUT THE TUBING. SUPPORT SHOULD ALLOW FREE TUBING MOVEMENT. INSPECT ALL SUPPORTS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION TO ENSURE THAT SHARP EDGES DO NOT EXIST THAT CAN DAMAGE THE TUBING. VERTICAL TUBING TO BE SUPPORTED EVERY 8'-0" WHEN PENETRATING METAL STUDS, UTILIZE A BUSING DESIGNED FOR PLASTIC TUBING. SUPPORTS S.9HALL BE INSTALLED AT CHANGES IN DIRECTION TO RELIEVE STRESS AS SHOWN. APPROVED BUSHING CLAMP WOOD STUD METAL STUD CLAMP AT TURN FLOOR DRAIN IN CONCRETE FLOOR 2" WASTE LINE TO WASTE AND VENT NO SCALE SYSTEM 2" DEEP SEAL P-TRAP TO FINISH FLOOR LEVEL STRAINER ADJUST FLOOR DRAIN BODY TILE AND GROUT CONCRETE FLOOR 3 6 0 w e s t a s p e n a v e n u e s a l t l a k e c i t y , u t a h 8 4 1 0 1 8 0 1 5 3 2 4 4 2 2 sheet: title: revisions : p r o j e c t # : d a t e : UNLESS A PROFESSIONAL SEAL WITH SIGNATURE AND DATE IS AFFIXED, THIS DOCUMENT IS PRELIMINARY AND IS NOT INTENDED FOR CONSTRUCTION, RECORDING PURPOSES, OR IMPLEMENTATION THE DESIGNS SHOWN AND DESCRIBED HEREIN INCLUDING ALL TECHNICAL DRAWINGS, GRAPHIC REPRESENTATIONS & MODELS THEREOF, ARE PROPRIETARY & CAN NOT BE COPIED, DUPLICATED, OR COMMERCIALLY EXPLOITED IN WHOLE OR IN PART WITHOUT THE SOLE AND EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM METHOD STUDIO INC. project: E D C B A E D C B A 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 April 23, 2021 REXBURG ROWHOUSES Engineered Systems Associates 20.0550 conformed setMarch 29, 2021 ASI#001 06/04/21 WATER CLOSETWC-2 2"INT.3"1/2"-ADA FLUSH TANK (RESIDENTIAL) WITH ELONGATED BOWL 1-1/4"LAVATORYL-2 1-1/2"1-1/2"1/2"1/2"ADA COUNTER MOUNTED WITH INSULATION SLEEVES 1-1/2"T-2 1-1/2"1-1/2"1/2"1/2"ADA WITH HANDHELD SHOWER & 3 PIECE SURROUND 1-1/2"KITCHEN SINKKS-2 1/2"1/2"ADA S.S. COUNTERTOP SINGLE COMPARTMENT WITH DISH WASHER CONNECTION2"2" P201 Plumbing Details and Schedules ADA TUB / SHOWER TUB WITH 3-PIECE SURROUND AND INSULATION SLEEVES 5'-0" CONTRACTOR BY PLUMBING CONTRACTOR BY SITE UTILITIES GRADE EXT WALL NO SCALE WATER PRESSURE REDUCING STATION DETAIL 1" WATER SUPPLY TO INDIVIDUAL TENANT SPACE PROVIDE WALL FLUSH ACCESS PANEL PLUMBING CONTRACTOR TO CONCRETE SLAB FLOOR TYPICAL UNION 3/4" SUPPLY TO BUILDING 3/4" HOSE THREAD FITTING COMBINATION PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE AND STRAINER. SET DISCHARGE AT 60 PSIG PRESSURE GAGE 0 - 100 PSI RANGE TYP. BALL VALVE M TO REMOTE READOUT AS PER CITY OF REXBURG SLEEVE FLOOR PENETRATIONS AROUND WATER SUPPLY LINES COLOR TO MATCH WALL.